Department of Civil Engineering,

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON THE BEHAVIOUR OF STEEL CONCRETE COMPOSITE LIGHT

WEIGHT BEAM WITH SHEAR CONNECTORS
R.BERJIN EEBEN1,C.CHANDRASEKAR²
¹PG Student, Structural Engineering, Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur, Tamilnadu
²Assistant Professor, Dr.SivanthiAditanarCollege of Engineering, Tiruchendur, Tamilnadu, India

ABSTRACT
The growing concern of resource depletion and global pollution has leads to the development of new materials relying on
renewable resources. Many by-products are used as aggregate for concrete. Seashell waste which is a major financial and
operational burden on the shellfish industry is used as an ingredient in concrete thus offering alternatives to preserve natural
coarse aggregate for future generation. Seashell is mainly composed of calcium and the rough texture make it suitable to be used
as partial coarse aggregate replacement which provides an economic alternative to the conventional materials such as gravel.
Experimental studies were performed on conventional concrete and mixtures of seashell with concrete. In this project M25 grade
concrete was designed as per Indian Standard Code for both the conventional concrete and seashell concrete. The water cement
ratio maintained for this mix design was 0.5. For making light weight concrete, Coarse aggregate was replaced by sea shell as
5%, 10%, 15% for volume. Preliminary test comprising sieve analysis, specific gravity, consistency and setting time were
conducted. Mechanical properties such as compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength of concrete were
determined. The test results were compared with conventional concrete for 7 and 28 days.Results show that replacement of
appropriate sea shell content able to produce workable concrete with satisfactory strength. Integration of 5%sea shell enhanced
the strength of concrete making it to be the highest as compared to any other replacement level.

Keywords: sea shell, partial coarse aggregate replacement,workability, compressive strength, tensile strength,
flexural strength.

INTRODUCTION

Infrastructure development across the world created demand
for construction materials. Concrete is the premier civil
engineering construction material. Concrete manufacturing
involves consumption of ingredients, aggregates, water and
Sea shell. Among all aggregates form the major part. Two
billion tons of aggregate are produced each year the United
States. Production is expected to increase to more than 2.5
billion tons per by the year 2020. Use of natural aggregate in
such a rate leads to a question about the preservation of
natural aggregates sources. In addition, operations
associated with aggregate extraction and processing are the
principal causes of environmental concerns. In light of this,
in the contemporary civil engineering construction, using
alternative materials in place of natural aggregate in
concrete production makes concrete as sustainable and
environmentally friendly construction material. Different
alternative waste materials and industrial by products such
as fly ash, bottom ash, recycled aggregates, foundry sand,
china clay sand, crumb rubber, glass were replaced with
natural aggregate and investigated properties of the
concretes. The basic constituents of concrete are cement,
water and aggregate (and selected additives). Aggregates are
usually described as inert "filler" material of either the fine
(sand) or coarse (stone) variety. Aggregate tends to
represent a relatively high-volume percentage of concrete, to
minimize costs of the material.Recent investigation of
Indian sea shells has indicated greater scope for their
utilization as a construction material. Greater utilization of
sea shells will lead to not only saving such construction
material but also assists in solving the problem of disposal
of this waste product. So, the need for the replacement of the
present material that is the concrete manufacturing has to be
changed to meet the needs of the structures. So, the most
economical, ecological, light-weight and increasing the ease
of work construction of the structure is important in the
present economy. So, the role of the light-weight concrete
has come into the field. As modern engineering practices
become more demanding, there is a corresponding need for
special types of materials with novel properties. Scientists,
engineers and technologists are continuously on the

1

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
searching for materials, which can act as substitute for
conventional materials or which possess such properties as
would enable new designs and innovations resulting in to
economy, so that a structure can be built economically.
Literature review shows that the self-weight of concrete will
be reduced with increase in sea shell content. The strength is
gradually decreasing at 30% replacement of seashell 20%
replacement of coarse aggregate can be advisable.The
compressive strength of concrete decrease gradually with
increase in percentage of Sea shell.The addition of seashell
as partial replacement for coarse aggregate and partial
replacement of cement by flyash increases the compressive
strength of concrete.
Materials
Raw materials required for the concreting operations of the
present work are cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate,
seashell and water.
Cement
The most common cement used is an ordinary Portland
cement. The Ordinary Portland Cement of 53 grade
conforming to IS: 12269- 1987 is being used. Many tests
were conducted on cement; some of them are Specific
gravity, setting tests, etc.
S.No. property test Results.
1 Normal consistency 28%
2 Specific gravity 3.15
3 Initial setting time 27 min
4 Final setting time 535 min
Aggregates
The size of aggregates used is 20mm and the grain size of
sand used is of zone 2. The aggregate tests are performed
and the results are as follows.
Fine Aggregate: The sieve analysis for fine aggregate is
done to find out the grain size of the sand and its zone. The
analysis is done with 500 grams of sand in anmanual sieve
shaker for about 5 minutes with the sieve dishes are
arranged from 10 mm to 150 microns down the order of
sieve shaker. Based on the analysis the fineness modulus
obtained is 2.46. Specific gravity of fine aggregate is 2.51.
Department of Civil Engineering,
Coarse Aggregate: The sieve analysis for coarse aggregate
is executed to find out the aggregate size and its zone. The
fractions from 80 mm to 4.75 mm are termed as coarse
aggregate. The Coarse Aggregates from crushed Basalt
rock, conforming to IS 383 – 1970 is been used. The
analysis is done with 5 Kg of coarse aggregate by manual
sieve shaker for about 15 minutes with the sieve dishes are
arranged from 40 mm to 150 microns down the order of
sieve shaker. Based on the analysis, the fineness modulus
obtained as 7.132. Specific gravity of coarse aggregate is
2.67.
Sea shells
Sea shell is a waste obtained near the seashore area as the
result of disintegration of dead animals. Seashell consists of
three layers outer, intermediate and inner layer.Outer layer
is made up of calcite material whereas inner layer is
otherwise known as nacre which is made up of calcium
carbonate. Since 95% of calcium carbonate present in sea
shell, it has the strength nearly equal to coarse aggregate.
The sieve analysis for seashell is executed to find out its
size. The analysis is done with 500 grams of seashell by
manual sieve shaker for about 15 minutes with the sieve
dishes are arranged from 40 mm to 1.18 mm down the order
of sieve shaker. Based on the analysis, the fineness modulus
obtained as 7.53. Specific gravity of sea shell is 2.50.
Figure: 1 sea shells
METHODOLOGY
For each test that was conducted, cubes and cylinders were
prepared. Cubes and cylinders were prepared to obtain the
compressive strength and splitting tensile strength
respectively. The specimens were casted and cured for 28
days. The 28 days cured specimens were subjected to testing
2
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

and the results were obtained. Due to the compressive force,
the cube of size 150 X 150 X 150 mm is subjected to a large
magnitude of compressive strength near the loading region.
The compressive strength was computed by the standard
stress formula P/A, where P is the ultimate load in kN and A
is the area in m2.
the compaction factor below 0.71. The apparatus, which is
commercially available, consist of a rigid frame that
supports two conical hoppers vertically aligned above each
other and mounted above a cylinder. The top hopper is
slightly larger than the bottom hopper, while the cylinder is
smaller in volume than both hoppers.

The split tensile strength was conducted by the cylinder
specimen 150 X 300 mm and computed by using the
expression ft = 2P/ πLD, where P is the ultimate load in kN,
L is the depth of the cylinder in m and D is the diameter of
the cylinder in m.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Slump Test
The aim of this test is to determine the workability of the
cement concrete to be used. The mix is prepared and placed
in a clean slump cone mould and tamped by three layers of
about 25 stokes each layer and the top of the cone is levelled
off. Then the mould is lifted up vertically and the nature of
slump is analyzed to get the workability of the given cement
concrete. For the water cement ratio of 0.5 the slump
obtained for each seashell concrete design mix and
conventional design mix are given below (in mm):
Conventional concrete- 25 mm
Water Absorption Test
This test is performed to determine the water absorption
capacity of the aggregates used. Here about 300 grams of
the various aggregates are taken separately and immersed in
water for about 24 hours. These aggregates are then kept in
oven at a temperature of 100 to 110 C° for a time of 6 hours
and then sample is weighted. The change in weight is noted.
As per code the limiting value for the water absorption is
2%. The results of the aggregates tested are 1% for sand,
0.5% for 20mm aggregates and 0% for seashell.
Compressive Strength of Concrete Cubes
This test is done to determine the cube strength of concrete
mix prepared. The test is conducted on the 7th day and the
28th day and its observation are listed below in the form of a
graph. Compressive strength values with replacement for
coarse aggregates by seashell with 5%,10%, and 15%.

5 % replacement of seashell - 24.5 mm Table 1: Compressive Strength Results at 7 Days

10 % replacement of seashell - 24 mm AVERAGE AVERAGE

CUBE LOAD COMPRESSIVE WEIGHT
15% replacement of seashell - 22 mm (kN) STRENGTH (kg)
(N/mm2)
530.7
The above slump value is within the permissible limit as per CC 520 23.2 10.5
IS code 456 and suitable for construction purpose and has a 515.6
good workability. 518
SS1 515 23 9.2
Compaction Factor Test 522.6
445.1
Compacting factor of fresh concrete is done to determine SS2 452.7 20 8
the workability of fresh concrete by compacting factor test 450.3
as per IS 1199-1959. This test gives behaviour of concrete 420.7
SS3 409 18.5 7.4
under the action of external forces. If measures the compact
416.8
ability of concrete, by measuring the amount of compaction.
This test is suitable for mixes having medium and low
workability‘s i.e. compaction factor in between 0.91 to 0.81,
but is not suitable for concretes with very low workability‘s,

3
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Table 2: Compressive Strength Results at 28 Days AVERAGE

AVERAGE AVERAGE CYLINDER LOAD SPLIT TENSILE
CUBE LOAD COMPRESSIVE WEIGHT (kN) STRENGTH
(kN) STRENGTH (kg) (N/mm2)
(N/mm2) 120
654.7 CC 1.76
CC 630.5 28.2 10.6 132.2
620.4 120.2
630.2 115.3
SS1 615 27.5 9.3 SS1 1.7
118.2
612.3
590 120
SS2 602 26.3 8.2 112
588 SS2 109.8 1.6
560.6
113.2
SS3 545 24.4 7.5
542 106
SS3 109 1.52
107.67

2
30
STRENGTH(N/M…
COMPRESSIVE

AVERAGE STRESS

1.5
20
(N/mm2)

7days
1
10 28days
0.5
0
C CS S 1S S 2S S 3
0
CC SS1 SS2 SS3

Figure 2: Variation of compressive strength at 7&28 days

Tensile strength of cylinder: Figure 3: Variation of split tensile strength at 28 days

This test is done to determine the tensile strength of the

cylinders. The test is conducted on the 7th day and the Flexural Strength of Prism:
28day and its observation are listed below in the form of a
Flexural strength is the ability of a beam or slab to resist
graph. The cylinder is placed in a horizontal position and the
failure in bending. It is measured by loading un-reinforced
load is applied gradually and value is recorded if the
concrete beams with a span three times the depth (usually
cylinder splits into two half or if the cylinder fails while
100 x 100 x 500 mm). The flexural strength is expressed as
applying the load on it. Tensile strength values with
―Modulus of Rupture‖ (MR) in N/mm2. Flexural Modulus
replacement for coarse aggregates by seashell with 5%,10%,
of Rupture is about 12 to 20 percent of compressive
20%.
strength. However, the best correlation for specific materials
Table 3: Split tensile strength of cylinders for 28days is obtained by laboratory tests. The specimens are subjected
to external curing are tested after the 28 days.

The modulus of rupture is calculated as follows

4
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

R = PL/bd2 conventional concrete compared with SS1, SS2,

SS3 decreases by 2.48%,6.74%,13.48%.
Where,L = span length in metre
3. The split tensile strength of SS1, SS2, SS3
b = average width in metres Specimen also less when compare to control
concrete.The split tensile strength of the
d = average depth in metres conventional concrete compared with SS1, SS2,
SS3 decreases by 3.41%,9.09%,13.64%.
Table 4: Flexural strength of Prism for 28days
4. The flexural strength of SS1, SS2, SS3specimen
PRISM LOAD (kN) AVERAGE FLEXURAL also less when compared to control concrete.The
STRENGTH (N/mm2) flexural strength of the conventional concrete
compared with SS1, SS2, SS3 decreases by
14 3.53%,9.6%,14.12%.
CC 14.5 7.08
14 REFERENCE
14
SS1 13.5 6.83
13.5 1. Yamuna Bharathi.R, Subhashini.R, Manvitha.T,
13 Herald Lessly.S ―Experimental Study on Partial
SS2 12.5 6.4 Replacement of Coarse Aggregate by Seashell &
Partial Replacement of Cement ByFlyash‖ Volume 2
13
Issue 3, March 2016, PP 69-76.
12
2. SasiKumar.P, SuriyaKumar.C, Yuvaraj.P, Madhan
SS3 12.5 6.08
Kumar.B, Jeganmohan.K ―A Partial Replacement for
12 Coarse Aggregate by Sea Shell and Cement by Lime in
Concrete‖Vol-2, Issue-5, 2016.
3. Vignesh.S ―A Partial Replacement for Coarse
8 Aggregate by Seashell and Cement by Flyash In
7 Concrete‖ ISSN: 2348 – 8352,Ncraccess-2015.
4. Rajeevan.B, Shamjith.K.M―A Study on the Utilization
AVERAGE STRESS

6
of Coconut Shell as Coarse Aggregate in Concrete‖
(N/mm2)

5
ISSN: 2278-0181, Vol.4 Issue 07, July-2015.
4 5. Gurikini Lalitha, Krishna Raju.C ―Experimental Study
3 on Performance of Concrete M30 with Partial
2 Replacement of Coarse Aggregate with Sea Shells and
1 Coconut Shells‖ ISSN: 2248-9622, Vol. 4, Issue 8
0 (Version 3), August 2014, pp.148-151.
CC SS1 SS2 SS3 6. Mageswari.M, Manoj.C.R, Siddarthan.M,
Saravanan.T.P, Princepatwa.G―ToIncrease The
Strength of Concrete by Adding Seashell as
Figure 4: Variation of Flexural Strength at 28days Admixture‖ Volume: 2 Issue: 2 Apr,2016,ISSN_NO:
2320-723X.
CONCLUSION 7. IS 10262: 2009 ―Indian Standard Code of
Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design‖,
1. The test result shows that the weight of concrete is Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi.
gradually reduced while adding sea shell as partial 8. IS: 383-1970 ―Specifications for Coarse and Fine
replacement for coarse aggregate. Aggregates from Natural Sources for Concrete‖,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
2. The compressive strength test result of SS1, SS2, 9. IS 456: 2000 ―Indian Standard Code of Plain and
SS3 specimen shows that strength of concrete is Reinforced Concrete Code of Practice‖, Bureau of
reduced when compared to controlled Indian standards, New Delhi.
concrete(CC).The compressive strength of the 10. GovindaRajulu.B, Hari Krishna.K―Investigations of
the Concrete Strength by Replacement of Aggregates

5

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
with Waste Materials‖ISSN 2319-8885 Vol.05,
Issue.07, March-2016, Pages:1246-1252.
11. Nikhil Ramchandra Pardeshi, Digvijay P. Singh,
Sakshi Ramesh Patil, Pravin Gorde.J, Prachity,
Janrao.P ―Performance and Evaluation Of Rubber As
Concrete Material‖Volume: 04 Issue: 01, Jan -2017.
12. Anju Ramesan, Shemy S. Babu, Aswathy Lal
―Performance of Light-Weight Concrete withPlastic
Aggregate‖ ISSN: 2248-9622, Vol. 5, Issue 8, (Part -
5) August 2015, pp.105-110.
13. Mohammed Mudabheer Ahmed Siddiqui ―Study of
Rubber Aggregates in Concrete an Experimental
Investigation‖ Volume 02 - Issue 12, December 2016,
PP. 36-57.
14. El-Gammal, A.; A. K. Abdel-Gawad; Y. El-Sherbini,
and A. Shalaby ―Compressive Strength of Concrete
Department of Civil Engineering,
Utilizing Waste Tire Rubber‖Journal of Emerging
Trends in Engineering and Applied Sciences (JETEAS)
1 (1): 96-99,2010.
15. Anil Kumar.R, Prakash.P ―Studies on Structural Light
Weight Concrete by Blending Light Weight
Aggregates‖ ISSN: 2350-0557, Volume-2, Issue-4,
July-2015.
16. Ankit Sethi, Som Dutta Thanvi ―Development of
Rubberised Concrete Using Waste Rubber Tyre as
Coarse Aggregate‖ ISSN 2250-2459, ISO 9001:2008
Certified Journal, Volume 6, Issue 9, September 2016
6
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

ANALYTICAL INVESTIGATION ON FOAM CONCRETE WALL PANELS USING ABAQUS

SOFTWARE

J.JENEFA DEVA RUBINI 1 S.SELVA SAJITHA 2

1
PG Student, (ME Structural) 2 Assistant Professor
Department of Civil Engineering,Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
The wall panels has the intended to improve fire resistance, sound insulation, thermal insulation, flexibility and the main aim to
reduce the self weight and foundation size of the structure. Its strength, durability and lightweight nature makes it a versatile and
popular building product. Expanded Polystyrene Sheet is used widely in the building and construction industry. It is an inert
material that does not rot, attract pests and has the applications include insulated panel systems for walls, roofs, floors as well as
facades for both domestic and commercial buildings. Here, the wall panel design consists of concrete and foam insulation layer.
Foam sheet used here is Expanded Polystyrene Sheet is made up using expandable poly styrene, which is an rigid cellular plastic
containing an expansion agent. EPS has very low density, weight and satisfies the strength & stiffness criteria. Simplified model
to predict the structural behavior of the composite wall panels under axial loading is proposed. In this paper, the journal
"Structural performance of FCS wall subjected to axial load" by Noridah Mohamad et al., in the Construction and Building
Materials 134 (2017) in which the structural behavior of the foam concrete sandwich walls with double steel shear connectors
subjected to axial load is tested, modeled in the ABAQUS software and the results are compared.

Keywords—Structural Insulated Panel, Wall Panel, EPS, Load Carrying Capacity, Load Deflection Curve.
Introduction
Growth of population leads to increase in construction of
residential and commercial buildings. India is facing
problems like pollution due to use of dumping of materials,
large amount of heat evolution due to mass concreting.
Hence the challenge faced by civil engineers is to develop
a new material for construction that would also make
construction process easier.In India brick masonry has
been used as infill for RC framed structures and as load
bearing walls in load bearing structures. However there is
enormous delay in construction process due to masonry
work. To address these issues insulated foam concrete wall
panel is used as an alternate wall system. The structural
wall system consists of concrete core enclosed with EPS
sheets as well as the EPS as a core enclosed with concrete.
The sheets are held in position using shear connectors.
Expanded Polystyrene Sheets are made using expandable
poly styrene, which is an rigid cellular plastic containing
an expansion agent. Expanded Polystyrene core Panel
system is a modern, efficient, safe and economic
construction system. These panels can be used both as load
bearing as well as non-load bearing elements. The outer
surface of the walls creates a supportive backing for most
conventional finishing materials such as stucco. It can be
used as
i. light weight structural element
ii. load bearing & non- load bearing wall panels
iii. floor or roof slabs
Objective
Analytical investigation have been carried out to study the
properties and element type to be inputted in ABAQUS
Software for concrete & EPS sheet.
Dimensions Of Specimen
The insulated wall panels casted for experimental testing
and modeled in the ABAQUS software has the various
dimensions by varying the H/t ratio. The different
components in concrete sandwich wall consist of foam
concrete wythes as the outer layers which enclosed a
insulation layer. The wythes were strengthened by
embedding 6 mm steel bar with 75 mm x 75 mm openings
as reinforcement in both wythes. It was further
strengthened with the double shear connectors from 6 mm
diameter steel bar inserted across the height of the walls.

7
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Five numbers of double shear connectors were embedded The load is applied as UDL in the top surface of the wall
along the height of wall at 75 mm spacing. Capping at both panel which will result in buckling of wall panel and lateral
ends of wall was cast by using normal concrete from grade displacement at the middle of the wall panel. Boundary
condition and loading condition used in FEM Analysis
25 with thickness of 50 mm. These capping is used to
shown in figure 1.a.
prevent premature cracking within the area of top and
bottom edge of foamed concrete. The ratios for material‘s
composition are 2:1 sand:cement, 2:0.65 foam:cement, and
2:0.55 water:cement. For this analytical study the wall
panel has the dimension of 1800 x 750 x 100 mm having
the slenderness ratio of 18 and the properties for all the
material used in the wall is tabulated in the Table1.

TABLE I. PROPERTIES OF WALL PANEL

Young's Density,
Poisson's
S.No Materials Modulus, ρ
Ratio, υ
E (GPa) (kg/m3)
Foamed
1 12 1600 0.2
Concrete
Normal
2 26 2400 0.3
Concrete
Expanded
3 0.8963 16 0.2 Figure 1.a : Boundary
Polystyrene Figure 1.b : Meshed model
Condition, Loading in FEA
Reinforcement of wall panel
4 200 7800 0.3 Analysis
9 mm
Shear
5 Connectors 6 200 7700 0.3 Meshing
mm The meshing is done with an approximate size of 25 mm.
The element type chosen for the concrete is the continuum
ANALYTICAL Investigation three dimensional eight noded reduced stress linear element,
Analytical investigation is done by using FEA Software of reinforcement is two noded beam element and shear
ABAQUS 6.12-3. connectors is two noded truss element. Figure 1.b shows the
meshed model of wall panel.
Solid modeling
By using ABAQUS 6.12-3 software the geometric Solution and Visualization
modeling. In modeling each part are created using 3D In this process the model is subjected to analysis for
deformable solid and wire element. Then the parts are identified the errors and warnings to be corrected. Finally,
assembled together. the errors get nullified and complete the process.
The wall panel has the elastic properties of the material used Visualization helps us to view the results obtained from the
in the model were assigned . The value of Young‘s modulus analysis. The results obtained in the form of contour plots.
‗E‘ is given as 2x105 N/mm2, The Poisson‘s ratio, young's The results such as the displacements stresses and strains
modulus and Density are tabulated in Table 1. Thickness of and also their maximum and minimum values is identified
section also properly assigned to the model. by using the contour plots.
The model should be meshed into convenient size. in this
case 25mm global meshing can be done. the computer time Results
can be varied with the meshing of fine and coarse range. the Element for Concrete
element parts were welded together after meshing by tie The element chosen for the foamed concrete, EPS and
constraint.Applying boundary condition and loads normal concrete is the eight noded solid element as C3D8R.
In this study, the boundary conditions are assumed to be The geometry and the nodal location of the element is
restrained in all the directions i.e. U1, U2, U3 and the shown in figure 2.
rotations Ur1, Ur2, Ur3 are all restrained and this condition
is applied to the bottom of the wall panel.

8
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

failure occurred at the sides of the wall panel as shown in

figure 4 DAMAGE-C in ABAQUS represents the material
damage and its failure mechanism after the panel reached its
ultimate load.

Figure 2 C3D8R Element

It is the linear brick first order element which is of reduced

integration to improve their bending behavior. These
elements are somewhat more expensive than the regular
first-order displacement elements; however, they are Figure 4 Compression Damage of wall panel under Axial
significantly more economical than second-order elements. Load from ABAQUS
The reduced integration elements use reduced integration
and, thus, have hourglass control modes. This element can
be composed of a single homogeneous material and also can
include several layers of different materials. For this
analysis, it is considered as a single homogeneous material.
Element for Reinforcement
The element chosen for the reinforcement is two noded
beam element as B31 and shear connectors is two noded
truss element as T3D2. It is of two noded element has a
linear geometric order, shear flexible. The yield strength of
reinforcement is of 200 GPa and poisson's ratio of 0.3.
Load Deflection Curve
The load deflection curve plotted against load and deflection
in the axial loading of wall panel is shown in figure 3. The
figure clearly explains the approximate curve of the Figure 5 Compression Damage of wall panel under Axial
ABAQUS results with the analytical and experimental Load from journal
results in the literature.
Conclusion
The Foam concrete wall panel was modeled using
ABAQUS standard software gives
 Properties and elements type of solid
continuum elements C3D8R for foamed
concrete, normal concrete, EPS and
Reinforcement, truss element as T3D2 and
beam element as B31 were chosen.
 It was found that this element of concrete, EPS
and reinforcement represents the behavior of
wall panel gives approximately accurate
results for the geometrically non-linear large-
deformation analysis and shows good
Figure 3 Load Vs. Deflection Graph agreement with the experimental and
analytical results published in the literature.
Compression Damage
Under the axial load, the compression damage

9
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

 From the analytical results, Load deflection subjected to axial load' Construction and Building
curve obtained shows better result than the Materials 134, 185–198.
curve in the literature. 13. Prabha.P, Marimuthu.V, Saravanan.M, Palani.G.S,
References Lakshmanan.N, Senthil.R (2013), 'Effect of
confinement on steel-concrete composite light-weight
1. Agustín Pérez-García, Arianna Guardiola Víllora, 14. load-bearing wall panels under compression' Journal of
Guillermo González Pérez (2014), 'Building‘s eco- Constructional Steel Research 81, 11–19.
efficiency improvements based on reinforced concrete 15. Soon-Ching Ng, Kaw-Sai Low, Ngee-Heng Tioh
multilayer structural panels' Energy and Buildings 85, (2011), 'Thermal inertia of newspaper sandwiched
1–11. aerated lightweight concrete wall panels: Experimental
2. Benayoune.A., Samad. A.A.A., Ali. A.A., Trikha. D.N. study' Energy and Buildings 43, 2956–2960.
(2007), 'Response of pre-cast reinforced composite
sandwich panels to axial loading' Construction and
Building Materials 21, 677–685.
3. Dissanayakea.D.M.K.W., Jayasingheb.C, Jayasinghe.
M.T.R. (2016), 'A comparative embodied energy
analysis of a house with recycled expanded polystyrene
(EPS) based foam concrete wall panels' Energy and
Buildings 135, 85–94.
4. Fabrizio Gara, Laura Ragni, Davide Roia, Luigino Dezi
(2012) 'Experimental tests and numerical modelling of
wall sandwich panels' Engineering Structures 37, 193–
204.
5. Fernando.P.L.N., Jayasinghe.M.T.R., Jayasinghe.C
(February 2017), 'Structural feasibility of Expanded
Polystyrene (EPS) based lightweight concrete sandwich
wall panels' Construction and Building Materials 139,
45–51.
6. Knappett. J.A., Reid.C, Kinmond.S., OReilly.K.,
'Small-scale modelling of reinforced concrete structural
elements for use in a geotechnical centrifuge' (2011)
Journal of Structural Engineering 137, 1263–1271.
7. Matthew J. Gombeda, Patrick Trasborg, Clay J. Naito,
Spencer E. Quiel (January 2017) 'Simplified model for
partially-composite precast concrete insulated wall
panels subjected to lateral loading' Engineering
Structures 138, 367–380.
8. Mugahed Amran.Y.H., Abang Ali. A.A., Raizal S.M.
Rashid, Farzad Hejazi, Nor Azizi Safiee (2016),
'Structural behavior of axially loaded precast foamed
concrete sandwich panels' Construction and Building
Materials 107, 307–320.
9. Mugahed Amran.Y.H., Nima Farzadnia, Abang Ali.
A.A. (2015), 'Properties and applications of foamed
concrete; a review' Construction and Building Materials
101, 990–1005.
10. Noridah Mohamad, 'The Structural Behaviour of
Precast Lightweight Foamed
11. Concrete Sandwich Panel as a load bearing wall' (Ph.D.
thesis), University Teknologi Malaysia, 2010.
12. Noridah Mohamad, Goh Wan Inn, Redzuan Abdullah,
Abdul Aziz Abdul Samad, Priyan Mendis, Massoud
Sofi (2016), 'Structural performance of FCS wall

10
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

STRENGTHENING OF GREEN CONCRETE USING NATURAL FIBER

G.KARTHIKEYAN1,C.CHANDRASEKAR²
¹PG Student, Structural Engineering, Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur, Tamilnadu
²Assistant Professor, Dr.SivanthiAditanarCollege of Engineering, Tiruchendur, Tamilnadu, India

ABSTRACT
Today, Concrete is the most widely used Construction material used due to its good compressive strength and durability.
Conventional Concrete in which Cement has been used as binder which releases large amount of heat during hydration process
which also causes the atmosphere pollution also degrade the quality of environment also the other issue deals in Conventional
Concrete is not economical due to increasing demand of Fine aggregate and Cement. The aim of the investigation is to produce
green concrete which is economical and also improving strength comparing to normal Concrete. In M25 grade concrete, Cement
is replaced constantly by 15% of Fly ash and Fine aggregate is replaced varyingly by Copper Slag as 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% and
50%. Totally 6 cubes , 3 prisms and 3 cylinder have been cast for each ratio Mechanical strength like Compression Strength ,
Flexural Strength, and Split Tensile strength are performed from which the average value can be estimated.

Keywords—copper slag, fly ash, sisal fiber.

Introduction
From the day to day life the increasing in population which
causes fast growth in construction sector. The concrete is
one of the primary material in construction in which cement
is the major constituent which creates the adverse effect in
environment that during the curing process also it increases
carbon dioxide in atmosphere level in turn it creates global
warming and these affects the environment . Currently,
there are many concepts involves to overcome the above
effects one of which is green concrete in which fly ash and
copper slag used. The 15% of fly ash is used in replacement
of cement which improves the strength properties of
concrete and makes the concrete economical; also the
copper slag has been added in the varying ratio to get better
results. The definition of green concrete which is defined as
concrete with material as partial or complete replacement
for cement or fine aggregate or coarse aggregate by the
substitution material can be waste or residue protect in
manufacturing process. Recycled material in concrete
reduce carbon dioxide emission and landfill use like any
manufacturing process the production of cement used in
concrete. The cement manufacturing is a major source of
green house gases but cutting emissions. Construction
industry all over the world is growing at faster rate Billions
of tons of naturally occurring materials are mined for
production of concrete which will leave a substantial mark
on concrete .Nowadays recycling of waste and industrial by
products gaining popularity to make concrete eco friendly
material and the concrete is known as green concrete .and so
we need green concrete.
MATERIALS USED
Copper Slag
It is the by product obtain during smelting and refining of
copper usually copper slag can be partial replacement of
sand many researchers have investigated the use of copper
slag in production of cement ,mortar concrete the use of
C.S in cement and concrete , and concrete provide
potential environment as well as provide potential
environment as well as provide economic benefit for all
related industry This study considered copper slag as one
of the partial replacement for fine aggregate. The copper
slag used for this study was collected from Sterlite
Industries India Limited, Tuticorin, Tamilnadu, India which
is having specific gravity and fineness modulus of 3.91 and
3.4 respectively. For this study, the plain copper slag has
been considered without any external induce like sodium
hydroxide.
Fly Ash
It is the fine residue resulting from burning of powdered
coal at high temperature. It also known to be glassy
spherical shaped ball bearing and finer cement particles it
can be added in quantity of 10% to about 35% by weight it
will be beneficial in reducing CO2 emission during
production of cement which also preventing global warning
and the main constituent of fly ash is silica. One of the
efforts to produce more environmental friendly concrete is
to reduce the use of OPC by partially replacing the amount
of cement in concrete with by-products materials such as fly
ash. As a cement replacement, fly ash plays the role of an
artificial pozzolan, where its silicon dioxide content reacts
with the calcium hydroxide from the cement hydration
process to form the calcium silicate hydrate (CS-H) gel. The
spherical shape of fly ash often helps to improve the
workability of the fresh concrete, while its small particle
size also plays as filler of voids in the concrete, hence to
produce dense and durable concrete.

11
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Cement
S.No. Properties Results
It is a material with adhesive and cohesive properties which
is capable of bonding mineral fragments into a compact- 5. Specific Gravity 3.15
solid. The ordinary Portland cement (OPC) is the most
important type of cement. The OPC is classified into three
grades: 33, 43and 53, depending upon the compressive TABLE II PROPERTIES OF FLYASH
strength of cement at 28 days. Ambuja 43 grade OPC was
used in this study. It was fresh and free from any lumps and S.No. Properties Results
the specific gravity of cement was 3.17.
1. Fineness 2%
Coarse Aggregate 31.25%
2. Consistency
Materials retained on 4.75 mm IS sieve and which contain 36 min
3. Initial Setting Time
only that much of fine material as is permitted by the
specifications are termed as coarse aggregates. The graded 4. Final Setting Time 392 min
coarse aggregate is described by its nominal size i.e. 40 mm,
5. Specific Gravity 2.9
20 mm, 16 mm and 10 mm. Crushed stone aggregate
(locally available) of nominal size 20 mm and 10 mm in the
proportion of 50:50 were used throughout the experimental TABLE III PROPERTIES OF FINE AGGREGATE
study.
Fine Aggregate S.No. Properties Results
Aggregates passing through 4.75mm sieve are considered as 3.18%
fine aggregates. Sand is generally considered to have a 1. Fineness
lower size limit of about 0.07 mm. According to size the 2.624%
2. Specific Gravity
fine aggregate may be described as coarse medium and fine
sands. Depending upon the particle size distribution IS: 383- 3. Moisture Content 2.4%
1970 has divided the fine aggregate into four grading zones.
The grading zones become finer from grading zone I to 4. Water Absorption 0.8%
grading zone IV. The sand confirming to zone II is used in
this study and its specific gravity was 2.59.
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS ON TABLE IV PROPERTIES OF COPPER SLAG
MATERIALS USED IN CONCRETE
S.No. Properties Results
Concrete is a composite material which consists of coarse
aggregate, fine aggregate binded together with cement paste 5.968%
1. Fineness
which hardens over time. The cement is a binding material;
it reacts chemically with water and other materials and form 2. Specific Gravity 3.360%
hard matrix.
3. Moisture Content 3.0%
TABLE I PROPERTIES OF CEMENT
4. Water Absorption 0.7%
S.No. Properties Results

1. Fineness 2%
TABLE IV PROPERTIES OF COARSE AGGREGATE
2. Consistency 31.24%
S.No. Properties Results
3. Initial Setting Time 36 min
1. Fineness 3.46%
4. Final Setting Time 390 min
2. Specific Gravity 2.695%

12
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

S.No. Properties Results S.No. Description Average Strength

0.25% M3 (30 % copper slag, 25.92
3. Moisture Content 4.
15% Flyash)
4. Water Absorption 0.4% M4 (40 % copper slag, 26.44
5.
3
15% Flyash)
5. Bulk Density 1613 kg/m M5 (50 % copper slag, 25.31
6.
15% Flyash)
TESTS CONDUCTED ON THE SPECIMENS
TABLE II SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH OF CYLINDERS
A number of tests are conducted on the concrete specimens AFTER 28 DAYS OF CURING
to check its strength, design mix properties and other criteria
in the laboratory. The overall performance of any concrete S.No. Description Average Strength
is measured on the basis of strength and durability of
hardened concrete. Strength is the major governing attribute 1. Nominal mix 3.26
whereas durability is the measure of performance.
The strength of the concrete is measured from M1 (10 % copper slag, 3.52
2.
15% Flyash)
1. Compressive strength on cubes. M2 (20 % copper slag, 3.56
3.
2. Flexural strength for prisms. 15% Flyash)
M3 (30 % copper slag, 3.68
4.
The compressive strength test is carried out on specimens 15% Flyash)
blended with various percentage of fibers added by the M4 (40 % copper slag, 3.79
weight of cement along with 30% partial replacement of 5.
15% Flyash)
OPC by GGBS at 3, 7 and 28 days of curing in compressive M5 (50 % copper slag, 3.57
testing machine. The cube was tested in a compression 6.
15% Flyash)
testing machine of capacity 2000kN at a loading rate of 5.5
kN/min. The compressive strength is calculated as:
TABLE III FLEXURAL STRENGTH OF PRISMS
Compressive strength of cube (Fc) =ultimate load / cross
AFTER 28 DAYS OF CURING
section of cube.

The axis of the specimen is aligned carefully with the axis S.No. Description Average Strength
of the loading device and the load is applied uniformly on 8.67
the prism. The maximum load at which the specimen fails is 1. Nominal mix
recorded. The flexural strength is calculated as – M1 (10 % copper slag, 7.57
2.
15% Flyash)
Flexural strength of prism (Fb) = Pl/bd Where, P = M2 (20 % copper slag,
3. 8.10
ultimate load, l= effective span, b=Breadth 15% Flyash)
M3 (30 % copper slag, 8.48
TABLE I COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CUBES 4.
15% Flyash)
AFTER 28 DAYS OF CURING
M4 (40 % copper slag, 8.75
5.
15% Flyash)
S.No. Description Average Strength M5 (50 % copper slag, 8.70
6.
24.84 15% Flyash)
1. Nominal mix
M1 (10 % copper slag, 24.86
2.
15% Flyash)
M2 (20 % copper slag, 25.82
3.
15% Flyash)

13
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

1. Ajay.N.Burile, ―The characteristics of concrete in

28 th day Compressive Strength partial replacement of rice husk ash‖, FHWA/OH-
2015
27 26.44 2. Balamurugan,M.Vetal (2017) ―Replacement of
25.82 25.92
Compressive Strength

26 25.31 concrete using quarry dust‖

24.84 24.86 3. Bhanu prakashk.et al ―Strength Characteristics of
in N/mm2

25
green Concrete using copper slag,‖ IJRET, Vol. 1,
24 pp. 51-57, 2011
CC M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 4. Dan Ravina ―The behavior of concrete partial
MIX ID replacement of copper slag and fly ash‖IJRET,
Vol.2,p.p 37-45,2011
5. Devandran.N., ―Strengthening of concrete using
sea shell‖, International Journal of Engineering
Science and Technology, Vol. 133, pp. 766-771,
28th day Split tensile strength 2005.
4 6. Franco.M (2009)―Strengthening of concrete using
3.79 copper slag‖
Split Tensile Strength

3.8 3.68
3.56 3.57 7. IS 456: 2000 ―Indian Standard Code of Plain and
3.6 3.52 Reinforced Concrete Code of Practice‖, Bureau of
(N/mm2)

3.4 3.26 Indian standards, New Delhi.

8. IS: 383-1970 ―Specifications for Coarse and Fine
3.2
Aggregates from Natural Sources for Concrete‖,
3 Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
2.8 9. Kamaldeep Singh ―Application of Green concrete f
CC M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 Containing Fly Ash,‖ Vol. 35, pp. 84-91, 2011
Mix ID 10. Panka.A (2004) ―Strengthening of green concrete
using copper slag‖ Vol. 451, pp21-31.
11. Samuel Green, Nicholas Brooke and Len
Mcsaveney, ―Strengthenin of green concrete using
coir fiber, 2004.
28th DAY FELXURAL 12. SP 23: 1982 ―Handbook on Concrete Mixes (Based
STRENGTH on Indian Standards)‖, Bureau sof Indian
standards, New Delhi.
13. Sreelakshmi(2004) ‖Replacement of cement using
Flexural strength N/mm2

9 copper slag‖ ACI Materials Journal, Vol. 104, No.

8.8 4, pp. 408-415, 2007.
8.6 14. Y. Yorozu, M. Hirano, K. Oka, and Y. Tagawa,
―Electron spectroscopy studies on magneto-optical
8.4 media and plastic substrate interface,‖ IEEE
8.2 Transl. J. Magn. Japan, vol. 2, pp. 740-741, August
CC M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 1987 [Digests 9th Annual Conf. Magnetics Japan,
Mix ID p. 301, 1982].
15. M. Young, The Technical Writer‘s Handbook. Mill
Valley, CA: University Science, 1989.

REFERENCES

14
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

STRENGTHENING OF RC BEAMS USING SIFCON AND SIMCON LAMINATES

R.NAVEEN KUMAR 1 R.RAMYA ANCELIN 2
1
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering) 2Assistant Professor
Department of Civil Engineering, Dr. SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT

This paper presents the results of experimental studies concerning the flexural strengthening of RC beam using Slurry Infiltrated
Fibrous Concrete (SIFCON) and Slurry Infiltrated Mat Concrete (SIMCON) laminates. Nowadays it is common observation that
structures are unable to offer service as much as they are expected as per design. This is often as a result of deterioration of the
concrete and reinforcements caused by environmental factors. The Retrofitting will be used as an cost-effective solution to the
replacement of these structures and is commonly the sole feasible option. SIFCON and SIMCON are well suited to the current
application as a result of their high strength-to-weight ratio, good fatigue properties, and wonderful resistance to corrosion. This
study presents a method for strengthening RC beams using High Performance Fibre Reinforced Cementitious
composites(HPFRCCs)laminates such as SIFCON and SIMCON which are provided on the tension face at the soffit of the beam
.In this experimental study a total of six beams of size 150mm width x 250mm depth x 1000mm length are casted. Load carrying
capacities of control beam and two beams with SIFCON laminates were tested and three beams with SIMCON laminates has
been casted and yet to be tested. The results show that the strengthened beams exhibits increased flexural strength and composite
action until failure.

Keywords—SIFCON and SIMCON laminates, Flexural strength, Load Carrying Capacity, Ultimate Load.
fibrous concrete‘. The origin of SIFCON dates to 1979,
Introduction
when Prof. Lankard carried out extensive experiments in his
The cost of civil infrastructure constitutes a major portion of
laboratory in Columbus, Ohio, USA and proved that, if the
the national wealth. Its rapid deterioration has thus created
percentage of steel fibers in a cement matrix could be
an urgent need for the development of novel, long - lasting
increased substantially, then a material of very high strength
and cost - effective methods for repair and retrofit. In the
could be obtained, which he christened as SIFCON. While
present days life extension of structures through
in conventional SFRC, the steel fiber content usually varies
strengthening is becoming an essential activity. A host of
from 1 to 3 percent by volume, But it varies from 4 to 20
strengthening systems has to be devised and adopted over
percent in SIFCON depending on the geometry of the fibers
the years. The choice of the strengthening system depends
and the type of application. The process of making SIFCON
on the specific performance requirements. As the number of
is also different, because of its high steel fiber content. The
civil infrastructure systems increases worldwide, the number
matrix in SIFCON has no coarse aggregates, but a high
of deteriorated buildings and structures also increases.
cementitious content. However, it may contain fine or
Complete replacement is likely to be an increasing financial
coarse sand. All types of steel fibers, namely, straight,
burden and might certainly be waste of natural resources if
hooked, or crimped can be used.
upgrading or strengthening is a viable
alternative.Strengthening can be done by providing SLURRY INFILTRATED MAT CONCRETE
laminates such as Slurry Infiltrated Fibrous Concrete (SIMCON)
(SIFCON) and Slurry Infiltrated Mat Concrete (SIMCON) SIMCON can also be considered a pre - placed fiber
which increase the flexural strength, ductility, impact concrete, similar to SIFCON. However, in the making of
resistant and energy absorption capacity of the concrete. SIMCON, the fibers are placed in a ―mat form‖ rather than
as discrete fibers. The advantage of using steel fiber mats
SLURRY INFILTRATED FIBER CONCRETE
over a large volume of discrete fibers is that the mat
(SIFCON)
configuration provides inherent strength and utilizes the
SIFCON is a high-strength, high-performance material
fibers contained in it with very much higher aspect ratios.
containing a relatively high volume percentage of steel
The fiber volume can, hence, be substantially less than that
fibers as compared to steel fiber reinforced concrete
required for making of SIFCON, still achieving identical
(SFRC). It is also sometimes termed as ‗high – volume

15
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

flexural strength and energy absorbing toughness. Providing TABLE II. SPECIFICATIONS OF STEEL FIBRE
the fibers as a mat which is then infiltrated by high strength Length of
slurry, a new type of HPFRCC, called Slurry Infiltrated Mat Diameter of
Type of steel steel Aspect
steel fiber
Concrete (SIMCON) can be produced. SIMCON is made fiber fiber ratio
(mm)
using a non - woven ―steel fiber mats‖ that are infiltrated (mm)
with concrete slurry. Steel fibers produced directly from Hooked end 30 0.5 60
molten metal using a chilled wheel concept are interwoven Round
28 0.4 70
into a 0.5 to 2 inches thick mat. This mat is then rolled and Crimped
coiled into weights and sizes convenient to a customer‘s
application.

Objective
Slurry infiltrated fibrous concrete (SIFCON) and Slurry
infiltrated mat concrete (SIMCON) are exceedingly
improved version of conventional fibre reinforced concrete.
The main objective of the project is to improve the load
carrying capacity & Flexural strength of the RC beams by
providing SIFCON and SIMCON laminates at the bottom of Fig.1 Round Crimped fibreFig.2 Hooked End fibre
the beams and to compare the strengths of SIFCON and Steel Fibre mat
SIMCON laminated beams. Usually the steel fiber mat comes in a role which can be cut
into required dimensions. These mats can be used in the
Experimental Investigation preparation of SIMCON laminates which are placed at the
Experimental Investigations have been carried out on the bottom of RC beams to enhance the flexural strength of
specimens to ascertain the workability and strength related beams.
propertieshavebeen carried out to check the quality of
concrete.

Materials Used
Cement is defined as the building material made by grinding
calcined limestone and clay to a fine powder, which can be
mixed with water and poured to set as a solid mass or used Fig.3 Steel Fiber Mat
as an ingredient in making mortar or concrete. In this
project, Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) 53 grade was Mix Design
used. The concrete mix M30 is designed as per IS10262:1982,
The aggregate fraction from size 4.75 mm to 150 µ is IS 456:2000 for the conventional concrete. Mix design are
termed as fine aggregate. The graded fine aggregate is given below in table II.
represented by its zone. In this project, river sand belongs to
zone – II conforming IS 383-1970 is used. MIX PROPORTIONS
The aggregate fraction from size 80 mm to 4.75 mm is
termed as coarse aggregate. In this project, crushed granular Fine Coarse
Cement W/C
aggregate of 20 mm is used. Aggregate Aggregate
1 1.4 2.5 0.45
Steel Fibre
Fibers added in concrete to improve the tensile strength, Reinforcemnt Details Of Laminated Beam
ductility and resistance to cracking. Steel fibers are used to The beams are designed using Limit state method for M25
prepare the SIFCON laminates of different thickness like grade Concrete and Fe415 HYSD Steel bars. The size of the
15mm and 20mm. The steel fiber used in this project is beam specimen is 1000mmX150mmX250mm reinforced
round crimped and hooked end steel fibers. The
with 2 Nos of 10 mm dia bars in tensile zone,2 Nos of 8mm
specifications of the steel fibres are explained in Table 1
dia bars in Compression Zone and 6mm dia 2 legged

16
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

stirrups at 150mm spacing c/c are provided. The effective

depth of beam is calculated as 200mm by taking 25mm
clear cover for Control Beams and 10mm cover with 15 mm
laminate for beams with SIFCON Laminates at bottom.

Fig.6Casting of SIMCON laminates

Fig.4Reinforcement details of controlled beam with
SIFCON Laminate
Casting Of Beams With Sifcon Laminates
The beam moulds are assembled and the inner side of the
mould is lubricated properly. The steel fibers of aspect ratio
60 & 70 are mixed to the cement slurry separately and
placed inside the beam moulds for a depth of 15mm and
allowed for initial setting of 30 minutes,over which a cover
of sufficient thickness are placed and the concrete is placed
in the mould in two layers and compacted with 25mm
needle vibrator.
Fig.5Casting of SIFCON laminates
Results And Discussions
Test Setup and Measuring
For pure bending test, beam with a span of 1000mm were
taken. The experimental setup is shown in Figure 2. The
position of the supports, dial gauge point was marked on the
beams. The point load was applied on the beams for
determining pure bending process. All the beams were
designed to fail by flexure only. For the measurement of
deflections, dial gauge was located at the mid-span of
beams. The beams were tested at a rate of loading of
5kN/min. The test was carried out until the formation of
cracks occurs due to buckling of sheets of the beams. The
beams began to yield and the behavior of the beams was
keenly observed from the beginning till the beam collapsed.
A careful observation was made from the initial separation
of sheet are propagations of cracks and failure of shear
connecting the sheet and concrete. After that, the beams
were tested for finding the ultimate load carrying capacity
by removing the dial gauge of setup till failure of the beams.

Casting Of Beam With Simcon Laminate

The steel fiber mat of span 1000 mm has been drawn by
cutting the entire mat roll. The steel fibre mat is placed
properly into the lubricated mould of dimension 1000 x 150
x 250 mm. The cement slurry was poured into mould. After
30 minutes the SIMCON laminate was formed. This
strengthens the beam externally.Then reinforcement gauge
is placed with clear cover.Normal Concrete was poured into
the mould then finishing work is done.
Fig.7Test Setup
Load Vs Deflection
Load Vs Mid span deflection of reinforced beam is the
major criteria to study the flexural behavior of beam. From
the results, it was observed that the load carrying capacity of
the SIFCON laminated beam-1and SIFCON laminated
beam-2 is high when compared to the CC. The initial crack

17

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
started at the load 60kN with 5mm deflection for CC beam
whereas the crack begins at 80kN load with deflection 5mm
for the SIFCON beam-1 and 78kN load with deflection
6mm for the SIFCON beam-2. The yield point for the
SIFCON beam-1 and SIFCON beam-2 starts little bit later
with 80kN & 87kN load and minimum deflection of 5mm
& 6mm when compared to CC beam. The load-deflection
for beams are shown in Fig 8.1.
Fig.8 Comparison of Load Vs Deflection Curve of Control
and SIFCON beams
Load carrying capacity of RC beam
The ultimate load carrying capacity of the reinforced
concrete beam of SIFCON laminated beam-1 and SIFCON
laminated beam-2 are 130kN and 125kN which is higher
than the CC. The SIFCON laminated beam-1 and SIFCON
laminated beam-2 are carries higher load due to the
provision of laminate at the bottom of beam when compared
to the CC beam. This increment in load carrying capacity is
due to the presence of laminate layer at the bottom of beam
and delays the arrival of crack due to the absence of honey
combing. Therefore, providing the laminate at the bottom of
the beam increases the flexural capacity of the beam and
also reduces the deflection. Table III shows the ultimate
crack load and initial crack load for beams.
TABLE III. LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OF THE RC BEAM
Ultimate Initial Crack
Specimen Description
Load(KN) Load(KN)
Conventional Concrete 115 65
SIFCON (A.R-60) 130 80
SIFCON (A.R-80) 125 75
Department of Civil Engineering,
Conclusion
Based on the experimental study, the following conclusions
are made,
The use of SIFCON and SIMCON laminates for
strengthening of RC beams has been studied from the
journals for initiating the phase 1 work. The preliminary
investigations were done for basic ingredients of concrete.
From the material property results mix proportions arrived
for controlled concrete of M25.The results were obtained for
compressive strength and flexural strength of concrete. The
maximum compressive strength of controlled concrete for 7
days is found as 17.95 N/mm2 and for 28 days is 31.35
N/mm2The ultimate load carrying capacity of controlled
concrete beam is found as 115KN. The ultimate load
carrying capacity of RC beam with SIFCON laminate of
aspect ratio 60 is found as 130 KN. The ultimate load
carrying capacity of RC beam with SIFCON laminate of
aspect ratio 80 is found as 125 KN
The use of SIFCON laminates increases the flexural
strength and load carrying capacity of RC beams. Further
expansion of this project work in Phase II regarding the
strengthening of RC beams using Slurry Infiltrated Mat
Concrete (SIMCON) laminates will be done.
References
1. Antony Jeyasehar.C, Balamuralikrishnan.R, 2011,
‗Strengthening of Structures by HPFRCC
laminates‘, Asian Journal of Civil Engineering
(Building and Housing) vol. 13, no. 1 (2012), pp
29-42.
2. Balamuralikrishnan.R, Antony Jeyasehar.C, 2009,
‗Retrofitting of RC Beams with Externally Bonded
Simcon Laminates‘, The Open Civil Engineering
Journal, 3, pp 34-40
3. Balamuralikrishnan.R., Antony Jeyasehar.C, 2013,
‗Retrofitting of Externally Bonded Thin Cement
Composites‘, Journal of Advanced & Applied
Sciences (JAAS), pp 20-29.
4. IS 10262-2009 Guidelines for Indian Standard
Concrete Mix Proportioning,
5. IS 456:2000 Code of practice for Plain and
Reinforced Concrete.
6. Jitendra Nana Sandanshiv, Dr.Dubey.S.K, Prof.
Bachhav.S.S, 2016, ‗Experimental Study on
Retrofitted RC Beams with Externally Bonded
SIFCON Laminates‘, International Journal of
Advanced Research in Science Management and
18
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Technology, Volume 2, Issue 5. Bonded Simcon Laminates By Using ANSYS‘,

7. Olufemi S Awogboro, 2015, ‗Flexural Strength International Journal of Application or Innovation
Properties of Slurry Infiltrated Fibrous Concrete in Engineering & Management, Volume 5, Issue 5,
(SIFCON) Beams using Miraculous Berry‘, ISSN 2319 – 4847
International Journal of Scientific & Engineering 12. Yogeswari.R, Geetha.G, 2016, ‗Strengthening Of
Research, Volume 6, Issue 11, ISSN 2229-5518. RC Beam By Using SIFCON Laminate‘,
8. Santhosh Kumar.V, Prof. Ariyannan.P, 2016, International Research Journal of Engineering and
‗Retrofitting Of RC Beam Using Simcon Technology (IRJET) ISSN: 2395 -0056 Volume:
Laminate‘, International Journal of Emerging 03 Issue: 04.
Technology in Computer Science & Electronics,
ISSN: 0976-1353 Volume 20, Issue 3.
9. Sarath. P.G.R.V, RamaMohanRao.P, 2015,
‗Retrofitting Of RC Beam Elements Using Fibre
Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Mats‘, International
Journal For Technological Research In Engineering
Volume 2, Issue 7, ISSN : 2347 – 4718.
10. Sirisha.T, Saikumar.A.V.S, Madhanna.B, 2016,
‗Use of Discrete Fiber in Construction‘,
International Journal of Innovative Research in
Science, Engineering and Technology, Vol. 5,
Issue 8.
11. Subramani.T, Senthilkumar.M, 2016, ‗Finite
Element Analysis of RC Beams With Externally

19
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON FLEXURAL BEHAVIOUR OF COLD FORMED STEEL SECTION

WITH CORRUGATED WEB

G.PONPRADEEP1 D., THANAGAR²

¹PG Student, Structural Engineering, Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur, Tamilnadu
²Associate Professor, Dr.SivanthiAditanarCollege of Engineering, Tiruchendur, Tamilnadu, India

ABSTRACT

This paper presents a study on behavior of cold formed steel (CFS) beam with plain web and arc and tangent type corrugated
web. This study involves theoretical and experimental investigations of specimens. The plain web sections are prone to local
buckling in web, arc and tangent corrugation in web were introduced to improve their strength and to eliminate local buckling of
web elements. The plain web sections are prone to local buckling in web, arc and tangent type corrugation in web were
introduced to improve their strength and to eliminate local buckling of web elements. Four specimens were tested with length of
1200 mm. All specimens are tested under two point loading with simply supported condition. The theoretical data are calculated
using Indian Standard code IS 801-1975. The load carrying capacity and failure modes of beams were discussed. Based on the
test, beam with arc and tangent type corrugated web shows maximum load carrying capacity compared with the plain web beam.
This paper concludes that when increasing the depth of beam the load carrying capacity also increases. The comparison revealed
that as the corrugationdensity increases improves the stiffness so that the load carrying capacity also increases.

Keywords—Cold-form steel, Corrugation, Flexural strength.

Introduction
Hot rolled and cold formed members are the two main
families of structural members in steel construction. Even
though cold formed structural members are less familiar of
the two, they have a growing importance relative to the
traditional heavier hot-rolled structural members. Cold-
formed steel is widely used in buildings, automobiles,
equipment, home and office furniture, utility poles, storage
racks, grain bins, highway products, drainage facilities and
bridges. Their unique features of having large strength to
weight ratio, versatility, very small thickness, non-
combustibility with appropriate measures and ease of
production make the CFS useful in many situations where
higher strength is required with low member weight. Unlike
hot rolled steel, a variety of cross sections can be produced
in CFS. Their thickness is normally less than 3 mm. The
steel used for these sections may have a yield stress ranging
from 250 MPa to 550 MPa. The higher yield stress steels are
also becoming more common as steel manufacturers
produce high strength steel more efficiently. The use of
thinner sections and high strength steels leads to design
problems for structural engineers which may not normally
be encountered in routine structural steel design. Structural
instability of the sections is more likely to occur as a result
of the reduced buckling capacity, and the use of higher
strength steel which may make the buckling stress and yield
stress of the thin-walled sections approximately equal.
Corrugation
The corrugation has the advantage of eliminating local
buckling of the flat plate strips. Instead of using stiffeners,
corrugation in the web portion is created. This situation
leads to the corrugation in web. The corrugated web due to
its profile shows more stiffness than flat web. Beams with
corrugated webs have been used in buildings and have been
proven to be economical. The use of corrugated webs allows
for the use of thin plates without the need for stiffeners. The
use of corrugated webs is a potential method to achieve
adequate out-of-plane stiffness and shear buckling
resistance without using Corrugated web beams may be
used as beams (roof or slab beams, structural beams) or as
components subject to normal forces (columns or frame
columns) virtually without structural limitations.
Objective
The use of corrugated webs allows for the use of thin plates
without the need for stiffeners. The use of corrugated webs

20
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

is a potential method to achieve adequate out-of-plane 1975.The sectional property of corrugated web was
stiffness and shear buckling resistance without using calculated by referring the ―COLD FORMED STEEL
stiffeners. There are many types of corrugation like arc and DESIGN‖ by Wei-wen yu, roger.A.Laboube.
The load carrying capacity of specimens as per IS 801-
tangent, sinusoidal, triangle, trapezoidal, rectangle etc. The
1975.Comparison of moment of resistance and failure
main objective is to study the behaviour of cold formed steel modes by codes are indicated in table 2.
I section with arc and tangent type corrugated profile under
flexural loading condition. The primary objective of this Sectional Properties of Arc and Tangent Type
Corrugated Section
investigation is to examine the performance of the I-beam
with arc and tangent type corrugated web. To determine the The computation of the moment ofinertia and the section
modulus for standard corrugated sheets has been
maximum load carrying capacity of the specimens by simplifiedby Wolford.In the computation, design curves and
theoretical and experimental. tables can beused to determine factors C5 and C6.
I = C5bt3 + C6bd2t
Details Of Specimen S = 2I/(d+t)
In the present study, cold formed steel control I-beam and Where,
I - Moment of inertia.
Flange Web S - Section modulus.
Corrug
ation Span
b - Width of sheet.
Specimen d -Depth of corrugation.
Width Thickness Depth depth (mm)
(mm) t-Thickness of sheet.
(mm) (mm) (mm)

CIB 100 1.2 200 - 1400

ATCB 1 100 1.2 200 80 1400

Figure 1 plan view of corrugated beam

ATCB 2 100 1.2 250 80 1400

C5, C6-factors depending on shape of arc-and-

ATCB 3 100 1.2 300 80 1400
tangent-type corrugation. Using Wolford‘s charts, the values
of the moment of inertia, section modulus, area, radius of
three corrugated beam with varying depth of 200mm,
gyration, and length of tangent can be computed by the
250mm and 300mm. Thickness of the specimen (both web
following procedure:
and flange portions) is 1.2mm. Depth of corrugation and
pitch distance is 80mm and 200mm. CIB is chosen as Compute the mid thickness radius R
control specimen and the results of ATCB-1, ATCB-2 & R‘=R+(t/2)
Compute values of q and K,
ATCB-3 are compared with that of the control specimen.
q = R‘/d
The length of the beam is 1400mm.The fabricated K = P/d
specimens are shown in figure 1. Where, p is the pitch.
From Figure 5.2 determine the angle α for the computed
TABLE IV. DIMENSIONS OF SPECIMEN values of qand K.
From Figure 5.2 determine C5 and C6by using K and angle α
Indication Of Specimen
Control I-Beam with plain web indicated as CIB. Arc and Load carrying capacity
tangent Corrugated I section beam for the depth values Bending Moment:
200mm, 250mm and 300mm indicated as ATCB-1, ATCB- Maximum Bending Moment = 0.6x fy x Zxx
2 and ATCB-3 Load caring capacity (P):
For two point loading,
Theoretical Investigation
Bending Moment = Wl/6
The calculation of the maximum load carrying capacity of Maximum Load (P) = (B.M x6)/l
the specimens was arrived by using code IS: 801 –

21
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

TABLE V. LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OF BEAMS BY

THEORETICAL ANALYSIS

Experimental Investigation
Four specimens were fabricated with varying the depth as
detailed in Table 1.Thespecimens were arranged with
simply supported conditions, centered over bearing blocks
adjusted for a effective span of 1.2 m. Loads were applied at
one-third distance from the supports at a uniform rate till the
ultimate failure of the specimens occurred. Midpoint Figure 4 Failure mode of specimen ATCB
deflection and load carrying capacity was measured in all
cases. Deflection was measured by dial gauge. The flanges Load Vs Deflection
and webs are connected through spot welding. Fabricated Figure 5 shows the load Vs deflection curve for the data
specimens are shown in figure 2. obtained from experimental procedures. It has been seen
that the curve linear in the initial stage and non-linear from
the 95 percent of their load carrying capacity.

Figure 5 Comparison of load carrying capacity of beams

Figure 2 Fabricated Specimens
Strength Capacity of Specimen
Failure modes
The strength capacity of the specimens is shown in figure 6.
The beam with plain web (CIB) failed in shear zone or web
and the beam is twisted along longitudinal direction called Specimen Flange Web Corrug Load
ation carrying
torsional buckling. The specimens were failed due to
depth( capacity(K
localbuckling of compression flange and also Width Thickness Depth mm) N)
flexuralbuckling. (mm) (mm) (mm)

CIB 100 1.2 200 - 22.1

ATCB 1 100 1.2 200 80 22.4

ATCB 2 100 1.2 250 80 23.85

Figure 3 Failure mode of specimen CIB

The beam with corrugated web (ATCB) failed by local ATCB 3 100 1.2 300 80 25.3
buckling of compression flange, and the beam is twisted
along longitudinal direction. The specimens were failed due Load carrying capacity is higher for beam with corrugated
to localbuckling of compression flange and also web (ATCB) than the plain web (CIB). For experimental
flexuralbuckling.Arc and tangent type corrugation in web results the specimens with 200mm, 250mm and 300mm
completelyeliminates the web buckling. depth, the load carrying capacity of the beam is 2.17%,

22

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
8.16% and 13.46% more than the plain web. For theoretical
results the specimens with 200mm, 250mm and 300mm
depth, the load carrying capacity of the beam is 1.34%,
7.34% and 12.6% more than the plain web.
Figure 6Comparison of load carrying capacity of beams
Conclusion
From the experimental investigations conducted on the four
cold-formed steel beams with plain and arc and tangent type
corrugated web. The following conclusions were arrived.
From the results load carrying capacity is higher for beam
with corrugated web than the plain web. Increase in depth of
the beam load carrying capacity also increases.
All the specimens were failed due to local buckling of
compression flange and also flexural buckling. Arc and
tangent type corrugation in web completely eliminates the
web buckling.Beams with plain web shear buckling of web
occurred, but the failure due to shear in web could be
eliminated by using corrugated web. The corrugated web
element significantly increases the strength of the flexural
member.
References
16. Alex.J, Iyappan.G.R (2016) ‗Experimental Study on
Flexural Behaviour of Cold Formed Steel Section‘,
International Journal of Science Technology &
Engineering, vol. 2, pp886-889.
17. Arunkumar.G, Sampathkumar.P, Sukumar.S (2013)
‗Investigation on cold – formed steel lipped I beam
with trapezoidal corrugation in web by varying depth‘,
International Journal of Innovative Research &
Development, vol. 2, pp938-950.
Department of Civil Engineering,
18. Divahar.R, Joanna.P.S (2014) ‗The Effect of Web
Corrugation in Cold-Formed Steel Beam with
Trapezoidally Corrugated Web‘,American Journal of
Engineering Research, vol. 3, pp137-142.
19. Divahar.R, Joanna.P.S (2016) ‗Investigation on the
behaviour of encasedCold-formed steel beam with
trapezoidally corrugated web‘.
20. Fatimah de‘nan, nor salwanihashim. (2013)
‗Experimental study on bending behavior of triangular
Web profile steel beam section‘, International Journal
of Research in Engineering and Technology, vol. 2,
pp384-390.
21. IS 801:1975, ‗Indian Standard Code of Practice for Use
of Cold- Formed Light Gauge Steel Structural Members
in General Building Construction‘, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi.
22. Krishnan.L, Dineshraj.C.S, Prema.S (2015)
‗Experimental Investigation of Cold-Formed Steel
Section- Flexural Member with Triangular Web‘,
Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering, vol. 12,
pp 36-39.
23. Priyanga.R.S, Mathivathani.J, Venkatesan.A (2015)
‗Flexural behavior of trapezoidal corrugation Beam by
varying aspect ratio‘, International Journal of Scientific
Research Engineering & Technology, vol. 4, pp 170-
174.
24. Sakthivel.M, Sureshbabu.S (2015) ‗Experimental Study
on Flexural Behaviour of Cold Formed Steel
Section‘,The International Journal of Science
&Technoledge,vol. 3, pp46-51.
25. Satheshkumar.G.K, Arunkumar.G (2016) ‗Effect of
Sinusoidal Corrugation Depthon Flexural Behavior of
Cold Formed Steel I Beam‘, Imperial Journal of
Interdisciplinary Research, vol. 2, pp 648-651.
26. Sumathi.A, Chandra Babu.M (2017) ‗Flexural Behavior
of Cold Formed Steel I-Section Beam with Corrugated
Web‘, Asian Journal of Civil Engineering, vol. 18,pp
31-38.
27. Agustín Pérez-García, Arianna Guardiola Víllora,
Guillermo González Pérez (2014), 'Building‘s eco-
efficiency improvements based on reinforced concrete
multilayer structural panels' Energy and Buildings 85,
1–11
23
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

RETROFITTING OF RC BEAMS USING GFRP

SAMUEL JEYARAJ.S1,GANGA LAKSHMI.C.J.2

1
PG Student, ME Structural Engineering, 2Assistant Professor
Department of Civil Engineering,Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering,Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
This project deals with the study of retrofitting of RC beams using Glass fiber reinforced polymer (GFRP). RC beams were
designed and cast of 1m length. The effective use of GFRP in strengthening of RC beams is studied by measuring the load
carrying capacity, energy absorbing capacity, deflection behavior and by observing failure patterns. Mixes were prepared
for M25 grade and the results were obtained for compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength. It was
observed that for concrete with 50% replacement of fine aggregate with quarry dust, the average compressive strength was
34.15 N/mm², whereas for concrete with 50% replacement of fine aggregate with quarry dust, it was 30.94 N/mm²
respectively. The deflection of the beams was minimized due to U-BOX wrapping technique around the three sides of the
beam. Retrofitted of RC beams partially replaced with quarry dust using GFRP had an ultimate load of 195 kN, 15% greater
than that of control specimen.

Keywords—GFRP Sheets, Epoxy Resin Ly 556, Quarry Dust, EB technique, Flexural strengthening.

Introduction
The deterioration of civil engineering structures takes place Fiber-Reinforced Polymer (FRP) composites bonded to
either due to poor maintenance, corrosion or impact of surface of concrete. One of the techniques out of these for
natural forces i.e., earthquake. Such deteriorated structures strengthening is glass fiber reinforced polymer sheets
cannot take the load for which they had been designed. applied externally by wet layup method. Inclined GFRP
Complete demolition of whole structure is not a wise sheets are used for retrofitting of beams which are weak in
choice. In the modern civil engineering there are plenty of shear. Detail study was done on orientation, width and
options available to increase the strength of damaged spacing of GFRP strips and their effect on re-strengthening
structures without demolishing the whole structure. Over the of flexural members. It was concluded that shear strength
years, since the discovery of seismic forces, there has been was improved by external application of GFRP. As tensile
rigorous change in the design codes because the magnitude strength of glass fiber reinforced polymer sheet is quite
of seismic forces are uncertain which always creates a vague good, it can also be used as strengthening material in tension
idea of stability of the structure. Along with that, poor face of flexural members.
maintenance gradually decreases the strength of a structure,
as corrosion weakens the strength of fundamental part of
RCC structures i.e., reinforcement and ageing decreases the
strength of a structure. So it is not always possible to
demolish the structure as it does not prove economic. For a
solution of this retrofitting has been proposed. Depending
upon the conditions, various methods of retrofitting can be
used, but these can be chosen as per experience. Some
methods of retrofitting are jacketing of steel to structural
elements, steel bars bonded to structural elements, external
pre-stressing for the bridge girders, chemical methods
(filling up the cracks by chemicals or adhesives) and using

24
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

METHODOLOGY

Fig : 1 Epoxy resin and GFRP sheets

Mix Design
MATERIALS
The concrete mix M30 is designed as per IS10262:1982,
Experimental Investigations have been carried out on the IS 456:2000 for the conventional concrete. Mix design is
specimens to ascertain the workability and strength related given below in table I.
properties in order to check the quality of concrete.
TABLE VI. MIX PROPORTIONS
Materials Used
Fine Coarse
Cement is defined as the building material made by grinding Cement Aggregate Aggregate W/C
calcined limestone and clay to a fine powder, which can be 1 1.5 2.44 0.45
mixed with water and poured to set as a solid mass or used
as an ingredient in making mortar or concrete. In this EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
project, Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) 53 grade was The experimental work consists of 3no of control beam and
used.The aggregate fraction from size 4.75 mm to 150 µ is
3no of RC beam was partially replaced with quarry dust was
termed as fine aggregate. The graded fine aggregate is
represented by its zone. In this project, river sand belongs to casted. RC beams having grade M25, cross sectional
zone – II conforming IS 383-1970 was used. dimensions of 150mm×250mm and 1000mm length. 2-
The aggregate fraction from size 80 mm to 4.75 mm is 10mm Ø bottom reinforcement and 2-8mm Ø top with 6mm
termed as coarse aggregate. In this project, crushed granular Ø vertical stirrups @ 150mm c/c was provided. First set of
aggregate of 20 mm was used.Quarry dust was used as fine control RC beam strengthened using GFRP mat wrap at U-
aggregate. Crushed rock aggregate quarrying generates
Box method .Second set of RC beam was partially replaced
considerable volumes of quarry fines, often termed as
―quarry dust‖. Quarry dust can be defined as residue, tailing with quarry dust strengthened using GFRP mat wrap at U-
or other non-voluble waste material after the extraction and Box method. The flexural test is carried out to study the
processing of rocks to form fine particles less than 4.75mm. flexural behavior of strengthened Beams. The fig. shows the
beam detailing of RC Beam.
EB technique
Epoxy resin is one types of adhesive which is used to stick
fiber to concrete surface. It has two components, component
A as resin and component B as hardener which has to be
mixed thoroughly in the ratio 10:1 by weight

Fig: 2 Reinforcement details of RC beam

25
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

with glass Fibre fabric was cured for 48 hours at room

temperature before testing.
Testing Upto Initial Crack Form
The specimen was placed over the 2 steel rollers leaving TABLE 3 Properties of fiber
50mm from the ends of the beam. The remaining 900 was
divided into 3 equal parts of 300mm. Loading was done by FIBER GLASS
hydraulic jack. One dial gauge was placed at the centre to
measure the maximum deflection at mid span. Diameter (μm) 9-15

TABLE 2. testing upto initial crack form Density (103kg/m3) 2.60

Beam Initial Crack Load Initial Crack Load (kN)
(kN) (50% Q.D AND 50% R. Young‘s modulus(kN/mm2) 70-80
( Control beam) S CONCRETE)
Elongation of break (%) 2-3.5
1 75 85
2 80 92 Tensile strength (kN/mm2) 2-4
3 75 85
The first crack occurs at 77kN for all three control beams
and the first crack occurs at 87kN for all three quarry dust
replaced with river sand beam. TABLE 4

Load Vs Deflection curve

Mid span deflection at initial loading for control and
replacement of 50% Q.D AND 50% R. S beam. Load
deflection curve is given below in Fig 3

100

80
LOAD (kN)

60

40 CB
Mixing ratio of Epoxy Resin
QD Epoxy resin is one types of adhesive which is used to stick
20
fiber to concrete surface. It has two components, component
0 A as resin and component B as hardener which has to be
0 2 4 mixed thoroughly in the ratio 10:1 by weight.
Deflection (mm)
TESTING FOR FAILURE LOAD
ULTIMATE LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY
Fig : 3 Load Vs Deflection curve Six sets of beams were tested for their ultimate strengths. It
GFRP WRAPPING PROCESS is found that all the beams were failed in flexure. It is
While doing the wrapping process, first the beams were observed that the control beam had less load carrying
washed with acetone to remove the dust, dirt and were made capacity and high deflection values compared to that of the
clean. The surfaces of the beams were rubbed with paper to externally strengthened beams using FRP sheets.The
make the surface rough. Then wrapping of GFRP sheets on deflection of each beam for two point loading is analyzed.
the surface of the beams was done. The wet lay up or hand The deflections of each type of retrofitted beams are
layup technique was adopted. Concrete beams strengthened compared and the load deflection behavior is compared

26

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
between control and quarry dust replace with sand beams
retrofitted with FRP sheets having the same reinforcement.
It is noted that the Behavior of the beams when bonded with
FRP sheets is better than the control beams. The deflections
are lower when bonded externally with FRP sheets. The use
of FRP sheet had effect in delaying the growth of crack
formation.
Table 4 Ultimate Load Carrying Capacity
Beam
ULTIMATE LOAD ULTIMATE LOAD
CARRYING CARRYING
CAPACITY (kN) CAPACITY (kN)
( Control beam) (50% Q.D AND 50% R. S
CONCRETE)
1 165 195
2 170 190
3 165 195
The deflection of the beams was minimized due to U-BOX
wrapping technique around the three sides of the beam.
Retrofitted of RC beams partially replaced with quarry dust
using GFRP had an ultimate load of 195 kN, 15% greater
than that of control beam.
Conclusion
The main objective is to thoroughly study the behavior of
RC beams strengthened with GFRP sheets and their various
effects. This had been studied from reputed journals for
initiating work.The preliminary investigations were done for
basic materials of conventional concrete and concrete with
50% quarry dust and 50% river sand. From the material
properties, mix proportion was arrived for conventional
concrete of M25 grade. The results were obtained for
compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural
strength. It was observed that for 50% of quarry dust the
average compressive strength was 34.15 N/mm², whereas
for natural sand, it was 30.94 N/mm². RC beam were
designed and cast of 1m length. The first crack occurs at
77kN for all three control beams and the first crack occurs at
87kN for all three quarry dust replaced with river sand
beam. The deflection of the beams was minimized due to U-
BOX wrapping technique around the three sides of the
Department of Civil Engineering,
beam. Retrofitted of RC beams partially replaced with
quarry dust using GFRP had an ultimate load of 195 kN,
15% greater than that of control beam.
REFERENCES
1. AnumolRaju and Iiji Anna Mathew, ―Retrofitting
of RC Beams Using FRP‖,International Journal of
Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT) ,
2013.
2. Abhishek Sharma et al,―Flexural Characteristics of
RC Beams Retrofitted using FRP and Cement
Matrix Composite,‖IOSR Journal of Mechanical
and Civil Engineering, Vol. 234, pp. 94, 2016.
3. Balamurugan.G, and DR.Perumal.P ―Internal
Curing Improves Concrete Performance throughout
its Life,‖ International Journal (ESTIJ)Vol. 3, No.
6, December 2013.
4. Dhanu M.N et al.―Experimental and Numerical
Study of Retrofitted RC Beams Using FRP,‖.
International Journal of Engineering Research and
General Science Volume 2, Issue 3, April-May
2014.
5. Karuppiah.P. Let al.―A Study On The Behaviour
Of RC Beams Retrofitted Using CFRP Laminates
Under Single Point Loading‖ sadguru publications,
Int. J. Chem. Sci.: 14(S1), 2016.
6. RohitVasudeva and MandeepKaur ―Retrofitting of
RC Beams using Glass Fibre Reinforced Polymer
Sheets: an Experimental Study,‖ International
Journal of Engineering Science and Technology,
Volume :09, Issue : 44 ,November 2016.
7. Dhanu M.N Et Al.―Experimental And Numerical
Study Of Retrofitted RC Beams Using FRP,‖.
International Journal of Engineering Research and
General Science Volume 2, Issue 3, April-may
2014.
8. Sarita R. Khot and H.S.Jadhav , ―Repair Of
Damaged Reinforced Concrete Beam Externally
Bonded With GFRP Plates‖, International Journal
of Engineering Science and Technology, Volume:
02 Issue: 03 , June-2015.
9. SP 23: 1982 ―Handbook on Concrete Mixes (Based
on Indian Standards)‖, Bureau of Indian standards,
New Delhi.
27
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

STRENGTHENING OF GLASS FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAM USING GFRP

LAMINATES

SARANYA GANDHI.R1, RAMYA ANCELIN.R2

1
PG Student, ME Structural Engineering, 2Assistant Professor,
Department of Civil Engineering, Dr. SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
ABSTRACT
The behavior of glass fiber reinforced concrete beam strengthened using glass fiber reinforced polymer (GFRP) laminate is
presented in this paper. The experimental investigations are carried out in M25 grade of concrete with the addition of 1.5% glass
fibers. In this study three control beams and three glass fiber reinforced concrete beams were casted. The beams are designed
and casted for 1m length. Each beam was initially loaded to form the initial crack.The beams are then retrofitted using GFRP
laminates. For the bonding of the laminates with the RC beams epoxy adhesive Epoxy Resin LY 556 and Hardener HY 951 and
rivets are used. Each one of the conventional and the glass fiber beam is retrofitted using the laminate which is bonded using
epoxy, similarly using rivets and using both epoxy and rivets. The effective use of GFRP laminates in strengthening of RC beams
is studied by measuring the load carrying capacity and by observing deflection of the beam.

Keywords— Glass fiber, GFRP laminate,Epoxy Resin Ly 556 Hardener HY 951, Rivets

Introduction high strength-weight ratio, high stiffness-weight ratio,

flexibility in design, non-corrosiveness, high fatigue
The maintenance, rehabilitation and upgrading of structural
strength, and ease of application. Because the FRP materials
members, is perhaps one of the most crucial problems in
are non-corrosive, non-magnetic, and resistant to various
civil engineering applications. Moreover, a large number of
types of chemicals, they are increasingly being used for
structures constructed in the past using the older design
external reinforcement of existing concrete structures. From
codes in different parts of the world are structurally unsafe
the past studies conducted it has been shown that externally
according to the new design codes. Since replacement of
bonded glass fiber-reinforced polymers (GFRP) can be used
such deficient elements of structures incurs a huge amount
to enhance the flexural, shear and torsional capacity of RC
of public money and time, strengthening has become the
beams. Due to the flexible nature and ease of handling and
acceptable way of improving their load carrying capacity
application, combined with high tensile strength-weight
and extending their service lives. Infrastructure decay
ratio and stiffness, the flexible glass fiber sheets are found to
caused by premature deterioration of buildings and
be highly effective for strengthening of RC beams. The use
structures has led to the investigation of several processes
of fiber reinforced polymers (FRPs)for the rehabilitation of
for repairing or strengthening purposes. One of the
existing concrete structures has grown very rapidly over the
challenges in strengthening of concrete structures is
last few years.Among many options, this reinforcement may
selection of a strengthening method that will enhance the
be in the form of preformed laminates or flexible sheets.
strength and serviceability of the structure while addressing
The laminates are stiff plates or shells that come pre-cured
limitations such as constructability, building operations and
and are installed by bonding them to the concrete surface
budget.Typical strengthening techniques such as section
with a thermosetting resin. The sheets are either dry or pre-
enlargement, externally bonded reinforcement, post-
impregnated with resin (known as pre-preg) and cured after
tensioning, and supplemental supports may be used to
installation onto the concrete surface.
achieve improved strength and serviceability.Only a few
years ago, the construction market started to use FRP for Materials
structural reinforcement, generally in combination with
Experimental Investigations have been carried out on the
other construction materials such as wood, steel, and
specimens to ascertain the workability and strength related
concrete. FRPs exhibit several improved properties, such as
properties in order to check the quality of concrete.

28
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Cement: loaded up to the formation of initial crack. The beams are

Cement is defined as the building material made by grinding then strengthened using GFRP laminate. The laminate is
calcined limestone and clay to a fine powder, which can be bonded using epoxy, rivets and using both epoxy and rivets.
mixed with water and poured to set as a solid mass or used The flexural test is carried out to study the flexural behavior
as an ingredient in making mortar or concrete. In this of strengthened Beams. The fig. shows the beam detailing of
project, Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) 53 grade was
RC Beam.
used.
Fine Aggregate:
The aggregate fraction from size 4.75 mm to 150 µ is
termed as fine aggregate. The graded fine aggregate is
represented by its zone. In this project, river sand belongs to
zone – II conforming IS 383-1970 was used.
Coarse Aggregate:

The aggregate fraction from size 80 mm to 4.75 mm is

Fig: 1 Reinforcement details of RC beam
termed as coarse aggregate. In this project, crushed
granular aggregate of 20 mm was used.
Initial Loading Of Beam
Glass Fiber: The most commonly used load arrangement for testing of
Glass fiberis a material consisting of numerous extremely beams will consist of two-point loading. The specimen was
fine fibers of glass.Glass fiber has roughly comparable placed over the 2 steel rollers leaving 50mm from the ends
mechanical properties to other fibers such as polymers and of the beam. The remaining 900 was divided into 3 equal
significantly less brittle when used in composites.The glass parts of 300mm. Loading was done by hydraulic jack. One
fibers usedare E-glass fibers typically have a Young dial gauge was placed at the center to measure the
modulus of elasticity 70 GPa, specific gravity 2.68 and maximum deflection at mid span.
length 12mm. TABLE II. INITIAL CRACK LOAD
Epoxy Resin: Initial Load Deflection Initial Load (kN) Deflection
(kN) (mm) (Glass Fibre (mm)
Epoxy resin is one type of adhesive which is used to stick
(Control reinforced beam)
fiber to concrete surface.It has two components, component beam)
A as resin and component B as hardener which has to be
mixed thoroughly in the ratio 10:1 by weight
80 1.91 85 1.53
Mix Design 65 1.87 75 1.42
The concrete mix M25 is designed as per IS10262:1982, 70 1.74 90 1.72
IS 456:2000 for the conventional concrete. Mix design is
given below in table I. STRENGTHENING OF BEAMS
BONDING USING EPOXY
TABLE VII. MIX PROPORTIONS
Strengthening material : Glass Fiber Laminate
Fine Coarse
Cement Aggregate Aggregate W/C Size of laminate : 150 X 1000 mm
1 1.79 3.28 0.45
Thickness : 2 mm
Experimental Program
The experimental work consists of casting of 3 nos. of Adhesive : Epoxy Resin LY 556
control beam and 3 nos. of glass fiber RC beam. RC beams
having grade of M25 and cross sectional dimensions Hardener HY 951
150mm×250mm and 1000mm. 2-10mm Ø bottom
The adhesive has two components, resin and hardener which
reinforcement and 2-8mm Ø top with 6mm Ø vertical
have to be mixed thoroughly in the ratio 10:1 by weight.
stirrups @ 150mm c/c was provided. The beams are initially

29
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

 The initial crack of the conventional RC beam

appeared at 80kN, 65kN, 70kN with deflection of
1.91mm, 1.87mm, and 1.74mm respectively.
 The initial crack of the Glass fiber reinforced
concrete beam appeared at 85kN, 75kN, and 80kN
with deflection 1.53mm, 1.42mm, and 1.91mm
respectively.
 From the experimental results, it was observed that
the initial load carrying capacity of the Glass fiber
reinforced concrete is high when compared to the
Fig:2 GFRP Laminate
conventional RC beam.
BONDING USING RIVETS  The strengthened glass fiber beam using epoxy
Size of laminate : 150X 1000 mm shows ultimate load of 170kN with 5.21mm
deflection.
Thikness : 2 mm
Future Work
Dia of rivets : 6mm Further investigations include the strengthening of the beam
using the laminates and determination of the ultimate load
carrying capacity of the strengthened beams.

REFERENCES

1. AlaaMorsy, El Tony Mahmoud, ―Bonding

techniques for flexural strengthening of RC beams
using CFRP Laminates‖, Ain Shams Engineering
Journal : (2013)
2. Amitha.N.R, Vrindha.T, ―Retrofitting of
Fig:3 Positioning of rivets Reinforced Concrete Beams using Carbon Fiber
Composite Laminate and Glass Fiber Composite
BONDING USING EPOXY AND RIVETS
Laminate‖, Journal of Materials in Civil
The bonding of the laminate using epoxy and resin Engineering, ASCE. 334-342 : (2013)
comprises the combined procedure followed in bonding 3. Avinash.G, Ibrahim Quadri.S, MehmoodQuadri.S,
using epoxy and rivets. ―Strength aspects of Glass fiber Reinforced
Concrete‖, Int. Journal of Engineering Research
Ultimate Load Carrying Capacity and Applications ISSN: 2248-9622, Vol. 3,
BONDED USING EPOXY Issue 5, Sep-Oct 2013, pp.1914-1918.
4. Catherine Mohanji Gera, Jose Franklin.J,
TABLE III. ULTIMATE CRACK LOAD ―Retrofitting of RC Beam using Glass Fiber
Reinforced Polymer Composite‖, International
Beam Ultimate Load (kN) Deflection (mm) Journal of Emerging Engineering Research and
CC 1 155 4.83 Technology Volume 2, Issue 3, June 2014, PP
119-125
GFRC 1 170 5.37 5. Ehsan Ahmed, HabiburRahmanSobuz,
NorsuzailinaMohmaed Sultan, ―Flexural
Performance of CFRP strengthened RC beams with
Conclusion
different degrees of strengthening schemes‖,
 The preliminary investigations were done for basic International Journal of the Physical Sciences Vol.
ingredients of concrete and from the material 6(9), pp. 2229-2238, 4 May, 2011.
property results mix proportions arrived for 6. Grace.N.F, Sayed.G.A, Soliman.A.K, Saleh.K.R,
controlled concrete of M25 grade as per the IS ―Strengthening Reinforced Concrete Beams using
Code specifications. Fiber Reinforced Polymer Laminates‖,
 It is found that the workability of the concrete International Journal of Engineering Research &
decreases with the addition of the Glass fibers.

30

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Science (IJOER) ISSN: 2395-6992, Vol-2, Issue-5
May- 2016 (1999)
7. IS 10262: 2009 ―Indian Standard Code of
Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix
Design‖, Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi.
8. IS: 383-1970 ―Specifications for Coarse and Fine
Aggregates from Natural Sources for Concrete‖,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
9. IS 456: 2000 ―Indian Standard Code of Plain and
Reinforced Concrete Code of Practice‖, Bureau of
Indian standards, New Delhi.
10. MethukuVaishnavi, KetepalliSravani, ―A Review
on Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete Beams
using Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymer
Composites‖, Volume : 3, Issue : 7, July 2013,
ISSN - 2249-555
Department of Civil Engineering,
11. Morsy.A.M, Helmi.K.M, ―A Comparative Study
for Shear Strengthening Techniques of Reinforced
Concrete Beams using FRP‖, ACI Structural
Journal, V98, No.3, May-June 2001.
12. Saikiran.T, SrinivasaRao.K, ―Comparison of
Compressive and Flexural strength of Glass fiber
Reinforced Concrete with Conventional Concrete‖,
International Journal of Applied Engineering
Research ISSN 0973-4562 Volume 11, Number 6
(2016) pp. 4304-4308.
13. YogeshS.Lanjewar, Rayadu.S.V, ―Compressive
strength behavior of Glass fiber Reinforced
Concrete‖, International Journal of Research in
Advent Technology (E-ISSN: 2321-9637) : (2015)
31
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON STEEL FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE USING M-SAND AND

METAKAOLIN
VINITHA.M.1, SARAVANYA.R2
1
Assistant Professor, 2PG Student, ME Structural Engineering,
Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering,
Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
Today, concrete is the most widely used construction material due to its good compressive strength and durability. Plain
concrete needs congenial atmosphere by providing moisture for a minimum period of 28 days for good hydration and to attain
desired strength. Concrete contains coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, Cement and water. Now a days, there is a scarcity in River
Sand. So, most probably M-sand can be used .It is the sand produced from hard granite stone by crushing. The size of M-Sand is
less than 4.75 mm. Metakaolin is a dehydroxylated form of clay mineral Kaolinite, which is eco-friendly. It can be used as a
replacement of Cement. The particle size of metakaolin is smaller than Cement. Steel fibres are usually used to increase the
ductility properties. The aim of the investigation is to evaluate the extent of use of M-Sand in Concrete as partial replacement of
fine aggregate and adding Metakaolin as a replacement of Cement to increase the binding property and to increase the ductility
properties of the concrete by adding Steel fibers. In this experimental study, Metakaolin is added as 12% replacement of
Cement,1.25% of steel fibres are added and M-Sand is varied from 60 to 100% as a replacement of fine aggregate.And
compressive strength, split tensile strength, modulus of rupture and flexural behaviour of the concrete with varying quantity of M-
Sand is evaluated and compared with the conventional concrete specimens.

Keywords—M-Sand, Metakaolin, Steel fiber, Flexural Strength, Split Tensile Strength, Modulus of Rupture, Ductility.

Introduction galvanized iron, polypropylene, glass, carbon, asbestos, jute

Concrete is the most widely used man made construction
material. It is obtained by mixing of cement, water, fine &
coarse aggregate in required proportions. The concrete has
high compressive strength, but its tensile strength is very
low. In situation where tensile stresses are developed, the
concrete is strengthened by steel bars forming a composite
construction called reinforced cement concrete. The
concrete without reinforcement is termed plain cement
concrete. The process of pouring concrete is called
concreting. The strength, durability and other characteristics
of concrete depends on the proportion of mix, the method
of compaction and other controls during placing,
compaction and curing .Though concrete is a widely
accepted building material there is some drawbacks in it.
The low tensile strength, low impact strength and brittle
nature of concrete make it necessary to be reinforced with
steel rods. It was proved that placing the steel reinforcement
in the tension zone of concrete will enhance the tensile
strength of concrete and prevents flexural (or) bending
failure. But later on, as an alternative approach to placing
steel reinforcement in the tension zone, it was found that
dispersion of fibres in concrete can drastically increase the
various strength properties of concrete along with the
ductility of concrete. Therefore, various fibres like steel,
plastic etc. are used in concrete. The addition of fibres to
concrete delays the failure mechanism and induces ductility
nature. Such product evolved due to introduction of fibres in
concrete is called ‗Fibre Reinforced Concrete (FRC)‘.In
fibre reinforced concrete, it was found that the strength
properties increase with the percentage of fibres. But, higher
percentage of addition of fibres, say above 2% possess
many difficulties like workability, accelerates stiffening of
fresh concrete, causing segregation and pulling out of fibres
etc.
Experimental Program
Experimental Investigations have been carried out on the
specimens to ascertain the workability and strength related
properties.
Materials Used
Cement is defined as the material with adhesive and
cohesive properties which make it capable of bonding the
constituents of concrete into a compact durable mass.
Cement is obtained by grinding the raw materials
(calcareous materials like limestone, chalk, marine shell and
argillaceous materials containing silica, alumina and iron
oxide). The mixture is then burnt in a large rotary kiln at a
temperature of 1300C to 1500C. The resulting product
called clinker is cooled and ground to fine powder called
cement. In this project, Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC)

32
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

53grade was used. Aggregate which is passed through Mix Design

4.75mm IS Sieve and retained on 75 micron IS Sieve is The concrete mix M30 is designed as per IS10262:1982,
termed as fine aggregate. Fine aggregate is added to IS 456:2000 for the conventional concrete. Mix design are
concrete to assist workability and to bring uniformity in given below in table I.
mixture. Usually,the natural river sand is used as fine
aggregate. Ordinary River sand confirming IS 383-1970 is TABLE VIII. MIX PROPORTIONS
used in this project.The coarse aggregate for the works
should be river gravel or crushed stone. Angular shape Fine Coarse
aggregate of size 20 mm and below. The aggregate which Cement Aggregate Aggregate W/C
passes through 75mm sieve and retain on 4.75mm is termed 1 1.31 2.66 0.45
as coarse aggregate. In this project, crushed granular
aggregate of 20mm size is used. DETAILS OF CONCRETE SPECIMEN
M-Sand The concrete specimens for cubes, cylinders and prism
M-Sand is produced from hard granite stone by crushing. have been casted as per the given table II.
The size of M-Sand is less than 4.75 mm. Now a days there
is a scarcity in River Sand. So, most probably M-Sand can TABLE IX. SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION
be used. The manufactured sand is obtained from stone
Description No. of Specimens
quarries by crushing of stones. Its specific gravity is found
to be 2.6. Now a days,the cost of River sand is high and Control M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
hence there is a demand for M-Sand and its usage. Cube 6 6 6 6 6 6
Cylinder 3 3 3 3 3 3
S.No. Description Prism 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 Specific gravity 50
M1 - 60% M-Sand,12% Metakaolin,1.25% Steel fibres
2 Fineness 49
3 Normal Consistency 47 M2 - 70% M-Sand,12% Metakaolin,1.25% Steel fibres
Metakaolin
Metakaolin is a chemical paste that forms upon thermal M3 - 80% M-Sand,12% Metakaolin,1.25% Steel fibres
treatment of Kaolinite.It is formed upon the thermal
treatment in the range of 400 to 500 C,the water is driven M4 - 90% M-Sand,12% Metakaolin,1.25% Steel fibres
away from an amorphous aluminosilicate called
M5 - 100% M-Sand,12% Metakaolin,1.25% Steel fibres
Metakaolin.It is white in colour and acts as a pozzolanic
material.The reactivity of the Metakaolin may also be Tests On Fresh And Hardened Concrete
affected by grinding to a finer particle size.
Workability tests such as slump test and compaction factor
test were carried out for fresh concrete as per BIS
S.No. Description specifications. The obtained slump value for controlled
1 Specific gravity 2.54 concrete was 100 mm. The obtained compacting factor
2 Fineness 2% value for controlled concrete was 0.8.
3 Normal Consistency 28% Results And Discussions
Fresh Concrete Tests
Steel Fiber The workability tests were carried out for concrete
specimens. The slump test and compaction factor tests were
Steel fibres are added to increase the ductility properties of carried out. The Slump Cone Test results of workability
concrete. Steel fibres with aspect ratio 40 is used. Aspect were listed in table III.
ratio is the L/D ratio of the fibres.
TABLE X. SLUMP CONE TEST
Length of
Type of steel Diameter of Aspect S.No. Type of Mix Slump Value Workability
steel fiber
fiber steel fiber(mm) ratio 1 Control 50 Medium
(mm)
Hooked end 30 0.5 60 2 Mix1 49 Medium
Round 3 Mix2 47 Medium
28 0.4 70 4 Mix3 42 Medium
Crimped
5 Mix4 38 Medium
6 Mix5 40 Medium

33
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

From the values, it is found that the slump value is 50 mm 2. Mix 1 33.50 MPa
for Control mix, which indicates the medium workability 3. Mix 2 35.21 MPa
4. Mix 3 37.75 MPa
TABLE IV. COMPACTION FACTOR TEST 5. Mix 4 35.93 MPa
S.No. Type of Mix Compaction Workability 6. Mix 5 34.80 MPa
Factor
1 Control 0.93 Medium
FIGURE II. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF CUBES
2 Mix1 0.91 Medium
AFTER 28 DAYS CURING
3 Mix2 0.90 Medium
4 Mix3 0.89 Medium
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CUBES AFTER 7 DAYS OF
5 Mix4 0.87 Medium CURING

6 Mix5 0.86 Medium

Average Strength N/mm2

50
From the values, it is found that the compaction factor
value for control mix is 0.93, which indicates medium
workability. 0
Control Mix 1 Mix 2 Mix 3 Mix 4 Mix 5
Mix

Hardened Concrete Tests

The compressive strength tests were carried out on every TABLE VII. SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH OF
concrete specimens of size 150mmx150mmx150mm and the CYLINDERS AFTER 28 DAYS OF
CURING
values were recorded for each control specimens and fiber
introduced specimens. The average compressive strength S.No. Grade Description Average Strength
values for each specimens are computed on the BIS 1. Control Mix 1.43 MPa
standards after 7 and 28 days of curing. The average 2. Mix 1 1.88 MPa
compressive strength values are given in table II. 3. Mix 2 2.08 MPa
M30
4. Mix 3 2.36 MPa
TABLE V.COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CUBES 5. Mix 4 1.80 MPa
AFTER 7 DAYS OF CURING 6. Mix 5 1.65 MPa
FIGURE III. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF CUBES
S.No. Grade Description Average Strength AFTER 28 DAYS CURING
1. Control Mix 21.04 MPa
2. Mix 1 25.18 MPa COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CUBES AFTER 7 DAYS OF
CURING
3. Mix 2 26.38 MPa
Average Strength N/mm2

M30
4. Mix 3 27.15 MPa 50
5. Mix 4 24.35 MPa
6. Mix 5 21.31 MPa
FIGURE I GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF 0
Control Mix 1 Mix 2 Mix 3 Mix 4 Mix 5
Mix
CUBES AFTER 7 DAYS CURIN

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CUBES AFTER 7 DAYS OF

TABLE VI MODULUS OF RUPTURE OF PRISMS
CURING AFTER 28 DAYS OF CURING
40 S.No. Grade Description Average Strength
Average Strength N/mm2

1. Control Mix 4.46 MPa

20
2. Mix 1 6.33 MPa
0 3. Mix 2 7.50 MPa
Control Mix 1 Mix 2 Mix 3 Mix 4 Mix 5 M30
Mix 4. Mix 3 8.41 MPa
5. Mix 4 5.91 MPa
6. Mix 5 5.25 MPa
TABLE VI. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CUBES
AFTER 28 DAYS OF CURING
S.No. Grade Description Average Strength FIGURE IV. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF PRISMS
1. M30 Control Mix 30.79 MPa AFTER 28 DAYS CURING

34

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
MODULUS OF RUPTURE OF PRISMS AFTER 28 DAYS OF
CURING
30
Average Strength N/mm2
20
10
0
Control Mix 1 Mix 2 Mix 3 Mix 4 Mix 5
Mix
CONCLUSION
Based on the experimental studies,the following results are
made.
 The material properties were found out by
conducting various laboratory tests and the end
results are within the limits.
 The mix containing the content about 12%
Metakaolin,80% M-Sand and 1.25% addition of
Steel fibres is found to have better workability than
all other mixes due to low water absorption
property.
 The maximum compressive strength of Concrete is
found as 27.15 N/mm2 and 37.75 N/mm2 for 7th
and 28th day respectively is obtained for the
concrete containing 12% Metakaolin and 80% of
M-Sand with 1.25% of addition of Steel fibres.
 The maximum split tensile strength of Concrete is
found as 2.36 N/mm2 for 28th day is obtained for
the concrete containing 12% Metakaolin and 80%
of M-Sand with 1.25% of addition of Steel fibres.
 The maximum flexural strength of Concrete is
found as 8.41 N/mm2 for 28th day is obtained for
the concrete containing 12% Metakaolin and 80%
of M-Sand with 1.25% of addition of Steel fibres.
 The replacement of fine aggregate by M-Sand after
80% i.e 90% & 100% decreases the strength
compared to the values obtained in 80%
CASTING OF BEAMS FOR THE OPTIMUM
PERCENTAGE CONCLUDED BY THE RESULTS
FROM CUBES,CYLINDERS AND PRISMS
The beams are designed using Limit state method for M25
grade Concrete and Fe415 HYSD Steel bars. The size of the
beam specimen is 1000mmX150mmX250mm reinforced
with 2 Nos of 10 mm dia bars in tensile zone,2 Nos of 8mm
dia bars in Compression Zone and 6mm dia 2 legged
Department of Civil Engineering,
stirrups at 150mm spacing c/c are provided. The effective
depth of beam is calculated as 200mm by taking 25mm
clear cover for Control Beams and 10mm cover with 15 mm
laminate for beams with SIFCON Laminates at bottom
FIGURE V REINFORCEMENT DETAILS OF
THEBEAM
IX.LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OF THE BEAM
Ultimate Initial Crack
Specimen Description
Load(KN) Load(KN)
Control Beam 115 65
Beam with 12% MK,
80% M-Sand &1.25% 130 80
steel fibres
Based on the experimental study, the following conclusions
are made,The use of M-Sand,Metakaolin and steel fibres for
strengthening of RC beams has been studied from the
journals for initiating the work. The preliminary
investigations were done for basic ingredients of concrete.
From the material property results mix proportions arrived
for controlled concrete of M30.The results were obtained for
the flexural strength of concrete.The ultimate load carrying
capacity of controlled concrete beam is found as 115KN.
The ultimate load carrying capacity of RC beam with M-
Sand,MK and Steel fibres of aspect ratio 40 is found as 13
REFERENCES
1. Dr.Adanagouda,Veena.S, 2011, ‗Experimental
Investigation Of Strength Characteristics Of
Metakoalin Waste High Performance Concrete
With Steel And Polypropylene‘, Asian Journal of
Civil Engineering (Building and Housing) vol. 13,
no. 1 (2012), pp 29-42.
2. Han Aylie, Antonius and Aldyan, Okiyarta.W
2015, ‗Experimental Investigation Of Steel Fiber
Reinforced Concrete Using Metakaolin‘,
International Journal of Scientific & Engineering
Research, Volume 6, Issue 11, ISSN 2229-5518.
3. IS 10262-2009 Guidelines for Indian Standard
Concrete Mix Proportioning,
35

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
4. IS 456:2000 Code of practice for Plain and
Reinforced Concrete.
5. Jaishankar.P, Vayugundlachenchu Rao, 2012,
‗Experimental Study On Strength Of Concrete
Using Metakaolin & M-Sand‘, Journal of
Advanced & Applied Sciences (JAAS), pp 20-29.
6. Mani Kandhan.K.U, 2015, ‗Use Of M-Sand In
High Strength And High Performance Concrete‘,
The Open Civil Engineering Journal, 3, pp 34-40
7. Sai.A.V.S, 2012, ‗A Study On Strength Of
Concrete With Partial Replacement Of Cement
With Metakaolin‘, International Journal of
Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and
Technology, Vol. 5, Issue 8.
8. Shende A.M, 2012, ‗Experimental Study On Steel
Fiber Reinforced Concrete‘, International Journal
Department of Civil Engineering,
For Technological Research In Engineering
Volume 2, Issue 7, ISSN : 2347 – 4718
9. Vinod B Shikhare, 2013, ‗Effect Of Different
Types Of Steel Fibers With Metakaolin And Flyash
For High Strength Concrete‘, Volume 2, Issue 5.
10. Yogesh Suryawanshi.R, 2015, ‗Experimental Study
On Compressive Strength Of Concrete By Using
Metakaolin‘, International Journal of Application
or Innovation in Engineering & Management,
Volume 5, Issue 5, ISSN 2319 – 4847
11. Yogeswari.R, Geetha.G, 2016, ‗Effect Of
Replacement Of River Sand By M-Sand In High
Strength Concrete‘, International Research Journal
of Engineering and Technology (IRJET) ISSN:
2395 -0056 Volume: 03 Issue: 04.
36
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON THE BEHAVIOUR OF SANDWICH BEAMS USING STEEL AND

CONCRETE
THANGASURIYA.S1, GANGA LAKSHMI.C.J.2
1
PG Student, 2Assistant Professor, ME Structural Engineering,
Department of Civil Engineering, Dr. SivanthiAditanarCollege of Engineering,Tiruchendur.
ABSTRACT
A steel-concrete-steel (SCS) sandwich beam represents a special form of sandwich structure. It consists of steel face plates and
concrete core which are connected together by means of a series of shear connectors. Sandwich comprises a central concrete
core which is sandwiched between two steel skins to form a composite unit whose behavior is greatly influenced by the interfacial
bond between the two materials. Many types of connectors have been developed and used in the SCS sandwich composite
structure. In the first phase, the preliminary investigations were done for normal weight concreting materials. From the test
results, all the material properties were arrived. Alsothe preliminary investigations were done for normal weight concreting
materials. From that results, the mix proportions for normal weight concrete of M 30 has been achieved. By using the mix ratio
concrete cubes, cylinders and prisms were casted for attaining the desired strength parameters. All the tests were conducted for
the hardened concrete, from that the results were obtained for compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength of
concrete. The cubes, cylinders, and prisms were cast. The compressive strength, split-tensile strength and flexural strength were
found out respectively from the hardened concrete specimen. Then SCS Sandwich Beams of varying plate thickness of 3mm, 5mm
were cast and made to pure bending test. The load deflection curve had been obtained to predict results.

Keywords—Sandwich Beams, SCS, Steel Concrete Steel, Flexure, Ultimate Load.

Introduction
The need for large structures with higher specific strength
and stiffness is increasing. This is especially true of recent
engineering structures where there is an interest in
increasing payload to structure weight ratios. To deliver
such structures, engineers can either find a new structural
material or produce a new structural topology.Steel-
Concrete-Steel (SCS) sandwich comprises a central concrete
core which is sandwiched between two steel skins to form a
composite unit whose behavior is greatly influenced by the
interfacial bond between the two materials. During the past
30 years there have been many research and development in
SCS sandwich construction. Due to its excellent cost-
strength performances, it exhibits versatile potential
applications in the building and offshore structures as
building core, floors, submerged tunnels, offshore decks,
ship hulls, and oil containment.Generally, cohesive material
(e.g. epoxy) and mechanical shear connectors are the
common measures to bond the steel and concrete. Compared
with cohesive materials, the mechanical shear connectors
exhibited advantages in providing transverse shear
resistance to the structure.Many types of connectors have
been developed and used in the SCS sandwich composite
structure. SCS sandwich structure with overlapped headed
shear studs was originally proposed for submerged tunnels.
There are a number of types of shear connectors have being
used in practice such as welded shear studs, friction-welded
bar connectors. Welded studs terminate within concrete and
their prime functions are to resist longitudinal shear and
plate/concrete separation.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Experimental Investigations have been carried out on the
specimens to ascertain the workability and strength related
properties havebeen carried out to check the quality of
concrete.
Materials Used
Cement is defined as the building material made by grinding
calcined limestone and clay to a fine powder, which can be
mixed with water and poured to set as a solid mass or used
as an ingredient in making mortar or concrete. In this
project, Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) 53 grade was
used.
The aggregate fraction from size 4.75 mm to 150 micron is
termed as fine aggregate. The graded fine aggregate is
represented by its zone. In this project, river sand belongs to
zone – II conforming IS 383-1970 is used.
The aggregate fraction from size 80 mm to 4.75 mm is
termed as coarse aggregate. In this project, crushed granular
aggregate of 20 mm is used.
The steel plates are used as the top and bottom surface
holding plates. The steel plates make desirable bond with
the concrete core by the use of shear connectors. The tensile
reinforcements are provided at both the ends of the SCS
beams to prevent the separation of steel plates while casting.
Anti Corroding Coating
The corrosion of these steel plates is prevented by using any
anti-corroding liquid or agent. In this project, the metal
coating of PHENOLIC was used while the specimen
immersed in water. The chemicals present in the agent

37

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
resists the corrosion of steel plates.
Mix Design
The concrete mix M30 is designed as per IS10262:1982,IS
456:2000 for the conventional concrete. Mix design are
given below in table I.
TABLE XI. MIX PROPORTIONS
Fine Coarse
Cement Aggregate Aggregate W/C
1 1.52 2.64 0.45
SCS SANDWICH BEAMS
The design of SCS Sandwich Beam has been designed as
normal RC Beam design without any reinforcement mesh.
The SCS beam is sandwiched with M30 grade concrete
between the top and bottom steel plates. The shear
connectors were welded with the steel plates. The prime
function of shear connectors is to prevent plate separation.
The flexural test is carried out to study the flexural behavior
of SCS Beams.The Steel-Concrete-Steel Sandwich Beams
having the top and bottom steel plates of thickness 3 mm
and 5mm were cast and tested under two point loading. The
headed stud shear connectors of 80mm long were welded
with the steel plates. The flexural test is carried out to study
the flexural behavior of SCS Beams. The figure shows the
beam detailing of SCS Beam.
Figure 1. Detailing of SCS Beam
In order to investigate the effectiveness of proposed method
for improving the ultimate strength, SCS sandwich beam
members with different plate thickness of 3mm and5mm
plates with welded headed stud shear connectors were used.
Method of Experiment
It is important that the constituent material of concrete
remain uniformly distributed within the concrete mass
during the various stages of handling and that full
compaction is achieved and making sure that the
characteristics of concrete with affect full compaction like
consistency, mobility, compatibility are in conformity with
relevant codes of practice. The tests were carried out in
accordance with relevant IS standards. The fresh concrete
was subjected to the slump test followed by casting of
concrete in moulds for further investigations. All the mixes
Department of Civil Engineering,
were prepared by mixing the concrete in laboratory mixer
along with water.
Tests On Fresh And Hardened Concrete
Workability tests such as slump test and compaction factor
test were carried out for fresh concrete as per BIS
specifications. The obtained slump value for controlled
concrete was 100 mm.The obtained compacting factor value
for controlled concrete was 0.8. The compressive strength
tests were carried out on hardened concrete specimens of
size 150x150x150mm and split tensile strength tests were
carried out on concrete specimens of size 150mm diameter
having 300mm height also the Modulus of Rupture tests
were carried out on concrete prisms of size
100x100x500mm.
Results And Discussions
Tests on Fresh Concrete
The workability tests were carried out for concrete
specimens. The slump test and compaction factor tests were
carried out. The test results of workability are noted. The
obtained slump value for controlled concrete was 100 mm.
The obtained compacting factor value for controlled
concrete was 0.8.
Tests on Hardened Concrete
The compressive strength tests were carried out on every
concrete specimens of size 150mmx150mmx150mm and the
values were recorded for each control specimens and fiber
introduced specimens. The average compressive strength
values for each specimens are computed on the BIS
standards after 7 and 28 days of curing. The average
compressive strength values are given in table II.
Test Setup and Measuring
For pure bending test, two sandwich beams with a span
of 1000mm were taken. The experimental setup is shown in
Figure 4. The position of the supports, dial gauge point were
marked on the beams. The point load was applied on the
beams for determining pure bending process. All the beams
were designed to fail by flexure only. For the measurement
of deflections, dial gauge was located at the mid-span of
beams. The beams were tested at a rate of loading of
5kN/min. The test was carried out until the formation of
cracks occurs due to buckling of sheets of the beams. The
beams began to yield and the behavior of the beams was
keenly observed from the beginning till the beam collapsed.
A careful observation was made from the initial separation
of sheet are propagations of cracks and failure of shear
connecting the sheet and concrete. After that, the beams
were tested for finding the ultimate load carrying capacity
till failure of the beams. The specimen categorization and
characteristics of SCS Beams were listed in table II, III.
38
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

TABLE XII. SCS BEAM SPECIMEN CATEGORIZATION applied, these cracks were widened and extended to the
sides and new flexural cracks formed. As the applied load
Thickness of Steel was further increased, cracks width increases and beam
Beam Plate Spacing of failed in flexure. The moment of resistance provided by the
Speci
Cross Shear reinforcement was controlled by the anchorage (bond) of the
men
Section connectors bars and its magnitude was less than that provided by fully
Top Bottom
bonded reinforcement bars that yield at failure. The load
carrying capacity of Beams were given in table V.
BSC1 150x250 3mm 3mm 100
TABLE XV. LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY VALUES OF
BEAMS
BSC2 150x250 5mm 5mm 100
Beam Initial Crack Load Ultimate Load
BSC 1 95kN 145kN
TABLE XIII. CHARACTERISTICS OF SCS BEAMS BSC 2 110kN 155kN
Description Details
Length of the Beam 1000 mm Static Response Of Beams
Cross section of Beam 150x250 mm The static response of SCS beams of having steel plate
Tensile Reinforcement 6 nos per specimen thickness of 3mm, 5mm were exhibits more load carrying
capacity when the load acting on the beams.
No. of Steel Plates Used Top – 3mm, 5mm
Bottom – 3mm, 5mm
160
Type of Connectors used Headed Studs of 80mm
long
Load (kN)

Support Condition Simply Supported 60

BSC1

Type of Loading Two Point Loading BSC2

Grade of Concrete M30

-40 0 2 4
Deflection (mm)

Grade of Steel Plates Fe415

Figure 2. Load Vs Deflection Curve

Thecompressive strength, split tensile strength and Modulus
of Rupture of Hardened Concrete Cubes, Cylinders, Prism Conclusion
were listed in table IV.
The innovative form of Steel-Concrete-Steel sandwich
beams design, their mode of failures, their static responses
TABLE XIV. STRENGTH VALUES FOR HARDENED
had been thoroughly studied from the reputed journals for
CONCRETE
initiating this project. The preliminary investigations were
S.No. Grade Specimen Description Average done for normal weight concreting materials. From the
Strength preliminary test results, all the material properties were
1. 150 x 150 mm cubes 19.62MPa arrived. From that results, the mix proportions for normal
@ 7days of curing weight concrete of M30 had been achieved. By using the
2. 150 x 150 mm cubes 32.39MPa mix ratio concrete cubes, cylinders and prisms were casted
@ 28 days of curing for attaining the desired strength parameters. All the tests
3. M30 150x300 mm cylinders 1.94MPa were conducted for the hardened concrete. From that the
@ 28 days of curing results were obtained for compressive strength, split tensile
4. 100 x 100 x 500 mm 4.33MPa strength and flexural strength of concrete. The average
prisms @ 28 days of compressive strength of concrete cube is 32.29 N/mm2 at 28
curing days of curing. The Modulus of Rupture of concrete prism
is 4.33 N/mm2. The Beam testing indicates the mode of
SCS Beam Testing Results failure of SCS Sandwich Beams with the load increasing
As the load was applied flexural cracks were initiated from manner. The initial crack load was found as 110kN for
the bottom of beam in the region of maximum moment. BSC2 is higher than the crack load of BSC1. Also the
When the load beyond the yield strength of beam was ultimate load carrying capacity was found as 155kN.

39

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Future Suggestions
Further expansion of this project work, regarding the
strength parameters of SCS beams of varying spacing of
shear connectors of desired beams can be cast and the mode
of failure and their load deflection curve, moment curvature
curve can be determined and also can investigate about the
mode of failure in both steel plate, concrete core and shear
connectors.
References
28. Dr.Thaar Saud Salman, ―Experimental Behaviour of
Steel-Concrete-Steel Sandwich Beams with Truss
Configuration of Shear Connectors‖, Journal of
Engineering, Vol.22, April 2016.
29. Foundoukos N., Xie. M., Chapman J.C., ―Fatigue tests
on steel-concrete-steel sandwich components and
beams‖, Journal of Constructional Steel Research, Vol.
63, pp.922-940, 2007.
30. IS 10262: 2009 ―Indian Standard Code of
Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design‖,
Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi.
31. IS 456: 2000 ―Indian Standard Code of Plain and
Reinforced Concrete Code of Practice‖, Bureau of
Indian standards, New Delhi.
Department of Civil Engineering,
32. IS: 383-1970 ―Specifications for Coarse and Fine
Aggregates from Natural Sources for Concrete‖,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
33. Jia-Bao Yan, J.Y.RichardLiew, XudongQian, Jun-Yan
Wang, ―Ultimate Strength behaviour of curved steel-
concrete-steel sandwich composite beams‖, Journal of
Constructional Steel Research, Vol.115, pp 316-328,
2015.
34. Jia-Bao Yan, Xue-Mei Liu, J.Y.RichardLiew,
XudongQian, Min-Hong Zhang, ―Steel-concrete-steel
sandwich system in Arctic offshore structure: Materials,
Experiments and Design‖, Journal of Constructional
Steel Research Vol. 91, pp 111-121, 2016.
35. Jia-Bao Yan, Zhong-Xian Li, JianXie, ―Numerical and
Parametric Studies On Steel-Elastic Concrete
Composite Structures‖ Journal of Constructional Steel
Research Vol. 133, pp 84-96, 2017.
36. Richard Liew J.Y., Jia-Bao Yan, Zhen-Yu Huang,
―Steel-Concrete-Steel Sandwich Composite Structures
– Recent Innovations‖, Journal of Constructional Steel
Research, Vol.130, pp 202-221, 2017.
37. Yu-Bing Leng, Xia-Bing Song, ―Experimental Study on
shear performance of steel-concrete-steel sandwich
beams‖, Journal of Constructional Steel Research Vol.
120, pp 52-61, 2016.
40
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON FLYASH BASED ONGEOPOLYMER CONCRETE USING GLASS

FIBER
R.VARUN GOKHUL1, A.VARKEESH2
1
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
2
Assistant Professor,Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
This project deals with the experimental investigation on the effect of geopolymer concrete containing 100% fly ash, alkaline
liquids and glass fibre. An important ingredient in the conventional concrete is the ordinary Portland cement. The consumption of
OPC causes pollution to the environment due to the emission of CO 2. Therefore low calcium, flyash is used instead of cement. The
use of fly ash is more environmental friendly and save cost compared to OPC. Glass fibre is one of the cheapest and abundant
available fibres which has high strength and corrosion and corrosion resistance. Glass fibre were added to the mix in 0.2% by
volume of concrete. River sand is used as a fine aggregate. Coarse aggregate of size 20mm is used which is also called as blue
metal. This experiment has been conducted to study the performance of concrete using flyash as the major binding material
without the use of cement. Alkaline liquids such as sodium hydroxide and sodium silicate were used in this project as binders. The
combination of flyash, alkaline liquids, fine and coarse aggregate and glass fibre resulted in the product called glass fibre
reinforced geo polymer concrete. The mechanical properties such as compressive split tensile strength of glass fibre reinforced
geo polymer concrete was studied and compared with ordinary Portland cement.

Keywords: Glass fibers, geopolymer concrete, fly ash, Sodium Hydroxide, Sodium Silicate.

Introduction hydrated non-hydrated lime and pozzolans produces a

Concrete is the most commonly used construction material.
Customarily, concrete is produced by using the Ordinary
Portland Cement as the binder. However, the manufacturing of
the Portland cement is an energy intensive process and
releases a very large amount of greenhouse gas to atmosphere.
Cement which are used for construction generally OPC/PSC
or PPC and the production of this kind of cement not only
consumes huge amount of the natural resources i.e. Limestone
and fossils fuel but also produces almost 0.9 of CO2 for 1t
cement clinker production. Also world cement production
generates 2.8 billion ton man-made greenhouse gas annually.
Production of one ton of Portland cement requires about 2.8
tons of raw materials, including fuel and other materials and
hence it is well known that cement production depletes
significant amount of natural resources. As a result of de-
carbonation of lime, manufacturing of one ton of cement
generates about one ton of carbon-dioxide. Nowadays, there is
a big concern about the development of alternative materials
to Portland cement. Therefore, there are efforts to develop the
other form of cementitious materials for producing concrete.It
is uncertain where it was first discovered that a combination of
hydraulic mixture but concrete from such mixtures was first
used by the Ancient Macedonians and three centuries later on
a large scale by engineers. They used both natural pozzolans
and artificial pozzolans in these concrete. Many excellent
examples of structures made from these concretes are still
standing, notably the huge monolithic dome of the Pantheon in
Rome and the massive baths of Caracalla. The vast system of
roman aqueducts also made extensive use of hydraulic cement.
Necessity of Geopolymer Concrete
Construction is one of the fast growing fields worldwide. As
per the present world statistics, every year around 260,00,000
tonnes of cement is required. This quantity will be increased
by 25% within a span of another 10 years. Since the lime
stone is the main source material for the ordinary Portland
cement an acute shortage of lime stone may come after 25 to
50 years. More over while producing one tone of cement,
approximately one ton of carbon dioxide will be emitted to the
atmosphere, which is the major threat for the environment. In
addition to the above huge quantity of energy is also required
for the production of cement. Hence it is most essential to find
an alternative binder. The Cement production generated

41
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

carbon dioxide, which pollutes the atmosphere. The thermal It is also known as water glass which is available in the market
industry produces a waste called fly ash which is simply in gel form. The ratio of SiO2 and Na2O in sodium silicate gel
dumped on the earth, occupies large areas. The waste water highly affect the strength of geo polymer concrete. Mainly it is
seen that a ratio ranging from 2 to 2.5 gives a satisfactory
from the chemical industries is discharged into the ground
result. A combination of Sodium hydroxide solution &
which contaminates ground water. By producing Geo polymer Sodium silicate solution was used as alkaline activators for
concrete all the above mentioned issues shall be solved by geo polymerisation.Sodium hydroxide is available
rearranging them. commercially in flakes & pellets form. Sodium hydroxide
flakes with 98% purity were dissolved in distilled water to
Properties and Applications of Geopolymer make NaOH solution. Sodium silicate is available
Geo polymeric materials have a wide range of application in commercially in solution form which was used as such. The
the field of industries such as in the automobile and aerospace, chemical composition of Sodium silicate is Na2O=16.37%,
non-ferrous foundries and metallurgy, civil engineering and SiO234.35% (Total solids=50.72%), Water=49.28%.
Materials Used
plastic industries. The type of application of geo polymeric
 Fly ash
material is determined by the chemical structure in terms of
 Sodium hydroxide -Sodium silicate
the atomic ratio Si: Al in the Polysialate. A low ratio of Si: Al  Glass Fibre
of 1,2 or 3 initiates a 3D-network that is very rigid, While Si:  Fine aggregate
Al ratio higher than 15 provides a polymeric character to the  Coarse aggregate
geo polymeric material. For many applications in the civil
engineering fields, a low Si: Al ratio is suitable. Geo polymer Fly Ash
technology is most advanced in precast applications due to Fly ash is one of the most abundant materials on the
relative ease in the handling sensitive materials and the need Earth and also it is a crucial ingredient in the creation of
geo polymer concrete due to its vital role in the geo
for a controlled high temperature curing environment required polymerization process. A pozzolans is a material that
for many current geo polymer. Other potential near term exhibits cementitious properties when combined with
application are precast pavers & slabs for paving, bricks and calcium hydroxide. Fly ash is the main by product created
precast pipes. from the combustion of coal in coal-fired power plants.
Properties of Glass Fibers There are two ―classes‖ of fly ash, Class F and Class C.
Glass fibers are available in continuous or chopped lengths. The properties of FlyAshwere given in table 1.
Glass fibers have large tensile strength and elastic modulus but S.No. Description Value
have brittle stressstrain characteristics and low creep at room 1. Specific Gravity 2.14
temperature. Glass fibers are usually are usually round and Aggregates
straight with diameters from 0.005 mm to 0.015 mm. They can The aggregates are the main components of the concrete
be also bonded together to produce the bundle of glass fibers which greatly varies the strength, density and other
with diameter up to 1.3 mm. properties of the concrete. Different types of aggregates
S.No. Properties Values used are discussed below.
1. Diameter 0.3mm Fine Aggregate The fine aggregate used in the project was
2. Length 20mm locally supplied and conformed to grading zone II as per
3. Aspect Ratio 6 IS: 383:1970. It was first sieved through 4.75mm sieve to
4. Tensile Strength 600 MPa remove any particles greater than 4.75mm. Properties of
the fine aggregate are tabulated below in Table no 2
5. Shape Straight
S.No. Description Value
Sodium Hydroxide
Generally NaOH is available in market in pellets or flakes 1. Fineness Modulus 2.41
form with 96% to 98% purity where the cost of the product 2. Specific Gravity 2.50
depends on the purity of the material. The solution of NaOH 3. Moisture Content 0.2%
was formed by dissolving it in water with different molarities. 4. Water Absorption 1.5%
It is recommended that the NaOH solution should be made 24
hours before casting and should be used with 36 hours of Coarse Aggregate Locally available coarse aggregate
mixing the pellets with water as after that it is converted to having the maximum size of (10 – 20mm) were used in this
semi-solid state. project. Properties of the coarse aggregate are tabulated in
Sodium Silicate Table 3
S.No. Description Value

42
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

1. Fineness Modulus 3.46 S.No. Mix Average Strength

2. Specific Gravity 2.62 1. Control Mix 20.85 N/mm2
3. Moisture Content 0.1%
2. GPC 1 17.68 N/mm2
4. Water Absorption 0.6%
3. GPC 2 21.04 N/mm2
Preparation of Alkaline Solutions 4. GPC 3 21.77 N/mm2
In this research work the compressive strength of Table 6. Compressive Strength of Cubes
Geopolymer concrete is examined for the mixes of 12 after 28 days of curing
Molarity of sodium hydroxide. The molecular weight of
sodium hydroxide is 40. To prepare 12 Molarity of solution S.No. Mix Average Strength
480 g of sodium hydroxide flakes are weighed and they can 1. Control Mix 30.13 N/mm2
be dissolved in distilled water to form 1 litre solution. 2. GPC 1 24.60 N/mm2
Volumetric flask of 1 litre capacity is taken, sodium
3. GPC 2 30.30 N/mm2
hydroxide flakes are added slowly to distilled water to
prepare 1liter solution. 4. GPC 3 31.06 N/mm2
Mixing, Casting and Compaction of Geopolymer Table 7. Split Tensile Strength of Cylindersafter 7 days of
Concrete curing
Geopolymer concrete can be manufactured by S.No. Mix Average Strength
adopting the conventional techniques used in the
manufacture of Portland cement concrete. In the laboratory, 1. Control Mix 1.90 N/mm2
the fly ash and the aggregates were first mixed together dry 2. GPC 1 1.63 N/mm2
in a pan mixer for about three minutes. The aggregates 3. GPC 2 2.15 N/mm2
were prepared in saturated-surface-dry (SSD)
4. GPC 3 2.22 N/mm2
condition.The alkaline liquid was mixed with the super
plasticiser and the extra water, if any. The liquid Table 8. Split Tensile Strength of Cylinders
component of the mixture was then added to the dry after 28 days of curing
materials and the mixing continued usually for another four S.No. Mix Average Strength
minutes. The fresh concrete could be handled up to 120 1. Control Mix 3.87 N/mm2
minutes without any sign of setting and without any
degradation in the compressive strength. The fresh concrete 2. GPC 1 3.01 N/mm2
was cast and compacted by the usual methods used in the 3. GPC 2 3.34 N/mm2
case of Portland cement concrete. Fresh fly ash based geo 4. GPC 3 4.06 N/mm2
polymer concrete was usually cohesive. The workability of
Table 9. Modulus of Rupture of Prisms
the fresh concrete was measured by means of the
conventional slump test. The compressive strength of after 28 days of curing
geopolymer concrete is influenced by the wet-mixing time. S.No. Mix Average Strength
Test results show that the compressive strength increased 1. Control Mix 3.92 N/mm2
as the wet-mixing time increased 2. GPC 1 2.06 N/mm2
Curing of Geopolymer Concrete
Heat-curing substantially assists the chemical 3. GPC 2 2.56 N/mm2
reaction that occurs in the geopolymer paste. Both curing 4. GPC 3 4.12 N/mm2
time and curing temperature influence the compressive Graphical Representation
strength of geopolymer concrete. The test specimens were
35
150mmx150mmx150mm cylinders heat-cured at 60oC in an 30
Compressive Strength

oven. The curing time varied from 4 hours to 96 hours. The 25

20
specimen categorization are tabulated in Table 4.
15
Compressive Strength of Concrete 10
This tests were carried out in accordance with IS 5161999 5
Specimen Description
standards conducted on concrete specimen size 150mm x 0
cc GPC1 GPC2 GPC3
150mm x 150mm. The compressive strength of
conventional concrete as well as GGBS concrete are Figure 1 shows the variation of compressive strength of
shown. concrete at 7th day. The compressive strength of concrete is
Table 5. Compressive Strength of Cubes after 7 days of increased with the point of 12 molarity by 7 days of curing.
curing

43
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

40
basic ingredients of both geopolymer concrete and controlled
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

30 concrete.
20 From, the material property results, mix proportions arrived
10
for controlled concrete of M30. The results were obtained for
0
CC GPC1 GPC2 GPC3 compressive strength, split tensile strength, and flexural
SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION
strength of concrete.
Further expansion of this project work in phase II, regarding
Figure 2 shows the variation of compressive strength of compressive strength, split tensile strength, flexural strength
concrete at 28th day. The compressive strength of concrete is and flexural behaviour of reinforced concrete beams for
increased with the point of 12 molarity by 28 days of curing. conventional concrete and geopolymer concrete.
REFERENCES
2.5
1. Abdullah, M.M.A. Hussin, K. bnuhussain, M. Ismailand,
SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH

1.5
K.N. Ibrahim, W.M. (2011) ‗Mechanism and Chemical
1 Reaction of Fly ash Geo polymer Cement- A Review‘
0.5 International Journal of Pure and Applied Science and
0
CC GPC1 GPC2 GPC3 technology.
SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION
2. Bhalchandra, S.A. Bhosle, A.Y. (2013) ‗Properties of
Glass Fibre Reinforced Geopolymer Concrete‘
Figure 3 shows the variation of Split tensile strength of International Journal of Modern Engineering Research.
concrete cylinders at 7 days of curing. 3. Bhosale, M.A. Shinde, N.N. (2012) ‗Geo polymer
Concrete by Using Fly Ash in Concrete‘ IOSR Journal of
Mechanical and Civil Engineeering.
4.5
4. Chintan Khatri, Jenish, M. Mistry, Anuj, K. chandiwala
4
(2015) ‗An Experimental Study On rice Husk Ash and
SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH

3.5
3
2.5
Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete‘International Journal of
2
1.5
Advance Engineering and Research.
1
0.5
5. KothapalliSindhu Rani, Anusha, N.D.
0
CC GPC1 GPC2 GPC3
(2016)‗Experimental Study of Geo polymer Concrete by
SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION Using Glass Fibres‘ International Journal of Professional
Engineering Studies.
6. Maria Rajesh, A. Adams Joe, M. Roy Mammen (2014)
Figure 4 shows the variation of split tensile strength of
‗Study of the Strength Geo polymer Concrete with
concrete cylinders at 28th days of curing.
Alkaline solution of varying Molarity‘ IOSR Journal of
5
Engineering.
MODULUS OF RUPTURE

4
3 7. Mandal, T. (2009) ‗Study on the Strength of Fly Ash-
2
Based Geo polymer Concrete‘.
1
0 8. NishaKhamar, Resmi, V. Kumar (2015) ‗Properties of
CC GPC1 GPC2 GPC3
SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION
Hybrid Reinforced Geo Polymer Concrete under Ambient
Curing‘ International Journal of Science and Research.
9. Rekha, k.P. Hazeena, R. (2014) ‗Strength and Durability
Figure 5 shows the variation of modulus of rupture strength of Fibre Reinforced Geo polymer concrete‘ International
of concrete at 28th day. Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research.
Conclusion
The use of Geopolymer concrete and their effects had been
thoroughly studied from reputed journals for initiating the
phase 1 work. The preliminary investigations were done for

44
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

UTILIZATION OF BOTTOM ASH AND FLY ASH IN PRECAST PRODUCTS

L. LEESA DAYANA1
1
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
Invention of new methods in strengthening concrete is under work for decades. Developing countries like India use
the extensive reinforced construction works materials such as fly ash and bottom ash and other ingredients in RCC
construction. In the construction industry, major attention has been devoted to the use of fly ash and bottom ash as
cement and fine aggregate replacements. In addition, light expanded clay aggregate has been introduced instead of
coarse aggregate to make concrete have light weight. This paper presents the results of a real-time work carried
out to form light weight concrete made with fly ash, bottom ash, and light expanded clay aggregate as mineral
admixtures. Experimental investigation on concrete mix M20 is done by replacement of cement with fly ash, fine
aggregate with bottom ash, and coarse aggregate with light expanded clay aggregate at the rates of 5%, 10%,
15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, and 35% in each mix and their compressive strength and split tensile strength of concrete
were discussed for 7, 28, and 56 days and flexural strength has been discussed for 7, 28, and 56 days depending on
the optimumdosage of replacement in compressive strength and split tensile strength of concrete.
1. INTRODUCTION
and is trapped and recovered as fly ash. The residual
High performance concrete indicates an exceptional 10–20% of the ash is indicated to dry bottom ash,
form of concrete endowed with astonishing sand size, material which is assembled in water-filled
proficiency and strength essentials which are containers at the base of the furnace.Lightweight
unequipped with periodical assessment on a regular aggregate concrete deadweight is assessed to be
basis by way of traditional materials and standard around 15%~30% lighter than standard concrete,
mixing, placing, and curing techniques .Ordinary which sufficiently fulfills the mechanical attributes
Portland cement (OPC) has grabbed an unenviable that roadway support requires on the specified
and undefeatable position as a significant material in density degree
the generation of concrete and meticulously releases 2. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
its designed obligation as an extraordinary binder to The objective of the work is to evaluate the
join all the gathered materials. With the purpose of compressive strength (CS), split tensile strength
attaining, there is a dire need of the burning of (STS), and flexural strength (FS) of the concrete. In
mammoth measure of fuel and rot of limestone .A this concrete mix, ordinary Portland cement () is
few grades of ordinary Portland cement (OPC) are replaced by fly ash, the fine aggregate is replaced by
accessible tailor made to suit the particular nation bottom ash, and the coarse aggregate is replaced by
code categorization. In this respect, Bureau of Indian light expanded clay aggregate (LECA) by weights of
Standard (BIS) exquisitely does the capacity of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, and 35%,
categorizing three separate grades of OPC, for respectively. For increasing the strength in cement,
example, 33, 43, and 53, which have chronically these materials are to be added. In the experimental
been widely utilized in construction industry .The fly investigation, the concrete cube or cylinder is used to
ash is home to the crystalline and amorphous analyze the properties of the concrete with all
components together with unburnt carbon. It grasps materials. Each weight (5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%,
differing measures of unburnt carbon, which is prone 30%, or 35%) of a material conducted the test on 7
to reach the tune of 17% .The statistical model and days, 28 days, and 56 days. The parameters involved
the kinetic property of flexural, breaking tensile in evaluating the performance of concrete are
furthermore modulus of versatility as per the compressive strength (CS), split tensile strength
compressive stability stemmed from the unwarranted (STS), and flexural strength (FS) that are attained
coefficient of correlation .erior void ratio is known to from real time experiments. Then finding the flexural
be enriched with a brilliant expertise to exile the strength has been discussed for 7, 28, and 56 days
materials. The consumption of fly ash is assessed to depending on the load for the optimum dosage of
be around 30% for the purpose of various replacement in compressive strength and split tensile
engineering properties essentials .Ignition of coal to strength of concrete.
deliver power in a boiler yields around 80% of the 2.1. Materials Used
unburned material or ash, which is entrained in the Names of materials used in this research and their
flue gas and is entrapped and reclaimed in the shape performance are listed in this section. The resources
of fly ash. The residual 20% of the ash helps dry are ordinary Portland cement, fly ash, bottom ash,
base ash .At the point when pulverized coal is blazed fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, and light expanded
in a dry bottom boiler, around 80 to 90% of the clay aggregate (LECA).
unburned material or ash is entrained in the flue gas 2.1.1. Ordinary Portland Cement
45

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Ordinary Portland cement is the basic form of
cement where 95% of it is clinker and 5% is gypsum
which is added as an additive to enhance the setting
time of the cement to a workable 30 minutes odd or
so. Gypsum controls initial setting time of the
cement. If gypsum is not added, cement would be set
as soon as water is added in cement. Different grades
(33, 43,53) of OPC have been classified by the
Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). It is manufactured
in larger quantities when compared with the other
types of cement and it is admirably suited for use in
general concrete construction where there is no
exposure to sulphates in the soil or in ground water.
In this research, the cement () that has a specific
gravity of 3.15 and initial and final setting times of
the cement of 50 minutes and 450 minutes has been
used.
2.1.2. Fly Ash
The most common type of coal-burning furnace in
the electric utility industry, about 80% of the
unburned material or ash, is entrained in the flue gas
and is captured and recovered as fly ash. Fly ash was
collected from Thoothukudi Thermal Power Plant,
Tamil Nadu, India. The increasing scarcity of raw
materials and the urgent need to protect the
environment against pollution have accentuated the
significance of developing new building materials
based on industrial waste generated from coal fired
thermal power station which is creating
unmanageable disposal problems due to its potential
to pollute the environment. As the cost of disposing
of fly ash continues to rise, strategies for the
recycling of fly ash are environmentally and
economically critical. For the source materials the
two emerging areas for the recycling of coal fly ash
are used .
2.1.3. Bottom Ash
The remaining 20% of the unburned material is
collected at the bottom of the combustion chamber in
a water-filled hopper and is removed by means of
high-pressure water jets to a decanting basin for
dewatering and is recovered as bottom ash as shown
in Figure 1(b). Coal bottom ash was obtained from
Thoothukudi Thermal Power Plant, Tamil Nadu,
India. The fly ash was obtained directly from the
bottom of the electrostatic precipitator into a sack
because of its powdery and dusty nature, while the
coal bottom ash is transported from the bottom of the
boiler to an ash pond as liquid slurry where the
sample was collected. Bottom ash is lighter and more
brittle and it is dark gray material with a grain size
similar to that of sand.
2.1.4. Fine Aggregate
According to the Indian standards natural sand is a
form of silica () that has maximum particle size of
4.75 mm and it was used as fine aggregate. The
minimum particle size of fine aggregate is 0.075 mm.
It is formed by decomposition of sand stones due to
various weathering actions. Fine aggregate prevents
Department of Civil Engineering,
shrinkage of the mortar and concrete. The specific
gravity and fineness modulus of coarse aggregate
were 2.67 and 2.3.Fine aggregate is an inert or
chemically inactive material, most of which passes
through a 4.75 mm IS sieve and contains no more
than 5 percent of coarser material. It may be
classified as follows:(a)natural sand: fine aggregate
that results from the natural disintegration of rocks
and has been deposited by streams or glacial
agencies;(b)crushed stone sand: fine aggregate
produced by crushing hard stone;(c)crushed gravel
sand: fine aggregate produced by crushing natural
gravel.It reduces the porosity of the final mass and
considerably increases its strength. Usually, natural
river sand is used as a fine aggregate. However, at
places, where natural sand is not available
economically, finely crushed stone may be used as a
fine aggregate.
2.1.5. Coarse Aggregate
Coarse aggregate consists of naturally occurring
materials such as gravel, or it results from the
crushing of parent rock, to include natural rock,
slags, expanded clays and shales (lightweight
aggregates), and other approved inert materials with
similar characteristics, having hard, strong, and
durable particles, conforming to the specific
requirements of this section.According to the Indian
standards, crushed angular aggregate passes through
20 mm IS sieve and entirely retains 10 mm IS sieve.
The specific gravity and fineness modulus of coarse
aggregate were 2.60 and 5.95.
2.1.6. Light Expanded Clay Aggregate
(LECA)
LECA is shown in Figure 1(c). it has strong
resistance against alkaline and acidic substances and
pH of nearly 7 makes it neutral in chemical post
reaction with concrete. Lightness, insulating,
durability, nondecomposability, structural stability,
and chemical neutrality features are collected in
LECA as the best light weight aggregate for flooring
and roofing. The size of the aggregate is 10 mm and
the maximum density is less than or equal to
480 Kg/m3. LECA consists of small, strong, light
weight, and thermally insulating particles of burnt
clay. LECA which is an environment-friendly and
entirely natural product is indestructible,
noncombustible, and impervious to attack by dry-rot,
wet-rot, and insects. Lightweight concrete is
generally classified into two types: aerated concrete
(or foamed concrete) and lightweight aggregate
concrete. The aerated concrete has very light weight
and low thermal conductivity. However, an
autoclaving process is essential to obtain a certain
level of strength, which requires a special
manufacturing plant and consumes very high energy.
In contrast, lightweight aggregate concrete, which is
manufactured without an autoclaving process, has
higher strength but shows higher density and lower
thermal conductivity of the concrete.
46

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
2.1.7. Structural Specification of Beam
The structural specification of the beam is having top
reinforcement diameter of 8 mm, bottom
reinforcement diameter of 12 mm, and 6 mm stirrups
(Figure 2). Total length of beam utilized for
deflection is 1 meter. This specification is used in a
concrete structure, and the whole process is done in
the specification of a concrete.
2.1.8. Structural Light Weight Concrete
The concrete is made with a light weight coarse
aggregate. Light weight aggregates generally require
wetting prior to use to achieve a high degree of
saturation. The primary use of structural light weight
concrete is to reduce the dead load of a concrete
structure. In ordinary concrete different gradation of
aggregates affects the required amount of water.
Addition of some fine aggregates results in an
increase in required amount of water. This increase
of water reduces concrete strength unless the amount
of cement in the same time increases. Amount of
coarse aggregate and its biggest size depend on the
required workability of concrete mixture. Also in
light weight concrete, this result exists among the
gradation, requested amount of water, and obtained
concrete strength, but there are other factors that
must be paid some attention. In most light weight
aggregates as the size of aggregate increases the
strength and bulk density of the aggregate decrease.
Using very big size light weight aggregate with a
lower strength results in a lower strength of the light
weight concrete; therefore, biggest size of the light
weight aggregate must be limited to 25 mm at most.
3. METHODOLOGY
Concrete mix proportion for M20 grade was obtained
based on the guidelines according to Indian standard
specifications (IS: 456-2000 and IS: 10262-1982). In
this study, experimental investigation on concrete
mix M20is done by replacement of cement with fly
ash, fine aggregate with bottom ash, and coarse
aggregate with light expanded clay aggregate
(LECA) at the rates of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%,
30%, and 35%, respectively. For increasing the
strength in cement, these materials are to be added.
In the experimental investigation, the concrete cube
or cylinder is used to analyze the properties of the
OPC with all materials. Their compressive strength
and split tensile strength of concrete have been
discussed for 7 days, 28 days, 56 days and flexural
strength of beam has been discussed for 7, 28, and 56
days depending on the optimum dosage of
replacement in compressive strength and split tensile
strength of concrete.. To increase the workability of
concrete super plasticizer was added.The ratio of
concrete mix M20 grade was 1 : 1.42 : 3.3. Controlled
concrete of M20 grade was made with 0%
replacement of fly ash, bottom ash, and light
expanded clay aggregate (LECA) in each mix and
their compressive strength and split tensile strength
of concrete have been discussed for 7, 28, and 56
days and flexural strength of concrete has been
Department of Civil Engineering,
discussed for 7, 28, and 56 days. In this connection
replacement of cement with fly ash, fine aggregate
with bottom ash, and coarse aggregate with light
expanded clay aggregate (LECA) at the rates of 5%,
10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, and 35% in each mix
was conducted and their compressive strength and
split tensile strength of concrete were discussed for 7
days, 28, days, 56 days and flexural strength of beam
for 7, 28 and 56 days depends on the optimum
dosage of replacement in compressive strength and
split tensile strength of concrete.
4. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
From Table 1 it is observed that for control specimen
strength of the concrete increases with respect to age.
For 5% replacement of cement with fly ash, fine
aggregate with bottom ash, and coarse aggregate
with LECA the compressive strength of concrete is
the same as that of control concrete. The split tensile
strength slightly decreases at early age and it attains
the same strength of control concrete at 56 days.It is
also observed that when the replacement of material
increases, the compressive strength and split tensile
strength decrease. The dry weight of cube and
cylinder specimens decreases with respect to more
replacements of materials.
4.1. Strength Analysis with respect to Age of
Concrete
In Table 1 compressive strength of concrete and split
tensile strength of concrete are evaluated by means
of various mixing percentage applied to form cubic
dry weight specimen and cylindrical dry weight
specimen, respectively, with respect to different
days.
For M20 grade concrete, the following proposition
percentage mixing is taken into account for various
dry weight specimens applied to cubic shape for
finding compressive strength with respect to 7, 28,
and 56 days such that dry weight specimen was
applied to cylinder shape with respect to
aforementioned days to find split tensile strength.
For both strengthening analyses M20 grade type
concrete is utilized.
Figure 3 shows the cube compressive strength
analysis that takes part in three stages of consecutive
days 7, 28, and 56 based on various mixing
propositions. The attained results show that the
process done for consecutive 56-day test results
shows better compressive strength on nonmixing
whereas case of gradual increasing in mixing
percentage will certainly reduce the compressive
strength of all testing days specimens. In case of
weight the increase in mixing percentage will reduce
the weight.Figure 4 shows the cylindrical shape split
tensile strength analysis for different days
From Figure 5 consecutive specimen test for 28 and
56 days produced almost the same values, whereas
exponential equation of compressive strength in
Table 2 ranges from 0 to 35 N/mm2 in all four
evaluation equations causing an increase in mixing
47

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
percentage which will reduce all four parameters of
dry weight for 7, 28, and 56 days. In the four cases
other than dry weight the performance reduces,
whereas in case of dry weight increase in mixing
percentage will certainly reduce the weight.
Exponential Graph Based on Mixing Percentage for
Split Tensile Strength. In Figure 6 the graph shows
the exponential variation of dry weight and for
various consecutive days such as 7, 28, and 56. In
this dry weight having tensile strength of
nearly , denotes mixing percentage; in addition to
this, all other consecutive days based exponential
curve get reduced and they are almost similar to each
other having range of (0–15) N/mm2
4.2. Flexural Strength Analysis
Designers of pavements use a theory based on
flexural strength; therefore laboratory mix design
based on flexural strength test may be needed. In
Table 3percentages of replacement of cement with
fly ash, fine aggregate with bottom ash, and coarse
aggregate with light expanded clay aggregate
(LECA) at the rates of 0% and 5% are employed.
From Table 3 the results show that the percentages
of replacement of cement with fly ash, fine aggregate
with bottom ash, and coarse aggregate with light
expanded clay aggregate (LECA) at the rate of 5%
perform better than 0%. This dry weight of the
specimen is reduced to 5% and moreover flexural
strength of the beam for 7 days is 1.67% greater than
0%, and in 28 days it is 1.52% greater than 0% and
in 56 days it is 1.46% greater than 0%.
In Table 4 test load is applied from 0 to 86.32 KN at
various intervals and we tried to find the deflection
of M20in the left, middle, and right of the beam. The
deflections in all levels are gradually increased when
the applied load increases. The average deflection in
the left of the beam is about 1.71 mm, whereas in
middle deflection it is about 2.961 mm and in right
side the deflection is about 1.810 mm.
In Table 5 test load is applied in M20 from 0 to
86.32 KN at various intervals and the deflections
were measured in the left, middle, and right of the
beam. The deflections in all levels are gradually
increased when the applied load increases. The
average deflection in the left of the beam is about
1.782 mm, whereas in middle the deflection is about
2.960 mm and in right side the deflection is about
1.78 mm. From Table 5 it is proved that the
deflection of 5% replacement of flexural strength is
higher than 0% replacement.
5. CONCLUSION
The paper attains the highest possible strength for
LECA concrete while noting the advanced
technology in producing light weight concrete. The
results show that 5% replacement of cement with fly
ash, fine aggregate with bottom ash, and coarse
aggregate with light expanded clay aggregate
REFERENCES
1. V. Patel and N. Shah, ―A survey of high performance
concrete developments in civil engineering
field,‖ Open Journal of Civil Engineering, vol. 3, no.
Department of Civil Engineering,
2, pp. 69–79, 2013. View at Publisher · View at
Google Scholar
2. M. M. Al Bakri, H. Mohammed, H. Kamarudin, I. K.
Niza, and Y. Zarina, ―Review on fly ash-based
geopolymer concrete without Portland
Cement,‖ Journal of Engineering and Technology
Research, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 1–4, 2011. View at
Google Scholar
3. C. Marthong and T. P. Agrawal, ―Effect of fly ash
additive on concrete properties,‖ Journal of
Engineering Research and Applications, vol. 2, no. 4,
pp. 1986–1991, 2012. View at Google Scholar
4. A. Charif, M. J. Shannag, and S. Dghaither,
―Ductility of reinforced lightweight concrete beams
and columns,‖ Latin American Journal of Solids and
Structures, vol. 11, no. 7, pp. 1251–1274,
2014. View at Publisher · View at Google
Scholar · View at Scopus
5. C. Meng and Z. Jin-Yang, ―Studies on lightweight
high-strength shotcrete,‖ in Proceedings of the 4th
International Conference on Digital Manufacturing
and Automation (ICDMA '13), pp. 1231–1234, June
2013. View at Publisher · View at Google
Scholar · View at Scopus
6. A. A. Adegbola and M. J. Dada, ―Development of
mathematical equations and programs for the
optimization of concrete mix designs,‖ Journal of
Science & Technology, vol. 5, no. 11, pp. 1–18,
2012.View at Google Scholar
7. F. N. Okonta, ―Frictional resistance of coal dust
fouled uniformly graded aggregates,‖ International
Journal of the Physical Sciences, vol. 7, no. 23, pp.
2960–2970, 2012. View at Publisher · View at
Google Scholar
8. H. K. Kim, J. H. Jeon, and H. K. Lee, ―Workability,
and mechanical, acoustic and thermal properties of
lightweight aggregate concrete with a high volume
of entrained air,‖ Construction and Building
Materials, vol. 29, pp. 193–200, 2012. View at
Publisher · View at Google Scholar · View at Scopus
9. O. Gencel, F. Koksal, C. Ozel, and W. Brostow,
―Combined effects of fly ash and waste
ferrochromium on properties of concrete,‖ Journal of
Construction and Building Materials, vol. 29, pp.
633–640, 2012. View at Publisher · View at Google
Scholar · View at Scopus
10. M. Al Bakri, H. Kamarudin, M. Bnhussain, I.
Khairul Nizar, A. R. Rafiza, and Y. Zarina,
―Microstructure of different NaOH molarity of fly
ashbased green polymeric cement,‖ Journal of
Engineering and Technology Research, vol. 3, no. 2,
pp. 44–49, 2011. View at Google Scholar
11. A. U. Abubakar and K. S. Baharudin, ―Properties of
concrete using tanjung bin power plant coal bottom
ash and fly ash,‖ Journal of Sustainable Construction
Engineering & Technology, vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 1–14,
2012. View at Google Scholar
48
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

59
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

PERFORMANCE OF CONCRETE WITH PARTIAL

REPLACEMENT OF CEMENT AND FINE AGGREGATE BY GGBS AND GBS

E.MARIA STERLEY
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
We can reduce the pollution effect on the environment by increasing the usage of industrial by- products in our
construction industry. This paper focus on investigating behavior of M30 concrete by partial replacement of
cement and fine aggregate by Ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBS) and Granulated blast furnace slag
(GBS). Cubes, cylinders and beams are tested for compressive, split tensile and flexural strength after 28 days
curing. Cubes are used to find the ultra-sonic pulse velocity. Replacement percentage of cement and fine
aggregate by GGBS and GBS are 20, 25, 30 and 25, 50, 75 respectively. Water cement ratio used in this work is
0.45. It is found that by partial replacement of cement with GGBS and sand with GBS helped in improving the
strength of concrete compared to normal mixconcrete.
Keywords: Ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBS); Granulated blast furnace slag (GBS); Compressive
strength; Split tensile strength; Flexural strength; Ultra sonic pulsevelocity.
industrial by-product is economic alternative.
1. INTRODUCTION Usually used supplementary cementing
materialsare
Concrete is prepared by mixing various 2. EXPERIMENTALPROGRAM
constituents like cement, aggregates, water, etc.
which are economically available. Concrete is a
Materials used
composite material composed of granular Materials used in this work includes cement, M-
materials like coarse aggregates embedded in a sand, coarse aggregate, super plasticizer, GGBS
matrix and bound together with cement or binder and GBS. GGBS and GBS used are shown in Fig
which fills the space between the particles and
1and Fig 2. Cement used was Portland pozzolana
glues them together. Over time, the cement forms
a hard matrix which binds the rest of the cement from Dalmia cements with specific gravity
ingredients together into a durable stone-like 3.1. M-sand is used as fine aggregate which comes
material with many uses. Concrete is used in under Zone II as per IS 383-1970. Specific gravity
large quantities almost everywhere mankind has
a need for infrastructure. The amount of concrete
useworldwide ton for ton is twice that of steel,
wood, plastics and aluminum combined.
Concrete usage in the modern world is exceeded
only by that of naturally occurringwater.
The cement industry is one of the three primary
producers of carbon dioxide, a major
greenhouse gas (the other two being the energy of M-sand was 2.5.
production and transportation industries). We can Fig 1. GGBS
reduce the pollution effect on environment by
increasing the usage of industrial by-products in
our construction industry. In India, natural river
sand (fine aggregate) is traditionally used in
mortars and concrete. However, growing
environmental restrictions to the exploitation of
sand from riverbeds have resulted in a search for
alternative sand, particularly near the larger
metropolitan areas. This has brought in severe Fig 2. GBS
strains on the availability of sand forcing the
construction industry to look for an alternative Coarse aggregate used was crushed stone with
construction material. To overcome from this maximum size 20mm. Super plasticizer used
crisis, partial replacement of natural sand with were CONPLAST SP430. GGBS was procured

59
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

from local sources; specific M3 36.03

gravity of GGBS was 2.5. GBS used was M4 35.27
collected from local suppliers in Calicut M5 40.6
confirming to Zone III as per IS 1383-1970. M6 37.2
Specific gravity of GBS was 2.58. M7 39.83
Mix proportion M8 36.93
M30 concrete was designed as per IS 10262- M9 44.47
1982. W/C ratio used for mix design was 0.45 M 10 41.13
and 0.3% super plasticizer was used in the M 11 45.5
study. As per mix design cement content per m3 M 12 41.6
was calculated as377.78 kg. Mix proportion and M 13 44
quantity of material required are given in table 1 M 14 32.2
Table 1. Mix Proportion of M30 concrete
Graphical representation of variation in
Material Mix By weight in compressive strength for different mix is shown in
proportion (kg/m3 ) Fig 3.
Cement 1 377.78
Fine 1.73 655
aggregate
Coarse 3.3 1246
aggregate
Water (liter) 0.45 170

3. SPECIMEN PREPARATION
Combined effect of GGBS and GBS on
concrete was studied in this work. 16 mixes are
prepared and their combinations are shown in
table 2. Specimen were prepared as per IS 516-
1959. For compressive strength test and ultra-
sonic pulse velocity test cubes of dimension
150x150x150 mm were used. To find split
tensile strength and modulus of elasticity
cylinders of dimension 150x300mm were used.
Beams of dimension 100x100x500mm were
used to find the flexural strength of concrete.
All the specimens are tested.
4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
4.1 Compressive strength test
Compressive strength test is done as per IS 516-
1959. Cubes of size 150x150x150 mm were
used. CTM of 5000kN capacity was used for
testing the specimen. Compressive strength of the
conventional concrete and GGBS-GBS concrete
are shown in table3.
Table 3. Compressive strength of specimens
Mix Compressive strength
(N/mm2)
M1 39.2
M2 35.2
Fig 3. Graphical representation of
compressive strength
4.2 Split tensile strength test
Cylinders of size 150x300mm were used for
split tensile strength test. CTM of 5000kN
capacity was used for testing. Split tensile
strength of the specimens is shown in table4.
4.3. Flexural strength test
Test is done as per IS 516-1959, beam specimen
of size 100x100x500mm are used to find the
flexural strength of concrete. Flexural strength
testing machine of 100kN capacity was used for
testing specimens. Loading is done on the
machine manually. Results are shown in table 5.
4.4 Ultra sonic pulse velocity test
Test is done as per IS 13311-1:1992. Cubes of
size 150x150x150mm were used to find UPV of
concrete. Transducer of natural frequency kHz
was used in this test. UPV of the specimens are
shown in table 6.
Table 4. Split tensile strength of specimens

59
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

of fine aggregate. The granulated blast-furnace

Mix Split tensile strength slag is sand-type slag manufactured by spraying
(N/mm2) high-pressure water jets on a blast-furnace
molten slag. GGBS is a by-product from the
M1 3.02
blast- furnaces used to make iron. Blast-furnaces
M2 2.28 are fed with controlled mixture of iron-ore, coke
M3 2.91 and limestone and operated at a temperature of
M4 3.01 about 1,500°C. When iron-ore, coke and
limestone melt in the blast-furnace, two products
M5 3.25
are produced-molten iron, and molten slag. The
M6 2.88 molten slag is lighter and floats on the top of the
M7 2.53 molten iron. GGBS is used to make durable
M8 3.31 concrete structures in combination with ordinary
M9 3.44 port land cement and/or other pozzolanic
M 10 3.46 materials. GGBS has been widely used in
Europe, and increasingly in the United States
M 11 3.57 and in Asia (particularly in Japan and
M 12 3.34 Singapore) for its superiority in concrete
M 13 2.97 durability, extending the lifespan of buildings
M 14 2.78 from fifty years to a hundred years.
M 15 2.93 Compressive strength increases by increasing
M 16 2.81 percentage of GBS up to 50% and GGBS up to
25% inconcrete.
Fig 4. Graphical representation of split tensile of the concrete are also increased up to 50%
strength
replacement of fine aggregate by GBS and up to
25% replacement of cement byGGBS.

UPV of all specimens containing GGBS and GBS

are greater than compared to control mix and all
have excellent quality as per IS 13311-1:1992

Compressive strength, split tensile strength and

5. CONCLUSION
Behavior of concrete by partial replacement of
cement and fine aggregate by GGBS and GBS
were studied. From the results obtained the
following conclusions can be made. Ground
Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBS), Fly
Ash (FA), Silica Fume (SF), Metakaolin (MK).
This paper focus on investigating behavior
of M30 concrete by partial replacement of
cement and fine aggregate by Ground
Granulated blast furnace slag (GGBS) and
Granulated blast furnace slag (GBS).
GGBS is obtained by quenching molten iron
slag (a by-product of iron and steel making)
from a blast furnace in water or steam, to
produce a glassy, granular product that is then
dried and ground into a fine powder. GBS is
obtained by quenching the same slag to the size
flexural strength were increased up to 16.07%,
17.88% and 9.56%respectively
REFERENCES
[1] Babu, S. J.; Mahendran, N. (2014):
Experimental studies on concrete replacing
fine aggregate with blast furnace slag.
IJETT, 10(8), pp.387-389.
[2] Gadpalliwar, S. K.; Deotale, R. S.; Narde,
[3] Hiraskar, K. G.; Patil, C. (2013): Use of
blast furnace slag aggregate in concrete.
IJSER, 4(5), pp. 95-98.
[4] Palaniappan, A.; Vasantha, S.;
Sivaprakakasan, S.; Prabhu, S. (2013):
GGBS as an alternative to OPC in concrete
as an environmental pollution reduction
approach. IJERT, 2(6), pp.190-195.
[5] Swaroop, A. H. L.; Venkateswararao, K.;
Kodandaramarao, P. (2013): Durability
studies on concrete with fly ash and
GGBS. IJERA, 3(4)

59
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

UTILIZATION OF COPPER SLAG IN CONSTRUCTION

C.BALA SANTHANA SELVI
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
This paper is a part of an experimental investigation to study the structural characteristics of concrete using various
combinations of copper slag and discarded rubber tyres for the partial replacements for fine and coarse aggregates.
The copper slag and rubber tyres are mixed with natural aggregates to prepare concrete. The concrete mix of grade
M30 (i.e. 1:1.38:3.23) was adopted with water cement ratio 0.5. Concrete cubes, cylinders and beams were casted
with varying contents of rubber pieces (as coarse aggregate) and copper slag (as fine aggregate). The test
specimens were cured and tested for compressive strength, split tensile strength, flexural strength, water absorption
and ultrasonic pulse velocity as per IS specifications. It was found that the strength of concrete is increased due to
the presence of copper slag. When the rubber tyre pieces are replaced up to definite percentage of coarse
aggregates, there is no decrease in strength. The concrete with copper slag and the rubber tyre pieces could be
useful for all structures.

Keywords: Copper Slag, Discarded Rubber Tyres, Compression Test, Split Tensile Test, Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity
Test, etc

1. Introduction and also ensures economic viability. Rubber can be

Due to the rapid growth in population, the numbers
of vehicles are increasing every day. The discarded
rubber tyres from the vehicles are disposed mainly in
two ways; by landfilling and by burning. If the
discarded tyres are disposed into landfills, it creates
soil pollution, water pollution, destroys the
cultivation of the ground, etc. This „made up ground‟
is not suitable for building construction and further
uses (Gupta, 1999). If it is disposed by burning, it
produces number of chemicals which can cause
health, environmental and economic risks through
air, water and soil pollution. Waste tyres also provide
a breeding habitat for various pests (Mavroulidou and
Figueiredo, 2010). Moreover, tyre burning results in
serious fire hazards. Therefore it is essential to
consume or dispose the discarded rubber tyres by any
other means to save health and to prevent
environmental pollution. An emerging field for the
reuse of scrap tyres is to use them as a partial
replacement to natural aggregates in concrete
production and to improve the physical, mechanical
and thermal properties of the new material
(Alnuaimi, 2009), (Arino and Mobasher, 199),
(Bulent et. al., 2009). Hence, the reuse of this
material in concrete has environmental advantages
added to cement based materials without any
difficulties. By varying mix proportions and rubber
content, the engineer can tailor newconcrete mixes to
suit different applications. However, the potential of
this material has not been realized, as further research
is needed (A. Mohd Mustafa et. Al., 2007). One
application that could use old rubber tires is
rubberized concrete. Concrete can be made cheaper
by replacing some of its fine aggregate with
granulated rubber crumbs from used rubber tires.
Such kind of concrete is used in manufacture of
reinforced pavement and bridge structures have better
resistance to frost and ice thawing salts (Gintautas et.
al., 2007). Copper slag is an industrial by-product
obtained during the matte smelting and refining of
copper. The density of copper slag is relatively higher
since it has a higher composition of Iron oxide.
Hindustan Copper Limited, Rajasthan generates 12 to
13 million tons of copper slag every year (Nivason,
2010). Sterlite Industries, Tamilnadu produces 0.4
million tons of copper every year. When one ton of
copper is produced, 2.2 to 3 tons of copper slag is
generated. Therefore, in Sterlite industries, 0.8
million tons of copper slag is generated every year
(Brindha D. et. al., 2010). It is assumed that about 25
million tons of copper slag is generated in India every

53

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
year. Copper slag is widely used for sand blasting,
rail road ballast, cement and concrete industries.
Several researchers have investigated the possible use
of copper slag as fine and coarse aggregates in
normal concrete and its effect on different
mechanical properties of mortar and concrete. We
can solve an important problem for environment by
utilization of Copper Slag in construction activities.
Washed copper slag has a high percentage of iron
(Fe) followed by aluminium (Al), calcium (Ca),
copper (Cu), Zinc (Zn) and magnesium (Mg). The
predominant chemical compositions are mainly iron
compounds (e.g. Ferro silicate Fe2Si2O6). This can
help to improve the quality of concrete made with it.
2. Materials
Ordinary Portland cement of grade 53 is used for the
experiments. The fine aggregate used was river sand.
The fine aggregate and coarse aggregate are obtained
from the local area and its properties .Table 1:
Properties of fine aggregate and coarse aggregate
Sieve Size Cumulative % passing Fine Aggregate
Coarse Aggregate 80.00 mm 100.0 100.00 40.00 mm
100.0 100.00 20.00 mm 100.0 86.70 10.00 mm 100.0
52.74 4.75 mm 100.0 8.55 2.36 mm 98.5 0.90 1.18
mm 89.8 0.10 600 µ 70.8 Nil 300 µ 12.8 Nil 150 µ
2.3 Nil 75µ 0.4 Nil 45µ 0.1 Nil Specific Gravity 2.61
2.63 Water Absorption (%) 2.75 0.28 The rubber
tyres used were that of light vehicles, such as
motorbike. The tires were cut by a sharp knife into
pieces of 20 mm size and are used to replace the
coarse aggregates in varyingpercentages. The density
of crushed rubber waste particles is 1030 kg/m3 and
bulk density is 490 kg/m3. Copper slag is a by-
product obtained during the production of copper in
copper industries. This copper slag sample is
collected from one copper industry situated in
Tuticorin, Tamilnadu, India. The specific gravity of
the Copper Slag used was 2.99; Bulk Density 2.08
g/cc and moisture content 0.15%. The particle size
distribution curve, Physical and Chemical properties
of Copper Slag are presented here, in figure 3 and
tables 2 and 3. 3. Laboratory testing Program
3.1 Mix Design and sample preparation
Department of Civil Engineering,
The mix design chosen for grade M30, (i.e., 1: 1.38:
3.23 with water cement ratio as 0.5.) Concrete mixes
with different proportions of copper slag and
discarded rubber tyres are used. 0 to 50% sand
replacement with copper slag and 0 to 20% rubber
tyre replacement for coarse aggregates. Total 180
cubes, 60 cylinders and 60 beams were prepared for
these tests. The slump tests were done on fresh
concrete to determine its workability. Compression
test, split tensile test, flexural strength test, water
absorption test and ultrasonic pulse velocity tests
were done on the specimens as per IS specifications.
Table 4: Concrete Mixes with different proportions,
all values in kg/m3 (Blessen, 2012) Mix C CS W
F.A C.A RT CS 0 14.06 0 7L 19.4 45.37 0 CS 10
14.06 1.93 7L 17.4 45.37 0 CS 20 14.06 3.88 7L 15.5
45.37 0 CS 30 14.06 5.80 7L 13.6 45.37 0 CS 40
14.06 7.75 7L 11.6 45.37 0 RT 5 14.06 9.69 7L 9.7
43.10 2.3 RT 10 14.06 0 7L 19.4 40.83 4.5 RT 15
14.06 0 7L 19.4 38.56 6.8 RT 20 14.06 0 7L 19.4
36.30 9.1 C: Cement, CS: Copper Slag, W: Water,
FA: Fine Aggregate, CA: Coarse Aggregate, RT:
Discarded rubber tyres. CS10: Copper slag 10%
replaced, RT5: Rubber Tyres 5% Replaced, etc.
4. Test Results
4.1 Compressive strength of cubes
Cube moulds of size 150x150x150 mm were used to
determine the compressive strength. Cubes were cast
with different proportions of copper slag and rubber
pieces. The moulds were cleaned thoroughly using a
waste cloth and then properly oiled. Concrete was
filled in the mould and compacted using a standard
tamping rod of 600 mm length and a cross sectional
area of 201mm2. The table below shows the test
results obtained on the compressive strength test on
cubes after 28 days. (Percentage increase in strength
is calculated by comparing with CS 0 and RT 0,
which is the standard value). The variation in
compressive strength with respect to percentage
increase in copper slag and rubber pieces are
presented in figures 4 and 4.2 Split tensile test on
Cylinders
54

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
To determine the split tensile strength, cylindrical
moulds of diameter 150mm and length 300mm were
casted with different proportions of copper slag and
rubber tyres. Oil was applied on the inner surfaces of
the mould for the easy removal of cylinder from the
mould. Tables 7 and 8 shows the results of split
tensile test on Cylinder specimen after 28 days
(Percentage increase in strength is calculated by
comparing with CS 0 and RT 0). The variation in
Split Tensile Strength with respect to percentage
increase in copper slag and rubber pieces are
presented in figures 6 and 7. 5.
4.3 Flexural strength of beams
Beam specimens of size 1000x150x150 mm are
casted and its flexural strength calculated by applying
two point load (i.e. to obtain pure bending) on these
beams. Tables 9 and 10 shows the results of flexural
strength test on beam specimen after 28 days.
(Percentage increase in strength is calculated by
comparing with CS 0 and RT 0). The variation in
flexural strength with respect topercentage increase
in copper slag and rubber pieces are presented in
figures 8 and 9.
4.4 Water absorption test
It was observed that the water absorption of copper
slag admixture concrete is lesser than normal
concrete. When 40% sand is replaced by copper slag,
the water absorption is very less. The variation in
water absorption for mixes with copper slag and
rubber tyres in given in table 4.4 and variation is
presented in figures 10 and 11.
4.5 Ultrasonic Pulse velocity test
The Ultrasonic pulse velocity of concrete depends on
the materials and the mix proportion used in making
concrete and it is related to its density and modulus
of elasticity. The variation in Ultrasonic pulse
velocity for concrete mixes with copper slag and
rubber tyres in given in table 4.5 and variation is
presented in figures 12 and 13.
5. Results and discussion
Department of Civil Engineering,
From the study of the effect of copper slag and
discarded rubber tyres replacement on the concrete
properties, the following results are obtained.
1. The compressive strength, flexural strength and
split tensile strength of concrete is improved due to
the addition of discarded rubber tyres and copper
slag. 2. From the results obtained from the ultrasonic
pulse velocity test, the copper slag and rubber tyre
admixtured concrete have excellent quality. 3. The
compressive strength increased up to 36% in copper
slag concrete. 4. The test results of flexural strength
test on beams show that the ultimate load carrying
capacity of the beam increases up to 38.3% for 40%
replacement with copper slag. 5. Water absorption of
copper slag admixed concrete is similar to normal
concrete and that of rubber tyre admixed concrete is
greater than normal concrete.
5.1 Conclusion
On the basis on the above work done, the following
conclusions are made.
1. The utilization of copper slag as a partial
replacement for sand; imparts strength up to 50%
replacement. It can be applied for all construction
activities.
2. Concrete mix having discarded rubber tyres up to
15% (for coarse aggregates) can be applied for
construction of pavements, minor works etc.
6. References
1. A.Mohd Mustafa Al Bakri, S.A.Syed nuzul fadli,
M.D.Abubakar and K.W.Leong, (2007), Paper
entitled ―Comparison of rubber as aggregates abd
rubber as filler in concrete‖, First international
conference on sustainable materials, Penang.
2. Alnuaimi, A. S., (2009), Paper entitled, The Use of
copper slag as a replacement for fine aggregate in
reinforced concrete slender columns, WIT
Transactions on Engineering Sciences, 64, pp 125-
133.
55

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
3. Arino,A.M. and Mobasher,B., (1993), Paper
entitled ―The effect of ground copper slag on the
strength, and toughness of cementitious mixtures‖,
Technical report No.93-1, Arizona State University,
Tempe, Arizona.
4. Blessen Skariah Thomas, (2012), M.E thesis
entitled ―Application of copper slag and discarded
rubber tyres in construction‖, Submitted to Sreesastha
Institute of Engg and Tech, Chennai, India.
5. Brindha, D.; Baskaran.T and Nagan.S, (2010),
Paper entitled ―Assessment of corrosion and
durability characteristics of copper slag admixed
concrete‖, International journal of civil and structural
engineering, 1(2), pp 192-211.
6. Bulent Yesilata, Yusuf Isiker and Paki Turgut,
(2009), Paper entitled ―Thermal insulation
enhancement in concretes by adding waste PET and
rubber pieces‖, Construction and building materials
journal, 23, pp 1872-1888.
Department of Civil Engineering,
7. Gintautas Skripkiunas, Audrius Grinys and
Benjaminas Cernius., (2007), Paper ―Entitled
deformation properties of concrete with rubber waste
additives materials science‖, 13(3).
8. Gupta, R.C., (1999), Paper entitled ―Pollution
problems from marble cutting units‖, National
seminar on multi storey buildings of growing towns-
problems and remedies, JNV University, Jodhpur,
India.
9. Mavroulidou, M. and Figueiredo,J., (2010), Paper
entitled ―Discarded tyre rubber as concrete aggregate:
A possible outlet for used tires‖ , Global NEST
Journal.
10. Nivason, Chingangbam., (2010), M.Tech. Thesis
entitled ―Use of copper tailing as partial replacement
of sand in concrete‖, Submitted to Malaviya National
Institution of Technology, Jaipur, India.
56
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF NANO CONCRETE

V.THARINI
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
Concrete is one of the building materials widely used in civil engineering construction and their design
consumes almost the total cement production in the world. When concrete structures are exposed to
severe environment, its performance becomes inferior, thereby leading to damage. It has become a recent
topic of study in civil engineering to improve the mechanical and durability properties of concrete. Better
understanding and precise engineering of an extremely complex structure of cement-based materials at
the nano-level will apparently result in a new generation of concrete that is stronger and more durable,
with desired stress–strain behavior and possibly possessing a range of newly introduced properties, such
as electrical conductivity, temperature, moisture and stress-sensing abilities. Novel properties of
materials manufactured on the Nano-scale can be utilized for the benefit of construction infrastructure.
Application of Nano materials in concrete technology can potentially change the service life and life-
cycle cost of construction infrastructure. In this paper an attempt has been made to improve the strength
characteristics of concrete with the addition of Nanosilica which not only acts as a filter to improve the
microstructure but also as an activator to promote pozzolanic reaction there by resulting in the
enhancement of the mechanical properties of the concrete mix. It is also cost effective when compared to
the life cycle cost of concrete structures.

Keywords: Cement concrete, durability, Nano materials and Nano silica powder (Sio2).

Introduction The properties in fresh state (flow properties and

Concrete is one of the building materials
widely used in civil engineering construction
and their design consumes almost the total
cement production in the world. Portland
cement, one of the largest commodities
consumed worldwide. Better understanding and
precise engineering of an extremely complex
structure of cement-based materials at the nano-
level will apparently result in a new generation
of concrete that is stronger and more durable,
with desired stress–strain behavior and possibly
possessing a range of newly introduced
properties, such as electrical conductivity as well
as temperature, moisture and stress-sensing
abilities. The overall grading of the mix-
containing particles from 300 nm to 32 mm-
determines the mix properties of the concrete.
workability) are for instance governed by the
particle size distribution (PSD), but the
properties of the concrete in hardened state, such
as strength and durability, are affected by the
mix grading and resulting particle packing. One
way to further improve the packing is to increase
the solid size range, i.e.by including particles
with sizes below 300 nm. Possible materials
which are currently available are limestone and
silica fines like silica fume (SF) and nanosilica
(nS). Although cement is a man-madebuilding
material, its main hydrate C–S–H gel is a natural
nano-structured material. The mechanical and
durability properties of concrete are mainly
dependent on the gradually refining structure of
hardened cement paste and the gradually
improving paste–aggregate interface.
Microsilica (silica fume) belongs to the category

57

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
of highly pozzolanic materials because it
consists essentially of silica in non-crystalline
form with high specific surface and thus exhibits
great pozzolanic activity. A new pozzolanic
material produced synthetically, in the form of
water emulsion of ultra-fine amorphous colloidal
silica (UFACS), is available in the market and it
appears to be potentially better than silica fume
because of the higher content of amorphous
silica (> 99%) and the reduced size of its
spherical particles (1-50 nm). Water
permeability resistance and 28-days compressive
strength of concrete were improved by using nS.
Addition of nS into high-strength concrete leads
to an increase of both short-term strength and
long-term strength.At the same time, this new
concrete should be sustainable as well as cost-
and-energy effective, exhibiting qualities that
modern society demands. These developments
will revolutionalise the construction industry.
One of the newest technologies to break into the
concrete design arena is the use of nS in the
concrete matrix. By using nS, the development
of the strength bearing crystals of cement paste
can be increased or controlled.Recent major
achievements include the ability to observe the
structure at its atomic level and measure the
strength and hardness of microscopic and
nanoscopic phases of composite materials.
More-specific achievements are the discovery of
a highly ordered crystal nanostructure of
amorphous C-S-H gel. Hydration of nano-SiO2
in cement paste was studied using SEM and
EDAX.
Materials
nS-Amorphous Silicon Dioxide:
Silicon Dioxide Nanopowder (Hydrophilic SiO2)
M.W. 60.08
Department of Civil Engineering,
Figure 1: Silicon Dioxide Nanopowder
Amorphous silicon dioxide [ASD] as shown in
figure 1 is a bright white (refractive index 1.46)
powder with a very low moisture content of
0.3% maximum. It is amorphous and not
crystalline, non-porous, free flowing but not like
fumed silica (specific gravity 2.1 g/cc, bulk
density 15.5 LBS/CFT), in that it is not "fly
away" and is very easy to incorporate. The ASD
is produced through high-temperature hydrolysis
in a hydrogen oxygen flame. The individual
particles are largely spherical, and the material
specifications are extremely consistent. We
know that in UV-cured resins it is transparent,
requires less loading, keeps in suspension and
improves viscosity.Nowadays, there are
different methods to produce nS products. One
production method is based on a sol-gel process
(organic or water route) at room temperature. In
this process, the starting materials (mainly
Na2SiO4 and organometallics like
TMOS/TEOS) are added in a solvent, and then
the pH of the solution is changed, reaching the
precipitation of silica gel.The produced gel is
aged and filtered to become a xerogel. This
xerogel is dried and burned or dispersed again
with stabilized agent (Na, K, NH3, etc.) to
produce a concentrated dispersion (20 to 40%
solid content) suitable for use in concrete
industry. An alternative production method is
based on vaporization of silica between 1500 to
2000 °C by reducing quartz (SiO2) in an electric
arc furnace.
58
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Mix proportions:

Crushed granite coarse aggregate of 20mm size

and specific gravity of 2.86 confirming to IS
383-1987 was used.
Figure 2: nS concrete test specimen & slabs for
Table 1: Design mix paving, bricks and precast pipes.

Grade of Concrete 20 MPa Experimental Procedure

Type of Cement OPC 43 Grade Three trial mixes of M20 grade were used. Sieve
analysis was carried out for both fine and coarse
Specific Gravity of 3.15 aggregates.
Cement
Curing:
Standard Deviation as 4.6
per Table 1 of IS 10262 The most intricate part is High performance
concrete (HPC) which has very low w/binder
Target Mean Strength Fck + KS
ratio and better particle distribution due to the
K assumed to be 1.65 use of mineral admixtures, which results
significantly in less pore per unit volume of
Target Mean Strength 20+(1.65X4.6) = cementations materials in the mixture than the
27.6 MPa CCC. Filling of the voids by hydration product
Water Cement Ratio 0.5
in HPC is much faster than that of CCC as
smaller pores needs lesser hydration products to
Total Cement Content 383 kg/cum fill. Therefore, moisture loss due to capillary
action stops earlier in case of HPC compared to
Water Content 191.6 kg/cum CCC under the same curing conditions. The
Total Fine Aggregate 546 kg/cum moisture loss from HPC has been found rapid up
Content to the first 24 hours. Owing to very low
water/binder ratio and use of super plasticizer,
Table 2: Mix design (M20 proportion) the early stage hydration rate of HPC is higher
than CCC leaving less long term hydration
potential. Curing duration after the initial
Water Cement Fine Coarse moisture protection has been found to have little
Aggregate Aggregate effect on long term chloride permeability of
HPC containing microsilica or fly-ash. Method
0.50 1.00 1.42 3.09 of curing has similar effect on HPC both for
creep and shrinkage of concrete, which are again
influenced by the type and duration of curing.

Initial curing:

Curing compounds have not been found to be

very effective for initial curing. Immediately

59

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
after the placement of fresh concrete, water
sheen (bleed water) appears on the top of the
concrete surface. If curing compound is spread
before this water sheen dries, local ponding of
the curing compound mixed with the water
sheen occurs on the concrete surface. Again,
allowing the water sheen to be completely
evaporated may be harmful for the long-term
properties of concrete especially in dry and hot
climate.
Final curing (wet curing):
For final curing, wet curing as adopted for
conventional concretes, such as ponding water
on the exposed surface or covering the exposed
surface by wet burlap and keeping it wet by
continuous sprinkling of water has been found to
be effective.
Tests:
The high strength behaviour of concrete and the
durability enhancement of the concrete have
been studied by performing the following tests:
1. Compression strength test
2. Splitting tensile strength of cylindrical
concrete specimen
3. Water absorption test
Result and Discussion
Compressive strength test:
For cube test two types of specimens either cubes of
15 cm X 15 cm X 15 cm or 10cm X 10 cm x 10 cm
depending upon the size of aggregate used. For most
of the works cubical moulds of size 15 cm x 15cm x
15 cm are commonly used. This concrete is poured
in the mould and tempered properly so as not to
have any voids. After 24 hours these moulds are
removed and test specimens are put in water for
curing. The top surface of this specimen should be
Department of Civil Engineering,
made even and smooth. This is done by putting
cement paste and spreading smoothly on whole area
of specimen. These specimens are tested by
compression testing machine after 3, 7 days and 28
days of curing. Load should be applied gradually at
the rate of 140 kg/cm2 per minute till the Specimen
fails. Load at the failure divided by area of specimen
gives the compressive strength of concrete. The
results thus obtained are tabulated as shown in table
4 and the comparison of the compressive strength of
the nano concrete with conventional concrete is
presented in figure3.
Table 4: Comparative compression test
Day Conventional nS Concrete %
Concrete [MPa] [MPa] Increas
e
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 15.55 16 15.33 25.5 24.6 24.8 60.18
5 7 9
7 17.78 17.33 17.11 24.2 25.3 24.8 42.60
2 3 9
28 33.33 34.22 32.66 44.4 45.5 45.1 34.83
4 5 1
Figure 3: Compressive strength comparison
Splitting tensile strength of cylindrical concrete
specimen: This method covers the determination of
the splitting tensile strength of cylindrical concrete
specimens. This method consists of applying a
diametral compressive force along the length of a
cylindrical specimen. This loading induces tensile
stresses on the plane containing the applied load.
Tensile failure occurs rather than compressive
60
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

failure. Plywood strips are used so that the load is A = Wsat /Wdry x100 (2)
applied uniformly along the length of the cylinder.
The maximum load is divided by appropriate Where, A-water absorption, in percentage, Wsat-
geometrical factors to obtain the splitting tensile weigh of the saturated sample and Wdry-weight of
strength. The splitting tensile strength is calculated. the dry sample. The results thus obtained are
tabulated as shown in table 6 and the comparison of
Table 5: Comparative split tensile test the water absorption of the nano concrete with
conventional concrete is presented in figure 5.
Day concret nS Concrete %
Conventiona e [MPa] Increase Table 6: Comparative water absorption test
l [MPa]
Duratio Conventional % nS %
1 2 3 1 2 3
n Concrete Increase Concret Increas
3 0.93 0.98 1.01 2.3 2.40 2.51 149.48
[kg] e e
4
[kg]
7 1.18 1.30 1.38 2.6 2.75 2.96 114.73
0 8.310 0 8.614 0
1
30 8.320 0.12 8.619 0.06
28 1.97 2.12 2.33 3.0 3.18 3.11 45.33
minutes
4
60 8.330 0.24 8.619 0.06
minutes
1 day 8.344 0.40 8.623 0.10
2 days 8.347 0.44 8.624 0.11
3 days 8.347 0.44 8.624 0.11
7 days 8.348 0.45 8.625 0.12

Figure 4: Splitting tensile strength comparison

Water absorption test:

For water absorption test, the specimen was

weighed before and after immersion in water for
predetermined duration of time. Water absorption
was then determined as the difference in the weight
of the specimen before and after immersion in water
relative to the weight of specimen before immersion
in water, expressed in percentage. The standard
method is to cure the specimens in an oven for three
days, at a temperature of 50°C and relative humidity
of 80%. The water absorption, also designated as
open porosity, is determined using (2).
Figure 5: Water absorption comparison
Conclusion
The study concludes that the addition of nS in
the concrete mixture behaves not only as a filler
to improve the microstructure, but also as an
activator to promote pozzolanic reaction thereby
resulting in the enhancement of the durability
and mechanical properties of the mix. It is very
cost effective when considering the expenditure

61

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
for the repair and renovation of conventional
concrete structures. From the study, the
following were concluded
1. With the addition of nS in concrete, several
unexplored potential in the field of concrete
technology can be achieved. However, the
technology in the conventional concrete has
remained rather empirical and there are yet
various aspects of concrete behavior that are
beyond our comprehension.
2. Several new techniques are being
incorporated in the field of nano science for
the effective integration of nanotechnology in
construction.
3. Mix design of nS concrete should take into
account the specific field requirements of
workability retention – this is by far the most
important parameter for the design.
4. When the percentage by weight of nS
exceeds 1.5% of the total weight of cement, it
results in agglomeration.
5. Another important parameter to be included
in the design mix is the determination of
specific gravities of the aggregates, as they
may affect the yield of the concrete,
particularly in a project which involves huge
quantity of concrete.
6. Skilled labour and adequate construction
technique should be available on site to
handle the proper proportioning of nS in the
concrete mix.
7. It is also concluded that concrete containing
nS offers better workability with optimum
usage of water, compared to the conventional
concrete.
8. ThenS concrete is also a green concrete as the
addition of nS instigates C-S-H reaction
which results in the reduction of carbon-
dioxide emission thus making it eco-friendly.
9. The results obtained from 3rd day and 28th
day compressive and tensile strength tests
Department of Civil Engineering,
prove that the nS concrete attains high initial
and final strength compared to the
conventional concrete. The percentage
increase in strength of nS concrete after 28
days was found out to be 35 for compression
and 45 for tensile.
10. The high initial and final strength values
indicate that the nS concrete has a faster
initial and final setting time.
11. The results obtained from water absorption
test suggest that nS concrete is more durable
than conventional concrete. This was
concluded by comparing the water absorbing
property of conventional and nS concrete,
which showed a percentage decrease of
considerable variation.
REFERENCES
10. Ali Nazari and ShadiRiahi; The role of
SiO2 nanoparticles and ground granulated
blast furnace slag admixtures on physical,
thermal and mechanical properties of self-
compacting concrete.
URL:http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/
article/pii/S0921509310013511
11. Denise Brehm; Nano engineered concrete
could cutcarbondioxide emissions.
URL:http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2007/co
ncrete.html?tmpl=component&print=1
12. Jonathan S. Belkowitz and Dr. Daniel
ArmentoutAn Investigation of Nano Silica
in the Cement Hydration process.
URL:http://concretetechforum.org/2010CS
CProceedings/documents/Belkowitz%20Pa
per%204-13-10.pdf
13. Kevin Gomez; Nano-carbon concrete
technology emerges from Perth's Eden
Energy research.
URL:http://www.pacetoday.com.au/news/n
ano-carbonconcrete-technology-emerges-
from-perth
14. Konstantin Sobolev and Miguel Ferrada
Gutiérrez; How Nanotechnology Can
Change theConcreteWorld.
62

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
URL:http://www.cognoscibletechnologies.c
om/en/files/How-Nanotechnology-Can-
Change-he-concrete-world-I.pdf
15. Konstantin Sobolev, Ismael Flores, Roman
Hermosillo and Leticia M. Torres-Martínez;
Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology for
High-Performance Cement Composites.
URL:https://pantherfile.uwm.edu/sobolev/w
ww/ACI/7-Sobolev-ACI-F.pdf
16. MostafaKhanzadi, Mohsen Tadayon,
HamedSepehri and Mohammad Sepehri,
Influence of Nano-Silica Particles on
Mechanical Properties and Permeability of
Concrete.
URL:http://www.claisse.info/2010%20aper
s/l46.pdf
Department of Civil Engineering,
17. Nili. M, Ehsani. A, and Shabani. K;
Influence of NanoSiO2 and Microsilica on
ConcretePerformance.
URL:http://www.claisse.info/2010%20
papers/t7.pdf
18. Quercia. G and Brouwers.H.J.H;
Application of nanosilica (nS) in concrete
mixtures. URL:josbrouwers.
bwk.tue.nl/publications/Conference61x.pdf
19. Shetty M.S, Concrete Technology-Theory
and Practice, S. Chand & Company Ltd.,
2003.
20. SwapnaKutcharlapati, Sarkar A.K and
Rajamane N.P; Nanosilica Improves Recycled
Concrete Aggregates.
URL:http://www.nbmcw.com/articles/oncrete/
wastematerial-by-product/20960-nosilica-
improvesrecycled-concrete-aggregates.html
63
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

STABILIZATION OF BLACK COTTON SOIL USING LIME

D.AGNES
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
The design foundation on black cotton soil (expansive soil) has always been a difficult task for the engineers as the
structure resting on black cotton soil cracks without any warning. Black cotton soil is found in M.P., Karnataka,
Maharashtra and Andhra Pradesh in our country. Soil proportion changes depending upon their constituents, i.e.
water content, density, bulk density, angle of friction, shear strength etc. The properties of black cotton soil can be
modified by stabilizing the soil can be modified by stabilizing the soil with the use of additives or by mechanical
means. In this project an attempt has been made to stabilize the soil using lime. Experimental work has been carried
out with 4 % and 6 % of lime content. The experimental work is based on different percentages of lime content in
soil on tests for soil Liquid limit, Plastic limit, O.M.C., M.D.D, Bulk density and Dry density, C.B.R. test, Grain size
analysis and Swelling pressure. The aim is to improve the engineering properties of the black cotton soil such that
the structure built on this soil can be efficiently withstanding applied loads. It was found that the engineering
properties of black cotton soil substantially improved by addition of lime.

Keywords: Black Cotton Soil, Stabilization, Lime, CBR.

1. INTRODUCTION Bitumen stabilization c) Chemical stabilization d)

In India Black Cotton soil also known as „Regurs‟
are found in extensive regions of Deccan Trap. They
have variable thickness and are underlain by sticky
material locally known as ―Kali Mitti‖. In terms of
geotechnical Engineering, Black Cotton soil is one
which when associated with as engineering structure
and in presence of water will show a tendency to
swell or shrink causing the structure to experience
moments which are largely unrelated to the direct
effect of loading by the structure. Black cotton soil is
not suitable for the construction work on account of
its volumetric changes. It swells and shrinks
excessively with change of water content. Such
tendency of soil is due to the presence of fine clay
particles which swell, when they come in contact
with water, resulting in alternate swelling and
shrinking of soil due to which differential settlement
of structure takes place, so the stabilization is being
done for the Stabilization of black cotton soil has
been done in this project work by using lime as an
admixture. The most common types of stabilization
are described below a) Cement stabilization b)
Lime stabilization e) Salt stabilization
2. DISTRIBUTION IN INDIA
In India, an area about one-six is occupied by black
cotton soil. The area covers mostly the Deccan Trap
plateau, between 73°80‟ East longitude and 15° to
24° north, latitude. Thus, most of soil in and around
Mumbai, Madras, Gwalior, Khandwa, Indore,
Nagpur and even some on the river banks is Black
cotton .That means these soils are predominant in
Deccan trap plateau region, i.e., in states of Andhra
Pradesh, Western Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat,
Maharashtra, Northern Karnataka and Tamilnadu.
3. CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF B. C.
SOIL
Black cotton soil are made of varying properties of
clay minerals like Montmorrilonite, Illite and
Kaolinite, chemicals like iron oxide and calcium
carbonate ( in the form of kankars), and organic
matter like humus. Montmorrilonite is the
predominant mineral of Black cotton soils. The
swelling and shrinkage behavior of black cotton soil

64

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
originate mainly from this mineral are hydrous
silicates of aluminum and magnesium .They are
made of sheets of silica (tetrahedral) and alumina
(octahedral) stacked on above the other forming sheet
like of flaky particle. Montmorrilonite has a
threesheeted structure with expanding lattices. The
structure carries negative charge, due to isomorphic
substitution of some aluminum ions by magnesium
ions and minerals becomes chemically active.
4. PROBLEM ASSOCIATED WITH B. C.
SOIL
Black Cotton soils are problematic for engineers
everywhere in the world, and more so in tropical
countries like India because of wide temperature
variations and because of distinct dry and wet
seasons, leading to wide variations in moisture
content of soils.
4.1. High Compressibility
Black Cotton soils are highly plastic and
compressible, when they are saturated. Footing,
resting on such soils under goes consolidation
settlements of high magnitude.
4.2. Swelling
A structure built in a dry season, when the natural
water content is low shows differential movement as
result of soils during subsequent wet season. This
causes structures supported by such swelling soils to
lift up and crack. Restriction on having developed
swelling pressures making the structure suitable.
4.3. Shrinkage
A structure built at the end of the wet season when
the natural water content is high, shows settlement
and shrinkage cracks during subsequent dry season.
5. ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF B. C.
SOIL
The main engineering properties of soil are
permeability, plasticity, compaction, compressibility
and shear strength.
5.1. Permeability
The permeability is defined as the property of a
porous material which permits the passage or seepage
of water through its interconnecting voids
5.2. Plasticity
It is defined as the property of a soil which allows it
to be deformed rapidly, without elastic rebound,
without volume change.
5.3. Compaction
Compaction is a process by which the soil particles
artificially rearrange and packed together into a
closer state of contact by mechanical means in order
to decrease the porosity of the soil and thus increase
its dry density.
5.4. Compressibility
Department of Civil Engineering,
The property of soil mass pertaining to its
susceptibility to decrease in volume under pressure is
known as compressibility.
5.5. Shear Strength
This is the resistance to deformation by continuous
shear displacement of soil particles or on masses
upon the action of a shear stress.
6. INDEX PROPERTIES OF B. C. SOIL
The properties of soil, which are not of primary
interest to the geotechnical engineering, but are
indicative of the engineering properties are called
index properties. This includes –
6.1. Particle Size Analysis
This is method of separation soils into different
fraction bases on particles present into soils. It can be
shown graphically on a particle size distribution
curve. The coal ashes can be classified as sandy silt
to silty sand as per this classification.
6.2. Specific Gravity
It can be classified as the ratio of the weights of a
given volume of soil solid at a given temperatures of
the weight of an equal volume of distilled water at
that temperature both weight being taken in air.
The range of specific gravity of coal ashes varies
from 1.46 to 2.66 the low values of specific gravity is
because of hollow particles chemosphere the sp. Gr.
Of soil solids is determined by – 1. 50 ml density
bottle or 2. A 500 ml flask or 3.The density bottle
method is most accurate and is suitable for all types
of soil the flask or pycnometer method is suitable for
coarse grained soil.
6.3. Atterberg’s Limit
The water content at which the soil changes from one
state to other state are known as consistency limits or
Atterberg‟s limit .The Atterberg‟s limit which are
useful for engineering purposes are; Liquid limit,
plastic limit and shrinkage limit. These limits are
expressed as percent water content.
6.3.1. Liquid limit: -
It is defined as the minimum water content at which
the soil is still in liquid state but has a small strength
against flowing which can be measured by standard
available means.
6.3.2. Plastic limit:-
It is defined as minimum water content at which soil
will just begin to crumble water rolled into a thread
approximately 3mm in diameter, Plasticity index is
determined as difference of L.L. and P.L.
6.3.3. Shrinkage limit: -
It is defined as the maximum water content at which
a reduction in water content will not cause a decrease
in the volume of soil mass.
7. STABILIZATION
65

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Lime stabilization helps in increasing the strength,
durability and also minimizes the moisture variations
in the soil and lime must be well compacted for
obtaining sufficient strength and durability by
maintaining OMC and the same assumption is made
in the experimental determination of the required
lime proportion. Quality of lime to be added depends
upon the specific surface area of soil particles and it
is more for fine grained soils even up to 15 % by
weight of soil. The stabilization of black cotton soil
with lime has been done in three different ratios of
lime i.e. 0%, 4% and 6%. After the stabilization of
soil with lime in above percentage the various tests
have been performed –
7.1. Liquid Limit Tests
The liquid limit of a soil is the moisture content,
expressed as a percentage of the weight of the oven-
dried soil, at the boundary between the liquid and
plastic states of consistency. The moisture content at
this boundary is arbitrarily defined as the water
content at which two halves of a soil cake will flow
together, for a distance of ½ in. (12.7 mm) along the
bottom of a groove of standard dimensions separating
the two halves, when the cup of a standard liquid
limit apparatus is dropped 25 times from a height of
0.3937 in. (10 mm) at the rate of two drops/second.
7.2. Plastic Limit Tests
The plastic limit of a soil is the moisture content,
expressed as a percentage of the weight of the oven-
dry soil, at the boundary between the plastic and
semisolid states of consistency. It is the moisture
content at which a soil will just begin to crumble
when rolled into a thread ⅛ in. (3 mm) in diameter
using a ground glass plate or other acceptable
surface.
7.3. Plasticity Index
The plasticity index of a soil is the numerical
difference between its liquid limit and its plastic
limit, and is a dimensionless number. Both the liquid
and plastic limits are moisture contents.
7.4. Compaction Test
Compaction is one kind of densification that is
realized by rearrangement of soil particles without
outflow of water. It is realized by application of
mechanic energy. It does not involve fluid flow, but
with moisture changing altering.
7.5. California Bearing Ratio (C.B.R.) Test
California bearing ratio is the ratio of force per unit
area required to penetrate in to a soil mass with a
circular plunger of 50mm diameter at the rate of
1.25mm/min.
8. RESULTS
The results of the following tests are as follows –
Table 1) Plastic limit comparison
Department of Civil Engineering,
Sl No: Composition Plastic limit
1 B.C. soil + 0% lime 31%
2 B.C. soil + 4% lime Non-plastic
3 B.C. soil + 6% lime Non-plastic
Table 2) Plasticity index
Sl No: Composition Plasticity Index,
PI=LL-PL
1 B.C. soil + 0% lime 15.3%
2 B.C. soil + 4% lime -
3 B.C. soil + 6% lime -
Table 3) C.B.R test comparison
Sl No: Composition C.B.R values
1 B.C. soil + 0% lime 1.9
2 B.C. soil + 4% lime 11.2
3 B.C. soil + 6% lime 15.2
9. CONCLUSIONS
In this project work, it has been found that the
properties of black cotton soil get effectively
modified by varying proportions of lime. In this
experimental program stabilization of soil has been
carried out by mixing lime in varying percentages
(4% and 6%). The following conclusions are drawn
from this experimental study:-
1) It has been found that an addition of 4% lime
decreases the liquid limit by 12.1 %, while 6%
addition of lime shows a decrease of only 17.7%.
2) M.D.D. is found to decrease by 2.4% and 5.6% at
4% and 6% lime content respectively.
3) It was found that O.M.C. does not change with a
decrease of 14.3% in O.M.C. was observed at 6%
lime content.
4) The C.B.R. value of black cotton soil mixed with
4% and 6% lime at 2.5 mm penetration showed an
increase of six folds and eight folds respectively. At
5.0 mm penetration the increase in C.B.R value were
also found six folds and eight folds respectively.
5) The swelling pressure of Black cotton soil mixed
with 4% and 6% lime decreased by 40% and 80%
respectively.
10. REFERENCES
[1] Amer Ali Al-Rawasa, A.W. Hagoa, Hilal Al-
Sarmib (2005), ―Effect of lime, cement and Sarooj on
the swelling potential of an expansive soil from
Oman.‖ Building and Environment 40, 681–687.
[2] Arulrajah A., M.A. Rahman, J. Piratheepan,
M.W. Bo and M.A. Imteaz (2013), ―Evaluation of
Interface Shear Strength Properties of Geo-grid-
Reinforced Construction and Demolition Materials
using a Modified Large Scale Direct Shear Testing
Apparatus‖ Proc., Journals of Materials in Civil
Engineering, ASCE.
[3] H. N. Ramesh, A. J. Krishnaiah and S. ShilpaShet
(2013), ―Effect of Lime on the Index Properties of
66

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Black Cotton Soil and Mine tailings mixtures‖ IOSR
Journal of Engineering,(IOSRJEN), vol-3.
[4] IS 2720 (Part 2)-1973, ―Determination of Water
Content‖.
[5] IS 2720 (Part 3/Sec 1)-1980, ―Determination of
Specific gravity‖.
[6] IS 2720 (Part 5)-1985, ―Determination of Liquid
Limit and plastic Limit‖.
[7] IS 2720 (Part 7)-1980,―Determination of Water
Content-Dry Density Relation using Light
Compaction‖.
[8] KunalAnand, Awanish Kumar Shukla, Sidharth
Sharma (2013), ―A Comparative Study B/W Black
Cotton Soil and Alluvial Soil for Economical
Pavement Design by Lime & Fly-Ash Stabilization.‖
Department of Civil Engineering,
Int. Journal of Engineering Research and
Applications. Vol. 3, Issue 5, pp. 1609-1620.
[9] Nadgouda, K.A. and Hegde, R.A. (2010), ―The
Effect of Lime Stabilization on Properties of Black
Cotton Soil‖ Indian Geotechnical Conference 2010,
IGS Mumbai Chapter & IIT Bombay, 511-514.
[10] Katare R., Pande M.M., and Jain S.K. (2009)
―Lime Stabilization Method of Black Cotton Soil‖ of
Gwalior Region. ACSGE, BITS PILANI, INDIA
[11] Arora, Dr. K.R., ―Soil Mechanics and
Foundation Engineering‖, Standard publisher
Distribution, Delhi- 110006.
[12] Garg, S.K., ―Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering‖, Khanna Publishers, Delhi- 110006.
67
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

STUDY ON CONCRETE USING WASTE MATERIALS BY PARTIAL

REPLACEMENT OF AGGREGATES TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMING GASES

M.ISWARYA
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
The climate change due to global warming is one of the greatest environmental issues we face now. The green house
gases including CO2 are released during cement and steel manufacturing process. In order to reduce the amount of
green house gases, an attempt has been made to reuse the waste materials along with concrete in construction
industries. In recent years, attempts have been made to increase the utilization of fly ash, quarry dust, granite and
construction and demolition debris to partially replace the use of fine aggregate and coarse aggregate in concrete
are gathering momentum. This paper presents information on fly ash, granite and quarry dust based concrete,
material and the mixture proportions, the manufacturing process, and the influence of various parameters on the
properties of fresh and hardened concrete with plain concrete and partial replacement of fine aggregate by flyash
and quarry dust and coarse aggregate by granite and C & D debris concrete. The column specimens were tested
under axial compression to investigate the effects of waste materials. Since the materials used were locally available
waste materials, a detailed characterization was planned. In this paper, an attempt was made to utilize the waste
materials by effectively recycling and filling in steel tubular circular columns with recycled aggregate concrete
instead of conventional concrete. An empirical equation for calculating the design load carrying capacity of the
composite column was developed using the experimental results. The test results were compared with the
international codes and new theoretical models were suggested for the design. In this paper, experimental and
analytical investigations were carried out to study the strength and behaviour of CFST columns over the entire
range of loading. The ultimate loads and behaviour of CFST were compared with those of the hollow steel tube
columns. From these elaborative experimental and analytical investigations that were done, it is concluded that out
of all the waste materials used, the contribution of C & D debris and quarry dust are significant. The remaining
materials that include fly-ash and granite are reasonably contributed in the performance enhancement under axial
loading conditions. Finally, it is concluded that materials recovered from various waste stream are suitable to be
used as secondary aggregates in concrete. The advantage of using such waste materials provides generally a low
cost construction than using virgin aggregates and the elimination of the need for waste disposal in landfills.
Utilization of these waste materials in concrete leads to an effective solid waste management technique and will also
be cost effective. The exploitation of available natural resources and raw materials required for the construction
industries can also be reduced which in turn reduces the release of green house gases which causes global warming.

Keywords: Fly-ash, recycled aggregate concrete, granite, waste management, global warming.

INTRODUCTION concrete column, which consists of a steel section

Steel members have the advantages of high tensile
strength and ductility, while concrete members have
the advantages of high compressive strength and
stiffness. Composite members combine steel and
concrete, resulting in a member that has thebeneficial
qualities of both materials. The two main types of
composite column are the steel-reinforcement
encased in reinforced or unreinforced concrete, and
the concrete-filled steel tubular (CFST) columns,
which consists of a steel tube filled with concrete.
CFST columns have many advantages over steel-
reinforcement concrete columns. Although CFST
columns are suitable for all tall buildings in high
seismic regions, their use has been limited due to a
lack of information about the true strength and the

68

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
inelastic behaviour of CFST members. Due to the
traditional separation between structural steel and
reinforced concrete design, the procedure for the
designing CFST column using the American concrete
institute‘s (ACI) code is quite different from the Load
and resistance factor design (LRFD) method
suggested by the American institute of steel
construction‘s (AISC).
Past research: Experimental research on CFST
columns has been ongoing worldwide for many
decades, with significant contribution having been
made particularly by researchers in Australia, Europe
and Asia. The vast majority of these experiments
have been on moderate scale specimens (less than
200 mm in dia.) using normal and high-strength
concrete. Neogi et al. (1969) investigated numerically
the elasto-plastic behaviour of pin-ended, CFST
columns loaded either concentrically or eccentrically
about one axis. It was assumed complete interaction
between the steel and concrete, triaxial and biaxial
effects were not considered. Eighteen eccentric
loaded columns were tested, in order to compare the
experimental results with the numerical solutions.
The conclusions were that there was a good
agreement between the experimental and theoretical
behaviour of columns with L/D ratios greater than 15,
inferred that triaxial effects were small for such
columns. Where for columns with smaller L/D ratios,
it showed some gain in strength due to triaxial effect.
A series of tests had been carried out by (O‘Shea &
Bridge, 1996) on the behaviour of circular thin-
walled steel tubes. The tubes had diameter to
thickness D/t ranging between 55 and 200. The tests
included; bare steel tubes, tubes with un-bonded
concrete with only the steel section loaded, tubes
with concrete in filled with the steel and concrete
loaded simultaneously and tubes with the concrete
infill loaded alone. The test strengths were compared
to strength models in design standards and
specification. The results from the tests showed that
the concrete infill for the thin-walled circular steel
tubes has little effects on the local buckling strength
of the steel tubes. Kilpatrick et al. (1997) examined
the applicability of the Eurocode 4 for design of
CFSTs which use highstrength concrete and compare
146 columns from six different investigations with
Department of Civil Engineering,
EC4. The concrete strength of columns ranged from
23 to 103 MPa. The mean ratio of
measured/predicted column strength was 1.10 with a
standard deviation of 0.13. The EC4 safely predicted
the failure load in 73% of the column analyzed.
Brauns (1998) stated that the effect of confinement
exists at high stress level when structural steel acts in
tension and concrete in compression and that the
ultimate limit state material strength was not attained
for all parts simultaneously. In his study, the basis of
constitutive relationships for material components,
the stress state in composite columns was determined
taking into account the dependence of the modulus of
elasticity and Poisson‘s ratio on the stress level in
concrete. O‘Shea and Bridge (2000) tried to estimate
the strength of CFSTs under different loading
condition with small eccentricities. All the specimens
were short with a length-to-diameter ratio of 3.5 and
a diameter thickness ratio between 60 and 220. The
internal concrete had a compressive strength of 50,
80 and 120 MPa. From those experiments O‘Shea
and Bridge concluded that the degree of confinement
offered by a thin-walled circular steel tube to the
internal concrete is dependent upon the loading
condition. The greatest concrete confinement occurs
for axially loaded thin-walled steel with only the
concrete loaded and the steel tube used as pure
circumferential restraints. EC4 has been shown to
provide the best method for estimating the strength of
circular CFSTs with the concrete and steel loaded
simultaneously. For axially loaded thin-walled steel
tubes, local buckling of the steel tube does not occur
if there is sufficient bond between the steel and
concrete. For concrete strength up to 80 MPa, EC4
can be used with no reduction for local buckling. For
concrete strength in excess 80 MPa, EC4 can still be
used but with no enhancement of the internal
concrete confinement and no reduction in the steel
strength from local buckling and biaxial effects from
confinement. Thin-walled circular axial compression
and moment can be designed using the EC4 with no
reduction for local buckling.
EXPERIMENTS
A total of eighteen specimens of circular (designated
C) sections were tested for this study. All specimens
69

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
were tested with strength of concrete as 20 MPa and
a D/t ratio 23.78. The columns were 76.1 mm in
diameter and 300, 600 and 900 mm in length. The
column specimens were classified into six different
groups. Each group consists of six specimens filled
with plain concrete (designated P), partial
replacement of fine aggregate by 10% fly-ash
(designated FA) and 40% quarry dust (designated
QD) and coarse aggregates by 25% granite
(designated G) and 25% construction and demolition
debris (designated CD). The rest of the column
specimens were tested as hollow sections for
comparison (designated H). All the specimens were
fabricated from circular hollow steel tube and filled
with five types of concrete. The average values of
yield strength and ultimate tensile strength for the
steel tube were found to be 260 and 320 MPa
respectively. In the present experimental work, the
parameters of the test specimens are the size of
specimen, strength of concrete and L/D ratio of
columns. In order to prevent the steel hollow column
section from local buckling, ACI required the width-
to-thickness (B/t) ratio of the steel hollow section not
greater than the following limit: for 76.1 mm dia the
B/t is 23.78 <¥(3Es/fy) = 48.04. The concrete mix
was obtained using the following dosages: 3.75
kN/m3 of Portland cement, 5.23 kN/m3 of sand,
11.62kN/m3 of coarse aggregate with maximum size
12 mm, and 0.192 m3 of water. Fly-ash (waste from
Mettur Thermal plant), quarry dust (waste from
crusher), granite (waste pieces from granite
industries) and C&D debris (construction &
demolition debris) by weight basis are taken. In order
to characterize the mechanical behaviour of concrete,
three cubic, three prismatic and three cylindrical
specimens were prepared from each concrete and
tested.
TEST SETUP AND PROCEDURE
All the tests were carried out in an Electronic UTM
of a capacity 1000 kN. A pre-load of about 5 kN was
applied to hold the specimen upright. Dial gauges
were used to measure the lateral and longitudinal
deformations of the columns. The load was applied in
small increments of 20 kN. At each load increment,
the deflection at centre was recorded. All specimens
Department of Civil Engineering,
were loaded up to failure. Comparison with
Eurocode 4 (EC4), ACI 318-95 (ACI) and Australian
standards AS 3600 & AS 4100 (AS) EC4 is the most
recently completed international standard in
composite construction. EC4 covers concrete-encased
and partially encased steel sections and concrete-
filled sections with or without reinforcement. EC4
uses limit state concepts to achieve the aims of
serviceability and safety by applying partial safety
factor to load and material properties. EC4 is the only
code that treats the effects of long-term loading
separately. The ultimate axial force of a column is
NEC4 = Asfy dž2 + Acfcc (1+ dž1 (t fy / D fcy)).
The ACI and AS use the same formula for calculating
the squash load. Neither code takes into consideration
the concrete confinement. The limiting thickness of
steel tube to prevent local buckling is based on
achieving yield stress in a hollow steel tube under
monotonic axial loading which is not a necessary
requirement for an in-filled composite column. The
squash load is determined by NACI/AS = 0.85 Ac fcc
+ Asfy. For the first set of specimens having small
L/D ratio (3.94) is the increase in value of Ntest
ranges from 22 to 70%. Where as in the case of
second set of specimens with L/D ratio of 7.88 the
Ntest values increases ranges from 18 to 58% and the
third set of specimens with large L/D ratio (11.8) the
Ntest values increases ranges from 37 to 67%. Hence
the strength of infill concrete and L/D ratio
influences the critical load carrying capacity. It is
observed that the EC4 equation provides a good
prediction of load carrying capacity of concrete filled
composite column. But a comparison with ACI/AS
codal equation shows that the equation under
estimates the critical load carrying capacity of
columns varying up to 4 to 72%. This observation
were also made by researchers (Giakoumelis& Lam,
2004) hence they proposed a modified equation as
NACI/AS = 1.3 Ac f cc + Asfy.
TEST RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
The tests were conducted on 18 specimens with
different L/D ratio of 3.94 § 4.0, 7.88 § 8.0 & 11.8 §
12.0 and also with infilling of plain concrete and
partial replacement of fine aggregate by flyash&
quarry dust and coarse aggregate by granite and C&D
70

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
debris. It was observed that EC4 and ACI/AS under
estimate the strength of column but modified ACI/AS
is well correlating with experimental results
(L/D=12) and hence NACI/AS = 1.3 Ac fcc + As fy
is applicable for steel tubular section in-filled with
concrete. Also, it was noticed that all the codal
provisions under estimating the strength of column
about 5-40%. It is found that, when L/D ratio
reduces, the predicted strength also reduces.In EC4
code, the difference between predicted and actual
strength is 5-25% only because the slenderness effect
has been considered. But in ACI/AS, the difference is
upto 40% because there is no consideration for
slenderness effect or L/D ratio. Hence this equation
may be hold good for L/D > 12 some factor should be
multiplied with the existing ACI/As equation to
predict the exact strength. In this study, from
experimental results, a factor k k is suggested for
different L/D ratios. Now the equation is slightly
modified by multiplying a factor ‗ ‗k‘. The proposed
equation for short column is NACI/AS = k k [0.85
Ac fcc + Asfy] ------- (1)
CONCLUSIONS
The results obtained from the tests on composite
columns presented in this paper allow the following
conclusions to be drawn.
 The predicted axial strengths using EC4 were
maximum of 26% lower than the results obtained
from experiments (C10).
 The predicted axial strengths using ACI/AS were
maximum of 42% lower than the results obtained
from experiments (C4).
 ACI/AS equation gives better results for long
columns of L/D > 12.
 For L/D < 12, modified equation is proposed with
the multiplying factor ‗ ‗k‘.
 k values are suggested for different L/D ratio
varying from 4 to 12.
 The strength of steel tubular columns in-filled with
concrete is about 150 to 162 % of hollow columns.
 The strength of CFSTs with partial replacement of
fine and coarse aggregate by waste materials is
almost same as that of plain concrete.
 The strength of partial replacement of quarry
dust as fine aggregate and C&D debris as coarse
Department of Civil Engineering,
aggregate in CFST columns is more than that of plain
concrete.
 Excellent prediction was achieved for C9,
C11, C14 - C18 CFST columns, with Ntest/modified
NACI/AS ratio around unity.
From the above conclusions, it is evident that the
waste materials like flyash, quarry dust, C&D debris
can be used in construction which reduces the use of
virgin materials. This in turn helps in reducing the
releasing of green house gases due to man made
activities. This may possibly helps us to reduce the
global warming to a considerable extent
REFERENCES
1. ACI Committee 318 (1995) Building code
requirements for structural concrete (ACI 318-95).
Detroit: American concrete institute.
2. Australian standards AS3600 & AS4100 (1994)
Reinforced concrete structures & steel structures.
Sydney: standards Australia.
3. Brauns J (1998) Analysis of stress state in
concrete-filled steel column. J. Constructional Steel
Res. 49(2), 189-196.
4. Eurocode 4 (1994) DD ENV 1994-1-1, Design of
composite steel and concrete structures. Part 1.1,
General rules and rules for buildings (with UK
national application document). London, British
standards institution.
5. Giakoumelis G and Lam D (2004) Axial capacity
of circular concrete-filled tube columns, J.
Constructional Steel Res. Proc. 60, 1049-1068.
6. Kilpatrick A and Rangan BV (1997) Behaviour of
high-strength composite column. In: Composite
construction conventional and innovate, Austria.
789794.
7. Kilpatrick A and Taylor T (1997) Application of
Eurocode 4 design provisions to high strength
composite columns. In: Composite construction
conventional and innovate, Austria, 561-566.
8. Neogi PK (1969) Concrete-filled tubular steel
columns under eccentric loading. Structural Engg.
47(5), 195-197.
71
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EFFECTS OF METAKAOLIN AND SILICA FUME ON PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE

J.THANGA MURUGESAN
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur .

ABSTRACT
Metakaolin is a relatively new mineral admixture for concrete. It is comparable to silica fume in pozzolanic
reactivity, but is lower in price. The effects of metakaolin and silica fume on various properties of concrete were
investigated and compared in this study. Seven concretes were cast at a water/binder ratio of 0.35 with 0, 5, 10, and
15% cement replaced by either metakaolin or silica fume. The concretes were tested for slump, compressive
strength, free shrinkage, restrained shrinkage cracking, and chloride diffusivity by ponding. Metakaolin-modified
concrete showed a better workability than silica fume-modified concrete. As the replacement level was increased,
the strength of the metakaolin-modified concrete increased at all ages similarly to that of the silica fume-modified
concrete. Both mineral admixtures reduced free drying shrinkage and restrained the shrinkage cracking width.
However, the cracking time was earlier for these two concretes. The two admixtures also greatly reduced the
chloride diffusivity of the concrete.

Keywords: cracking; shrinkage; silica fume; slump; strength.

INTRODUCTION typically does (the white-colored SF is very limited

Commercially available since the mid-1990s, high-
reactivity metakaolin (MK) is one of the recently
developed supplementary cementing materials for
high-performance concrete. It is produced by
calcining purified kaolinite clay at a specific
temperature range to drive off the chemically bound
water in the interstices of kaolin and destroy the
crystalline structure, which effectively converts the
material to the MK phase, which is an amorphous
aluminosilicate. Unlike industrial by-products, such
as silica fume (SF), fly ash, and blast-furnace slag,
MK is refined carefully to lighten its color, remove
inert impurities, and control particle size. This well-
controlled process results in a highly reactive white
powder that is consistent in appearance and
performance. The particle size of MK is generally
less than 2 µm, which is significantly smaller than
that of cement particles, though not as fine as SF. It is
typically incorporated into concrete to replace 5 to 20
wt% of cement. MK improves concrete performance
by reacting with calcium hydroxide to form
secondary C-S-H. Because of its white color, high-
reactivity MK does not darken concrete as SF
in tonnage), which makes it suitable for color-
matching and other architectural applications.
Research has shown that mixtures containing high-
reactivity MK yield comparable performance to SF
mixtures in terms of strength, permeability, chemical
resistance, and drying shrinkage resistance.1-7 MK
was found to improve concrete properties while
offering good workability. Concrete with MK
requires 25 to 35% less high-range water-reducing
admixture than concrete with silica fume to achieve a
comparable slump of 12 to 18 cm at a water/ binder
ratio of 0.36 to 0.38.1-2 MK-modified concrete has a
creamier texture, sets somewhat faster, generates less
bleedwater, and has a better finishability than
concrete with SF.1,8 However, there are also some
different conclusions.3,4 The compressive and
flexural strength developments of the MK mixtures
are significantly faster than those of the non
pozzolanic control mixture, and slightly higher than
or equivalent to those of the SF mixtures.1-2 For
concretes with the same water/binder ratio,
compressive strengths increased dramatically at all
ages with increased replacement percentage by mass

72
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

of high-reactivity MK.6,9 MK is particularly and hydrated gehlenite (C2ASH8) lead to refinement

effective in improving the post-peak energy of the pore structure, which was considered the
absorption capacity for concrete with fibers. Unlike principal mechanism for the improvement of concrete
SF, no particular post-peak brittleness occurs.10 MK properties by the addition of MK.17-19 There is less
is also more effective than SF in improving the information about the properties of MK concrete,
pullout performance of deformed steel fibers however, than for other mineral admixture-modified
embedded in cement-based matrixes.11 The long- concretes, and the available conclusions are
term drying shrinkage of MK mixtures is less than somewhat contradictory. The objectives of the study
that of plain concrete and similar to that of the SF were to investigate systematically the effect of MK
mixtures.1 According to the results on pastes on the properties of concrete at various replacement
reported by Wild, Kahtib, and Roose,7 chemical amounts, including workability, compressive
shrinkage was found to increase for compositions strength, free shrinkage, restrained shrinkage
with up to 15% MK replacement and then decrease cracking, and chloride diffusivity.
for compositions with a replacement greater than
15%. Expansion by curing underwater showed little Table 1—Chemical composition and color of
variation for compositions with up to 10% MK cementitious materials
replacement, and then increased for compositions
Chemicals Cement Silica fume Metakaolin
with a replacement greater than 15%. Kinuthia et
al.12 reported a reduced autogenous shrinkage at SiO2 21.0% 92.9% 51.2%
later ages (up to 200 days) of the cement paste with
Al2O3 5.2% 0.69% 45.3%
20% MK replacement. But according to Brooks and
Johari,13 at a 5% replacement level, the addition of Fe2O3 2.3% 1.25% 0.60%
MK increased the total autogenous shrinkage
considered from the time of initial set, while at MgO 3.9% 1.73% -
replacement levels of 10 and 15%, it reduced the total
CaO 63.9% 0.4% 0.05%
autogenous shrinkage. Kostuch, Walters, and Jones14
demonstrated that MK is particularly effective in Na2O 0.5% 0.43% 0.21%
reducing the rate of diffusion of sodium and chloride
K2O 1.19% 0.21% 0.16%
ions. The diffusion coefficient was reduced by
approximately 50% when 8% MK was added to the SO3 2.4% - -
concrete mixture.6,9 The chloride permeability of the
MK mixture, measured according to ASTM C 1202, LOI - 1.18% 0.51%

was much lower than that of plain concrete,3 and was Colour Gray Dark gray White
slightly higher2 or lower 1 than that of the SF
concrete. According to both bulk-diffusion tests and Table 2—Mixture proportions of concrete, kg/m3
modified AASHTO T259 tests, replacing 8% cement
Material C MK SF W S G High range Retarder
with the high-reactivity MK in a 0.40 water/binder water reducing
ratio concrete improved diffusion characteristics as admixture

much or more than a reduction of the water/ binder PC 46 - - 162 716 117 4.63 1.16
ratio to 0.30.9 Dhir and Jones15 have shown that 2 6

using ternary blends of normal fly ash with SF or MK MK5 43 23 - 162 715 117 4.62 1.16
could providebetter chloride resistance for concrete 8 4

than using ultrafine fly ash only. Other aspects of MK10 41 46 - 161 714 117 4.61 1.16
durability, such as ASR and sulfate resistance, are 5 2

improved as the replacement level of cement with MK15 39 69 - 161 712 117 4.61 1.15
1 0
MK increases, up to 25% replacement.5,16 The quick
consumption of CH, and the increase in the C-S-H

73

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
SF5 43 - 23 162 714 117 4.62
8 3
SF10 41 - 46 161 712 116 4.60
4 9
SF15 39 - 68 161 710 116 4.59
0 6
RESEARCH SIGNIFICANCE
High-reactivity MK is a supplementary cementing
material developed recently for high-performance
concrete. Although some works have reported that it
improves concrete properties, information about the
properties of metakaolin-modified concrete is still
limited and somewhat contradictory, which retards its
application in the construction practice. This study
systematically investigated the effect of MK on
concrete properties, especially free and restrained
shrinkage, as well as chloride diffusivity. These
results are compared with those of concrete modified
with SF. It was found that MK-modified concrete had
comparable performance to that of SF-modified
concrete in terms of strength, shrinkage, and chloride
diffusivity.
EXPERIMENTAL
Specimen preparation
Seven concrete mixtures were cast using 0, 5, 10, and
15% by mass replacement of cement with high-
reactivity MK or SF, at a water/binder ratio of 0.35
and a sand-to-aggregate ratio of 40%. The mixtures
were marked as PC, MK5, MK10, MK15, SF5, SF10,
and SF15, respectively. For all of the mixtures, the
ratio of binder (including cement, SF, and MK) to
fine aggregate and to coarse aggregate was kept
constant at 1:1.55:2.33. The cement used was
ordinary portland cement manufactured locally, with
a specific gravity of 3.15 and a fineness of 385
m2/kg. The average powder diameter is 19.5 m. The
high-reactivity MK, which was manufactured in the
U.S., had a specific gravity of 2.55, a specific surface
area of 12 × 104 m2/kg, and an average particle size
of 2.23 µm. The SF was a commercially available
product with a specific gravity of 2.26 and an average
particle size of 0.1 µm. The chemical compositions of
these three powders are listed in Table 1. The coarse
aggregate was a 10 mm crushed limestone with a
specific gravity of 2.75 and an absorption of 1.7%.
The fine aggregate had a specific gravity of 2.66, an
absorption of 1.4%, and a fineness modulus of 2.3.
All mixtures contained 1.0% of a naphthalene
sulfonate-based highrange water-reducing admixture
FDN by mass of binder and 0.25% of a retarder D17
by mass of binder. The details of the mixture
proportions are presented in Table 2. Except for
Department of Civil Engineering,
1.16
shrinkage tests, the specimens were cured at 25 °C
and a relative humidity of over 95%. At 3, 28, and 65
1.15 days of age, cylinder specimens, 200 mm in height
and 100 mm in diameter, were tested for compressive
1.15
strength with an MTS machine in accordance with
ASTM C 39/C 39M. For the shrinkage tests, each set
included an unrestrained ring-type specimen to
measure the free shrinkage, and a restrained
specimen to record the cracking onset time and
width. The restrained specimen was made of a
concrete ring (35 mm in thickness and 140 mm in
height) cast around the outer perimeter of a steel ring
with254 and 305 mm inner and outer diameters,
respectively. The unrestrained ring was similar to the
restrained ring, but without the steel ring. For the
shrinkage tests, the outer rings were stripped off 24 h
after casting. The top surface of the concrete rings
was then sealed with epoxy resin to avoid moisture
loss. For the free shrinkage rings, the inner
circumferential surface was also sealed. Therefore,
drying was allowed only from the outer
circumferential surface of the specimens. The
specimens were cured for one day at 20 °C and 100%
relative humidity, then stored at 23 °C and 40%
relative humidity, and measured every 24 h for the
first 30 days and every 3 days thereafter. The free
shrinkage was the average of five measurements by a
dial-gage extensometer on five pairs of brass studs
fixed on the top surface of the specimen along the
circumferential direction. The onset times of new
cracks on the restrained specimen were recorded. The
crack width was the average of the three values
measured by a microscope to the nearest 0.02 mm on
the outside surface of the specimen at three positions:
one-quarter, one-half, and three-quarters of the
vertical distance from the top surface of the ring. If
there was more than one crack on a specimen, the
sum of the average values of all cracks was used as
the crack width. The resistance to chloride diffusion
was determined by the diffusion-cell method. The
cell consisted of two chambers, A and B. One ∅100 ×
200 mm cylinder was cast for the chloride diffusion
test for each concrete mixture that was cured for 3
months. Three specimens of ∅100 × 20 mm were cut
from its upper, middle, and lower quarter parts, with
the top and bottom casting surfaces removed. Each
slice was then placed between the two chambers of
the diffusion cell. Its edge was covered by O-rings
and sealed with epoxy to prevent leakage. A saturated
Ca(OH)2 solution was poured into both chambers for
five days before a 5 M NaCl solution was poured into
Chamber A to avoid anomalous effects due to
sorption rather than diffusion of chloride ions. The
cell was kept at room temperature (approximately 23
74

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
°C), and the concentration of chloride ions in
Chamber B was measured using an ion meter. After
each measurement, an appropriate amount and
concentration of salt solution was added into the
chambers to keep the concentration of chloride ions
in Chamber B from being affected by the
measurement and to keep that of Chamber A constant
at 5 M.
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS AND
DISCUSSIONS
Slump
The effect of MK or SF on the slump of concrete at
different replacement levels . MK offered a much
better workability than did SF for the given mixture
proportions. Indeed, concrete mixtures with 5 to 10%
MK had a slightly higher slump than the control
mixture. Even when the replacement level of MK
was increased to 15%, the slump was only decreased
by approximately 10% and was still greater than 15
cm. For SF-modified concrete, the slump value
showed only a small decrease at the replacement
level of 5%. However, it decreased almost linearly
with an increase of SF content to 15%. The results,
also indicated by Caldarone, Gruber, and Burg1 and
Caldarone and Gruber,2 meant that the concrete
mixtures modified by MK required less high-range
water-reducing admixture than SF mixtures to
achieve similar workability at the same water/binder
ratio. This reduction in high-range water-reducing
admixture demand may result in less tendency for
surface tearing during finishing operations and lead
to an overall better finishability. In addition, the MK-
modified mixtures may be more economical because
of a lower dosage of high-range water-reducing
admixture. Bai et al.4 observed a different
phenomenon, namely that the workability was
substantially reduced for mixtures containing MK,
with greater reductions being experienced as the MK
replacement level increased. But this conclusion was
drawn only from the experiments on low- to medium-
slump (5 to 110 mm) concretes with a small amount
of high-range waterreducing admixture or even
without any.
Compressive strength
At the same replacement level, MK increased
concrete strength at all ages to almost the same extent
(approximately 5 to 55%) as SF did. By increasing
the replacement level from 5 to 15%, the
strengthening effect of MK increased. Wild, Khatib,
and Jones20 suggested that there existed an optimum
replacement level of approximately 20% to give
maximum long-term strength enhancement. The
compressive strengths of the concrete mixtures MK5,
MK10, and MK15 were approximately 28, 38, and
Department of Civil Engineering,
45% higher than that of the control concrete at 3
days; 25, 28, and 53% higher at 28 days; and
approximately 4, 16, and 21% higher at 65 days. This
result was different from theclaim of Wild, Khatib,
and Jones20 that the contribution of MK to concrete
strength was restricted beyond 14 days. The potential
of strength increase for 15% MK or 15% SF concrete
was rather limited after the age of 28 days; the 65-
day compressive strength of these two concretes only
increased by approximately 6 to 8% compared with
the 28-day strength.
Free shrinkage
The shrinkage of all of the specimens developed
quickly up to approximately 3 weeks, then the rate of
the shrinkage development decreased. The shrinkage
of the concrete with MK or SF decreased with
increasing replacement levels at 28 days and
thereafter; the free shrinkages of the concrete
mixtures MK5, MK10, MK15, SF5, SF10, and SF15
were approximately 15, 25, 40, 15, 22, and 33% less
than that of the control concrete at 28 days,
respectively. This agrees with the observations of Al-
Khaja,21Bentur and Goldman,22 and Alexander.23
They concluded that the shrinkage and creep of plain
concrete were considerably or moderately reduced
with the incorporation of SF, showing a one-month
reduction in strain of 34.9 and 18.5% for shrinkage
and creep, respectively, which led to a reduction in
the total deformation of 20.8%.21 Bentur and
Goldman22 attributed this to the smaller weight loss
on drying. However, there are also different
conclusions in the literature.1,7,12 The shrinkage
rates in Fig. 4 have been calculated for the MK- and
SF-modified concrete, respectively. The shrinkage
rates of MK10 and MK15 concrete were higher than
the control concrete before the age of 4 and 5 days,
respectively, and then the rates of the two MK
concretes decreased and were less than those of the
control concrete. The higher the MK content, the
lower the highest peak of the shrinkage rate of
concrete and the slower the shrinkage rate of concrete
overall. Compared with the SF concrete at the same
replacement level, the MK concrete showed a
somewhat faster development of shrinkage before the
age of about one week, then a slower development
after that (Fig. 5). Zhang and Malhotra 3 made a
similar conclusion that the concrete with 10% MK
had a lower drying shrinkage compared with that of
the control and SF concretes after 7 days of initial
curing in lime water. Free shrinkage tests alone
cannot offer sufficient information on the behavior of
concrete structures because virtually every concrete
element is restrained in some way, either by
reinforcement or by the boundary condition of a
75

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
structure. However, the strain obtained from a free
shrinkage test can be used as the eigenstrain due to
shrinkage for the corresponding restrained shrinkage
test. The stress distribution due to shrinkage in the
restrained specimen can be evaluated from the value
of the eigenstrain and the restrained conditions of the
specimen.24
Restrained shrinkage cracking
Two cracks each were detected in Specimens PC,
SF10, and SF15 at the age of 17 and 19 days, 9 and
13 days, and 7 and 8 days, respectively. Only one
crack was observed in the other four specimens. It
was found that the first crack generally appeared 1 to
2 weeks after casting. Basically, the width of the first
crack developed very quickly in the first few days,
and then the rate of development decreased. As
mentioned previously, the ultimate free shrinkage of
the SF or the MK concrete was less than that of the
control portland cement concrete. The stabilized
crack widths in the former two kinds of concretes
were less than that in the control PC and the crack
width also decreased with the increase in the SF or
MK replacement level: for thePC, the stabilized crack
width was 0.70 mm; for the MK5, MK10, and MK15
concretes, the result was 0.55, 0.51, and 0.41 mm,
respectively; and for the SF5, SF10, and SF15
concretes, the result was 0.60, 0.49, and 0.39 mm,
respectively. This difference should be partly caused
by the higher bond strength between the SF or MK
concrete and the steel ring. However, the onset times
of cracking in the concrete with SF or MK were
earlier than that in the control PC: for the PC, the first
crack appeared at the age of 17 days; for the MK5,
MK10, and MK15 concretes, at 15, 10, and 12 days,
respectively; for the SF5, SF10, and SF15 concretes,
at 14, 9, and 7 days, respectively. In general, the
onset cracking time and the stabilized crack width of
the MK and SF concretes at the same replacement
level were similar to each other, except for the
replacement level of 15%.
Chloride diffusivity
15% MK had a significant improvement, while 5%
MK had also some improvement on the chloride
resistance. The 15% replacement of MK reduced the
chloride concentration in Chamber B by
approximately 55% after 43 days of diffusion. This
result agrees well with the results from a previous
study by Thomas, Gruber, and Hooton.6 They
demonstrated that the diffusion coefficient was
reduced by approximately 50% for 8% MK and by
approximately 60% for 12% MK. The SF concrete
performed somewhat better than the MK concrete in
increasing chloride resistance. After 90 days of
Department of Civil Engineering,
standard curing, the effect of 10% SF was almost
equal to that of 15% MK. At placement level of 15%,
SF reduced the chloride concentration by
approximately 73% compared with the control PC
concrete after 43 days of diffusion, which was greater
than the effect of 15% MK.
CONCLUSIONS
The effect of MK or SF on the workability, strength,
shrinkage, and resistance to chloride penetration of
concrete were investigated and compared in this
study. For the given mixture proportions, MK offers
better workability than does SF. As the replacement
level was increased, the strength of the MK-modified
concrete increased at all ages. The increase in the
strength was similar to that of the SF-modified
concrete. The incorporation of both MK and SF in
concrete can reduce the free drying shrinkage and
restrained shrinkage cracking width. The initial
cracking appeared earlier in the SF- and MK-
modified concrete, however, compared with the
control PC concrete. The incorporation of MK or SF
in concrete can reduce the chloride diffusion rate
significantly, with the SF concrete performing
somewhat better.
REFERENCES
1. Caldarone, M. A.; Gruber, K. A.; and Burg, R. G.,
―High-Reactivity Metakaolin: A New Generation
Mineral Admixture,‖ Concrete International, V. 16,
No. 11, Nov. 1994, pp. 37-40. 2. Caldarone, M. A.,
and Gruber, K. A., ―High Reactivity Metakaolin— A
Mineral Admixture for High-Performance Concrete,‖
Concrete under Severe Conditions: Environment and
Loading, Proceedings of the International Conference
on Concrete under Severe Conditions, CONSEC
1995, Sapporo, Japan, Aug. 1995, K. Sakai, N.
Banthia, and O. E. Gjorv, eds., V. 2, E&FN Spon:
Chapman & Hall, New York, 1995, pp. 1015-1024.
3. Zhang, M. H., and Malhotra, V. M.,
―Characteristics of a Thermally Activated Alumino-
Silicate Pozzolanic Material and Its Use in Concrete,
Cement & Concrete Research, V. 25, No. 8, 1995,
pp. 1713-1725.
4. Bai, J.; Wild, S.; Sabir, B. B.; and Kinuthia, J. M.,
―Workability of Concrete Incorporating Pulverized
Fuel Ash and Metakaolin,‖ Magazine of Concrete
Research, V. 51, No. 3, 1999, pp. 207-216.
5. Khatib, J. M., and Wild, S., ―Sulphate Resistance
of Metakaolin Mortar,‖ Cement and Concrete
Research, V. 28, No. 1, 1998, pp. 83-92.
76
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

6. Thomas, M. D. A.; Gruber, K. A.; and Hooton, R.

D., ―The Use of High-Reactivity Metakaolin in High-
Performance Concrete,‖ High-Strength Concrete,
Proceedings of First International Conference, A.
Azizinamini, D. Darwin, and C. French, eds., ASCE,
1997, Kona, Hawaii, pp. 517-530.

7. Wild, S.; Khatib, J. M.; and Roose, L. J.,

―Chemical Shrinkage and Autogenous Shrinkage of
Portland Cement-Metakaolin Pastes,‖ Advances in
Cement Research, V. 10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 109-119.

8. Balogh, A., ―High-Reactivity Metakaolin,‖

Aberdeen‘s Concrete Construction, V. 40, No. 7,
1995, 604 pp.

9. Hooton, R. D.; Gruber, K. A.; and Boddy, A. M.,

―The Chloride Penetration Resistance of Concrete
Containing High-Reactivity Metakaolin,‖ June 2000.

10. Dubey, A., and Banthia, N., ―Influence of High-

Reactivity Metakaolin and Silica Fume on the
Flexural Toughness of High-Performance Steel
Fiber-Reinforced Concrete,‖ ACI Materials Journal,
V. 95, No. 3, May-June 1998, pp. 284-292.

77
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON HYBRID FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE

M.VEERA PANDIAN
ME Structural Engineering
Dr.Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering,Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
This experimental study describes the properties of Hybrid Fibre Reinforced concrete (HFRC). HFRC is
prepared by adding any two different types of fibres to the conventional concrete to make it a composite mixture
and that derives its individual benefits from each of the added fibre and exhibits significant response. The fibres
which are used in the present experimental work is Round crimped steel fibres and polypropylenefibres. Here
the polypropylene fibres helps in resists initial cracks and shrinkage and steel fibres helps in increase the
strength of concrete. In present study M20 grade of concrete prepared according to the IS 10262:2009. Steel
fiber and polypropylene fibres are used as Hybrid fibres. They are used in different proportions as 0.20%,
0.40%, 0.60%, 0.80% and 1% in this study. Specimens are cured for 28 days and tested in the lab for
Compressive strength, Split Tensile strength and Flexural strength. From the present study, the strength
parameter increases with the percentage of increase in hybrid fibre but the workability decreases while
increasing fibre content. As a result the hybrid ratio of 0.8 is concluded as the optimum.

INTRODUCTION The hybrid combination of metallic and non-

Concrete is most widely using construction
material throughout the world.It is relatively strong
in compression but weak in tension and tends to be
brittle. Because of the load and environmental
changes, a micro crack appears in concrete, which
will propogate and leads to failure. The weakness
in tension was overcomed by the use of steel fibres.
In order to improve the mechanical properties of
concrete it is good to mix cement with fibre which
have good tensile strength. Adding fibres to
concrete greatly increases the toughness of the
material.Fibre Reinforced Concrete is concrete
containing fibrous material which increases its
structural integrity. It contains short discrete fibres
that are uniformly distributed and randomly
oriented. Examination of fractured specimens of
fiber reinforced concrete shows that failure takes
place primarily due to fiber pull-out or debonding.
Thus unlike plain concrete, a fiber-reinforced
concrete specimen does not break immediately
after initiation of the first crack.In addition, the
character of fibre reinforced concrete changes with
varying grade of concrete, fibre materials,
geometries, distribution, orientation, and densities.
The hybrid fibre reinforced concrete having high
durability, strength is greater than conventional
concrete , steel reinforcement is protected from
corrosion. There are four types of fibers are used
concrete: steel fibre, glass fibre, synthetic fibre and
natural fibre reinforced concrete.
HYBRID FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE
(HFRC)
In a hybrid, two or more different types of fibres
(different fiber types and/or geometries) are
rationally combined to produce a composite that
derives benefits from each of the individual fibres.
metallic fibres can offer potential advantages in
improving concrete properties as well as reducing
the overall cost of concrete production.
APPLICATIONS OF HYBRID FIBRE
REINFORCED CONCRETE
 Industrial floor slabs, Warehouses floor
slabs
 Bridge decks
 Slabs, footing
 Shear walls, Curtain walls, Blast walls
 Precast elements like pipes, beams,
manhole covers, staircase steps
 Shotcreted line tunnels
 Railway tunnels
 Sandwich structure like steel concrete
structure.
 Hydraulic structures
STEEL FIBRES
Steel fibers are the most common fibers used in
concrete .They may be produced either by cutting
wires, shearing sheets or from a hot melt extract.
They may be smooth, or deformed in a variety of
ways to improve the mechanical bond with
concrete.Steel fibers have high modulus of
elasticity which is 10 times that of concrete,
reasonably good bond and high elongation at
fracture. Steel fibers range in length from 0.25
inches to 3.0 inches. Straight, Flat crimped, Round
crimped, Hooked end, irregular, paddled are the
some type of steel fibers.Present applications of
steel fiber reinforced concrete with and without
normal reinforcement have been in the areas of
refractories, pavements, overlays, patching,
hydraulic structures, thin shells, and armour for
jetties, rock slope stabilization, mine tunnel linings,
and precast products.Fiber concentrations in

78
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

concrete mixes generally range from 0.1 % to 1 % S.No. Description Value

by volume. Fibre contents is excess of 2% by
volume generally result in poor workability, fibre 1. Fineness Modulus 2.41
distribution, but can be used successfully where the
paste content of the mix is increased and the size of 2. Specific Gravity 2.50
coarse aggregate is not larger than about 10mm.
POLYPROPYLENE FIBRES 3. Moisture Content 0.2%
Polypropylene fibres are new generation chemical
fibres. They are manufactured in large scale and 4. Water Absorption 1.5%
have fourth largest volume in production after
polyesters, polyamides and acrylics. About 4
million tonnes of polypropylene fibres are Coarse Aggregate Locally available coarse aggregate
produced in the world in a year. having the maximum size of (10 – 20 mm) were used in
This type of fiber was suggested as an admixture to this project. Properties of the coarse aggregate are
concrete in 1965 by Goldfein for the construction tabulated in Table
of blast-resistant building for the U.S. Corps of S.No. Description Value
Engineers
These fibres are manufactured using conventional
1. Fineness Modulus 3.46
melt spinning. Polypropylene fibres are thermo
plastics produced from Propylene gas. Propylene
2. Specific Gravity 2.62
gas is obtained from the petroleum by products or
cracking of natural gas feed stocks.
Propylene polymerizes to form long polymer chain 3. Moisture Content 0.1%
under high temperature and pressure. However,
polypropylene fibres with controlled configurations 4. Water Absorption 0.6%
of molecules can be made only using special
catalysts.
Polypropylene fibres are Non-Magnetic, rust free, Compressive Strength of Concrete
Alkali resistant, safe, easy to use, cheap, and This tests were carried out in accordance with IS
abundantly available. These fibres are compatible 5161999 standards conducted on concrete specimen size
with all concrete chemical admixtures and can be 150mm x 150mm x 150mm. The compressive strength
handled with ease. of conventional concrete as well as HFR concrete are
Generally, polypropylene fibers, when mixed with shown.
concrete, respond well to conventional compaction
techniques and fibers do not easily segregate from Compressive Strength of Cube after 7 days of curing
the mix S.No. Mix Average Strength
The hydrophobic surface of fibres not being wet by
cement paste, helps to prevent balling effect by 1. Control Mix 20.85 N/mm2
chopped fibres. Presence of fibres reduces the
settlement and bleeding in concrete. The resistance 2. HFRC 1 17.68 N/mm2
to abrasion, freeze and thaw, Impact is improved.
MATERIALS USED 3. HFRC 2 21.04 N/mm2
 Rounded crimped steel fibre
 Polypropylene fibre 4. HFRC 3 21.77 N/mm2
 Fine aggregate
 Coarse aggregate
Compressive Strength of Cubes after 28 days ofcuring
Aggregates S.No. Mix Average Strength
The aggregates are the main components of the concrete
which greatly varies the strength, density and other 1. Control Mix 30.13 N/mm2
properties of the concrete. Different types of aggregates
used are discussed below. 2. HFRC 1 24.60 N/mm2
Fine Aggregate The fine aggregate used in the project
was locally supplied and conformed to grading zone II 3. HFRC 2 30.30 N/mm2
as per IS: 383:1970. It was first sieved through 4.75mm
sieve to remove any particles greater than 4.75mm. 4. HFRC 3 31.06 N/mm2
Properties of the fine aggregate are tabulated below in
Table

79
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Split Tensile Strength of Cylinders after 7 days of curing Figure 2 shows the variation of compressive
2.5
strength of concrete at 28th day. The compressive
strength of concrete is increased with the point of
SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH

2
12 molarity by 28 days of curing.
1.5

1
Mix Average Strength Figure 3 shows the variation of Split tensile
0.5 strength of concrete cylinders at 7 days of curing.
0
SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION
6
S.No.

SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH

4
1. Control Mix 1.90 N/mm2
2
2. HFRC 1 1.63 N/mm2
0 SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION
3. HFRC 2 2.15 N/mm2
Figure 4 shows the variation of split tensile
4. HFRC 3 2.22 N/mm2
strength of concrete cylinders at 28th days of
curing.
Conclusion
Split Tensile Strength of Cylinders after 28 days of From this experimental study, the following
curing conclusions are drawn:
S.No. Mix Average Strength 1. There is a significant increase in compressive
strength, split tensile and flexural strength of
1. Control Mix 3.87 N/mm2 concrete when we add fibres of hybrid ratio 0.80%
i.e.; 0.4% of polypropylene fibres and 0.4% of
2. HFRC 1 3.01 N/mm2 round crimped steel fibres.
2. The workability of concrete reduces gradually by
3. HFRC 2 3.34 N/mm2 the addition of fibres.
3. The percentage increase in compressive strength
4. HFRC 3 4.06 N/mm2 is 32.22 %.
4. The percentage increase in split tensile and
flexural strength are 98.23 and 73.80%
Graphical Representation respectively.
This graphical presentation were listed in References
below. 1. IS10262:2009, ‗Indian Standard code of
recommended Guidelines for concrete Mix
35
Design‘, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
30 2. IS456:2000, ‗Indian Standard code of Plain and
Compressive Strength

25
20
reinforced concrete ode of Practice‘, Bureau of
15 Indian standards, New Delhi.
10
3. IS383:1970, ‗Indian Standard code of coarse
5
0 and fine Aggregates from Natural Sources for
Specimen Description
Concrete‘, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi
Figure 1 shows the variation of compressive 4. Kanapue C.G and Kangiri S.D.(2014) Evaluation
strength of concrete at 7th day. The compressive Of Performance Of Hybrid Fibre Reinforced
strength of concrete is increased with the point of Concrete for M25 Grade
12 molarity by 7 days of curing. 5. Shetty M.S(2015),Concrete Technology –Theory
35 and Peactice S.Chand and Company
30
Pvt.Ltd.,New Delhi-110055.
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

25
20
15
10
5
0
SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION

80
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTANALYTICAL STUDY OF NOYYAL RIVER WATER

CONTAMINATION BETWEEN COIMBATORE TO TIRUPPUR- A SITUATION
ANALYSIS
V.MUTHURAJ
ME Structural Engineering
Dr.Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
Rivers play a significant role in providing water resources for human and ecosystem survival and health.
Hence, river water quality is an important parameter that must be preserved and monitored. As the cotton belt of
Tamilnadu and the city of Coimbatore and Tirupur are undergoing tremendous development, the river is subjected
to pollution from point and non-point sources. The water quality of the Noyyal River basin, one of the most densely
populated areas within the region, is significantly degraded due to human activities as well as urbanization.
Evaluation of the some major urban points of Noyyal river water quality status is normally represented by
experimental tests, which consists of seven parameters, namely pH, Total Dissolved Solids, Biological Oxygen
Demand, Chemical Oxygen Demand, Sulphates, Chlorine and Potassium. The objectives of this study are to assess
the water quality status for this Noyyal River from 2004 to 2016, time series with three years equivalently spaced
were plotted and trend analysis was performed by employing the first-order auto correlated trend model on the
moving average values for upcoming years by the use of regression line. Results of the current study suggest that the
present policy on managing river quality in the Noyyal River has not produced encouraging results; the policy
should, however, be further improved alongside more vigorous monitoring of pollution discharge from various point
sources such as industrial wastewater, as well as non-point sources such as agricultural or urban runoff and
commercial activity. After compared and analyzed the past and present results and clarified the concepts of
bioremediation and phytoremediation technology, based on the advances of river remediation, this paper concluded
the approaches to alleviate the river pollution problem that the biological-ecological remediation should be utilized.

IMPACT ANALYSIS
GENERAL
The cultural and biological diversity of river basins
together represents a natural wealth that sustains us
both physically and emotionally. The value of the
world‘s river basins is increasingly receiving due
attention as they contribute to a healthy environment
in many ways. It is common knowledge that basins
provide a range of ecosystem services, most vital of
which is water security to the region and its
inhabitants.
IMPACT ON GROUNDWATER
Open wells and bore wells in and around Tirupur and
the downstream stretch of Noyyal exhibits high level
of TDS and chlorine due to industrial pollution.
Scientific studies pointed to a high possibility in
increase in pollution concentration in ground water in
the near future if effluent discharge by textile
processing units continues.High concentration of
heavy metals in groundwater including zinc,
chromium, copper and cadmium was reported.
Studies revealed that open and bore wells located
around 4 kms radius of Orathupalayam reservoir are
highly polluted with high TDS level and
concentration of various salts.The studies also shows
that the available ground water is not suitable for
domestic, industrial or irrigation use.Different studies
and reports appear to reach slightly different
conclusion about longer term prospect of ground
water in noyyal river basin. CGWB has 41monitoring
wells across wells acrossthe basin . the CGWB
annual ground water data leveol data for selected
well shows in increase in ground water level from
2005 to 2015. However, sharply there appear to be a
contradiction in the CGWB data in that groundwater
levels rose sharply in the blocks including ―over
exploited ―such as Annur. We were unable to
reconcile the reason for this but it does suggest that
a critical look into the methodology of the stage of
groundwater development is needed.
IMPACT ON SURFACE WATER
Earlier studies indicated the pollution concentration
in noyyal river was low till the river reached tirupur
but increased considerably in tiruppur area, due to
textile effluent discharge continues downstream up
to orathapalayam .but after 0rathapalayam studies
indicate that was improvement in river water quality.

81
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Studies indicated that the existing moderate

flow of noyyal was not sufficient for diluting the RESULT ANALYSIS
several months in a year the only flow in the river GENTRAL
was sewage and industrial effluent. By the mid 1990s This project we are find out present water
the orathapalayam reservoir and tanks had been badly characteristic noyyal basin pervious chapter. This
affected by industrial pollution.High alkalinity, chapter we are compare the past and present water
chloride, electrical conductivity, iron, phosphate and charteristic then offer find out the future
BOD in the water at orathapalayam reservoir. River contamination noyyal based on past and present
and reservoir were not fit for aquatic organism results .finally compare the past ,present and future
including fish. Expect for the rainy season when there result with graphical representation this results.
is some dilution, the surface water become unfit for METHODS AVAILABLE IN FURETURE
irrigation and could not obviously used for drinking FORCASTING
water for livestock rearing. We are refer the research library various
TESTING OF SAMPLE method available future forecasting water charteristic
Water testing is a broad description for various the methods are
procedures used to analyze water quality .testing is  Least square method
the important procedure for identify the good sample  Cross impact matrix method
also the sample condition. various test conduct from  Simulation method
water sample. Each test denotes water physical, Least square method is very suitable for identify
chemical and biological characters. the future contamination of water
TABULATION FOR TESTING RESULTS LEAST SQUARE METHOD
Urban points Valanku Ukkad soma Tirup orathapala
sample/Charact lam am nur pur yam
The Method of Least Squares is a procedure to
eristics determine the best fit line to data; the proof uses
simple calculus and linear algebra. The basic problem
Ph 7.26 7.4 7.6 7.87 7.43 is to find the best fit straight line y = ax + b given
that, for r n ∈ {1, . . . , N}, the pairs (xn, yn) are
observed. The method easily generalizes to finding
TDS 268 289 301 326 283
the best fit of the form y = a1f1(x) + · · · + cKfK(x);
the future result attached in MS EXCEL
Chlorides 69.2 72.7 76.6 83.23 71.8 PAST RESULT COLLECTION
The past result collected from tamilnadu
Sulphates 149 161 174 188 157 pollution control board and tamilnadu public works
department. South zone of tamilnadu pollution
BOD 5 5 10 54 5 control board to measure noyyal water character
unequal time interval . tiruppur and orathapalyam
COD 143 177 208 407 181 past result collected from taminadu pollution control
board of tiruppur.attached past results of tirppur
below
Sodium 50.69 55.5 64.3 72.33 52.7
PRESENT RESULTS
First taken from the sample various location of
Potassium 6.3 8.43 9.69 13.67 7.4
noyyal . the sample collection point are valankulam
,ukkadam , somanur , tiruppur, orathapalayam. After
GRAPH REPRESENTATION FOR TESTING
doing the the water testing identify the
RESULTS
contamination level of noyyal water. The test results
saw that most contaminiation point is tiruppur .so
they predication of future results in tiruppur
COMPARISION OF PRESENT AND PAST
RESULTS OF TIRPPUR
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION RESULTS

82
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Years\Characteristics 2004 2007 2010 2013 2016

PH 7.4 7.5 7.68 7.8 7.87

TDS 268 286 295 310 326

BOD 26 30 38 43 54

COD 300 318 340 340 389 COMPARISION PAST ,PRESENT , FUTURE
RESULTS
Years\Characteristics 2013 2016 2018
Sulphates 174 179 181 185 189
pH 7.8 7.87 8.22
Chlorines 76 76.69 79 81.67 83.23
TDS 310 326 362.33
Sodium 64 67.7 69.31 71 72.33
BOD 43 54 70.4

Potassium 6.3 8.43 9.69 13.67 7.4 COD 389 407 483.8

Sulphates 185 189 197.26

Chlorines 81.67 83.23 88.39

Sodium 71 72.33 78.18

GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF PAST

PRESENT AND FUTURE RESULTS

COMPARISION PAST ,PRESENT , FUTURE

RESULTS
Years\Characteristics 2013 2016 2018

pH 7.8 7.87 8.22

TDS 310 326 362.33

BOD 43 54 70.4 REFERENCES

1. Lenin Sundar and Saseetharan (2006)
COD 389 407 483.8 conducted a study about the ground water
quality of Noyyal river basin
Sulphates 185 189 197.26
2. Study on the effects of a short term
Chlorines 81.67 83.23 88.39 environmental change of abrackish water
polychaete community is carried out by
Sodium 71 72.33 78.18 Giangrande and Fraschetti (1996) in
Acquatina lake with a mean salinity of 26
COMPARISION OF RESULTS 3. Sinha & Das (1993) studied the effects of
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION RESULTS organic waste on macrozoobenthos in Ganga
at Patna (Bihar) during the years
1984&1985.ppt.
4. Yogendra and Puttaiah (2007) made a
technical survey about the water quality
assessment in the Tunga River by means of

83
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON PARTIAL REPLACEMENT OF LIME ON CONCRETE

USING GLASS FIBER
N.MYIL PERUMAL
ME Structural Engineering
Dr.SivanthiAditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
This project deals with the experimental investigation on the effect of partial replacement of lime on using
glass fiber. Concrete is one of the prime materials for structures and it is widely used for various applications all
over the world. Aggregates and cement play a major role in concrete. In India there is a great shortage of natural
aggregates. Production of cement liberates same amount of carbon dioxide which is the great cause of ozone
depletion & Hydration process during concrete mixing cause environmental hazards. This effect creates a question
on the sustainability of concrete. In order to make concrete a sustainable material, suitable engineering approaches
can be done. Apart from this cement on concrete has produced more hydration. In order to overcome this lime can
be used as alternate building materials. In this present study, we made an attempt by utilizing lime powder as a
suitable substitute in concrete.The scope of this project is to study the properties of concrete with lime & addition of
glass fiber in fresh and hardened state.Glass fiber is one of the cheapest and abundant available fibers which has
high strength and corrosion and corrosion resistance. Glass fiber was added to the mix in 0.2% by volume of
concrete. River sand is used as a fine aggregate. Coarse aggregate of size 20mm is used which is also called as blue
metal In this study, concrete of M20 grade is considered for a W/C ratio of 0.40 and the partial replacement cement
by lime powder for different proportions of 0%, 10%, 20%, and 30%. These concrete mixes are studied for the
properties like density, workability (slump and compaction factor), and compressive strength. The mechanical
properties such as compressive strength of glass fibre reinforced lime concrete was studied and compared with
ordinary Portland cement.

Keywords: Glass fibres, cement concrete, lime powder.

Introduction
Concrete is the most commonly used
construction material. Customarily, concrete is
produced by using the Ordinary Portland Cement as
the binder. However, the manufacturing of the
Portland cement is an energy intensive process and
releases a very large amount of greenhouse gas to
atmosphere. Cement which are used for construction
generally OPC/PSC or PPC and the production of this
kind of cement not only consumes huge amount of
the natural resources i.e. Limestone and fossils fuel
but also produces almost 0.9 of CO2 for 1t cement
clinker production. Also world cement production
generates 2.8 billion ton man-made greenhouse gas
annually. Production of one ton of Portland cement
requires about 2.8 tons of raw materials, including
fuel and other materials and hence it is well known
that cement production depletes significant amount of
natural resources. As a result of de-carbonation of
lime, manufacturing of one ton of cement generates
about one ton of carbon-dioxide. Nowadays, there is
a big concern about the development of alternative
materials to Portland cement. Therefore, there are
efforts to develop the other form of cementitious
materials for producing concrete.It is uncertain where
it was first discovered that a combination of hydrated
non-hydrated lime and pozzolans produces a
hydraulic mixture but concrete from such mixtures
was first used by the Ancient Macedonians and three
centuries later on a large scale by engineers. They
used both natural pozzolans and artificial pozzolans
in these concrete. Many excellent examples of
structures made from these concretes are still
standing, notably the huge monolithic dome of the
Pantheon in Rome and the massive baths of

84

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Caracalla. The vast system of roman aqueducts also
made extensive use of hydraulic cement.
Properties and Applications of lime powder
The rocks and minerals from which these materials
are derived, typically limestone , are composed
primarily of calcium carbonate. lime kilns are the
kilns used for lime burning and slaking. The process
by which limestone is converted to quicklime by
heating, then to slaked lime by hydration, and
naturally reverts to calcium carbonation is called lime
cycle.
Ca(OH)2 + CO2→ CaCO3 + H2O.
The carbon dioxide that takes part in this reaction is
principally available in the air or dissolved in
rainwater
Properties of Glass Fibers
Glass fiber manufacture is the high-temperature
conversion of various raw materials (predominantly
borosilicate) into a homogeneous melt, the primary
component of glass fiber is sand, but it also includes
varying quantities of feldspar, sodium sulfate,
anhydrous borax, boric acid and many other
materials. In the glass melting furnace, the raw
materials are heated to temperatures ranging from
15000 to 1700°C (2700 to 3100°F) and are
transformed through sequences of chemical reactions
to molten glass.Glass fibers are available in
continuous or chopped lengths. Glass fibers have
large tensile strength and elastic modulus. Glass
fibers are usually are usually round and straight with
diameters from 0.005 mm to 0.015 mm. They can be
also bonded together to produce the bundle of glass
fibers with diameter up to 1.3 mm.
S.No. Properties Values
1. Diameter 0.3mm
2. Length 20mm
3. Aspect Ratio 6 Table no 2
4. Tensile Strength 600 MPa
5. Shape Straight
Materials Used
Lime powder
Glass Fibre
Coarse aggregate
Fine aggregate
Department of Civil Engineering,
Lime powder
Lime is a calcium-containing inorganic material in
which carbonates, oxides and hydroxides predominate.
Most cement plants consume much energy and produce
a large amount of undesirable products, which affect the
environment. In order to reduce energy consumption and
CO2 emission and increase production, cement
manufacturers are blending mineral additions such as
slag, natural pozzolan, sand and limestone (Ghrici et al,
2007), limestone has been used in concrete production
for the last 25 years, not only for the main purposes of
lowering the costs and environmental load of cement
production, but also to increase the concrete durability,
more recently limestone is also used as a filler material
to improve the workability and stability of fresh concrete
and for a high flow able concrete. The presence of
limestone in hardened cement paste has a filler effect.
Limestone is an inert or quasi-inert material being non-
cementations from hydraulic points of view. The effects
of limestone on cement properties are not only physical
corresponding to reduction in paste porosity but also
chemical. The chemical interactions take place between
calcite and Portland cement paste leading to calcium
carboaluminates formed by a reaction between hydrated
calcium aluminates and carbonate ions. Calcareous filler
has an important binding property that is developed by
hydration of calcite and C3A.
The properties of lime powder were given in table 1.
S.No. Description Value
1. Specific Gravity 2.4
Aggregates
The aggregates are the main components of the
concrete which greatly varies the strength, density and
other properties of the concrete. Different types of
aggregates used are discussed below.
Fine Aggregate The fine aggregate used in the project
was locally supplied and conformed to grading zone II
as per IS: 383:1970. It was first sieved through 4.75mm
sieve to remove any particles greater than 4.75mm.
Properties of the fine aggregate are tabulated below in
S.No. Description Value
1. Fineness Modulus 2.41
2. Specific Gravity 2.50
3. Moisture Content 0.2%
4. Water Absorption 1.5%
Coarse Aggregate Locally available coarse
aggregate having the maximum size of (10 – 20mm)
were used in this project. Properties of the coarse
aggregate are tabulated in Table 3
85
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

S.No. Description Value

2.6
1. Fineness Modulus 3.46 2.5
2.4
2. Specific Gravity 2.62 2.3
2.2
3. Moisture Content 0.1% 2.1

4. Water Absorption 0.6% 2

cc LM 10 LM 20 LM 30
The specimen categorization are tabulated in Table 4.
Description No of Specimens Figure 1 shows the variation of compressive
Control LM LM LM
23.5
10 20 30 23
22.5
Cubes 3 3 3 3 22
21.5
21
Compressive Strength of Concrete 20.5
20
This tests were carried out in accordance with 19.5
19
IS 5161999 standards conducted on concrete specimen 18.5
CC LM 10 LM 20 LM 30
size 150mm x 150mm x 150mm. The compressive
strength of conventional concrete as well as lime
concrete are shown.
Table 5. Compressive Strength of Cubes after 7 days of Figure 2 shows the variation of compressive
curing strength of concrete at 28th day.
S.No. Mix Average Strength Conclusion
2 The use of lime concrete and their effects
1. Control Mix 2.23 N/mm
had been thoroughly studied from reputed journals
for initiating the work. The preliminary investigations
2. LM 10 2.30 N/mm2 were done for basic ingredients of both lime concrete
and controlled concrete.From, the material property
3. LM 20 2.35 N/mm2 results, mix proportions arrived for controlled
concrete of M20. The results were obtained for
4. LM 30 2.54 N/mm2 compressive strength, split tensile strength, and
flexural strength of concrete.
REFERENCES
Table 6. Compressive Strength of Cubes
after 28 days of curing 1. A Jayaraman, ―Experimental Study on
S.No. Mix Average Strength Partial Replacement of Natural Sand with M- Sand
and Cement with Lime Stone Powder‖ International
Journal of ChemTech Research CODEN (USA):
1. Control Mix 20.15 N/mm2
IJCRGG ISSN: 0974-4290 Vol.6, No.2, pp 948-954,
April-June 2014.
2. LM 10 20.68 N/mm2
2. Tanveer Asif Zerdi, ―Performance of
Limestone Powder on Strength Properties as Partial
3. LM 20 21.14 N/mm2 Replacement of Fine Aggregate in Concrete Mix
Engineering‖ International Journal of Advanced
4. LM 30 22.87 N/mm2 Engineering Research Volume: 6 | Issue: 5 | May
2016 | ISSN - 2249-555X.
3. C.Dhanalaxmi, Dr.K.Nirmalkumar ―Study
Graphical Representation on the Properties of Concrete Incorporated With
This graphical presentation were listed in below. Various Mineral Admixtures – Limestone Powder
and Marble Powder (Review Paper)‖ International
Journal of Innovative Research in Science,
Engineering and Technology (An ISO 3297: 2007
Certified Organization) Vol. 4, Issue 1, January
2015.

86
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTALSTUDY ON HIGH
PERFORMANCESELFCOMPACTINGCONCRETE USING RECYCLEDAGGREGATE
S.PRABHA1
1
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
In this article, attempt has been made to improve the performance of self compacting concrete
usingrecycled coarse aggregate. Self compacting concrete has significant environmental advantages
incompaction to the vibrated concreteAbsence of noise and vibrations during installing provides
healthierworking environment. In general, there is a scarcity of coarse aggregate throughout the world.
Consumptionof large amount of coarse aggregate affects the environment. For the purpose of reducing
the consumptionof coarse aggregate there is a need for an alternative coarse aggregate arises. Recycled
aggregates areobtained from the demolition of buildings, culverts and also by-products from the
industries. Hence, partialreplacement of coarse aggregate by recycled aggregate is researched in this
article, in view of consumingthe ecological balance. The fresh and hardened properties of Self
Compacting Concrete (SCC) usingrecycled concrete were evaluated. Four series of SCC mixtures were
prepared with maximum of 30% ofcoarse recycled aggregates. The cement content was kept constant for
all concrete mixtures. The SCCmixtures were prepared with 0, 10, 20 & 30% of recycled coarse
aggregate. The strength test namely,Compressive Strength Test, Split TensileStrength Test and Flexural
Strength Test are carried out in thisinvestigation. To test the characteristics of selfcompacting concrete,
Slump cone test, J – ring test, L – boxtest were conducted to test the characteristic of SCC. There is an
improvement in the strength of selfcompacting concrete by using recycled coarse aggregate, maximum of
30% is better than concrete withnatural aggregates

Keywords: Self Compacting Concrete, Recycled Coarse Aggregate, Fresh Properties,

MechanicalStrength

Introduction applied for improving durability of structures while

Concrete is the most commonly used construction
material. Customarily, concrete is produced by using
the Ordinary Portland Cement as the binder.
However, the manufacturing of the Portland cement
is an energy intensive process and releases a very
large amount of greenhouse gas to atmosphere.Self
compacting concrete is an innovative concrete and
does not require compaction. It is able to flow under
its own weight, completely filling formwork and
achieving full compaction, even in the presence of
congested reinforcement. The hardened concrete is
dense, homogeneous and has the same mechanical
properties and durability as traditional vibrated
concrete. Self compacting concrete is effectively
reducing the need of skilled workers at the
construction site. The experimental program consists
of casting and testing of specimens by various
proportions of flyash with cement of 5%, 10%, 15%
and 20% and with constant 50% replacement of
coarse aggregate with recycled aggregate.
Necessity of Geopolymer Concrete
Construction is one of the fast growing fields
worldwide. As per the present world statistics, every
year around 260,00,000 tonnes of cement is required.
This quantity will be increased by 25% within a span
of another 10 years. Since the lime stone is the main
source material for the ordinary Portland cement an
acute shortage of lime stone may come after 25 to 50

87
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

years. More over while producing one tone of Properties of natural fineand coarse aggregates were
cement, approximately one ton of carbon dioxide will arrived and listed in
be emitted to the atmosphere, which is the major Table 2.
threat for the environment. In addition to the above S.No. Properties Values
huge quantity of energy is also required for the 1. Diameter 0.3mm
production of cement. Hence it is most essential to 2. Length 20mm
find an alternative binder. The Cement production 3. Aspect Ratio 6
generated carbon dioxide, which pollutes the 4. Tensile Strength 600 MPa
mosphere. The thermal industry produces a waste 5. Shape Straight
called fly ash which is simply dumped on the earth,
occupies large areas. The waste water from the Fly ash
chemical industries is discharged into the ground It is also known as water glass which is available in
which contaminates ground water. By producing Self the market in gel form. The ratio of in fly ash gel
compacting concrete all the above mentioned issues highly affect the strength of self compacting
shall be solved by rearranging them. concrete. Mainly it is seen that a ratio ranging from 2
2.EXPERIMENTAL STUDYMATERIALS to 2.5 gives a satisfactory result. A combination of
2.1 Portland Cement Fly ashsolution &Fly ash solution was used as
Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) of 53 grade alkaline activators for self compactingisation.Fly
conform to the Bureau of India standard ashis available commercially in flakes & pellets
specifications with specific gravity 3.14. Th form. Fly ashflakes with 98% purity were dissolved
ecompressive strength of cement obtained at 28 days in distilled water to make NaOH solution. Fly ash is
is 53MPa. The chemical composition of cement available commercially in solution form which was
isreported in Table 1 used as such. The chemical composition of Fly ash is
Na2O=16.37%, SiO234.35% (Total solids=50.72%),
Water=49.28%.
Materials Used
 Fly ash
 Fly ash-Fly ash
 Recycled aggregate
 Fine aggregate
 Coarse aggregate

2.2 Natural Coarse Aggregate

The natural coarse aggregate, obtained

fromthelocally available quarries with size in
between10mm to 12mm satisfy the grading
requirements ofBIS. The specific gravity of 2.67 and
finenessmodulus 5.51 was used.
2.3 Natural Fine Aggregate
The natural fine an aggregate, obtained from the local
river is passed through 4.75 IS sieve. Fineaggregates
shall be such that not more than 5percent shall exceed
5mm in size, not more than10% shall pass IS sieve
No.150, not less than 45%or more than 85% shall
pass IS sieve No.1.18mmand not less than 25% or
more than 60% shall passIS sieve No.600 micron.
Fly Ash
Fly ash is finely divided residue resulting from
the combustion of powdered coal and transportedby the
flue gases and collected by electricprecipitator. Fly ash is
the most widely usedpozzolanic material all over world.
ASTM broadlyclassifies fly ash into two classes, that are,
Class Fand Class C. In this study Class F fly ash is
used.The fly ash meets the general requirements ofASTM
Class F fly ash that has relatively high CaOcontent of
8.70% and alkali content (Na2Oequivalent) of 0.60% and
the specific gravity is 2.1.The chemical composition and
physicalcomposition of fly ash used in this study is given
inTable 3 and 4.

88
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Geopolymer concrete is examined for the mixes of 12

Molarity of sodium hydroxide. The molecular weight of fly
ashis 40. To prepare 12 Molarity of solution 480 g of fly
ashflakes are weighed and they can be dissolved in distilled
water to form 1 litre solution. Volumetric flask of 1 litre
capacity is taken, fly ashflakes are added slowly to distilled
water to prepare 1liter solution.
Mixing, Casting and Compaction of Geopolymer Concrete
Geopolymer concrete can be manufactured by adopting
the conventional techniques used in the manufacture of
Portland cement concrete. In the laboratory, the fly ash and
the aggregates were first mixed together dry in a pan mixer
for about three minutes. The aggregates were prepared in
saturated-surface-dry (SSD) condition. The alkaline liquid
was mixed with the super

2.5 Chemical Admixtures

Chemical admixture is a substance which imparts
very high workability with a large decrease in watercontent
(at least 20%) for a given workability. Ahigh range water
2.6
reducing admixture is also referred as superplasticizer. Each
Viscosity Modifying Agent
type of superplasticizer has defined ranges for required
The sequence of addition of superplastizer andVMA into
quantities of concrete mix ingredients, along with
concrete mix is very important. If VMAis added before the
corresponding effects. Dosages needed vary by theparticular
super plastizer, it swells inwater and becomes difficult to
concrete mix and type of super plasticizerused.
flow concrete. Toavoid this problem VMA should be added
A water-reducing admixture, constitute of a
after thesuper plastizer has come into contact with
PolyCarboxylic Ether (PCE). It is free of chloride
thecement particles.
and low alkali. In this study Glenium B233 is used
In this study Glenium Stream 2 admixture wasused and it
as super plasticizer for producing SCC. The
enhanced viscosity, exhibits superiorstability and controlled
property of Glenium B233 used in this study is
bleeding characteristics,thus increasing resistance to
given inTable 5.
segregation andfacilitating placement. The property of
GleniumStream 2 used in this study is given in Table 6.

Table 5.Aggregates
The aggregates are the main components of the concrete
which greatly varies the strength, density and other 2.7 Recycled Coarse Aggregate
The recycled coarse aggregates were obtainedfrom the
properties of the concrete. Different types of aggregates used
demolished building of 10 years old. Itwas not exposed to
are discussed below.
any chemicals. The large piecesof slab [free from
Fine Aggregate The fine aggregate used in the project was
impurities] are transported to thelaboratory and broken into
locally supplied and conformed to grading zone II as per IS:
pieces smaller than20mm and sieved through 12mm. The
383:1970. It was first sieved through 4.75mm sieve to
piecesgreater than 20mm are crushed through a crusher
remove any particles greater than 4.75mm. Properties of the
tothe maximum of 12mm sieve and then both thematerials
fine aggregate are tabulated below in Table no 2
are mixed and sieved again. The property
Coarse Aggregate Locally available coarse aggregate having
of the recycled coarse aggregate is shown in Table7.The
the maximum size of (10 – 20 mm) were used in this project.
density and absorption, the most importantproperties of
Properties of the coarse aggregate are tabulated in Table 3
recycled aggregates are directlyrelated to the quantity of
Preparation of Alkaline Solutions
adhered mortar. Theprocedure adopted for the production of
In this research work the compressive strength of
recycledaggregates in the present study may not

89
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

trulyrepresent the field conditions. But by adopting the flow ability of concrete. During the test, SCC was
thecombinations of both manual as well as crusher, allowed to flow upon the release of a trap door from the
thequantity of adhered mortar can be minimized upto vertical section to the horizontal section via few
certain extent. Therefore this process will improvethe reinforcement bars of an L shape box. The height of the
quality of recycled aggregates. concrete at the end of the horizontal section was compared
to the height of concrete remaining in the vertical section.
The properties of concrete for each mix on various sizes of
specimen are conducted at different ages of curing
according to the procedures given in Indian Standard Code
of practices and ASTM. The details of property, age at test,
size of specimens along with test methods are presented in
table 10.
4. ANALYSIS OF TEST RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Mix Proportion
4.1 For Fresh Concrete
The term Coarse aggregate Replacement Ratio
Table 10 provides a summary of the properties ofthe
recycled coarse aggregate self compactingconcrete mixes in
the fresh state. As it is evident,the basic requirements of
high flowability andsegregation resistance, as specified by
guidelines onself compacting concrete by EFNARC,
aresatisfied. The workability values are maintained
byadding suitable quantities of superplasticizers.

5. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTING

A comparative study on properties of a recycledcoarse
aggregate in self compacting concrete forM30 grade of
3. PREPARATION AND CURING OF concrete is studied. Tests ofcompressive strength, after 7, 14
SPECIMENS and 28 daysyielded the results are shown in fig (1). All
All the concrete mixtures were mixed for 5minsin a laboratory threemixtures quickly gain strength, and after 7 daysthey
mixer. Before casting, a variety oftests were conducted on the achieve more than 90% of the strength theyhave at the age
concrete mixtures todetermine their properties at it fresh state of 28 days. Compressive strength of
includingthe slump flow, flow time, segregation resistanceand recycled coarse aggregate self compacting concretevalue is
wet density. For each concrete mixture, 9numbers of 150mm greater than conventional self compacting
cubes were cast for thedetermination of compressive strength,
9 numbersof 150 ɸ x300mm cylinder were cast for
thedetermination of split tensile strength. Furthermore,3
numbers of 150mm x 150mm x 700mm prismswere cast for
measuring the flexural strength. Aftercasting, all the
specimens were covered with plasticsheets in the laboratory at
27 C until the time oftesting.
3.1 Testing Methods
In this experiment, the following test methodsare used to
characterize the workability propertiesof self compacting
concrete for the final acceptanceof the self compacted
concrete mix proportions:slump-flow test for flow ability,
L-box test and Jringtest for testing passing ability.The
slump flow test was used to evaluate the freedeformability
and flow ability of the SCC in the absence of any 5.1 Split tensile strength
obstruction. A standard slump cone was used for the test In this investigation, the Split tensile strength testof self
and the concrete was poured in the cone without compacting concrete is carried out with10%, 20%, 30%
compaction. The slump flow value is represented by the replacement of recycled aggregatewith coarse aggregate for
mean diameter (measured in two perpendicular directions) M30 grade of concrete.The tests are carried out after 28 days
of concrete testing by using the standard slump cone. The of curing The results are shown in figure (2). All
L-box test was performed; this test has been used to access threemixtures quickly gain strength, and after 7 daysthey

90
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

achieve more than 90% of the strength at theage of 28 days. Table 8. Split Tensile Strength of Cylinders
Split tensile strength value is after 28 days of curing
gradually increased to the percentage of recycledcoarse
aggregate replaced in the concreteConcrete 0 mm x 150 mm x S.No. Mix Average Strength
150 mm cylinders heat-cured at 60oC in an oven. The curing
time varied from 4 hours to 96 hours. The specimen 1. Control Mix 3.87 N/mm2

categorization are tabulated in Table 4. 2. GPC 1 3.01 N/mm2

Description No of Specimens
Control GPC1 GPC2 GPC3 3. GPC 2 3.34 N/mm2

4. GPC 3 4.06 N/mm2

Cubes 6 6 6 6

Cylinders 3 3 3 3 Table 9. Modulus of Rupture of Prisms

Prisms 3 3 3 3 after 28 days of curing
Compressive Strength of Concrete S.No. Mix Average Strength
This tests were carried out in accordance with IS 5161999
standards conducted on concrete specimen size 150mm x 1. Control Mix 3.92 N/mm2
150mm x 150mm. The compressive strength of
conventional concrete as well as GGBS concrete are shown. 2. 1 2.06 N/mm2
Table 5. Compressive Strength of Cubes after 7 days of
3. 2 2.56 N/mm2
curing
S.No. Mix Average Strength
4. 3 4.12 N/mm2
2
1. Control Mix 20.85 N/mm
Graphical Representation
2. GPC 1 17.68 N/mm2
This graphical presentation were listed in below.
3. GPC 2 21.04 N/mm2

4. GPC 3 21.77 N/mm2

Table 6. Compressive Strength of Cubes after 28 days of

curing

S.No. Mix Average Strength

1. Control Mix 30.13 N/mm2 Figure 1 shows the variation of compressive strength
of concrete at 7th day. The compressive strength of
2. GPC 1 24.60 N/mm2
concrete is increased with the point of 12 molarity by
3. GPC 2 30.30 N/mm2 7 days of curing.
4. GPC 3 31.06 N/mm2

Table 7. Split Tensile Strength of Cylinders after 7 days of

curing

S.No. Mix Average Strength

1. Control Mix 1.90 N/mm2

2. GPC 1 1.63 N/mm2

3. GPC 2 2.15 N/mm2

4. GPC 3 2.22 N/mm2

91
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Figure 2 shows the variation of compressive

strength of concrete at 28th day. The compressive
strength of concrete is increased with the point of 12 Figure 5 shows the variation of modulus of
molarity by 28 days of curing. rupture strength of concrete at 28th day.
CONCLUSION

Self compacting concrete, which is suitable

Figure 3 shows the variation of Split tensile
strength of concrete cylinders at 7 days of curing.
5 sand content. Based on the limited laboratory
SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH
for structures with congested reinforcement without
vibration, requires specific procedures for
proportioning the mixtures. The results of the present
work can be summarized as follows: Multi-carboxyl
ether based Superplasticizers have a good application
in the production of self compacting concrete and this
concrete can be developed without using any
viscosity-modifying agent. Self compacting concrete
properties of the mix can be achieved by lower
volume of coarse aggregate and higher percentage of

4 investigations conducted,Superplasticizers dosage is

3 calculated by weight of binder can be added for a
2 satisfactory self-compacting mix. Further in this
1 study,10% fly ash and 50% recycled aggregate added
0 mix proved to be better in terms of both workability
CC GPC1 GPC2 GPC3 and strength criteria and hence it is suggested that fly
SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION ash can be added upto 10% by weight of cement to
have an economical self-compacting mix since a
partof the concrete volume is accounted by flyash
Figure 4 shows the variation of split tensile instead of cement.
strength of concrete cylinders at 28th days of curing.
6
MODULUS OF
RUPTURE

0
CC GPC1 GPC2 GPC3
SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION

92
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON REPLACEMENT OF FINE AGGREGATE

BY SURKI IN CONCRETE
J VICTOR JOSHUA
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT

Concrete is the most material being used in infrastructure development throughout the world. Sand is a
prime material used for preparation of mortar and concrete and which plays a major role in mix design. Natural or
River sand are weathered and worn out particles of rocks and are of various grades or sizes depending upon the
amount of wearing. Now-a-days good sand is not readily available, it is transported from a long distance. Those
resources are also exhausting very rapidly. The non-availability or shortage of river sand will affect the
construction industry, hence there is a need to find the new alternative material to replace the river sand, such that
excess river erosion and harm to environment is prevented. Many researchers are finding different materials to
replace sand. This study aimed to investigate the suitability of using crushed brick in concrete. Crushed brick
originated from demolished masonry was crushed in the laboratory and added partial sand replacement. Three
replacement levels, 15%,20% and 25%, were compared with the control. The tests on concrete showed that the
mechanical properties (compressive, flexural and splitting tensile strengths) of concrete containing crushe brick
were well comparable to those of the concrete without ground brick
Keywords: Brick bats, Compressive strength, Flexural strength and sorptivity

Introduction Researcher and Engineers have come out with their

Concrete is one of the oldest and the most
widely used construction material in today‘s world. It
is easily obtainable, relatively cheap, strong, and
durable. On the other hand, the concrete industry is
one of the major consumers of the natural resources.
The annual concrete production is estimated as 11
billion metric tons, 70–75% of the number I
aggregate (mostly natural rock); 15% is water; and
10–15% is cementations binder. The demand for
aggregate is enormous in liberalization, privatization
and globalization, and in the construction of
important infrastructure projects like Expressways,
Airports, nuclear plants etc. The increased extraction
of coarse and fine aggregate from the natural
resources is required to meet this high demand. The
increasing use of natural fine aggregate creates an
ecological imbalance. Thus, partial replacement of
fine aggregate is vital in construction industries.
own ideas to decrease or fully replace the use of river
sand and use recent innovations such as M-Sand
(manufactured sand), robot silica or sand, stone
crusher dust, filtered sand, treated and sieved silt
removed from reservoirs as well as dams besides
sand from other water bodies Now a day‘s
sustainable infrastructural growth requires the
alternative material that should satisfy technical
requisites of fine aggregate as well as it should be
available locally with large amount.
Objectives of the Study:
 To evaluate the utility of crushed brick as a
partial replacement of sand in concrete.
 To study and compare the performance
conventional concrete .
 To understand the effectiveness of brick as
in strength enhancement
Scope of the Study:
This paper presents a comprehensive study on the use
of brick powder produced from clay brick demolition

93

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
wastes in concrete industry. The main focus of the
research is to present additional information in the
field of recycling clay masonry rubbles in order to
explore the possible uses of these recyclable
materials in structural applications. The assessment
of different properties of cement paste and concrete is
presented. The current work concludes performance-
based guidelines that are imperative from the cost and
environmental aspects and that also can be recycled
powder in concrete. Brick powder reduces weight of
the concrete. With the increase in construction
activities, there is heavy demand on concrete and
consequently on its ingredient like aggregate also. So
crushed brick waste can be used as an alternative to
this demand.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
River sand is costly due to transportation, large scale
depletion of resources and enforcement regulations.
Quarry dust can be used as an alternative to the river
sand. Cost analysis shows that there is 40% savings if
quarry dust is used instead of sand.
Illangoan.R1 [2000] has done a study on100%
replacement of sand by quarry dust in concrete. The
compressive strength of concrete with quarry dust has
40%more strength than that of the concrete with
sand. M. Shukla and A K Sachan2 (2000) studied
environmental hazardous stone dust utilization in
building construction. It is found that partial
replacement will not affect the strength and also solve
the problem of disposal of stone dust. The
workability of concrete reduces with the increase in
stone dust and this can be improved by adding
suitable admixtures. In the investigation carried out
by A.K.Sahu, Sunil Kumar and A. K. Sachan3[2004]
the basic properties of conventional concrete and
concrete made using quarry dust have compared.
They have studied M20 and M30 concretes.
Equivalent mixes are obtained by replacing stone
dust partially/fully. Test results indicate effective
usage of stone dust with same compressive strength,
comparable tensile strength and modulus of rupture.
Workability of 40% replacement of stone dust with
2% Superplasticizer is equal to the workability of
conventional concrete. Workability is increased by
the addition of Superplasticizer. Ilangovan et al.4
(2008) reported that the strength of quarry rock dust
concrete was comparably 10-12% more than that of
similar mix of conventional concrete. Hameed and
Sekar5 (2009) studied the effect of crushed stone dust
as fine dust and found that flexural strength increases
than the concrete with natural sand but the values
decreases as the percentage of crusher dust increases
The choice of quarry dust as replacement for sand has
Department of Civil Engineering,
been supported in the previous study (Manassa, 2010)
showing that up to 20% of sand has been effectively
replaced by quarry dust in traditional concrete.
Thaniya Kaosol6 (2010) has made study on the reuse
of concrete waste as crushed stone for hollow
concrete masonry units. The main objective was to
increase the value of the concrete waste, to make a
sustainable and profitable disposal alternative for the
concrete waste. Attempts were made to utilize the
concrete waste as crushed stones in the concrete mix
to make hollow concrete blocks. Various percentages
of crusted stones have been tried the amount (i.e. 0%,
10%, 20%, 50% and 100%). From the results they
found concrete waste can used to produce hallow
concrete block masonry units. Suitability of Crushed
granite fine (CGF) to replace river sand in concrete
production was investigated Manaseeh Joel7 [2010].
Slump, compressive and indirect tensile strength tests
were performed on fresh and hardened concrete.
Twenty eight days peak compressive and indirect
tensile strength values of 40.70 N/mm2 and 2.30
N/mm2 respectively were obtained with the partial
replacement of river sand with 20% CGF, as against
values of 35.00N/mm2 and 1.75N/mm2 obtained
with the use of river sand as fine aggregate. Based on
economic analysis and results of tests, river sand
replaced with 20% CGF is recommended for use in
the production of concrete. Conservation of river
sand in addition to better ways of disposing wastes
from the quarry sites are some of the merits of using
CGF. Mahzuz et al8. (2011) have investigated on the
use of stone powder in concrete as an alternative of
sand using three concrete mix proportions, 1:1.5:3,
1:2:4 and 1:2.5:5. When the results of compressive
strength were compared for these mixes between use
of sand and stone powder, it was found that stone
powder gives higher value than sand by about
14.76%, 4% and 10.44% respectively. Seeni et al.9
(2012) have made an attempt to partially replace fine
aggregates with waste material obtained from China
Clay industries. Out of the replacement percentages
of 10% to 50%, the highest strength was achieved at
30% in compressive, split and flexural strength.
Divakar et al10. (2012) have experimented on the
behaviour of M20 grade concrete with the use of
granite fines as a partial replacement for sand in 5%,
15%, 25%, 35% and 50%; and based onthe results
obtained for compressive, split-tensile and flexural
tests, it was recommended that 35% of sand can be
replaced by granite fines. In another study conducted
by Wakchaure et al11, (2012) using artificial sand in
place of river sand, it was found that for M30 mix
using artificial sand, the compressive strength
94

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
increased by 3.98%, flexural strength by 2.81% and
split tensile strength by a marginal value than
concrete which used river sand.
III. MATERIALS USED
Cement, water and Aggregates
Concrete is prepared by mixing various constituents
like cement, aggregates, water etc. which are
economically available. Ordinary Portland cement of
43 grade conforming to IS 8112 was used throughout
the work. The fine aggregate used in this
investigation was clean river sand, whose maximum
size is 4.75 mm, conforming to grading zone II.
Machine crushed blue granite stone angular in shape
was used as coarse aggregate. The properties of the
materials .
Brick Powder:
Brick bats crushed in coarse powder form were used
as a fine aggregate for making concrete. The waste
bricks as obtained from garbage of a broken building
were collected and pulverized to get the particle
passing 4.75 mm sieve and retained on
0.075 mm sieve to get the grading of fine aggregate.
15, 20 and 25% brick powder is used as replacement
of sand in the experiments.
IV. METHODOLOGY
Experimental Programme:
The aim of the experiment was to assess the
properties of concrete made with crushed brick and to
study the various important aspects such as
compressive strength, flexural strength and split
tensile strength of concrete prepared by using crushed
brick with different percentage of replacements with
sand. The concrete mix design was proposed using
Indian Standard for control concrete. The grade was
M25. The Proportion of materials shown in Table 3.
The replacement levels of sand by brick powder were
used in terms of 15%, 20%, and 25% in concrete.
Casting of the Specimens:
In order to study the effect of replacement of sand in
various ratio of crushed brick 36 numbers of cube of
150mm size, 36 numbers of beams of size 100 mm x
100 mm x 500 mm and 36 numbers of cylinders of
150mm diameter to a height of 300mm were cast and
used as test specimens to determine the compressive
strength, flexural strength and split tensile strength
respectively at the age of 7,14 and 28 days. Three
specimens were tested every time at the required days
and mean value was taken. The workability of fresh
concrete was measured in terms of slump values.
Three specimens were tested every time at the
required days and mean value was taken. The
workability of fresh concrete was measured in terms
Department of Civil Engineering,
of slump values. The ingredients of concrete were
thoroughly mixed till uniform consistency was
achieved. The cubes, beams and cylinders ere
compacted on a vibrating table.
V. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
The experimental investigations carried out in the
laboratory to determine the strength properties of the
concrete with the additional mixture of crushed brick
and test results are discussed.
Effect of Brick Powder on Compressive Strength:
As per design obtained in accordance to code IS-
10262, mix proportion of various materials (viz.
Cement, Sand, Aggregate and Water) is calculated
for M-25 grade of concrete. The cubes were tested in
the laboratory in accordance to code IS 1343-1980.
The results of compressive strength of cubes for 7, 14
and 28 days for various mixes are compared and
presented in Figure.1 The compressive strength for
15% , 20% and 25% (M2,M3 and M4 Mix)
replacement of sand by crushed brick were compared
with conventional concrete (M1 mix). It is observed
that the compressive strength of cubes (sand is
partially replaced by crushed brick) increases initially
at 15% and 20% crushed brick in 7,14 and 28 days
strength. When the percentage of crushed brick
increased to 25% reduces the strength. In 7 days test
results the increase in value of 17.62% was observed
in M2 Mix specimens when compared with M1 mix
specimens. Whereas those noted as 19.82% when M3
is compared with M1 series specimens. The decrease
in value of 1.277 % was noted when M4 compared
with M1 series specimens. The percentage increase in
value of 2.681 % was noted when M2 mix specimens
compared with M3 mix specimens.
In 14 days test results the increase in value of 8.679%
was observed in M2 Mix specimens when compared
with M1 mix specimens. Whereas those noted as
10.701% when M3 is compared with M1 series
specimens. The decrease in value of 22.76 % was
noted when M4 compared with M1 series specimens.
The percentage increase in value of 2.214 % was
95

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
noted when M2 mix specimens compared with M3
mix specimens.
In 28 days test results the increase in value of 7% was
observed in M2 Mix specimens when compared with
M1 mix specimens. Whereas those noted as 9.12%
when M3 is compared with M1 series specimens. The
decrease in value of 27.89 % was noted when M4
compared with M1 series specimens. The percentage
increase in value of 2.281 % was noted when M2 mix
specimens compared with M3 mix specimens.
In M1 mix the percentage increase in value of
18.13% was noted in 14 days strength when
compared with 7days strength. Whereas those noted
as 31.41% when 28days strength was compared with
7days strength. The percentage increase in value of
16.22 % was noted when 14days strength compared
with 28days strength specimens. In M2 mix the
percentage increase in value of 9.245% was noted in
14 days strength when compared with 7days strength.
Whereas those as 22.57% when 28days strength was
compared with 7days strength. The percentage
increase in value of 14.688 % was noted when
14days strength compared with 28days strength
specimens. In M3 mix the percentage increase in
value of 8.809% was noted in 14 days strength when
compared with 7days strength. Whereas those as
22.257% when 28days strength was compared with
7days strength. The percentage increase in value of
14.746 % was noted when 14days strength compared
with 28days strength specimens. In M4 mix the
percentage increase in value of 0.761% was noted in
14 days strength when compared with 7days strength.
Whereas those as 13.39% when 28days strength was
compared with 7days strength. The percentage
increase in value of 12.72 % was noted when 14days
strength compared with 28days strength specimens.
Effect of Brick Powder on Split Tensile Strength
The cylinders were tested in the laboratory in
accordance to code IS 5816:1999. The results of split
tensile strength for 7, 14 and 28 days for various
mixes are compared and presented in Figure.2 The
split tensile strength for 15% , 20% and 25% (M2,M3
and M4 Mix) replacement of cement by crushed brick
were compared with conventional concrete (M1 mix).
It is observed that the tensile strength (sand is
partially replaced by crushed brick ) increases
initially at 15% and 20% crushed brick in 7,14 and 28
days strength . When the percentage of crushed brick
increased to 25% reduces the strength. In 7 days test
results the increase in value of 9.24% was observed
in M2 Mix specimens when compared with M1 mix
specimens. Where as those noted as 10.457% when
M3 is compared with M1 series specimens. The
Department of Civil Engineering,
decrease in value of 0.625 % was noted when M4
compared with M1 series specimens. The percentage
increase in value of 11.049 % was noted when M2
mix specimens compared with M3 mix specimens. In
14 days test results the increase in value of 4.391%
was observed in M2 Mix specimens when compared
with M1 mix specimens. Where as those noted as
5.501% when M3 is compared with M1 series
specimens. The decrease in value of 10.8 % was
noted when M4 compared with M1 series specimens.
The percentage increase in value of 14.73 % was
noted when M2 mix specimens compared with M3
mix specimens. In 28 days test results the increase in
value of 3.55% was observed in M2 Mix specimens
when compared with M1 mix specimens. Where as
those noted as 4.662% when M3 is compared with
M1 series specimens. The decrease in value of 13.08
% was noted when M4 compared with M1 series
specimens. The percentage increase in value of
15.692 % was noted when M2 mix specimens
compared with M3 mix specimens.
In M1 mix the percentage increase in value of
9.529% was noted in 14 days strength when
compared with 7days strength. Whereas those as
17.189% when 28days strength was compared with
7days strength. The percentage increase in value of
8.467 % was noted when 14days strength compared
with 28days strength specimens. In M2 mix the
percentage increase in value of 4.725% was noted in
14 days strength when compared with 7days strength.
Whereas those as 12% when 28days strength was
compared with 7days strength. The percentage
increase in value of 7.638 % was noted when 14days
strength compared with 28days strength specimens.
In M3 mix the percentage increase in value of
4.521% was noted in 14 days strength when
compared with 7days strength. Whereas those as
11.83% when 28days strength was compared with
7days strength. The percentage increase in value of
7.654 % was noted when 14days strength compared
with 28days strength specimens. . In M4 mix the
percentage increase in value of 0.397% was noted in
14 days strength when compared with 7days strength.
Whereas those as 6.975% when 28days strength was
compared with 7days strength. The percentage
96

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
increase in value of 6.603% was noted when 14days
strength compared with 28days strength specimens.
Effect of Brick Powder on Flexural Strength
The beam prism were tested in the laboratory in
accordance to code IS 516:1959. The results of
flexural strength for 7, 14 and 28 days for various
mixes are compared and presented in Figure.3 The
flexural strength for 15% , 25% and 30% (M2,M3
and M4 Mix) replacement of sand by crushed brick
were compared with conventional concrete (M1 mix).
It is observed that the flexural strength (sand is
partially replaced by crushed brick) increases initially
at 10% and 20% crushed brick in 7,14 and 28 days
strength. When the percentage of crushed brick
increased to 30% reduces the strength. In 7 days test
results the increase in value of 26.238% was
observed in M2 Mix specimens when compared with
M1 mix specimens. Where as those noted as 33.269%
when M3 is compared with M1 series specimens. The
decrease in value of 5.320 % was noted when M4
compared with M1 series specimens. The percentage
increase in value of 2.333 % was noted when M2 mix
specimens compared with M3 mix specimens. In 14
days test results the increase in value of 15.544% was
observed in M2 Mix specimens when compared with
M1 mix specimens. Where as those noted as 23.809%
when M3 is compared with M1 series specimens. The
decrease in value of 9.174 % was noted when M4
compared with M1 series specimens. The percentage
increase in value of 28.407% was noted when M2
mix specimens compared with M3 mix specimens. In
28 days test results the increase in value of 15.190%
was observed in M2 Mix specimens when compared
with M1 mix specimens. Where as those noted as
31.47% when M3 is compared with M1 series
specimens. The decrease in value of 5.238 % was
noted when M4 compared with M1 series specimens.
The percentage increase in value of 34.88 % was
noted when M2 mix specimens compared with M3
mix specimens
Department of Civil Engineering,
In M1 mix the percentage increase in value of
9.428% was noted in 14 days strength when
compared with 7days strength. Whereas those as
20.814% when 28days strength was compared with
7days strength. The percentage increase in value of
12.51 % was noted when 14days strength compared
with 28days strength specimens. In M2 mix the
percentage increase in value of 3.393% was noted in
14 days strength when compared with 7days strength.
Whereas those as 8.954% when 28days strength was
compared with 7days strength. The percentage
increase in value of 5.756% was noted when 14days
strength compared with 28days strength specimens.
In M3 mix the percentage increase in value of 3.02%
was noted in 14 days strength when compared with
7days strength. Whereas those as 18.687% when
28days strength was compared with 7days strength.
The percentage increase in value of 16.149 % was
noted when 14days strength compared with 28days
strength specimens. In M4 mix the percentage
increase in value of 6.806% was noted in 14 days
strength when compared with 7days strength.
Whereas those noted as 11.98% when 28days
strength was compared with 7days strength. The
percentage increase in value of 5.556 % was noted
when 14days strength compared with 28days strength
specimens.
VI. CONCLUSION
Based on the experimental study investigating the use
of crushed brick in concrete, the following
conclusions which are limited to the materials used in
the study.
1. This is an eco-friendly concrete as it
subsides the stagnation of demolished
brick waste by consuming it.
2. As much as of the total cost of cement in
conventional method can be saved by
this procedure. Cost saving percentage
increases with increase in richness of mix
design.
3. The compressive, flexural strength and
split tensile strength increases to 15%
replacement of fine aggregate compared
to the respective conventional concrete
strength.
4. Concrete gains early strength and hence
shuttering can be removed early thereby
reducing the secondary overhead cost.
REFERENCES
[1] R. Ilangovan, ―Studies on strength and behavior
of concrete by using quarry dust as fine aggregate,‖
in Materials and Machines for Construction, L. K.
97
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Mishra and Y. P. Gupta, Ed. :New age International International Journal of Modern Engineering
publishers, 2000, pp. I99-I101. Research (IJMER), Vol. 2 Issue. 5, pp. 3723- 3726.
[2] M. Shukla and A. K. Sachan, ―Stone dust- [12] IS 12269 -1987 ― Specifications for 53 Grade
environmentally hazardous waste, its utilization in ordinary Portland cement ―, Bureau of Indian
building construction,‖ in Materials and Machines for Standards, New Delhi.
Construction, L. K. Mishra and Y. P. Gupta, Ed. [13] IS 383 -1970 ― Specifications for Coarse and
:New age International publishers, 2000, pp. V77- Fine Aggregates from Natural Sources for Concrete
V81. ―, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
[3] K. Sahu, Dr. Sunil Kumar and A. K. Sachan, [14] IS 10262 -1981 ― IS Method of Mix Design―,
―Crushed stone waste as fine aggregate for concrete,‖ Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
Department of Civil Engineering, IISc, Bangalore, 15] IS 516 -1959 ― Methods of Tests for strength of
December 2004. concrete ―, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
[4] R. Ilangovan, N. Mahendran and K. Nagamani [16] IS 456 -2000 ― Code of Practice for Plain and
(2008), "Strength and durability properties of Reinforced Concrete ―,
concrete containing quarry rock dust as fine
aggregates", ARPN Journal of Engineering and [17] Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
Applied Science, Vol.3(5), pp.20-26.
[5] M. S. Hameed and A.S.S. Sekar (2009),
"Properties of green concrete containing quarry rock
dust and marble sludge powder as fine aggregates",
ARPN Journal of Engineering and Applied Science,
Vol.4(4), pp.83-89.
[6] T. Kaosol, ―Reuse concrete waste as crushed
stone for hollow concrete masonry units,‖ in Proc.
The 3rd Technology and Innovation for sustainable
development international conference (TISD2010),
Faculty of engineering, Khon Kaen University,
Thailand, 2010, pp. 176.
[7] M. Joel, ―Use of crushed granite fine as
replacement to river sand in concrete production,‖
Leonardo Electronic Journal of Practices and
Technologies, ISSN 1583-1078, issue 17, pp. 85-96,
July-December 2010.
[8] H. M. A. Mahzuz., A.A.M Ahmed. and M.A
Yusuf. (2011), ―Use of stone powder in concrete and
mortar as an alternative of sand‖, African Journal of
Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 5 Issue.
5, pp. 381-388.
[9] Seeni ., C. Selvamony., S. U. Kannan and M. S.
Ravikumar. (2012), ―Experimental Study of Partial
Replacement of Fine Aggregate with Waste Material
from China Clay Industries‖, International Journal Of
Computational Engineering Research (IJCER), Vol. 2
Issue. 8, pp. 168-171.
[10] Y. Divakar., S. Manjunath , and M. U. Aswath ,.
(2012), ―Experimental Investigation on Behaviour of
Concrete with the use of Granite Fines‖, International
Journal of Advanced Engineering Research and
Studies, Vol. 1 Issue. 4, pp. 84- 87.
[11] M. R. Wakchaure., A. P. Shaikh and B. E. Gite
(2012). ―Effect of Types of Fine Aggregate on
Mechanical Properties of Cement Concrete‖,

98
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON ADDITION OF POLYPROPYLENE FIBER & CRUMB RUBBER

IN BITUMINOUS CONCRETE MIX
P. MISPHA MARY NAYYA
ME Structural Engineering
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

ABSTRACT
Bitumen is used in road pavement as the binder of aggregate in a great extent all around the world. Fibres and waste materials
like plastics, rubber tyres can be used to improve the mechanical properties of bituminous mixture in road pavements are known
as bituminous mix modifier. The use of this innovative technology not only strengthen the road construction but also increase the
road life as well as help to improve the environment. In this present study, an attempt has been made to use polypropylene fiber
and crumb rubber enhance with flexible pavement quality bitumen. The main objective of this paper consist in evaluating the
advantages of using modified bituminous mixtures in laboratory which are compared with the conventional bituminous mix.

Keywords—bituminous mix modifier; polypropylene fiber crumb rubber; flexible pavement.

Introduction
Highway was a fundamental infrastructure in national
economy and social welfare, since they provide mobility
and accessibility for motorists and loads. It must undergo
heavy load and unfavorable environmental conditions for an
acceptable period of time. So the roads are to be maintained
in good condition. The quality of roads depends on
materials used for construction. In the construction of
flexible pavement, bitumen plays the role of binding the
aggregate together by coating over the aggregate. It also
helps to improve the strength of the road. High temperature
rutting, poor water resistance and low temperature cracking
are most considerable limitations of unmodified and pure
bitumen. A common method to improve the quality of
bituminous mix is by modifying the Engineering properties
of bituminous mix by blending with organic synthetic
polymers like rubber and fibers. In this paper, usage of
polypropylene fiber and crumb rubber in flexible pavement
is studied. Polymer modified bituminous mix and crumb
rubber modified bituminous mix should be used only in
wearing coarse depending upon the requirements of extreme
climatic variation.
Polypropylene fiber:
The addition of polypropylene fiber in bituminous mix
typically increases the stiffness of the bitumen which
improves the rutting resistance of the mixture in hot
climates. Polypropylene modified binders also shows
improved adhesion and cohesion properties.
Crumb rubber:
Crumb rubber is term usually applied recycled rubber
from automotive and truck scrap tires which is a particular
material free of fiber and steel. The addition of rubber in
bituminous mix increases the flexibility and flexural
strength of carpet layer of highway.
Objective of the project:
 The present study aimed to find out the stability when
polypropylene and crumb rubber is added to the
mixture.
 To find out the optimum percentage of polypropylene
and crumb rubber to be used in the mix.
Outline of the project:
Experimental phase of this research starts with the
unmodified bitumen and aggregate quality test. The
optimum bitumen content is then worked out using Marshall
stability mix design process on control sample.
Polypropylene fiber modified sample are the prepared by
adding polypropylene fiber in the mix in different
percentages and the optimum polypropylene content is then
determined basing of Marshall Stability criterion. Then
crumb rubber is added in various percentages with the
constant optimum value of polypropylene fiber and the
specimen is prepared and tested in Marshall Stability
apparatus to find out optimum percentage of crumb rubber.

99
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

MATERIALS Polypropylene fiber:

Bitumen: Table 5: Basic properties of polypropylene fiber
80/100 bitumen was used in this investigation to prepare
Properties Result
the samples. Table 1 shows the test results of basic
properties of bitumen. Specific gravity 0.887
Table 1: Basic properties of Bitumen Length 12mm
Properties Result Thickness 7.5цm
Specific gravity 1.02 Slenderness ratio 1600
Penetration 41mm
Crumb rubber:
Softening point 78ᵒC Rubber shredded into pieces of uniform size was used in
the study. Table 6 shows the basic properties of modifiers
Ductility 55cm used.

Coarse Aggregate: Table 6: Basic properties of crumb rubber

Aggregate of size 10mm were used as coarse aggregate.
Table 2 shows the basic properties if coarse aggregate. Properties Result
Table 2: Basic properties of Coarse aggregate
Specific gravity 1.15
Properties Result
Specific gravity 2.66
Size 2.36mm
Water absorption 0.45%
Impact strength 20.625%
Crushing strength 28.57% EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
Abrasion 25.1%
Marshall stability test:
Fine aggregate: The experimental work carried out in this present
Quarry dust is taken as fine aggregate for mix. Table 3 investigation is the Marshall Stability test. The original
shows the basic properties of Quarry dust. Marshall method is applicable only to bitumen paving
mixes, with a maximum aggregates with maximum size of
Table 3: Basic properties of Fine aggregate 25mm. Marshall Stability test is empirical in nature. Hence
no modifications can be affected to the standards procedure,
Properties Result such as reheating of mix for preparing specimens,
conducting Marshall Test on field compacted sample etc.
Specific gravity 2.6 The Marshall test uses standard test specimens of 64mm
(2.5 inches) height and 102 mm (4 inches) mm diameter.
They are prepared using a specific procedure for
Mineral filler: proportioning materials heating, mixing and compacting the
Fly ash is taken as mineral filler in our paper. Table 4 aggregate – bitumen mixture. It involves mainly 2
shows the basic properties of fly ash. processes:
 Preparation of Marshall samples
Table 4: Basic properties of fly ash  Marshall Test on samples
Sample preparation:
Properties Result
The mixing of ingredients was done as per the following
Specific gravity 2.2 procedure.

100
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

 Required quantities of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate loading was stopped and the maximum load was recorded
& mineral fillers were taken in an iron pan. by the proving ring. Table 7 & chart 1 shows the stability
 This was kept in an oven at temperature 160C for 2 and flow value of polypropylene modified bituminous mix
hours. This is because the aggregate and bitumen are to specimen.
be mixed in heated state so preheating is required.
 The bitumen was also heated up to its melting point Table 7: Marshall Stability of polypropylene modified
prior to the mixing.
bituminous mix specimen.
 The required amount of bitumen modifier was weighed
and kept in a separate container.
% Bitumen %Polypropylene Stability % increase
 The bitumen (60 gm) 5% by weight of whole mix were
value (kN) in stability
heated on a controlled gas stove for a few minutes
maintaining the above temperature.
5 0 5.2174 --
 The aggregate was added to the bitumen and was mixed
for 2 minutes.
1 8.5201 38.7636
 Now bitumen modifier (polypropylene, crumb rubber )
added to this mix and the whole mix was
2 13.1485 60.3194
 stirred uniformly and homogenously. This was
continued for 15-20 minutes till they were properly
mixed which was evident from the uniform colour 3 19.4430 73.1656
throughout the mix.
 Then the mix was transferred to a casting mould. 4 15.9219 67.2312
 This mix was then compacted by the Marshall
Hammer. The specification of this hammer, the height
of release etc.
 75 no. Of blows were given per each side of the
sample so subtotal of 150 no. of blows was given per
sample.
 Then these samples with moulds were kept separately
and marked.
Marshall test on samples:
In this method, the resistance to plastic deformation of a
compacted cylindrical specimen of bituminous mixture is
measured when the specimen is loaded diametrically at a Chart 1: Marshall Stability Value Vs Polypropylene content
deformation rate of 50 mm/min. The Marshall stability of
the mix is defined as the maximum load carried by the The flow value is defined as the deformation undergoes by
specimen at a standard test temperature of 60°C. The flow the specimen at the maximum load where the failure occurs.
value is the deformation that the test specimen undergoes Table 8 & chart 2 shows the Marshall flow value when
during loading up to the maximum load. In India, it is a very polypropylene fiber is added to the bituminous mix.
popular method of characterization of bituminous mixes due
to its simplicity and low cost. In the present study the Table 8: Marshall flow value of polypropylene modified
Bituminous mix
Marshall properties such as stability, flow value, unit weight
% %Polypropylene Flow %
and air voids were studied to obtain the optimum binder
Bitumen value(mm) decrease in
contents (OBC) and then compare mixes to check addition flow value
of which of the additive mentioned gives more stability. 5 0 6.7 --
1 5.6 16.4179
Stability and flow test: 2 5 25.3731
Stability value is defined as the maximum load at which 3 3 55.2239
the specimen fails under the application of the vertical load. 4 4.2 37.3134
Generally, the load was increased until it reaches the
maximum & then when the load just began to reduce, the

101
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Chart
2: Marshall Flow Value Vs Polypropylene content.
It is observed that Marshall stability value increases with Chart 3: VA Vs Polypropylene fiber %
polypropylene content upto 3% and there after it decreases.
We observe that the Marshall flow value decreases upon
addition of polypropylene fiber content. Therefore the
optimum percentage of polypropylene fiber is taken as 3%.
Density and Void analysis:
After completion of stability and flow test, a density and
void analysis is done for each set of specimens. Air
voids(VA), Voids in mineral aggregate (VMA), Voids filled
with bitumen (VFB) are computed using the standard
equation and tabulated in Table 9.

Table 9: Density and Air voids analysis for polypropylene

fiber modified bituminous mix Chart 4: VMA Vs Polypropylene fiber %

%Bitumen %polypropylene fiber VA VMA VFB

5 0 7.1112 18.1125 60.8421

1 5.0895 14.9606 68.8380

2 2.3914 12.2228 80.4146

3 1.8398 9.0275 81.3125

4 1.3049 5.9191 82.5143

The obtained value of Air voids analysis shows the
voids present in the specimen when polypropylene is added
to the bituminous concrete mix is plotted in chart with
respect to the percentage of polypropylene fiber content.
The chart 3, 4 &5 shows the Air voids(VA), Voids in
mineral aggregate (VMA), Voids filled with bitumen (VFB)
Vs % of polypropylene content respectively.
Chart 5: VFB Vs Polypropylene fiber %
From the above experimental work we obtain the
optimum percentage of polypropylene content is 3% . Now,
the crumb rubber of various percentage is added to the
obtained optimum percentage of polypropylene fiber and the
above procedure is repeated again to obtain the optimum
percentage of crumb rubber Table 10 & 11 shows the
Marshall stability and flow value of crumb rubber and
polypropylene fiber added specimens.

102
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Table 10: Marshall stability value for crumb rubber & The void analysis is made for these specimen also and
polypropylene (PP) fiber added samples the value of VA, VMA, VFB are calculated & tabulated in
table 12, and plotted in Chart 8, 9 & 10 respectively.
%Bitumen %PP fiber %crumb Stability %decrease in
rubber value(kN) stability value
Table 12: Density & void analysis of crumb rubber and
5 3 1 19.6387 16.2725 polypropylene fiber added samples

2 22.750 27.7231 %Bitumen %PP %crumb VA VMA VFB

fiber rubber
3 13.771 16.2501
5 3 1 1.8092 7.7911 83.0123
The obtained Marshall stability value is plotted in chart 6.
2 1.7973 6.3091 85.8064

3 1.8422 1.8422 76.4856

Chart 6: Marshall stability value Vs crumb rubber content Chart 8: VA Vs crumb rubber content

Table 11: Marshall flow value for crumb rubber &

polypropylene (pp) fiber added specimen

%Bitumen %PP %crumb Flow %Decrease in

fiber rubber value(mm) flow value

5 3 1 3.3 9.091

2 2.6 13.333

3 3.26 7.9754

The obtained Marshall flow value is plotted in chart Chart 9: VMA Vs crumb rubber content
7 and the optimum crumb rubber content is determined

Chart 10: VFB Vs Crumb rubber content

Chart 7: Flow value Vs crumb rubber content

103

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
From the above experimental work we obtain 2% of
crumb rubber content as optimum value because for 2% of
crumb rubber content the stability value is high with low
flow value.
DISCUSSIONS
From the chart(1 & 6), it can be observed that with
addition of modifiers stability value also increases up to
certain limits and further addition decreases the stability.
This may be due to excess amount of modifier which is not
able to mix in asphalt properly. Thus at optimum bitumen
content, varying contents of modifiers it was found in both
cases maximum stability was obtained at 3% for
polypropylene fiber content & 2% crumb rubber content for
sample made with both polypropylene and crumb rubber.
Thus the optimum modifier content was obtained as 3% &
2% for samples made with polypropylene fiber alone and
crumb rubber with polypropylene fiber respectively. It is
observed from Chart(2&7) addition of modifier flow value
decreases than that of conventional mixes, again further
addition of modifier after OPC the flow value starts to
increase.
Department of Civil Engineering,
CONCLUSION
The result indicated that the behavior of modified bitumen
mix possesses improved various characteristic of pavement.
Considering these factor we can obtain more stable and
durable mix for the pavement by modification of
Bituminous mix. By using the modifiers like polypropylene
fiber & crumb rubber the frequency of void is reduced due
to increased bonding . Hence, the roads can withstand heavy
traffic, thereby making them more durable but when more
crumb rubber is added to the polypropylene modified
bituminous concrete mix the bonding becomes week
therefore the voids increases. The modified bitumen
pavement has better age resistance properties, delay of
cracking and reflective cracking, resistance to deformation
at high pavement temperature, better rutting resistance. So
the modification of bituminous concrete mix with Fibers ,
Crumb rubber is the best way to improve pavement
performance.
104
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

LANDFILL MONITORING SYSTEM FOR DETECTION OF FIRE USING IoT

T.SREE RAJESH
Department of Civil,
Dr.sivanthi Aditanar college of engineering, Tiruchendur, Tamilnadu

ABSTRACT

One of the blooming fields in the past decade is the Internet of things. The present day environment is
facing many health issues because of the outbreak of fire in the municipal dumping yards. The people
who are dwelling in the nearby area is affected by asthma, other breathing problems, skin allergies
etc. The sliding of dumped garbage may make the leached infiltrate the ground and reach the water
table. To reduce this kind of dilemma an IoT based fire outbreak and garbage sliding indicating
system in the municipal dump yards will be of great help. This idea consists of the indicating system,
which indicates the fire outbreak and the garbage sliding with the Methane Sensor, CO2 Sensor,
leveling sensor and temperature sensor. This proposal indicates the fire outbreak and garbage sliding
immediately to the concerned authorities when the same issue occurs.

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 LANDFILL hydrological effect.at last it is burned by manually

Landfill is a place, which all wastes, are dumped in
that site, It consist of many amount of waste
materials like plastic, wood, hazardous and non-
hazardous. etc. where it dumped in that site itself
hence size of the landfill becomes high , where not
able to monitor properly. So every landfill want to
monitor properly because it cause major diseases
such as asthma, skin diseases etc. It need separate
area to fill the waste, it should be present in outer
side of city only. For reduce the pollution in inner
city
1.2 Landfill fire reason
Landfill have presents most of the fire catching
materials such as carbon wastes, wood materials,
plastic material and household waste are filled in
common place where it include chemical waste,
hospital wastes and Landfill gases, and the sheer
amount of landfill waste, can easily ignite a fire..
The most flammable gas is commonly produced by
landfills is methane, which is highly combustible.
Firefighters will often use a fire-retardant foam to
fight fires in landfills due to the presence of
chemicals that would not be subdued by water,
further adding to the chemical load of these
landfills fire is caused. Hence it cause many
pollution such as Air, Water, Land pollution.
Methane and carbon dioxide is another major effect
of green house gases it is natural formed due to
long time presence of waste in a site which cause a
fire easily. while due to climatic change and
due to reduce the amount of waste present in the
site for dump a new waste .
1.3 Techniques to find out fire in landfill
The U.S Forest service using aerial Infrared
imaging to monitor the forest fire. Where
information will be sent to chairperson of
controlling the fire lines. Subsurface will be
monitor through aerial infrared thermography.
Landfill fires can be hazardous to the surrounding
environment. Knowing where, how many and the
extent of underground fires is useful to those in
charge of containing and/or extinguishing them.
Most of fire departments are purchasing IR imagers
for ground-based fighting of structural fires in
forest areas. Aerial infrared will be especially
helpful on large, single story buildings that are on
fire. With subsurface and structural fires, wood,
and wood chip piles can combust spontaneously.In
some places, manual monitoring in periodic
interval is taken out. Where no safety is properly is
allowable to workers.
2. Materials
2.1 Hardware
 Arduino uno microcontroller
 Wi-Fi module (receiver and
transmitter)
 Methane Gas sensor
 Carbon dioxide sensor
 Leveling sensor
 Temperature sensor(lm35)
 LCD(16*2)
 Pcb(printed circuit board)
 Transformer

105

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
 Voltage regulator
 Buzzer
2.2 software
 Arduino
 DipTrace
 things view
3. hardware description
To understand the working of the project, we
need to first go through the basic system
architecture of the IoT enabled system as
shown in figure given above
 Data serving through sensors
The working module is placed at certain distance
of landfill in entire zone, where working
module will detect the ignition
Alarming temperature and level of methane,
(CO2). These sensors will send the proper
information to the microcontroller. Were to
detect the actual changes of the present
environment and start react automatically in
the pathetic situation. In this module we
cannot detect basis on the temperature rise
or smoke detection , where as we place so
image processing technique also. It will help
to movement of fire so it will send the
information. But it want to place in
particular location only.
 Collection of data by the IC embedded in
the arduino of the Transmitter circuit :-
The IC AT Mega 328-p (microcontroller)
embedded in Arduino platform present in the
transmitter circuit receive the data sensed and
collected by the temperature sensor and gas
sensor. Then, the controller performs the
programmed action to it and pass them to the
transmitter for transmitting the data to the
receiving station
Department of Civil Engineering,
 Transmission of the data by the
transmitter:-
On receiving the data from the controller,
transmitter transmits the data to a certain range
where the receiver station is optimized to be
employed . Microcontroller is the central part
of the hardware circuit; it controls and enables
the functioning of the entire circuit, here
transmitter circuit in this case.
 Receiving of the data by the Receiving
station:-
On receiving the data from the transmitter
circuit , the receiver sends the data to the
controller IC of the attached arduino uno
embedded in the receiver circuit in digital
form making the controller possible to do the
programmed actions for the monitoring of
temperature level and CO2 level for fire
detection.
 Display of the levels of temperature and
CO2 level in webpage accessible through
locally created network:-
When the data regarding the temperature and
the CO2 level are processed in the IC of the
receiver circuit„s arduino which is
programmed with different library functions of
the Ethernet shield interfacing making it
possible to create a webpage in the locally
created network naming ―Fire Security
System‖ by the help of router . The arduino
ethernet shield R3 (assembled) allows an
arduino board to connect to the internet. It is
based on the Wiznet W5100 ethernet chip
(datasheet). The Wiznet W5100 provides a
network (IP) stack capable of both TCP and
UDP . Arduino Ethernet Shield 2 connects
your arduino to the internet in mere minutes.
Just plug this module onto your arduino
Board, connect it to your network with an
RJ45 cable with features like:-Operating
voltage 5V (supplied from the Arduino Board)
o Ethernet Controller: W5500 with internal
32K buffer o Connection speed: 10/100Mb o
106
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Connection with Arduino on SPI port Apart

from the above, an alarm circuit has been
made just to facilitate the Fire security team to
locate the vulnerable part as soon as possible.
This fire alarm circuit will give alarm only
when the levels of the temperature will cross
the preset value.

 Stages of Designing:-

The whole designing of this IoT enabled

forest fire detection and monitoring system has
been mainly categorized into 4 parts :-

1. Interfacing and programming of LCD

with Arduino.
2. Interfacing and programming of
Receiver and transmitter with
Arduino.
3. Interfacing of Ethernet Shield with
Arduino and creating SIP environment
by programming.
4. Connecting of sensors with transmitter
IV. CONCLUSION
Early warning and immediate response to a
fire breakout are the only ways to avoid great
losses and environmental and cultural heritage
damages. Hence, the most important goals in
fire surveillance are quick and reliable
detection and localization of the fire. It is
much easier to suppress a fire when the
starting location is known, and while it is in its
early stages. Information about the progress of
fire is also highly valuable for managing the
fire during all its stages. Based on this
information, the fire fighting staff can be
guided on target to block the fire before it
reaches cultural heritage sites and to suppress
it quickly by utilizing the required fire fighting
equipment and vehicles

107
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTALSTUDIES ON EFFECT OF COPPER SLAG ON STEEL FIBER

REINFORCED CONCRETE
R.ANUSHIYA
PG Student (ME Structural Engineering)
Dr.Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur.

ABSTRACT
Many countries are witnessing a rapid growth in the construction industry which involves the use of
natural resources for the development of the infrastructure. In order to reduce dependence on natural aggregates as
the main source of aggregate in concrete, artificially manufactured aggregates are becoming popular in these days.
Artificial aggregates generated from industrial wastes provide an alternative for the construction industry. The
Rapid growth of technology and population in India, there is a huge demand for construction material mostly for
natural sand, of late excessive consumption of sand caused ecological & economical imbalances. To overcome these
effects large modifications are being carried out in construction industry, i.e. usage of by-products as a replacement
of fine aggregate. In the present study to increase the mechanical properties of concrete steel fibres are added to the
concrete mix. Experimental investigation was carried out to evaluate the mechanical properties of steel fibre
reinforced concrete and conventional concrete by partial replacement of Fine Aggregate (F.A.) with copper slag for
M30 grade concrete. Tests are conducted with 1% addition of hooked end steel fibres having aspect ratio 60 and
replacement of F.A by 0%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, copper slag with increase in 10% up to where
optimum strength is obtained.
KEYWORDS: Copper Slag, Steel Fibres
.
Introduction involves the use of non-conventional and innovative
Concrete is an artificial material in which the aggregates materials, and recycling of waste materials in order to
both fine and coarse are bonded together by the cement compensate the lack of natural resources and to find
alternative ways for conserving the environment.
when mixed with water. The concrete has become so Aggregates are considered one of the main constituents
popular and indispensable because of its inherent in of concrete since they occupy more than 70% of the
concrete brought a revolution in applications of concrete. concrete matrix. Therefore, utilization of aggregates from
Concrete has unlimited opportunities for innovative industrial wastes can be alternative to the natural and
applications, design and construction techniques. artificial aggregates. In the last few decades there has
Concrete solidifies and hardens after mixing with water been rapid increase in the production of waste materials
and by-products due to the exponential growth rate of
and placement due to a chemical process known as
population, development of industry and technology and
hydration. The water reacts with the cement, which bonds the growth of consumerism. The basic strategies to
the other components together, eventually creating a decrease solid waste disposal problems have been
stone-like material. Concrete is used to make pavements, focused at the reduction of waste production and
architectural structures, foundations, and motor recovery of usable materials from waste as raw materials
ways/roads, bridges/overpasses, parking structures, as well as utilization of waste as raw materials whenever
brick/block walls and footings for gates, fences and possible. The beneficial use of byproducts in concrete
technology has been well known for many years and
poles. Its great versatility and relative economy in filling
significant research has been published with regard to the
wide range of needs has made it is very competitive use of materials such as coal fly ash, pulverized fuel ash,
building material. Many countries are witnessing a rapid blast furnace slag and silica fume as partial replacements
growth in the construction industry which involves the for Portland cement With the advancement of technology
use of natural resources for the and increased field of applications of concrete and
mortars, the strength workability, durability and other
development of the infrastructure. This growth is characters of the ordinary concrete need modifications to
jeopardized by the lack ofnatural resources that are make it more suitable by situations. Added to this is the
available. The sustainable development for construction necessity to combat the increasing cost and scarcity of

108
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

cement and aggregates. Under these circumstances the against the desired properties of concrete in its fresh and
use of admixtures and partial replacement of aggregate hardened state. In this work sand conforming to Grading
with other wastes are found to be an important alternative zone II of IS: 383 1970 having specific gravity of 2.6 and
solution.
fineness modulus 2.47 was used as fine aggregate.
OBJECTIVE
Crushed angular metal of 12 mm size having specific
The objective of the present work is to evaluate the
mechanical properties of steel fibre reinforced concrete gravity of 2.78 and fineness modulus of 6.92 was used as
by partial replacement of Fine Aggregate (F.A.) with coarse aggregate.
copper slag for for M30 grade concrete. Tests are
conducted with 1% addition of hooked end steel fibres WATER:
having aspect ratio 60 and partial replacement of F.A by
copper slag with 0%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, Generally, cement requires about 3/10 of its weight of
addition up to where optimum strength is obtained. water for hydration. Hence the minimum water-cement
II. MATERIALS USEDCEMENT: ratio required is 0.35. But the concrete containing water
Cement is a well-known building material and has in this proportion will be very harsh and difficult to
occupied an indispensable place in construction works.
place. Additional water is required to lubricate the mix,
There is a variety of cements available in the market and
each type is used under certain conditions due to its which makes the concrete workable. This additional
special properties. The cement commonly used is water must be kept to the minimum, since too much
Portland cement, and the fine and coarse aggregates used water reduces the strength of concrete.
are those that are usually obtainable, from nearby sand,
gravel or rock deposits. In order to obtain a strong, COPPER SLAG:
durable and economical concrete mix, it is necessary to Copper slag is a by-product of copper extraction by
understand the characteristics and behavior of the smelting. During smelting, certain impurities become
ingredients. In this work Ordinary Portland cement slag which floats on the molten metal. Slag that is
(OPC) confirming to IS-12269 (53 Grade) having quenched in water produces angular granules which are
specific gravity of 3.14. The oter properties of cement disposed of as waste or utilized. Specific gravity of the
were given in Table.1 Copper Slag used was 2.99; Bulk Density 2.08 g/cc and
S.NO PROPERTY VALUES moisture content 0.15% was used. Copper slag is a by-
1 Fineness of Cement 225 m2/kg product obtained during the production of copper in
2 Specific Gravity 3.1 copper industries. This copper slag sample is collected
3 Normal Consistency 33 % from Kanti Metal Stores, Sivalayam Market, Vijayawada,
4 Sivalayam Street, Vijayawada.
AGGREGATES:
CRIMPED STEEL FIBRES:
Aggregates are generally cheaper than cement and impart
greater volume stability and durability to concrete. The In this work, Steel fibre of crimpled type, with density
aggregate is used primarily for the purpose of providing 7.3 gm/cc having aspect ratio 60 were used. The crimped
bulk to the concrete. To increase the density of the steel fibres will enhance the resistance to cracking by
resulting mix, the aggregate is frequently used in two or arresting micro cracking.
more sizes. The aggregates provide about 75% of the
S.NO CHEMICAL % BY MASS
body of the concrete and hence its influence is extremely
COMPOSITION OF
important. Aggregate was originally viewed as an inert, COPPER SLAG
inexpensive material dispersed throughout the cement 1. Al2O3 3.01%
paste so as to produce a large volume of concrete. In fact, 2. Tio2 0.60%
aggregate is not truly inert because it‘s physical, thermal 3. Fe2o3 55.00%
and, sometimes, chemical properties influence the 4. SiO2 35.00%
performance of concrete, for example, by improving its 5. CaO 0.20%
volume stability and durability over that of the cement 6. MgO 0.90%
paste. From the economic viewpoint, it is advantageous 7. K2O 1.02%
8. Na2O 0.95%
to use a mix with as much aggregate and as little cement
9. CU 0.42%
as possible, but the cost benefit has to be balanced

109
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

III. METHODOLOGY The test program consists of conducting Compressive

In this work performance of concrete with 1% crimped tests on Cubes, Split Tensile tests on Cylinders and
steel and different percentages of copper slag replacing Flexural strength on beams at 28 days. The prepared
fine aggregate is planned to be tested. To evaluate the specimens including the material used for preparation of
strength characteristics in terms of compressive, split
test specimen were tested with general procedures of
tensile and flexural strengths, a total of 6 mixes were
tried with different percentages of Copper Slag (0, 10, 20,
30, 40, 50, & 60%). In all mixes the same type of
aggregate i.e. crushed granite aggregate; river sand and
the same proportion of fine aggregate to total aggregate
are used. The relative proportions of cement, coarse
aggregate, sand and water are obtained by IS - Code
method. M30 is considered as the reference mix.
MIX PROPORTION:
For
M30 1:1.5:3
Cement: 390 kg/m3
Fine aggregate:582 kg/m3
Coarse aggregate: 1298 kg/m3
Water: 175.5 kg/m3.
Workability test: All the mixes were evaluated for
workability in terms of Slump value. Table 3. Overall concrete testing.
result of slump of M30 concrete
CASTING OF SPECIMENS:
The cubes were cast in steel moulds of inner dimensions
of 150 x 150 x 150mm, the cylinders were cast in steel
moulds of inner dimensions as 150mm diameter and
300mm height and, the flexural beams were cast in steel
moulds and timber moulds with inner dimensions of 100
x 100 x 500mm. For all test specimens, moulds were kept
on table vibrator and the concrete was poured into the TEST RESULTS:
moulds in three layers by tamping with a tamping rod and
the vibration was effected by table vibrator after filling This section provides the results obtained from various
up moulds. The moulds were removed after twenty four tests conducted in this work. The different results
hours and the specimens were kept immersed in clean obtained from Compressive Strength test, Split Tensile
water tank. After curing the specimens in water for a Strength tests and Flexural Strength test for M30 grade
period of 28 days the specimens were taken out and concrete cured for 28 days are presented in Tables 4,5 &6
allowed for drying under shade. Three cubes, three below. The variations of these strength corresponding to
cylinders and three flexural beams were cast for each the respective percentage of copper slag were shown in
mix. the form of graphs given in the Figures 2, 3&4 below.
TESTING OF SPECIMENS:
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

The test results obtained from compressive strength test

are given in the table below

From the above Figure 2, it is observed that there is a

increase in compressive strength with increase in copper
slag up to 50% of copper slag with 1% steel fiber.
Beyond 50%, increase in percentage of copper slag

110
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

From the above Figure 4, it is observed that there is a

increase in Split Tensile Strength with increase in copper
slag up to 50% of copper slag with 1% steel fiber.
Beyond 50%, increase in percentage of copper slag
decreases the Split Tensile Strength. So 50% of copper
slag is found to be optimum.

V. CONCLUSIONS

decreases the In this work experimental study was made to find out the
compressive strength. So 50% of copper slag is found to optimum percentage of Copper Slag that can be added to
be optimum. Steel Fibre Reinforced concrete. Based on experimental
observations, the following conclusions are drawn:
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
 As the percentage replacement of copper
The test results obtained from flexural strength slag increases the workability increases.
test are given in the table below.  Compressive strength increases with
increase in percentage of copper slag upto
% COPPER SLAG WITH FLEXURAL 50% and beyond 50% strength decreases at
1% STEEL FIBRE STRENGTH, 28 days for M30 grade of concrete
MPa
28 DAYS  Flexural strength also increases with
0% 4.80 increase in percentage of copper slag upto
10 % 4.97 50% and beyond 50% strength drops down
20% 5.07 at 28 days for M30 grade of concrete.
30% 5.12  Split Tensile strength also increases with
40 % 5.14
increase in percentage of copper slag upto
50% 5.17
60 % 5.09 50% and beyond 50% strength drops down
From the above Figure it is observed that there is a at 28 days for M30 grade of concrete
increase in flexural strength with increase in copper slag  Considering the strength criteria,
up to 50% of copper slag with 1% steel fiber. Beyond replacement of fine aggregate with copper
50%, increase in percentage of copper slag decreases the slag with is quite feasible. It can be
flexural strength. So 50% of copper slag is found to be concluded that the utilization of copper slag
optimum. with steel fibre reinforced concrete is
optimum at 50%.
SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH REFERENCES

The test results obtained from Split tensile strength test [1] IS 10262-2000, recommended guidelines for concrete
are given in the table below mix design, Bureau Standards, New Delhi, India.

[2] Al-Jabri K., Taha R. and Al-Ghassani M. 2005. Use

of copper slag and cement by-pass dust as cementitious
materials. Cement, Concrete Aggregates. 24(1): 7-12.

[3] Ishimaru K., Mizuguchi H., Hashimoto C., Ueda T.,

Fujita K. and Ohmi M. 2005. Properties of copper slag
and second class fly ash as a part of fine aggregate.
Journal of Society Material Science Japan. 54(8): 828-
833.

111
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

[4] Washington Almeida, Moura Jardel, Pereira Gonc,
and Monica Batista Leite Lima. 2007. Copper slag waste
as a supplementary cementing material to concrete. J.
Mater. Sci. 42: 2226-2230
[5] Brindha D and Nagan S. 2010. Utilization of copper
slag as a partial replacement of fine aggregate.
International Journal of Earth Sciences and Engineering.
3(4): 579-585.
[6] Mazen Musmar. 2013. Tensile Strength of Steel Fibre
Reinforced Concrete. Contemporary Engineering
Sciences. 6(5): 225-237.
Engineering and Science, ISSN: 2278-4721, Vol. 1, Issue
12 (December 2012), PP 01-04.
[12] D. Brindha, S. Nagan,‖Utilization of Copper Slag as
a Partial Replacement of Fine Aggregate in Concrete‖,
International Journal of Earth Sciences and Engineering,
ISSN 0974-5904, Vol. 03, No. 04, August 2010, pp. 579-
585.
[13] Gupta R.C, Blessen Skariah Thomas, Prachi Gupta,
―Utilization of copper slag and discarded rubber tyres in
construction‖, International Journal Of Civil And
Structural Engineering, Volume 3, No 2, 2012

[7] Binaya Patnaik, Seshadri Sekhar T and Srinivasa Rao.

2014. An Experimental Investigation on Optimum Usage
of Copper Slag as Fine Aggregate in Copper Slag
admixed Concrete. International Journal of Current
Engineering and Technology. 4(5).

[8] Binaya Patnaik, Seshadri Sekhar T and Srinivasa Rao.

2014. Relationship between the optimum usage of
Copper Slag as fine aggregate and Compressive Strength
in Copper Slag Admixed Concrete. Imanager‘s Journal
on Civil Engineering. 4l(2l).

[9] Ranjith Kumar. R, Vennila. A, Southamirajan. S,

―Experimental investigation on hybrid fibre reinforced
concrete‖, International Journal of Emerging Trends in
Engineering and Development, Issue 3, Vol.2, March
2013.

[10] Amit Rana, ―Some Studies on Steel Fiber

Reinforced Concrete‖, International Journal of Emerging
Technology and Advanced Engineering, Volume 3, Issue
1, January 2013.

[11] Milind V. Mohod, ―Performance of steel fibre

reinforced concrete‖, International Journal of

112
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

SHEAR BEHAVIOUR OF FIBRE REINFORCED COCONUT SHELL

CONCRETE BEAM WITH MINERAL ADMIXTURE

ABHIJA.M.K II YEAR1, DR.J.JERLIN REGIN M.E.,PH.D2

1
M.E Structural Engineering,2Associative Professor
Department of Civil Engineering ,St. Xavier’s Catholic College of Engineering,Chunkankadai

ABSTRACT

Lightweight concrete are widely used because of their reduced dead load compared to normal
weight concrete. In the present study, the lightweight concrete is made with crushed coconut shell
as coarse aggregate of 12mm size having a specific gravity of 1.20 and bulk density of 512.7
kg/m3. The objective of this project is to study the shear behaviour of crushed coconut shell
concrete beam and also their behaviour by adding steel fibers and by replacement of cement by
10% silica fume. Steel fibers of 0.75% by volume is added. The density of the coconut shell
concrete is 2045 kg/m3.The compressive strength and split tensile strength of coconut shell
concrete is 22.3 kN/m2 and 2.22kN/m2 and for steel reinforced coconut shell concrete is 25.6
kN/m2 and 2.86 kN/m2 respectively. A 15% increase in compressive strength and 28% increase in
split tensile strength is obtained upon the addition of steel fiber. To study the shear behaviour, 10
beams of size 150mm x 200mm x 1500mm was casted and tested. The study includes the
structural shear behaviour, shear capacity, cracking behaviour, deflection behaviour and
ductility. The cracking pattern of coconutshell concrete beam was almost similar to that of
conventional concrete beam.Thewidth of cracks were reduced by the use of steel fiber.

Index Terms – lightweight concrete; fiber reinforced; shear behaviour

1.INTRODUCTION load of the structure. Hence there arises

a need to replace the natural aggregates
Concrete is a composite material
by alternative materials that reduce the
composed mainly of water, aggregates
density of the concrete. Nowadays many
and cement. The coarse aggregate
artificial and natural lightweight
usually comprises about 66 to 76% of
aggregates are replacing the coarse
the total volume of concrete. The usage
aggregate for the production of
of coarse aggregate may drastically
lightweightaggregate concrete.Structural
reduce the natural stone deposit and
Lightweight concrete has density less
result in ecological imbalance. Also, the
than 2000 kg/m3 (ASTM C330). For
density of these concrete made by using
structural applications the concrete
these aggregates ranges from 2240 to
strength should be greater than 17.0
2400 kg/m3, thus increasing the dead
N/mm2 (ASTM C330).While making a
lightweight concrete the main challenge
is to choose the material that not only

113

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
reduces its density but also maintains its
strength.
1.2 Coconut shell concrete
India is the third largest producer of
coconut in the world. Coconut shells are
not commonly used in construction
industry but are often dumped as
agricultural wastes. These coconut shells
has the property similar to oil palm
shells (OPS). Coconut shells can be used
as substitute for conventional aggregates
in concrete production. Coconut shell
concrete fulfils the requirements for use
as lightweight aggregate. As per ASTM
C330 the 28-days compressive strength
of lightweight concrete is ≥ 17 N/mm².
1.3 Need for the present study
From the literature study it is found that
addition of steel fibers enhances the
shear capacity of the normal concrete
beam. Also, no study has been carried
out on finding the shear behaviour of
lightweight coconut shell concrete beam
upon the addition of steel fibers and
hence the study focuses on the shear
behaviour of steel fiber reinforced
lightweight coconut shell concrete beam
with and without shear reinforcement
and with 10% silica fume.
2. METHODOLOGY
The ingredients of concrete i.e.cement,
fine aggregate, coconut shells are tested
before producing concrete.
Theproperties of sand, coarse aggregate
and coconut shell are presented in
Table1. As per Indian standard codes
Department of Civil Engineering,
various test are conducted on ingredients
materials of the concrete.
2.1 Materials Used
2.1.1Cement
Ordinary Portland Cement Grade 43
conforming to Indian Standard
IS12269:1987 having a specific gravity
of 3.15 is used as a binder.
2.1.2 Silica fume
Silica fume is also known as micro
silica. It is an ultra-fine material with
spherical particles less than 1 µm and
specific gravity of 2.25. In this project
10% of cement is replaced by silica
fume.
2.1.3 Fine Aggregate
Aggregate which is passing through 4.75
IS sieve is termed as fine aggregate.
Natural river sand is used as fine
aggregate. Laboratory test were
conducted on fine aggregate to
determine its properties. It belongs to
Zone II
2.1.4 Coconut shell
The coarse aggregate used in this
project is coconut shell, an agricultural
waste. The freshly discarded shells
werecollected from the local oil
mills.The size of the coconut shell is
2.36mm to 10mm.The surface texture of
shell was fairly smooth withconcave
and convex faces.The seasoned coconut
shell is crushed manually. Here 100%
replacement of coconut shell is used.
114
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

2.1.5 Steel fibers agriculturalwaste and the texture and the

propertiesof coconut shell is different
Steel Fibers are typically added to from that of the conventional aggregates
concrete in low volume dosages and (Jerlin and Vincent (2013)
have been shown to be effective in and(Gunasekaran et al 2011)). The mix
reducingplastic shrinkage cracking. Steel proportion of the coconut shell concrete
fibers of
110
100
Cumulative % passing

90
80 Coconut
70 shell
60
50 Fine
40 Aggregate
30
20 Coarse
10 aggregate Fig. 2 Longitudinal sectional view of
0 reinforcement details of the beams
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
Sieve size mm
is to be found out by using various trial
Fig.1. Particle size distribution of and error methods. In the present study,
aggregates mix proportion of 1:1.58:0.65 with w/c
ratio 0.38 and cement content 510 kg/m3
0.75% by volume of cement were added.
were used.This was compared with M20
Hooked type steel fibers of 30mm
grade concrete of conventional concrete
diameter and 60mm long are used.
mix. The water-cement ratio is 0.45. The
Thetensile strength of steel fiber is
mix ratio is 1:2.4:3:1
8500N/mm2.
2.2.3 Details of beams
2.1.6 Water and Superplasticizer
A total of 10 beams were casted and
Portablewater free from contaminants
tested in this study, five beams with
and impurities was used for the
10mm diameter as tension reinforcement
concretemixes. A naphthalene based
and other five with 12mm diameter as
superplasticizer, with the commercial
tension reinforcements respectively.Each
name of Ceraplast 300 was used to
set comprised of one conventional
ensure sufficient workability.
concrete beam, two coconut shell
2.2 Experimental Investigation concrete beams, one steel fiber
reinforced coconut shell beam and
2.2.1 Mix proportion coconut shell concrete with 10%silica
The mix design for coconut shell fume beam. The size of the beam chosen
concrete cannot be calculated by using was 130mm x 150mm x 1500mm.legged
concrete mix design codes since the stirrups with 6mm diameter was useas
coconut shell concrete is an shearreinforcements.Thebeamweretested

115

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
under two point loading. The
reinforcement details are shown in Fig.2.
2.2.4 Testing of beam
Before testing the beams were white
washed and grid lines of 5 cm
weredrawn. The deflection at the
midpoint was measured by dial gauge.
3 RESULT AND DISCUSSION
3.1 Mechanical Properties
The density of concrete gets
reduced to about 22.2 % in coconut shell
concrete. The compressive strength of
increases about 14.7 % by adding steel
fibers. Also, about 28.8 % increase in
tensile strength is obtained by
addingsteel fibers. There is 19.4 % and
14.4 % reduction in compressive
strength and split tensile strength of
concrete on replacing coarse aggregate
by coconut shell. The hardened density,
compressive strength and split tensile
strength are given in Table 2.
3.2 Structural Behaviour
Shear behavior of all the beams was
typically structural in nature.There are
no occurrences of bond
breakingreinforcement since at the level
of reinforcement no horizontal cracks
were observed. The first shear crack
force at yield and the ultimate shear
loads calculated and are shown in Table
2. The self weight of the concrete
specimen and spreader beam were
ignored for simplicity. In all specimens
the first crack developed as a flexural
crack in the constant moment region.The
Department of Civil Engineering,
ratio of displacement at yield to
displacement at ultimate levels is known
as the ductility ratio. The ductility ratio
ranges from 1.14to 1.96.
3.3 Cracking Behaviour
The formation of flexural cracks
are earlier in coconut shell concrete
beam. The average spacing of cracks for
conventional concrete is 10cm and the
width of the largest crack is 3.29 mm
which is formed at 100mm from the
neutral axis. This crack propagates upto
13.5 cm from the bottom. For steel fiber
reinforced coconut shell concrete beam
the spacing between the flexural cracks
is 100 mm and the crack width is 1.17
mm. No horizontal splitting of concrete
was found in the flexural and shear
zones. In the coconut shell concrete
beam with 150mm stirrups spacing the
number and spacing of shear cracks were
larger compared to other beams. The
cracking pattern are shown in Fig.3 and
Fig.4.
Fig 3. Cracking pattern of CSC beam
116
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Fig 6. Shear force vs deflection for beams

with 12mm dia rod
4 CONCLUSION
The addition of steel fibers increased the
tensile strength of concrete by 28%. The
spacing of cracks in steel fiber
reinforced coconut shell concrete beam
is less compared to coconut shell
concrete beam. There were nearly twice
Fig 4. Cracking pattern of SFC as many shear and flexural cracks for
CSC beams than conventional concrete
3.4 Deflection behaviour
beam. The spacing of cracks in coconut
The Fig.5 and Fig.6 shows the midspan shell beam is closer than the
deflection for beams with 10mm and conventional concrete beam. By using
12mm tension reinforcement.The initial steel fibers the crack width can be
linear portion of all the curves shows reduced.
that prior to flexural cracking, beam REFERENCES
stiffness remains constant. [1] Abdoladel Shoaib, Adam S. Lubell,
Vivek S. Bindiganavile (2015), ‗Shear
Response of Lightweight Steel Fiber
40

35 SF Reinforced Concrete Members without

Stirrups‘, Materials and Structures, Vol.
Shear Force kN

30
CC
25
48, pp.3141–3157.
20
[2] Amarnath Yerramala, Ramachandrudu
15
C(2012), ‗Properties of Concrete with
10
Coconut Shells as Aggregate
5 Replacement‘,
0 International Journal of Engineering
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Deflection mm
Invention, Vol.1, No.6, pp.21-31.
[3] Apeksha Kanojia, Sarvesh K. Jain
Fig 5. Shear force vs deflection for beams (2017), ‗Performance of Coconut Shell
with 10mm dia rod as Coarse Aggregate in Concrete‘,
Construction and Building Materials,
70
Vol.140, pp.150–156.
60
SF [4] Gunasekaran K, Annadurai R,
50
Shear Force kN

40
Kumar P.S (2013), ‗Study on
30 Reinforced Lightweight Coconut
20
Shell Concrete Beam Behavior under
10

0
Flexure‘, Materials and Design,
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Deflection mm
Vol.46, pp.157–167.

117
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

AN EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON BEAM COLUMN JOINT

BABIN DHAS D1,GALESH M2
1
M.E Structural Engineering ,Department of Civil Engineering, St.Xavier‘s Catholic College of Engineering ,Chunkankadai.
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering ,St.Xavier‘s Catholic College of Engineering,Chunkankadai,

ABSTRACT

In this thesis, experimental investigation on RC beam column joint with different reinforcement detailing is to be
done. The materials to be used for the experiment are collected and the physical properties tests are done. The mix
design for M25 has been worked out. The size of beam and column are 150mm x 150mm respectively and Fe 500 is
selected. The design has been done for the selected size of beam column joint. Then the beam column joint are
casted and tested for 28 days. The RC beam column joint has been compared with the different reinforcement
detailing for strength, stiffness and deflection after 28 days.

Index Terms- Beam-column Joint. Deflection, Stiffness

I. INTRODUCTION 2.1 Materials used

A member that is simultaneously subjected to axial
compression and bending moment is called a beam column. 2.1.1 Cement
The portions of columns that are common to beams at their Ordinary Portland cement 43 grade, commercially available in
intersections are called beam column joints. The beam column the market was used for the present study and it is having a
joint is a crucial zone in a reinforced concrete moment specific gravity of 3.15 and normal consistency 30%
resisting frame. There are various types of joints in a structure. conforming to the requirements of IS: 12269-1987
specifications
They are classified as
1. Corner joints  Type of cement - OPC 43 grade
2. Exterior joints
 Fineness - 5%
3. Interior joints
 Nominal consistency - 30%
 Initial setting time - 30
The joints have limited force carrying capacity as their minutes
constituent materials have limited strength. When beams  Specific gravity - 3.15
frames into two adjacent vertical faces of a column, then the
joint is called as a corner joint. When one beam frames into a 2.1.2 Fine Aggregate
vertical face of the column and two other beams frame from
perpendicular directions into the joint, then the joint is called Crushed sand is a substitute of river sand for concrete
as an exterior joint. When four beams frame into the vertical construction. Crushed sand is produced from hard granite
faces of a column, the joint is called as interior joint.The stone by crushing. The crushed sand is of cubical shape with
behavior of reinforced concrete moment resisting frame rounded edges, washed and graded to as construction material.
structures in recent earthquakes all over the world has The size of manufactured sand is in between 4.75mm to 150
highlighted the consequences of poor performance of beam micron. Laboratory test were conducted on fine aggregate to
column joints. In reinforced concrete moment resisting determine the different physical properties as IS 383 (Part 3)-
frames, beam column joints transfer loads effectively between 1970.
the connecting elements in the structure. In analysis the joints
are assumed as rigid.

2. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM

118
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Table: 1 Properties of fine aggregate at 100mm c/c spacing. The column having four numbers of
10mm dia bars, lateral ties were 8mm dia bar at150mm c/c
Sl.no Particulars Test result spacing.
1 Fineness modulus 3.28 2.2.2 Model 1
2 Specific gravity 2.76 In this model the one side of the tension and the compression
beam reinforcements were placed inside the column
3 Bulk density compacted 1.463kg/l
reinforcement and the other side reinforcements placed outer
4 Bulk density loose 1.225kg/l side of the column reinforcements

5 Moisture content 1.45%

6 Water absorption 1.17%

2.1.3 Coarse aggregate

The coarse aggregate of 20mm size was used for the present
study and it is having a specific gravity of 2.74. The aggregates
were tested

Table: 2 Properties of fine aggregate

2.2.3 Model 2
Sl.no Particulars Test result
In this model both tension and compression beam
1 Fineness modulus 3.92 reinforcements were placed inside the column reinforcements.
The beam reinforcements at the joint is slightly bend in
2 Specific gravity 2.74 position.

3 Bulk density compacted 512.7kg/m3

4 Bulk density loose 452.6kg/m3

5 Moisture content 15%

6 Water absorption 1.63%

7 Impact test 17.9%

2.1.4 Water

The water which if fit for drinking should be used for making
concrete. The water should be clean and free from harmful,
impurities such as oil, alkali and acids etc.

2.2 Details of Beam column joint 2.2.3 Model 3

Totally three types of models, each models having three In this model both tension and the compression beam
specimens were fabricated and tested in this study, beams reinforcements were placed inside the column reinforcements.
having two numbers of 10mm dia bars at tension and
compression zone respectively and stirrups were 8mm dia bar

119
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

The beam reinforcements at the joint is slightly bend in load was given in terms of pressure and the deflection is
position and also provides the development length. measured using deflection meter.

Table: 4 Load, Deflection, stiffness for model 1 specimens

S.No Pressure Load( kN) Deflection Stiffness

(kg/cm2) (mm) (kN/mm)

1 5 7.7 3.57 2.2

2 10 15.39 8.175 1.88

3 15 23.09 12.875 1.8

2.3 Casting 4 20 30.79 18.29 1.68

M25 grade concrete is used. Ordinary port land cement of

43 grade is used and crushed sand passing through 4.75 mm
sieves. Coarse aggregates of 20mm size were used. Portable Table: 5 Load, Deflection, stiffness for model 2 specimens
water was used for both mixing and curing. Water cement ratio
0.5 and Mix ratio is 1:1.95:2.5. S.No Pressure Load( kN) Deflection Stiffness
(kg/cm2) (mm) (kN/mm)
3. TEST RESULTS

3.1 Compression strength

1 5 7.7 2 3.85
The strength property of the concrete is found by the
compressive strength test. Concrete cubes of 2 10 15.39 5.18 2.97
150mmx150mmx150mm are casted for finding the
3 15 23.09 7.75 2.98
compressive strength of concrete at 28 days.
4 20 30.79 13.61 2.26
Table: 3 Compressive strength
5 25 38.47 22.65 1.7
SI. Load Compressive Average compressive
No in kN strength (N/mm2) Strength
Table: 6 Load, Deflection, stiffness for model 3 specimens
(N/mm2)
1 760 33.7 S.No Pressure Load(kN) Deflection Stiffness
(kg/cm2) (mm) (kN/mm)
2 710 31.5 32.6
3 740 32.8
1 5 7.7 2.84 2.7

3.2 Testing of beam column joint specimen 2 10 15.39 3.8 4.05

Exterior beam column were tested in loading frame with 3 15 23.09 6.35 3.63
hydraulic jack which is operated using pressure gauge. The

120

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
4 20 30.79 12.76 2.413
5 25 38.49 22.13 1.73
4.CONCLUSION
The Exterior Beam column joint is studied experimentally in
this project. The joints were tested in a loading frame and the
load is applied by using hydraulic jack. The cube was checked
for its strength and the strength comparison of beam column
joint of three models, the model 2 and model 3 were more
effective than the compared to model 1 in load bearing
capacity and stiffness.
REFERENCES
1. Aditya Kumar Tiwary, et al ―Strengthening Of Exterior
Beam Column Joint With Modified Reinforcement Technique‖
IOSR Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering (IOSR-
JMCE), Vol-234, pp-32-37.
2. Angelo Masi, et al ―Study of the seismic behavior of
external RC beam-column joints through experimental tests
and numerical simulations‖ Engineering Structures (2013),
Vol-52, pp-207-219.
3. Anil Varghese, et al ―Tensional Behavior of RCC Beam-
Column Joints Strengthened Using Different Composite
Materials‖ International Journal of Emerging Technology and
Advanced Engineering (Volume 6, December 2016), Vol-6,pp-
2250-2459.
4. J.S. KAUNG, et al ―Effectiveness of Horizontal Stirrups in
Joint Core for Exterior Beam-Column Joints with Non seismic
Design‖ Procedia Engineering (2011), Vol-14, pp-3301-3307.
Department of Civil Engineering,
5. Janos Gergely, et al ―Shear strengthening of rct-joints using
cfrp composites‖ Composites for construction‖ May 2000,Vol-
4,pp-56-64.
6.K.R. Bindhu, et al ―Performance of exterior beam-column
joints under seismic type loading‖ ISET Journal of Earthquake
Technology, Vol. 46, June 2009,Vol-46,pp-47-64.
7. Kaliluthin A.K, et al ―A Review on Behavior of Reinforced
Concrete Beam-Column Joint‖ International Journal of
Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and Technology
Vol. 3, Issue 4, April (2014).
8. Maria Teresa De Risi, et al ―Experimental assessment and
numerical modelling of exterior non-conforming beam-column
joints with plain bars‖ Engineering Structures (2017), Vol-150,
pp-115-134.
9. Md Rashedul Kabir, et al ―Performance of Hybrid
Reinforced Concrete Beam Column Joint‖, Engineering
Structures (2016), Vol-142,pp-63-70.
10. Maria Teresa De Risi, et al ―Experimental assessment of
unreinforced exterior beam-column joints with deformed bars‖
Engineering Structures (2016) Vol- 112,pp-215-232.
121
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

NONLINEAR ANALYSIS OF A FRAME BUILDING WITH SHEAR WALL

R.P.Lekshmi1 ,Mrs. Shiela Balanta2

1
M.E Structural Engineering Department of civil Engineering St.Xavier ,s catholic college of Engineering Chunkankadai
2
Assistant Professor Department of civil Engineering St.Xavier ,s catholic college of Engineering Chunkankadai

ABSTRACT
Nonlinear analysis of pushover method is adopted to analyse the frame. Inelastic static analysis, or pushover
analysis, has been the preferred method for seismic performance evaluation due to its simplicity. It is a static
analysis that directly incorporates nonlinear material characteristics. Pushover analysis is a static, nonlinear
procedure using simplified nonlinear technique to estimate seismic structural deformations. The analysis involves
applying horizontal loads to the structure incrementally. i.e., Pushing the structure and plotting the total applied
shear to the actual lateral displacements until the structure is in collapse condition. The seismic response of a
building frame with shear wall in terms of performance point with the help of pushover curve is carried out in this
paper. The analysis of a building frame with shear wall was analysed using software SAP2000, to estimate the
dynamic response of the building such as base shear, base moment and top displacement. After pushover analysis,
pushover curve and performance point were observed for determining the extent of damage condition of the building
and so the adoption of rehabilitation techniques. In order to provide the lateral strength and stability, shear walls
are introduced into the high-rise buildings. This paper deals with the non-linear analysis of shear wall in a building
frame. In this present study, the focus is to identify effective location of shear wall in multi-storey building.

Keywords: Nonlinear analysis, Structural Safety, Pushover Analysis, Shear Wall.

I. INTRODUCTION to earthquakes. It is part of the process of structural

The Concept of seismic design is to provide building structure
with sufficient strength and deformation capacity to sustain
seismic demands imposed by ground motion with adequate
margin of safety. Even if the probability of occurrence of
earthquake within the life span of structures is very less, strong
ground motion would generally cause greater damage to the
structure. Performance based seismic design is gaining
popularity from last decades. Hence designers are provided
with a responsibility to ensure adequate strength and stability
against lateral loads. For this purpose, shear walls are
introduced into the system, they can form an efficient lateral
force resisting system. Pushover Analysis (Non-linear Static
Analysis) is a procedure that is used to evaluate the building
loaded beyond elastic range.
2. SEISMIC ANALYSIS
Seismic analysis is a subset of structural analysis and is the
calculation of the response of a building structure
design, earthquake engineering or
structural assessment and retrofit in regions where earthquakes
are prevalent .A building has the potential to ‗wave‘ back and
forth during an earthquake (or even a severe wind storm). This
is called the ‗fundamental mode‘, and is the
lowest frequency of building response. Most buildings,
however, have higher modes of response, which are uniquely
activated during earthquakes. Structural analysis methods can
be divided into the following five categories,
2.1 Equivalent Static analysis:
This approach defines a series of forces acting on a building to
represent the effect of earthquake ground motion, typically
defined by a seismic design response spectrum. It assumes that
the building responds in its fundamental mode. For this to be

122

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
true, the building must be low-rise and must not twist
significantly when the ground moves. The response is read
from a design response spectrum, given the natural frequency
of the building (either calculated or defined by the building
code). The applicability of this method is extended in
many building codes by applying factors to account for higher
buildings with some higher modes, and for low levels of
twisting. To account for effects due to "yielding"of the
structure, many codes apply modification factors that reduce
the design forces (e.g. force reduction factors).
2.2 Response spectrum analysis
This approach permits the multiple modes of response of a
building to be taken into account (in the frequency domain).
This is required in many building codes for all except very
simple or very complex structures. The response of a structure
can be defined as a combination of many special shapes
(modes) that in a vibrating string correspond to the
"harmonics". Computer analysis can be used to determine
these modes for a structure. For each mode, a response is read
from the design spectrum, based on the modal frequency and
the modal mass, and they are then combined to provide an
estimate of the total response of the structure. In this we have
to calculate the magnitude of forces in all directions i.e. X, Y
& Z and then see the effects on the building.. Combination
methods include the following:
 absolute - peak values are added together
 square root of the sum of the squares (SRSS)
 complete quadratic combination (CQC) – a
method that is an improvement on SRSS for
closely spaced modes
The result of a response spectrum analysis using the response
spectrum from a ground motion is typically different from that
which would be calculated directly from a linear dynamic
analysis using that ground motion directly, since phase
information is lost in the process of generating the response
spectrum. In cases where structures are either too irregular, too
tall or of significance to a community in disaster response, the
response spectrum approach is no longer appropriate, and more
complex analysis is often required, such as non-linear static
analysis or dynamic analysis.
2.3 Linear dynamic analysis
Static procedures are appropriate when higher mode effects are
not significant. This is generally true for short, regular
buildings. Therefore, for tall buildings, buildings with torsional
irregularities, or non-orthogonal systems, a dynamic procedure
is required. In the linear dynamic procedure, the building is
Department of Civil Engineering,
modelled as a multi-degree-of-freedom (MDOF) system with a
linear elastic stiffness matrix and an equivalent viscous
damping matrix. The seismic input is modelled using either
modal spectral analysis or time history analysis but in both
cases, the corresponding internal forces and displacements are
determined using linear elastic analysis. The advantage of
these linear dynamic procedures with respect to linear static
procedures is that higher modes can be considered. However,
they are based on linear elastic response and hence the
applicability decreases with increasing nonlinear behaviour,
which is approximated by global force reduction factors. In
linear dynamic analysis, the response of the structure to ground
motion is calculated in the time domain, and
all phase information is therefore maintained. Only linear
properties are assumed. The analytical method can use modal
decomposition as a means of reducing the degrees of freedom
in the analysis.
2.4 Nonlinear static analysis
In general, linear procedures are applicable when the structure
is expected to remain nearly elastic for the level of ground
motion or when the design results in nearly uniform
distribution of nonlinear response throughout the structure. As
the performance objective of the structure implies greater
inelastic demands, the uncertainty with linear procedures
increases to a point that requires a high level of conservatism
in demand assumptions and acceptability criteria to avoid
unintended performance. Therefore, procedures incorporating
inelastic analysis can reduce the uncertainty and conservatism.
This approach is also known as "pushover" analysis. A pattern
of forces is applied to a structural model that includes non-
linear properties (such as steel yield), and the total force is
plotted against a reference displacement to define a capacity
curve. This can then be combined with a demand curve
(typically in the form of an acceleration-displacement response
spectrum (ADRS)). This essentially reduces the problem to a
single degree of freedom (SDOF) system. Nonlinear static
procedures use equivalent SDOF structural models and
represent seismic ground motion with response spectra. Story
drifts and component actions are related subsequently to the
global demand parameter by the pushover or capacity curves
that are the basis of the non-linear static procedures.
2.5 Nonlinear dynamic analysis
Nonlinear dynamic analysis utilizes the combination of ground
motion records with a detailed structural model, therefore is
capable of producing results with relatively low uncertainty. In
nonlinear dynamic analyses, the detailed structural model
subjected to a ground-motion record produces estimates of
component deformations for each degree of freedom in the
model and the modal responses are combined using schemes
such as the square-root-sum-of-squares. In non-linear dynamic
123
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

analysis, the non-linear properties of the structure are
considered as part of a time domain analysis. This approach is
the most rigorous, and is required by some building codes for
buildings of unusual configuration or of special importance.
However, the calculated response can be very sensitive to the
characteristics of the individual ground motion used as seismic
input; therefore, several analyses are required using different
ground motion records to achieve a reliable estimation of
the probabilistic distribution of structural response. Since the
properties of the seismic response depend on the intensity, or
severity, of the seismic shaking, a comprehensive assessment
calls for numerous nonlinear dynamic analyses at various
levels of intensity to represent different possible earthquake
scenarios. This has led to the emergence of methods like
the Incremental Dynamic Analysis.
2.6 Nonlinear analysis
behaves beyond the elastic limit. Structural response to ground
motion during earthquake cannot be accurately predicted due
to the complexity of the structural properties and ground
motion parameters. In pushover analysis, a set of lateral
displacement is used directly as design condition. The
displacement is an estimate of the maximum expected response
of the structure during ground motion. Once pushover analysis
is defined, the performance level can be determined using
demand displacement. The performance verifies that the
structure is adequate the acceptable limits of performance
level. Recently, there are some codes such as ATC-40, FEMA
256, FEMA 440 adopted standards and guidance provisions
regarding the assessment of existing structures. Some
programs are also developed for pushover analysis such as
SAP2000, ETABS, and DRAIN-2DX.

A nonlinear analysis is an analysis where a nonlinear relation

holds between applied forces and displacements. Nonlinear
effects can originate from geometrical nonlinearity‘s (i.e. large
deformations), material nonlinearity‘s (i.e. elasto-plastic
material), and contact. These effects result in a stiffness matrix
which is not constant during the load application. This is
opposed to the linear static analysis, where the stiffness matrix
remained constant. As a result, a different solving strategy is
required for the nonlinear analysis and therefore a different
solver. Modern analysis software makes it possible to obtain
solutions to nonlinear problems. However, experienced skill is
required to determine their validity and these analyses can
easily be inappropriate. Care should be taken to specify Fig: 1 Illustration of Pushover analysis ( ATC-40)
appropriate model and solution parameters. Understanding the
problem, the role played by these parameters and a planned Building performance level can be determined by target
and logical approach will do much to ensure a successful displacement using capacity spectrum method (ATC 40). The
solution.
capacity spectrum method allows for a graphical comparison
between the structure capacity and the seismic demand.
3. PUSHOVER ANALYSIS
Pushover curve represents the lateral resisting capacity and
Pushover analysis is a series of incremental static analysis response spectrum curve represents the seismic demand. The
carried out to develop a capacity curve for the building. Figure capacity spectrum method, which is given in figure 2, is started
1 illustrates pushover analysis. This procedure needs the by producing force-displacement curve that consider inelastic
execution of a nonlinear static analysis of structure that allows condition. The result is then plotted to ADRS (Acceleration
monitoring progressive yielding of the structure component. Displacement Response Spectrum). Demand is also converted
The building is subjected to a lateral load. The load into ADRS format so that capacity curve and demand curve are
magnitudeincreases until the building reaches target in the same format. The performance point is obtained by
displacement. This target displacement is determined to superimposing demand spectrum on capacity curve into
represent the top displacement when the building is subjected spectral coordinate or ADRS format. The capacity spectrum
to design level ground excitation. Pushover analysis produces method has been built in SAP2000 program.
pushover curve or capacity curve that presents relationship
between base shear (V) and roof displacement (Δ). The
Pushover curve depends on strength and deformation
capacities of the structure and describes how the structure

124

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Fig:2 Capacity Spectrum Method
Table 1 Performance level of building
Level Description
Operational Very light damage, no permanent drift,
structure retains original strength and
stiffness, all systems are normal
Immediate Light damage, no permanent drift,
Occupancy structure retains original strength and
stiffness, elevator can be restarted, Fire
protection operable
Life Safety Moderate damage, some permanent
drift, some residual strength and
stiffness left in all stories, damage to
partition, building may be beyond
economical repair
Collapse Severe damage, large displacement,
Prevention little residual stiffness and strength but
loading bearing column and wall
function, building is near collapse
Department of Civil Engineering,
3.1 Nonlinear Plastic Hinge
Analysis requires the development of the force-deformation
curve for the critical section of beams and column by using the
guideline .Such a curve is presented in figure 3.Point A
corresponds to the unloaded condition. Load deformation
relation shall be described by linear response from A to an
effective yield B. Then the stiffness reduce from point B to C.
Point C has resistance equal to the nominal strength then
sudden reduction in lateral load resistance to point D, the
response at reduced resistance to E, final loss of resistance
thereafter. The slope of line BC, ignoring effects of gravity
effects of gravity loads acting through lateral displacement, is
usually taken between 0 and 10% of the initial slope. Line CD
corresponds to initial failure of the member. Line DE
represents the residual strength of the member. These points
are specified according to FEMA to determine hinge rotation
behaviour of RC members. The points between B and C
represent acceptance criteria for the hinge, which is Immediate
Occupancy (IO), LS (Life Safety), and CP (Collapse
Prevention).
Fig:3 Load deformation relation
4. Description of Building
The test building is a 5-story reinforced concrete building, with
height story 4.0 m. The overall plan dimension is 21 x 15
square meters. Figure 4 shows the typical structural layout.
Beam 1 is 700/400 and Beam 2 is 500/300 mm square for all
stories. The columns are rectangular 500/300 mm. Type of soil
is soft rock.The structural system was designed for supporting
gravity load only. Longitudinal bar in beams are bent upwards
at their end to resist negative moment due to gravity load.
Strong lateral load can change the moment at the end span of
the beam. Therefore, the bottom steel at end of the beam may
be not adequate for lateral load.
125
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

executed separately for two orthogonal directions to study the

performance of the building in both directions. Gravity push,
which is applied for gravity load only, Push-X is the lateral
push for X direction starting at the end of gravity push, Push-Y
is for Y direction starting at the end of gravity push. The
pushover analysis is achieved using a displacement control
strategy, where the building is subjected the lateral load pattern
until the roof displacement reach a target value. The minimum
number of state used is 1000 and the maximum is 500.

Fig: 4 Plan of a typical building

Fig:7 Hinge formation

5 .RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

5.1 Shear wall

Shear wall is modelled as shell element .Thickness of shear

wall is taken equal to 130mm.The building is unsymmetrical
and there are two case of providing shear wall. Shear wall on
along smaller side. Shear wall on along loner side. Shear wall
is provided at the centre of the building. Shear wall is provided
at the edges of the building.

Fig:5 Provision of shear wall at centre

4. ANALYTICAL MODEL

In the present paper, Pushover analysis is carried out using

SAP2000 program. A three dimensional model of structure has
been created as shown in figure 6. Beams and columns are
modelled as nonlinear frame element at the start and the end of
element. The FEMA356 rule, which is built in SAP 2000 with
the IO, LS, and CP limit states for hinge rotation have been
used for the acceptance criteria. The pushover analysis is

126
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

6. CONCLUSION

The test building is investigated using pushover

without shear wall in the irregular plan to determine
the optimum position of shear wall. The following
are the conclusion taken in this paper, The plan
without shear wall gives more displacement and
more drift compare to plan with shear wall along
four edges. Hence by providing shear wall along
four edges we can reduce storey displacement,
storey drift, storey shear and also we can increase
strength and stiffness of the structure. Hence we
concluded that by providing shear wall along four
edges is found to be optimum position of shear wall.

7. REFERENCES
Fig:6 3-D model
1. Aguilera, C. K. (2003), ―Long Term Structural
Performance of Corroded RC Beams
2. Repaired with Externally Bonded CFRP
Reinforcement,‖ M.A.Sc. Thesis, Department of
3. Civil Engineering, University of Toronto, 331 pp.
4. Anagnostopoulos, S. (1981), ―Inelastic Beams for
Seismic Analysis of Structures,‖ Journal
5. of Structural Engineering, ASCE, 107(ST7), pp.
1297-1311.
6. Angelakos, D. (1999), ―The Influence of Concrete
Strength and Longitudinal
7. Reinforcement Ratio on the Shear Strength of Large-
Size Reinforced Concrete Beams
8. with, and without, Transverse Reinforcement,‖
M.A.Sc. Thesis, Department of Civil
9. Engineering, University of Toronto, 181 pp.
10. Angelakos, D., Bentz, E. C., and Collins, M. P.
(2001), ―Effect of Concrete Strength and
11. Minimum Stirrups on Shear Strength of Large
FIG:8 PUSHOVER CURVE Members,‖ ACI Structural Journal, V.98,
12. No.3, May-June, pp 290-300.
13. Arakawa, T. (1969), ―Shear Reinforcement and
Allowable Shear Stress of Reinforced
14. Concrete Beams,‖ Architectural Institute of Japan,
2 Summaries of Technical Papers of
15. Annual Meeting.
16. Balopoulou, S. (1988), ―Nonlinear Response of a
Seri1.5 Reinforced Concrete Frame,‖ M.A.Sc.
es6 17. Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering, University
Seri 1 of Toronto, 170 pp.
es5 18. Banon, H., Briggs, J. and Irvine, M. (1981), ―Seismic
Seri Damage in Reinforced Concrete
0.5 19. Frames,‖ Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE,
es4
107(ST9), pp. 1713-1729.
0 20. Bathe, K. J. and Wilson, E. L. (1976), ―Numerical
Methods in Finite Element Analysis‖,
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21
21. Prentice-Hall, 528 pp.
22. 410
Fig:9 Provision of shear wall at various locations 23. Bayrak, O. (1998), ―Seismic Performance of

127
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Rectilinearly Confined High Strength Structures: CEB-FIB International

24. Concrete Columns,‖ PhD. Thesis, Department of 55. Recommendations, ‖ 3rd Ed., Comité EURO-
Civil Engineering, University of Toronto, International du Béton, Paris, 348 pp.
25. 339 pp. 56. CEB-FIP (1988), ―Concrete Structures under Impact
26. Bentz, E. C. (2000) ―Sectional Analysis of Reinforced and Impulsive Loading,‖ Comité
Concrete Members,‖ PhD Thesis, 57. EURO-International du Béton, Bulletin
27. Department of Civil Engineering, University of D'Information, No. 187. 184 pp.
Toronto, 310 pp. 58. Cervenka, V. (2000), ―Simulating a Response,‖
28. Bentz, E. C. (2005) ―Explaining the Riddle of Journal of Concrete Engineering
Tension Stiffening Models for Shear Panel 59. International, V.4, No. 4, pp. 45-49.
29. Experiments,‖ ASCE Journal of Structural 60. Charney, F. and Bertero, V. V. (1982), ―An
Engineering, V. 131, No. 9, pp. 1422-1425. Evaluation of the Design and Analytical
30. Bentz, E. C., Collins, M. P. and Vecchio, F. J. (2006), 61. Seismic Response of a Seven Story Reinforced
―The Simplified MCFT for Concrete Frame-Wall Structure,‖
31. Calculating the Shear Strength of Reinforced 62. Earthquake Engineering Research Center, University
Concrete Elements,‖ ACI Structural Journal, of California, Berkeley, Report No.
32. V.103, No.4, pp. 614-624. 63. UCB/EERC–82/08, 196 pp.
33. Bernoulli, J. (1705), ―Histoire de l‘Academie des 64. Chopra, A. K. (2007), ―Dynamics of Structures:
Science de Paris.‖ Paris. Theory and Applications to Earthquake
34. Bertero, V. V., Aktan, A, Charney, F. and Sause, R. 65. Engineering,‖ 3rd Ed., Pearson Pretence Hall, New
(1984), ―Earthquake Simulator Tests Jersey, 876 pp.
35. and Associated Experimental, Analytical and 66. Christopoulos C. and Filiatrault, A. (2006),
Correctional Studies of One-Fifth Scale ―Principles of Supplemental Damping and
36. Model,‖ in, Earthquake Effects on Reinforced 67. Seismic Isolation,‖ IUSS Press, Milan, Italy, 500 pp.
Concrete Structures, American Concrete 68. Ciampi, V. and Nicoletti, M. (1986), ―Parameter
37. Institute, SP-84-13, Detroit, pp.375-424. Identification for Cyclic Constitutive
38. Blume, J. A., Newmark, N. M. and Corning, L. H. 69. Models for Stiffness and Strength Degradation,‖ 8th
(1961), ―Design of Multistory European Conference on EarthquakeEngineering,
39. Reinforced Concrete Buildings for Earthquake Lisbon, Portugal, 7.1, pp 73-80
Motions,‖ Portland Cement Association,
40. Illinois, 318 pp.
41. Brancaleoni, F., Ciampi, V., and Di Antonio, R.
(1983), ―Rate-Type Models for Non
42. Linear Hysteresis Structural Behaviour,‖
EUROMECH Colloquium, Palermo, Italy.
43. Bresler, B. and Scordelis, A. C. (1963), ―Shear
Strength of Reinforced Concrete Beams,‖
44. Journal of American Concrete Institute, V.60, No.1,
pp 51-72.
45. CAC (2006), ―Concrete Design Handbook, Cement
Association of Canada,‖ 3rd Ed.,
46. Ottawa, Canada, 983 pp.
47. 411
48. Carr, A. J. (2005), ―User Manual for the 2-
Dimensional Version Ruaumoko2D,‖ University
49. of Canterbury, Department of Civil Engineering,
Computer Program Library, 87 pp.
50. Caughey, T. K. (1960), ―Classical Normal Modes in
Damped Linear Dynamic Systems,‖
51. Journal of Applied Mechanics, ASME, 27, pp 269-
271.
52. CEB-FIP (1990), ―Model Code for Concrete
Structures,‖ Design Code, Comité EUROInternational
53. du Béton, 437 pp.
54. CEB-FIP (1978) ―Model Code for Concrete

128
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

AN EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OF HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE

USING M-SAND
SATHAAK A1, FRANK STEPHEN S2
1
M.E Structural Engineering Department of Civil Engineering, St.Xavier‘s Catholic College of Engineering
2
Assistant Professor Department of Civil Engineering, St.Xavier‘s Catholic College of Engineering
Chunkankadai,

ABSTRACT
Due to rapid development in urban area, use of high strength concrete in the construction industry is increasing
rapidly. Mineral admixtures such as Ground Granulated Blast furnace Slag (GGBS), Silica fume are become
unavoidable in high strength concrete because of their effects in hardened concrete properties. Replacing the
Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) by mineral admixtures is retaining the natural resources for future
generation. Super plasticizers are used to improve the workability of concrete at low water-cement ratio and
increase the compressive strength by reducing it. In urban infrastructure development, the high strength
concrete is mandatory to reduce the size of structural member, and to increase the utility space to carry heavier
load. In this study M80 grade concrete mix was designed with replacement of OPC by different types of mineral
admixtures using river sand and manufactured sand along with Polycarboxylate Ether (PCE) based super
plasticizer. The Compressive strength, flexural strength and split tensile strength at various curing periods such
as 28 days.

Keywords: Self compacting concrete, Silica fume, Alccofine , manufactured sand, Ceraplast 300.

1. Introduction

Concrete is a widely used construction material
for various types of structures due to its structural
stability and strength. All the materials required for
producing such huge quantities of concrete come
from the earth‘s crust. Thus it depletes its resources
every year creating ecological strain. On the other
hand human activities on the earth produce solid
waste in considerable quantities including
industrial wastes. Amongst the solid waste the
major ones are fly ash, GGBS, silica fume and
demolished construction materials. These solid
wastes can be used as a mineral admixture which is
used in the production of High Performance and
High strength concrete.Experimental investigations
done by states that the spectacular increase in
compressive strength is directly related to a number
of recent technological developments, in particular
the discovery of the extraordinary dispersing action
of super plasticizer with which flowing concrete
can be made with about the same mixing water that
is actually required to hydrate all the cement
particles are even less. The reduction in
water/cement ratio results in a hydrated cement
paste with a microstructure so dense and strong that
coarse aggregates can become the concrete‘s
weakest constituent. The use of supplementary
cementations materials such as fly ash and
especially slag helps solve slump loss problems
which become critical at low w/c ratios. River sand
has become almost extinct in the urban areas and as
thus we have started using manufactured sand in all
most all our concreting activities. However the use
of manufactured sand in a high strength concrete is
still not gained any confidence. High strength
concrete helps in building tall structures, important
monuments, reduces the structural thickness and
increase the carpet area. High strength concrete is
more durable and hence it can be used for marine
structures, nuclear reactor buildings and many such
important Structures.
1.1 Importance of Study
Since concrete uses more than 35 percent of
fine aggregate the requirement for fine aggregate is
huge because of increase in construction activities
throughout the world. River sand was used as fine
aggregate in many parts of the world and thus the
requirement for it is more. But continuous
quarrying of river sand from river bed has led to
many environmental problems. To solve the above
problem an alternate to river sand is very much the
need of the day. Manufactured sand which is a
processed product of fine aggregate form various
rock sources is the most suitable and economically

129

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
viable option. Although the practice of using
manufactured has been there for quite a while it is
only used in the lower grades of concrete. To use
manufactured sand in high grade concrete such as
M80 and compare with the river sand in strength
and durability parameters will be helpful in
understanding the usage of Manufactured sand in
high strength high performance concrete.
2.MATERIALS USED IN THE
INVESTIGATION
 Cement
First, Ordinary Portland cement confirming
to IS 8112-1989 [43grade] is used for experimental
work. Laboratory test were conducted on cement to
determine specific gravity, consistency, initial and
final setting time and fineness.
 Sand
Locally available good quality river sand
was used. Laboratory test were conducted on fine
aggregate to determine the different physical
properties as IS 383 (Part 3)-1970.The test values
of specific gravity, water absorption, and fineness
modulus of fine aggregate are presented in Table 1.
Table 1:Properties of fine aggregate
Properties Fine aggregate
specific gravity 2.47
Water absorption 1.1
Fineness Modulus 2.51
For conventional concrete, a natural stone
(calcareous), with a maximum size of 12.5 mm,
was employed as coarse aggregate
A super plasticizing admixture (Naphthalene
based super plasticizer) was added to the mixing
water used, to improve workability of concrete.
 Specific Gravity
The specific gravities of Sand, GA and RBA were
determined in accordance with IS 2386 (Part III)–
1963.The specific gravity of sand and GA are used
in the design calculations of concrete mix. The
Department of Civil Engineering,
specific gravities of both the GA and RBA were
show
The specific gravity of sand is 2.47. It also
reported values of specific gravity for aggregate.
3. TEST PROGRAM FOR THE
EXPERIMENT
 Mix Design
The mix design was carried by absolute
volume method. First three mixes were with
manufactured sand (M.sand). In both the fine
aggregate each mix was made with a 10%
substitution of mineral admixture Silica fume and
Alccofine respectively. The water binder used in all
the mixes used in the study is 0.3.
 Mixing of Concrete and Workability
Test
The 24 h water absorption capacity of the
aggregate was 1%. an in situ test of the water
absorption for three minutes were checked and
which was found to be 6.5% by weight of the
existing condition of the aggregate, therefore
necessary adjustment was made for these quantity
of water. rate of water absorption of dry aggregate
has been presented. For preparing the mix first
coarse aggregate and 80% of the total water had
been placed in the mixer and rotated for two
minutes to allow the coarse aggregate to absorb
water, then fine aggregate, cement and remaining
quantity of water mixed with admixture were fed in
the mixer and rotated for two minutes more and the
mix concrete was discharged on a metal tray.
Slump test was conducted for measuring the
workability of the concrete.
4. Results and Discussions
The results of strength tests results using
both the fine aggregates M.sand are given below in
the following sections.
4.1 Compressive Strength
Compressive strength is by far the most
important property checked for the concrete and
even more important in high strength concrete. The
compressive strength was carried out as per IS
1199: 1959 Figure shows the compressive strength
testing in progress. The tests were conducted on
130
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

3rd, 7th, 28th and 56thdays and the test results are The flexural strength usually varies between 8-
tabulated in the Table.1 10% of compressive strength in normal strength
concrete. But in high strength concrete the flexural
Table.2 Compressive strength of concrete strength will be comparatively less. The average
flexural strength was about 6.23 percent of
compressive strength at 28 days. The flexural
Mix2 strength was more in manufactured sand concrete
than river sand concrete in all the mixes different
Age in Mix1 Mix2 two mineral admixtures (Silica fume , Alccofine).
Days

7 65.45 67.2 68.4

Table .3 Flexural strength of concrete
14 74.6 78.5 80.5 Age in Mix3
Days
28 85.4 86.33 89.6 Unit Mix1 Mix2

68.4

7 N/mm2 65.45 67.2

80.5

14 N/mm2 74.6 78.5

89.6

28 N/mm2 85.4 86.33

4.3 Split Tensile Strength

The split tensile strength was tested on

Figure .1 Compressive strength testing
150mm diameter × 300 mm length cylinders. The
It is evident from the Table 2, that the tests were conducted on 28th days and the test
compressive strength has been achieved well above results are tabulated in the Table 4.
the target strength of 88.25 N/mm2. The strength of
the concrete depends upon water cement ratio and
porosity. Since the water cement ratio used was Table .4 Split tensile strength of concrete
very less (0.3) and also by the use of finer mineral
admixtures the compressive strength was very high
in the tests. The compressive strength was more in
manufactured sand concrete than river sand Age
concrete in all the mixes with two mineral
in Unit Mix1 Mix2
admixture (Silica fume, Alccofine). Also the rate of
gain in strength with continuous curing was found Days
to be more in M.sand concrete of the one mineral
admixture gave the maximum compressive strength 28 N/mm2 4.8 5.27
in manufactured sand as well as river sand.

4.2 Flexural Strength

The split tensile strength usually varies between 8-
10 % of compressive strength in normal strength

131

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
concrete. But in high strength concrete the split
tensile strength will be comparatively less. The
average split tensile strength was about 4.77
percent of compressive strength at 28 days. Also
the split tensile strength was marginally less than
the flexural strength at the same age. The split
tensile strength was found to be slightly higher in
manufactured sand concrete than river sand
concrete in all the mixes with different mineral
admixtures (Silica fume, Alccofine ) Alccofine
gave the maximum split tensile strength among the
mineral admixtures. The split tensile strength was
found to be more by 15% at the end of 28 days
strength.
5. Conclusions
Manufactured sand combination has achieved
higher than the ordinary sand strength at age of
28days and other strength parameters such as split
tensile and flexural strength also slightly increased
in this combination comparatively.
 Among the mineral admixtures
used in concrete, concrete with Silica Fume gave
slightly higher the values in all the strength
properties. It was 5%and 10% more than other
mineral admixtures in compressive, flexural and
split tensile strength respectively.
 The usage of M.sand for high
strength high performance concrete provides
stronger and durable concrete structures which will
be economical as well as environment friendly by
preserving natural resources such as river sand.
 Drying Shrinkage was marginally
higher in M.sand, however later age behaviour in
this aspect needs to be studied further.
 Water reducing and plasticizer
admixtures are conse- quently recommended in
order to reduce water content.
6. References
1. Adams Joe M. et al ―Experimental
Investigation on The Effect of M-Sand In High
Performance Concrete‖ American Journal of
Engineering Research (2013)
2. Balamurugan. C et al ―Use of Quarry Dust
to Replace Sand in Concret – an Experimental
Study‖ International Journal of Scientific and
Research Publication, (December2013)
Department of Civil Engineering,
3. Mr. Bhaveshkumar et al ―An Experiemntal
Study of Using Manufactures Sand in Concrete‖,
International Journal of Advanced Research in
Engineering, Science & Management.
4. Harshiata R. Raut, at al ―Effect of Artificial
Sand on Compressive Strength and Workability of
Concrete‖ International Journal of Engineering
Research Volume No.5
5. KrisnaRao .S et al ―Investigating the effect
of M-Sand on abrasion resistance of Roller
compacted Concrete containing CGBS‖
Construction and Building Materials.
6. Li Beixing, Wang Jiliang, zhouMingkai et al
―Effect of Limestone fines contecnt in
manufactured sand on durability of flow – and
high strength concretes‖ Construction and Building
Materials 23 (2009)
7. Manjunatha M et al ―Durability studies on
Concrete by Replacing Natural Sand with M-Sand
– A Review‖ International Journal of Emerging
Technology and Advanced Engineering
8. Nimitha et al ―Effect of Manufactures Sand on
Durability Properties of Concrete‖ American
Journal of Engineering Research (2013)
9. NimithaVijayaraghavan and A S Wayal et al
―Effects of Manufactured Sand on Compressive
Strength and workability of Concrete‖ International
Journal of structural and Civil engineering
Research 2013.
10. Praveen Kumar. K et al ―An Experimental
Investigation on Strength and Durability of HSC
using Manufactures Sand‖ International Journal of
Innovative Research in Science Engineering and
Technology (2017)
11. Priyanka A. Jadhava et al ―An Experimental
Investigation On I Hi, Properties Of Concrete
Containing Manufactured Sand‖ International
Journal of Advanced Engineering Technology
12. Priyanka A. Jadhav, DilipK.Kulkarni et al
―Effect of replacement of natural sand by
manufactures sand on the properties of cement
mortar‖ International Journal of Civil and
Structural Engineering, Volume 3, No 3, 2013.
132
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

13. Sanjay Mundra et al ―Crushed rock sand – 15. Shanmugavadivu P.M. et al ―Durability
an economic and ecological alternative o natural Properties of Concrete with natural sand and
sand to optimize concrete mix‖ Department of civil Manufactures sand‖ International Conference on
engineering Science and Engineering.

14. Sagura et al ―Experimental Study on

Mechanical Properties of M-Sand Concrete by
different Curing Methods‖

133
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT FOR CONSTRUCTNG ELASTIC DESIGN SPECTRUM

ANASWARA G1, ASHOK P.ANTONY VIMAL2

1
ME Structural Engineering,St. Xavier‘s Catholic College Of Engineering Chunkankadai, Nagercoil
2
Assistant Professor ,St. Xavier‘s Catholic College Of Engineering Chunkankadai, Nagercoil

ABSTRACT
The main objective of this project is to develop software for constructing response spectrum for ground motion due to an
earthquake. This paper investigates the calculation of response quantities which are varying with respect to natural time
period, damping ratio, ground acceleration. Ground accelerations due to various earthquakes were collected from the
website, Strong Motion Centre. It is planned simultaneously to develop a new software for constructing elastic design spectrum
by feeding ground acceleration as input and get the result in the form of response quantities, such as displacement response
velocity response and acceleration response. Response Spectrum is the plot of series of oscillators of varying natural frequency
that are forces into motion by same base vibration. Dynamic response of a structure to specified loading that vary with time is
called Time History Analysis. R e s p o n s e q u a n t i t ie s m a y a l so b e e xp r e s s e d i n g r a p h i c a l fo r m a t, ca l l ed
r e s p o n s e sp e c t ru m . Here Deformation, pseudo-velocity and pseudo-acceleration are studied and from this, they can
be combined in one plot and three different quantities and can be read from three different axes. Such four way plot in
logarithmic scale is called Tripartite Plot. In this project it is planned to plot combined d -v-a response spectrum by
using software. Most current seismic design codes and practices are based on elastic analysis methods, such as Response
Spectrum Analysis and linear Time History Analysis. Response Spectrum Analysis is one of the most common methods for seismic
analysis of structures. Response is the behavior of the system against the vibration in the form of deformation, velocity
and Acceleration.

Keywords—response spectrum,earthquake,response spectrum analysis,time history analysis

1. Introduction the design s spectral acceleration and a corresponding

Most current seismic design codes and practices are
based on elastic analysis methods, such as the response
spectrum analysis method and the linear time history
analysis method. Response spectrum analysis is one of the
most common methods for seismic analysis of structures.
By eliminating the time variable, the response spectrum
method finds the maximum structural response from a given
design response spectrum of ground motion. This method
provides designers with a simple but rational basis for
determining the maximum responses of structures under
earthquake loading. While it is simple and easy to use,
seismic design using such an analysis method is iterative by
nature. The inertia generated earthquake loads determined
from the design spectrum may result in structural responses
that change each time the structure is modified. Specifically,
if the members of a multistorey building structure are to
be resized, there will be subsequent changes in the
natural period of the structure resulting in a modification in
variation in the seismic loads. Since the seismic
design loads are a function of the natural periods, which in
turn are also functions of the structural mass and stiffness,
any modification on the structural stiffness and mass during
the design process will require the regeneration of the
loads, resulting in an iterative reanalysis and redesign
process.The dynamic linear time history analysis method
has been widely used in the design of building structures.
This technique attempts to replicate and record the actual
performance of a building under a design time history
record. Although time history analysis provides the most
comprehensive analysis of dynamic seismic responses, this
method involves significantly greater computational effort
than does the response spectrum analysis. Moreover,
since earthquakes are random by nature, it is unlikely that
the same earthquake ground motion will be repeated at some
future time. This implies that a design based only on one
earthquake is insufficient and it is necessary to consider
several earthquakes in checking the dynamic responses of a

134
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

building. Generally, at least three representative earthquake The design basis earthquake ground motion (DBEGM) is
motions must be considered to allow for uncertainty in the often defined in terms of PGA.
precision and frequency content of the design motions at a
site. However, it is a rather difficult and tedious task to 2.2 Response Spectrum Analysis
control simultaneously all structural responses produced by
several representative earthquake motions.Although not
This method is applicable for those structures where
currently the focal point of most seismic design codes, the
modes other than the fundamental one affect significantly
control of lateral drift should be a central element of any
the response of the structure. In this method the
seismic design. Excessive lateral drift due to earthquake
response of Multi-Degree-of-Freedom (MDOF) system
loading is likely to be objectionable or even traumatic to the
is expressed as the superposition of modal response, each
building occupants as it could cause both structural and non-
modal response being determined from the spectral
structural damage to the building. Lateral drift has been an
analysis of single -degree-of-freedom (SDOF) system,
important indicator that measures the level of damage to the
which is then combined to compute total response. Modal
structural and nonstructural components of a building.
analysis leads to the response history of the structure to a
Moreover, limiting lateral drift may prevent collision
specified ground motion; however, the method is usually
damage from the pounding of buildings under
used in conjunction with a response spectrum. A response
earthquake motion. Acute lateral drifts on the weak storeys
of a building may also give rise to severe structural damage spectrum is simply a plot of the peak or steady-state
or even cause the building to collapse.One of the most response (displacement, velocity or acceleration) of a
important applications of the theory of structural dynamics series of oscillators of varying natural frequency, that are
is in analyzing the response of structures to ground shaking forced into motion by the same base vibration or shock.
caused by an earthquake. In this we study the earthquake The resulting plot can then be used to pick off the
response of linear SDF systems to earthquake motions. By response of any linear system, given its natural frequency
definition, linear systems are elastic systems, and we shall of oscillation. One such use is in assessing the peak
also refer to them as linearly elastic system to emphasize response of buildings to earthquakes. The science of
both properties. Because earthquakes can cause damage to strong ground motion may use some values from the
many structures, we are also interested in the response of ground response spectrum (calculated from recordings of
yielding or inelastic systems.The first part of this project is surface ground motion from seismographs) for correlation
concerned with the earthquake response deformation, with seismic damage. If the input used in calculating a
internal element forces, stresses, and so on of simple response spectrum is steady-state periodic, then the
steady-state result is recorded. Damping must be present,
structures as a function of time and how this response
or else the response will be infinite. For transient input
depends on the system parameters. Then introduce the
(such as seismic ground motion), the peak response is
response spectrum concept , which is central to earthquake
reported. Some level of damping is generally assumed,
engineering, together with procedures to determine the peak
but a value will be obtained even with no damping.
response of systems directly from the response spectrum.
Response spectra can also be used in assessing the
This is followed by a study of the characteristics of
response of linear systems with multiple modes of
earthquake response spectra which leads into the design
oscillation (multi-degree of freedom systems), although
spectrum for the design of new structures and safely
they are only accurate for low levels of damping. Modal
evaluation of existing structures against future earthquakes.
analysis is performed to identify the modes, and the
After all I have to develop e new software for constructing
response in that mode can be picked from the response
elastic design spectrum.
spectrum. This peak response is then combined to estimate
a total response. A typical combination method is the
2.STRONG MOTION STUDIES IN INDIA square root of the sum of the squares (SRSS) if the modal
frequencies are not close. The result is typically different
2.1 Peak Ground Acceleration from that which would be calculated directly from an
input, since phase information is lost in the process of
generating the response spectrum. The main limitation of
Peak ground acceleration (PGA) is equal to the maximum
response spectra is that they are only universally
ground acceleration that occurred during earthquake shaking
applicable for linear systems. Response spectra can be
at a location. PGA is equal to the amplitude of the largest
generated for non-linear systems, but are only applicable
absolute acceleration recorded on an accelerogram at a site
to systems with the same non-linearity, although attempts
during a particular earthquake. Earthquake shaking
have been made to develop non-linear seismic design
generally occurs in all three directions. Therefore, PGA is
spectra with wider structural application. The results of
often split into the horizontal and vertical components.
this cannot be directly combined for multi-mode response
Horizontal PGAs are generally larger than those in the
vertical direction but this is not always true, especially close
to large earthquakes. PGA is an important parameter (also
known as an intensity measure) for earthquake engineering,

135
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

3. NUMERICAL EVALUATION OF DYNAMIC

RESPONSE
Analytical solution is usually not possible when
excitation varies arbitrarily with time or if the system is
nonlinear. Such problems can be solved by numerical
time- stepping methods for integration of differential
equations.

3.1 Time-Stepping Method

The equation to be solved

Fig 2.1:Basic concept of response spectrum

of degree of freedom. ̈( )

2.3 TIME HISTORY ANALYSIS With initial condition

Time history analysis provides for nonlinear or

linear evaluation of structural dynamic response under
seismic loading which will vary according to the specified ( ) ̇ ̇( )
time function. A dynamic load is one which changes with
time precisely quickly in comparison to the structure‘s The applied force is given by a set of discrete values
natural frequency. A full-time history will give the ( ) where i =0 to N . The time interval
structures response over time during and after the
application of a load. The time history analysis is the
advanced level of analysis allows four main loading types.
These include base velocity, base displacements, base
acceleration factored forcing functions and harmonically is usually constant, although this is not necessary.
varying force input. Time history is a record of the ground
acceleration at defined time segments for a specific The response is determined at discrete time instant .
earthquake in certain direction. The record is usually The displacement, velocity and acceleration at time
normalized and therefore needs to be multiplied by the denoted by ̇ and ̈ respectively are assumed to be
acceleration due to gravity or a factor. known and satisfy the equation

2.4 ELASTIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRA

Most seismic design is based on representing the earthquake
actions in the for of an equivalent static force applied to the
structure. These forces are determined from the maximum
acceleration response of the structure under the expected
earthquake-induced ground shaking, Which is represented
by the acceleration response spectrum. The starting point is
an elastic response spectrum, which is subsequently reduced
by factors that account for the capacity of the structure to
dissipate the seismic energy through inelastic deformations.
The purpose of representing earthquake actions in a seismic
design code such as EC8 is to circumvent the necessity of
carrying out a site-specific seismic hazard analysis for every
engineering project in seismically active regions. For non-
critical structures it is generally considered sufficient to
provide a zonation indicating the levels of expected ground
motions throughout the region of applicability of the code
and then to use the parameters represented in these
zonations, together with a classification of the near-surface
geology, in order to construct the elastic design response
spectrum at any given site.
The numerical procedure to be presented will enable us
to determine the response quantities ̇ and ̈ at
time which satisfies the equation
We first apply the procedure to determine response at time
i=1 and repeat the procedure again to determine response at
time i=2 and so on. Therefore,this progressive calculation is
called ―time stepping method‖
The response at time i=1 determined from response at time
i is usually not exact. Many approximate procedures
implemented numerically are possible. The requirements
for a numerical procedure are
(1)Convergence—the numerical solution should approach
the exact solution as the time step decreases.

136
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

(2)Stability—the numerical solution should be ̈ ( ) ̈ ̈

stable even if there is some round-off error or
approximation. Therefore
(3)Accuracy—the numerical solution should provide
results that are close enough to the exact solution. ̇ ̇ ( ) ̈
̈ ______________(1)
These issues are very important in numerical methods of
solving equations. They will govern the limitation of time- ( ) ̇ [( )( ) ] ̈
stepping procedures. [( ) ] ̈ ____(2)

Three types of methods will be discussed:
1) Method based on interpolation of excitation
2) Method based on finite difference expression of
velocity and acceleration
3) Method based on assumed variation of acceleration.
Because acceleration also varies with time, however, the
extended mean value theorem must also be extended to the
second time derivative to obtain the correct displacement.
Thus, Setting β to various values between 0 and 0.5 can give
a wide range of results. Typically β = 1/4, which yields the
constant average acceleration method, is used.
3.2.1 Average acceleration:

If γ =1/2 and β =1/4 are chosen,

The above equations for and ̇ corresponds to the

special case that acceleration during the time step i is
constant and equal to the average of ̈ and ̈ as can be
shown below.

3.2.2 Linear acceleration

If γ = and β = are chosen, the above equations for

and ̇ corresponds to the special case that
Fig 3.1:Notation for time stepping method
acceleration during the time step i is constant and equal to
3.2 Newmark’s Method the average of ̈ and ̈ as can be shown below.

The Newmark-beta method is a method of numerical

integration used to solve differential equations. It is widely
used in numerical evaluation of the dynamic response of
structures and solids such as in finite element analysis to
model dynamic systems. The method is named after Nathan
M. Newmark,[1] former Professor of Civil Engineering at the
University of Illinois, who developed it in 1959 for use in
structural dynamics

Using the extended mean value theorem, the Newmark-β

method states that the first time derivative (velocity in the
equation of motion) can be solved as,
Fig 3.2 average acceleration and linear acceleration
̇ ̇ ̈ methods

where 3.3 Noniterative Formulation For Inelastic System

̈ ̈ ̈ _
(3)

137
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

[ ̇ ̈ ]
For an inelastic system the equation of motion to be
[ ̇
solved numerically is
( ) ̈ ]
̈ ̇
̈( ) ( )
̈ ( ) ( )
̈ ̇
̂
̈( ) ( ) ̈ ( )

At time I, Equation for motion at time i+1

̈ ̇ ̈ ̇
̈ ( ) ( ) ̈

At time i=1,

3.4 Newmark’s Method:Linear System

Substracting (7) and (6) Special cases

(1)average acceleration method ( =1/2 , β=1/4 )

Equation (1) and (2) can be rewritten as (2)linear acceleration method ( =1/2 , β=1/6)

1.Initial calculation

̈ ̇
( ) ̇ ̈  ̈
( ) ̈ _________________(10)  Select ∆t

The second of these equation can be solved for

̂
̈ ̇
 and ( )
̈ ( )
2.Calculation of each time step i
Also
 ̂
̈ ̈ ̇ ̈
̇ ̇ (
 ̂ ̈
) ̈ ( )  ̈ ̇ ̈
 ̇ ̇ ( ) ̈
Substitute (11) and (12) in (8)
3.Repetition for the next time step ,replace I by i+1 and
implement above steps fot next time step.

138
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

4. RESPONSE TIME HISTORY GRAPH

Most current seismic design codes and practices are

based on elastic analysis methods, such as the response
spectrum analysis method and the linear time history
analysis method. Response spectrum analysis is one of the
most common methods for seismic analysis of structures.
By eliminating the time variable, the response spectrum
method found the maximum structural response from a
given design response spectrum of ground motion.For the
development of response spectrum the properties of SDOF
system is used in the Newmark‘s method. Response of
systems having time period values from 0s to 4s with an
interval of 0.2 s is calculated using excel sheet.Ground
motion data collected for ten different ground acceleration
in India from strong motion centre. Table 4.1 shows the
Fig 4.1:Response time history graph for different ground
earthquake details
motion with natural time period Tn=1 sec and damping ratio
ξ=5%.
The following are the earthquakes
In the second step one ground acceleration and response
of that ground acceleration with constant time period Tn=1
sec and varying damping ration of ξ= 5%,10%,15%, and
20% is calculated. Here the powerful Bhuj earthquake that
struck the Kutch area in Gujarat at 8:46 am on 26 January
2001 is taken. It has been the most damaging earthquake in
the last five decades in India. The M 7.9 quake caused a
large loss of life and property.

Table 3.1: Earthquake details

Then calculated response of particular earthquake with

natural time period Tn=1 sec and damping ratio ξ=5%[Table
6.2].[fig 6.1,6.2,6.3]]show the combined response time
history graph for different ground motion with natural time
period Tn=1 sec and damping ratio ξ=5%. Fig 3.2: One ground acceleration and response of that
ground acceleration with constant time period Tn=1 sec
and varying damping ration of ξ= 5%,10%,15%, and 20%.

5.CONCLUSIONS

Initially decided to construct the Response spectrum by

considering all Indian earthquakes occurred in various
stations. Totally considered 5 ground motions. Since the
Basic equation of motion for structures subjected to
earthquake is a nonlinear second order differential equation,
used PRISM software to get the spectral ordinates such as
spectral displacement, spectral velocity, and spectral

139

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
acceleration. Then response time history graph for different
ground motion with natural time period Tn=1 sec and
damping ratio ξ=5%, response of that ground accelation
with constant time period Tn=1 sec and varying damping
ration of ξ= 2%,4%,6%,8% and 1% were calculated by
using Newmark‘s beta method and compared.
Simultaniously developing software for construting elastic
design spectrum by feeding ground acceleration as input and
get the result in the form of response quantities, such as
displacement response velocity response and acceleration
response.
5. REFERENCES
1.Shashank Pathak,Vinay.K.Gupta.‖On Nonstationarity-
Related Errors In Modal Combination Rules Of The
Response Spectrum Method‖,Sound And Vibration
407(2017)106-217
2. Khaldoon A Bani-Hani, Abdallah I Malkawi,‖ A
Multi-Step Approach To Generate Response-Spectrum-
Compatible Artificial Earthquake Accelerograms,Soil
Dynamics And Earthquake Engineering 97(2017)117-132.
3. Menghi Zhang, ―Acceleration Response Spectrum
For Predicting Floor Vibration Due To Occupant
Walking‖-Sound And Vibration 333(2014)3564-3579
4. Lukas Moschen,Christoph Adam, ―A Response
Spectrum Method For Peak Floor Acceleration Demands
In Earthquake Excited Structures‖-Probablistic
Engineering Mechanics
5. Kishankumar Umeshbhai Patel,Sangrilharshad
Kumar Patel, ―Response Spectrum Analysis For Bhuj
Earthquake Recorded At Ahmedabad Station‖ Computer
And Mathematical Science vol 5(2016)
6. Xiao Kang Zou, ―An Optimal Resizing Technique
For Seismic Drift Design Of Concrete Buildings Subjected
To Response Spectrum And Time History Loadings‖-
Computers And Structures 83 (2005) 1689–1704
7. Mohamed I.S.Elmasry, ―Response Spectra For
Differential Motion Of Structures Supports During
Earthquakes In Egypt‖ Engineering Structure 114(2016)89-
106
8. K.K.F.Wong, ―Seismic Applications Of Nonlinear
Response Spectra Based On The Theory Of Modal
Analysis‖-Procedia Engineering14(2011)1645-1652
9. Gangsig Shin,Ohseip Song, ―A Time-
Domain Method To Generate Artficial Time History From
A Given Reference Response Spectrum‖-Nuclear
Engineering And Tec0hnology(2016)1-9
Department of Civil Engineering,
10. Jun Chen , Lei Wang , Vitomir Racic, Jiayue
Lou, ―Acceleration Response Spectrum For Prediction Of
Structural Vibration Due To Individual Bouncing‖
Mechanical System And Signal Processing 76-77 (2016)
394–408
11. Jun Chen,Guo Li,Vitomir Racic, ―Acceleration
Response Spectrum For Predicting Floor Vibration Due To
Occupants Jumping‖Engineering Structure 112(2016)71-
80
12. Ajay Singh Gulshan1, Poonam Dhiman, ―Response
Spectrum Analysis Of Response Of Building With
Setbacks‖ E-Issn: 2278-1684, P-Issn: 2320–334x
13. Pierfrancesco Cacciola A, Laura D‘amico A,
Irmela Zentner , ―New Insights In The Analysis Of The
Structural Response To Response-Spectrum-Compatible
Accelerograms‖-Engineering Structure 78(2014) 6-17
14. Liang Su , Shi Lin Dong , Shiro Kato, ―A New
Average Response Spectrum Method For Linear Response
Analysis Of Structures To Spatial Earthquake Ground
Motions‖
Engineering Structure 28(2006)1835-1842
average response spectrum method.
15. Harshitha. R, A.Soundarya, Krishnareddygari
Prathima, Y.Guruprasa,
―Seismic Analysis Of Symmetric RC Frame Using
Response Spectrum Method And Time History Method‖ ,
International Journal Of Innovative Research In
Science, Engineering And Technology Volume-2,Issue-
3(2014)483-499,Issn (E): 2321-7545
16. Dr. S.K. Dubey1, Prakash Sangamnerkar, Ankit
Agrawal,―Dynamics Analysis Of Structures Subjected To
Earthquake Load‖International journal for research in
applied science and engineering technology,Volume 5
Issue Iii, March 2017
Issn: 2321-9653
17. Prakriti Chandrakar1, Dr. P. S. Bokare2,
―Comparison Between Response Spectrum Method And
Time History Method For Dynamic Analysis Of
Multistoried Building‖ International Journal of Science and
Research: 2319-7064 Index Copernicus Value (2015): 78-
96.
18. Girum Mindaye1, Dr. Shaik Yajdani, ―Seismic
Analysis Of A Multi Storey Rc Frame Building In
Different Seismic Zones‖ International Journal Journal Of
Scientificresearch And Education Vol. 5, Issue 9,
September 2016
19. M. Fragiacomo , B. Dujic, I. Sustersic, ―Elastic And
Ductile Design Of Multi-Storey Crosslam Massive Wooden
140

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Buildings Under Seismic Actions‖ International Journal
of Impact Engineering 30 (2004) 323–343
20. Lin Chen,Sherif El-Tawil,Yan Xiao, ―Response
Spectrum-Based Method For Calculating The Reaction
Force Of Piers Subjected To Truck Collision‖Engineering
Structure 150(2017)872-863
21.Said M. Allam,T.K. Datta, ― Analysis Of Cable-
Stayed Bridges Under Multi-Component Random Ground
Motion By Response Spectrum Method‖ Engineering
Structures 22 (2000) 1367–1377
22.Shoma Kitayama, Michael C. Constantino,
―Seismic response analysis of single-degree-of-
freedom yielding structures with fluidic self-
centering system‖- Engineering Structures 125 (2016)
266-279
23.Gangsig Shinab, Hseopsongb, ―A Time-Domain
Method To Generate Artificial Time History From A Given
Department of Civil Engineering,
Reference Response Spectrum‖Nuclear Engineering And
Technology,Volume 48, Issue 3, June 2016, Pages 831-839
24.Sandy I.Yansiku, ―Impact Of Artificially Seismic
Loading On The Response Of Building Structure In Various
Site Classifications‖-Journal Of King Saud University -
Engineering Sciences Volume 29, Issue 4, October 2017,
Pages 302-312
25.Şahinyavuz
A
,Leventmalgacab,Hirakaragülleb,Analysis Of Active
Vibration Control Of Multi-Degree-Of-Freedom Flexible
Systems By Newmark Method Simulation Modelling
Practice And Theory Volume 69, December 2016, Pages
136-148
141
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

SEISMIC RESPONSE ANALYSIS OF BASE ISOLATED BUILDINGS

AnnisFatima.S1,P.Antony Vimal.M.Tech2
1
M.E StructutalEngineering,Department of Civil Engineering, St.Xavier‘s Catholic college of Engineering
Chunkankadi
2
AssistantProfessor,Department of Civil Engineering, St.Xavier‘s Catholic college of Engineering
Chunkankadi

ABSTRACT
Base isolation is an effective method for earthquake resistant design to reduce vibrations transmitted from ground to the
structure. Since earthquakes can cause catastrophe to many structures, it is intended in the calculation of response beyond
yield point or inelastic systems. The project is concerned with the earth quake response, deformation, internal element
forces, stresses, and so on of simple structures as a function of time and how this response depends on the system parameters
such as natural time period and damping ratio. The main purpose of this work is to study the dynamic response of structure
such as base shear, base moment and roof displacement using nonlinear dynamic analysis with and without different
isolators. Buildings with different fundamental natural frequencies have been adopted and its dynamic properties such as
natural vibration modes and modal components of effective earthquake forces are determined So in this work the
performance of RC building in dynamic are studied with base isolation and the results are compared with the results
obtained for building without base isolation using a commercial structural analysis software package called as SAP
2000 to study the influence of isolation damping on building. In order to obtain sufficient knowledge about effectivenessof
base isolation in buildings, four number of five story buildings with varying fundamental natural frequencies were adopted
and its dynamic properties such as natural time period, natural frequency, mode shapes were calculated manually. Finally,
the dynamic properties were calculated using modal analysis procedure. Having done all the calculations, comparison was
made for structural responses for buildings with and without base isolation.

Keywords: Base isolation, Natural time period, Mode shapes, Base Shear, Base moment, Time history analysis,SAP2000
Software, Building With Fundamental Natural Time Period(B.W.F.N.T.P).

1.INTRODUCTION uncouple the superstructure from high-frequency

One of the most important applications of the theory of
structural dynamics is in analysing the response of
structures to ground shaking caused by an earthquake. In
this project, we study the earthquake response of linear
SDF systems to earthquake motions. By definition, linear
systems are elastic systems. Because earthquakes can
cause damage to many structures beyond yield point, we
are also interested in the response of yielding or inelastic
systems.The first part of this project is concerned with the
earthquake response deformation, internal element forces
such as base shear, base moment, stresses, and so on of
simple structures as a function of time and how this
response depends on the system parameters. Then we
introduce the response spectrum concept, which is central
to earthquake engineering, together with procedures to
determine the peak response of systems directly from the
response spectrum. This is followed by a study of the
characteristics of earthquake response spectra which leads
into the design spectrum for the design of new structures
and safely evaluation of existing structures against future
earthquakes.
2. PRINCIPLE OF BASE ISOLATIO
earthquake shaking. The basic concept of base isolation
system is lengthening the natural period of the fixed base
building.
3.ANALYSIS OF a ISOLATION SYSTEMS
The isolation system is
 Linear Static Analysis
 Linear Response Spectrum Analysis
 Non-Linear Static Analysis
 Linear Time History Analysis
 Nonlinear Time History Analysis
Linear Static Analysis
Linear analysis methods give a good indication of elastic
capacity of the structures and indicate where first yielding
will occur. The linear static method of analysis is limited to
small, regular buildings.
Linear Response Spectrum Analysis
Linear response spectrum analysis is the most common types
of analysis used. This is sufficient for almost all isolation
system based on LRB and / or HDR bearings.

The basic objective with seismic isolation is to introduce
horizontally flexible but vertically stiff components (base
isolators) at the base of a building to substantially
Non-Linear Static Analysis
In a nonlinear static analysis procedure, the building model
incorporates directly the nonlinear force deformation
characteristics of individual‘s components and elements due
to inelastic material response. Several methods existing and

142
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

all have in common that the nonlinear for deformation This is the Basic equation of motion for single degree of
characteristics of the building is represented by a Pushover freedom system
curve, i.e. a curve of base shear vs. top displacement,
obtained by subjecting the building model to monotonically Equation of motion for SDOF system for earthquake
increasing lateral forces or increasing displacements, excitation (or)ground motion
distributed over the height of the building in correspondence
to the first mode of vibration until the building collapses. The m ̈ (t) + c ̇ (t) + Ky(t) = -m ̈ (t)
maximum displacements likely to be experienced during a
given earthquake are determined using either highly damped 5.PROCEDURE FOR NON-LINEAR DYNAMIC
or inelastic response spectra. ANALYSIS.

Linear Time History Analysis The response of an N-story building with plan symmetric
Linear Time History Analysis provides little more about two orthogonal axes to earthquake ground motion
information than the response spectrum analysis for a much along an axis of symmetry can be computed as a function
greater degree of effort and so is rarely used. of time by the procedure just developed, which is
summarized next in step-by-step form:
Nonlinear Time History Analysis
Nonlinear Time History Analysis can be used for all
 Define the ground acceleration ϋ g (t)
isolation systems regardless of height, size, geometry,
location, and nonlinearity of the isolation system. numerically at every time step t.
 Define the structural properties.
 Determine the mass matrix and lateral stiffness
4.PHILOSOPHY BEHIND SEISMIC ISOLATION matrix k
SYSTEM  Estimate the model damping ratios  n
The dynamic characteristics of a base isolated building can  Determine the natural frequencies  n (natural
be modeled as a linear 2DOF spring mass system.Thespring periods Tn  2 / n )and natural modes  n of
kb represents the stiffness characteristics of a linear base vibration.
isolator and the spring k represents the stiffness of the
 Determine the modal components s n of the
structure According to Newton‘s second law motion,
effective earthquake force distribution.
 Compute the response contribution of the nth
mode by the following steps, which are repeated
for all nodes, n=1,2 ,…., N:
 Perform static analysis of the building
subjected to lateral forces s n to
determine
st
r , the modal static response for each
n
desired response quantity r
Figure 1:Mathematical modelling for SDF system  Determine the pseudo-acceleration
response An (t) of the n-th mode SDF
system to
ϋ g (t), using numerical time-stepping
F = m a (summation of forces is equal to mass and
acceleration) methods.
 Determine rn (t )
∴ F(t) –Fs – FD = ma  Combine the modal contributions rn (t ) to
Resisting force by friction is directly proportional to determine the total response.
displacement
6.DESIGN EXAMPLE
ie) Fsα y (Fs =k.y)
To understand how base isolation affects the dynamics of
FD = c ̇ (t) building, we consider a specific system. The fixed-base
structure is a five-story shear frame (i.e., beam-to-column
FI = m ̈ (t) stiffness ratio    )with mass and stiffness properties
m ̈ (t) + c ̇ (t) + Ky(t)= F (t) uniform over its height: lumped mass m  100kips / g at
each floor, and stiffness k for each story; k is chosen so

143
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

that the fundamental natural vibration period  The earthquake response of two systems.
T1 f  0.4 sec .The classical damping matrix c f  a1k f
with a1 chosen to obtain 2% damping in the fundamental FORMULAS USED :
mode. The base slab mass mb  m and the stiffness and
damping of the isolation system are such that FIXED BASE BASE ISOLATED
Tb  2.0 sec and  b  10 %.Here we examine the f  k 2
m Tb 
vibration properties, natural periods and natural modes b
modal damping ratios ,and the earthquake response of two 2 kb
Tf  b 
systems: f m  mb
c cb
(1) This five-story building on a fixed base, and f 
2m f b 
(2) The same five-story building supported on the 2(m  mb )b
isolation system described above
VIBRATION PROPERTIES:
 f -Natural frequency for Fixed Base Building.
The fixed-base structure has the familiar mode shapes and
ratios of natural periods. In the first mode of the isolated
T f -NaturalTime period for Fixed Base Building.
building, the isolator undergoes deformation but the
building behaves as essentially rigid; this mode is
therefore called the isolation mode. The natural period of f - Damping ratio of the Fixed Base Building
this mode, T1  2.030 sec ,indicates that the isolation-
system period. Tb  2.0 sec , is changed only slightly by m-Mass of the Building
the flexibility of the structure. The other modes involve NATURAL PERIODS:
deformation in the structure as well as in the isolation
system. we refer to these modes as structural modes,
although these modes contribute little to the earthquake-
induced forces in the structure. It is clear that the isolation
system has a large effect on the natural period of the first
structural mode but a decreasing effect on the higher
mode periods. In these higher modes the motion of the
base mass decrease relative to the structural motions, and
the base mass is acting essentially as a fixed base.

Figure 3Natural time periodfor fixed base building

Figure 2(a). Multistorey Fixed base building

2(b). MultistoreyBase-isolated building.

TO FIND:

 The vibration properties

 Natural periods and
 Natural modes modal damping ratios

144
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Figure 4Natural time period for baseisolated building

Figure 6. Base moment for baseisolated building

 Linear time history analysis shows that MODAL DAMPING RATIOS:

acceleration on the building decreases after the
installation of base isolator, whereas the
building displacement increases after the
installation.
 Acceleration on building and displacement are
altered by the installation of isolator.
Acceleration on the building decreases and
displacement of the building increases. This
increase in displacement can be reduced if
the isolator is designed as non-linear.
Additional damping is also introduced by the
non -linear isolator
 The modal damping ratios for the fixed-base
structure decrease linearly with natural
period(i.e.,increase linearly with natural
frequency)because the damping is stiffness
proportional .
 The high damping of the isolation system has
increased the damping in the first structural mode
from 2.0% to 5.64%, but to similar degree in the
higher modes.

BASE MOMENT:

Figure 7 Modal damping ratios for fixed base building

Figure 5 Base moment for fixed base building

145
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

7.DISCUSSION

Dynamic analysis is
performed for the
moment resisting
frame selected with
the base isolation.
The response of
the structure when
base isolation is
added to the structure is compared with the response of
the structure without base isolation.
The results are compared as follows.

Figure 8 Modal damping ratios for base isolated

 Comparing the displacements:
building

REDUCTION IN BASE SHEAR: The displacement in the frame has decreased when the base
isolator is added. This decrease in the displacement
 The isolation system reduces the base shear show that the force transferred to the building is reduced
primarily because the natural vibration period of due to the presence of base isolator. When this happens
the isolation mode, providing most of the then there will be a reduction in the requirement of
response , is much longer than the fundamental reinforcement in beams and columns. In this way the
period of the fixed-base structure, leading to a input seismic energy introduced in to the structure is
much smaller spectral ordinate. significantly reduced and consequently it is possible to
 As a result, the first-mode base shear coefficient avoid large plastic deformation and will reduce the
of 36.1% in base-isolated building is much reinforcement requirement and prove to be economical
smaller than 160.9% for the fixed base building. and safe.
 Each peak modal response is the product of two
parts: the modal static response and the pseudo-
acceleration.
 Each part is examined for the first mode of the
base isolated building and of the fixed base
building.
 The effectiveness of base isolation is achieved by
lengthening of the first mode period

Figure 9 Base shear for fixed base building

Figure 11 Roof displacement for fixed base building

Figure 10 Base shear forbase isolated building

146

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Figure 12Roof displacement for base isolated building
 Comparing the base shear:
Base shear can be put in simple words as the horizontal
component of the seismic shaking. The horizontal
components of shaking are the most damaging to
buildings because structures are already designed to
withstand the vertical force of gravity. From the analysis
performed for the frame with base isolator and
without base isolator in SAP2000 the base shear results
are taken. The frame with fixed base has a base shear of
618kN. The frame with base isolation has a base shear of
71.79kN. There is a decrease of 88.38% in the base shear
when the structure with base isolator is compared
with
the structure without base isolator.
8.CONCLUSION
The present study the importance of keeping the
superstructure stable while the foundation is being shaken
by an earthquake. So important is that to design a system
that puts this concepts into practice.A base-isolated
structure is effective with a fundamental period of less
than 1.0 second which is quiteaccurate for buildings
with periods of less than 0.5 seconds.By result
obtained for displacement is less with base -isolation as
compared to fixed base.
REFERENCES
[1] Anil K. Chopra, ―Dynamics of Structures‖, Third
Edition,Pearson publication.
[2] J.I.Colombo , J.L.Almazan,Experimental
investigation on the seismic isolation for a legged
Department of Civil Engineering,
wine storage tank,Journal of Constructional Steel
Research133(2017)167-180
[3] Donato Cancellara, Fabio De Angelis,Assessment and
dynamic nonlinear analysis of different base isolation
systems for a multi-storey RC building irregular in
plan,Computers and structures 180(2017)74-88.
[4] J.EnriqueLuco,Effects of soil-structure interaction on
seismic base isolation,Soil dynamics and earthquake
engineering 66(2014)167-177
[5] Carlo Andrea Catiglioni ,Reducing the seismic
vulnerability of existing elevated silos by means of
base isolation devices, AlperKanyilmaz .Engineering
structures 143(2017)477-497.
[6] M.K.Shrimali ,S.D,Bharti ,S.M.Dumne,Seismic
response analysis of coupled building involving MR
damper and elastomeric base isolation,(2015)6,457-
470
[7] Athanasios A .Markou , Giuseppe Oliveto ,
Anastasia Athanasiou, Response simulation of hybrid
base isolation systems under earthquake excitation.
Soil Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering
84(2016)120-133
[8] Donato Cancellara ,Fabio De Angelis,Nonlinear
dynamic analysis or multistorey RC structures with
hybrid base isolation systems in presence of bi-
directional ground motions,Composite Structures
154(2016)464-492.
[9] D. Cardone ,G.Gesualdi,Influence of residual
displacements on the design displacement of
spherical friction-based isolation systems. Soil
Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering
100(2017)492-503.
[10] Alexey M.Bazinenkov ,Valery P. Mikhilov .Active
and semi active vibration isolation systems based on
magnetorheological materials.Procedia Engineering
106(2015)170-174.
.
147
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF AN ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION

REBIN R.P. 1, LOURDU AMMAL2
1M.E (Structural Engineerin, St. Xavier’s Catholic College of Engineering,Chunkankadai 629 003
2
Associative ProfessorDepartment of Civil Engineering ,St. Xavier’s Catholic College of
Engineering,Chunkankadai 629 003

ABSTRACT
Effective construction resources management process is a key to success of a construction project. Nowadays,
successful material management of construction has to be based on and updated information and processed
utilizing a well-designed material management system. The aim of the thesis is to explore the local practice in
construction material management and develop a material management system to facilitate the management of
construction material mainly in the building construction. Construction management related literature was
generally reviewed; meanwhile some material management techniques have been reviewed also. A survey
questionnaire supported by interviews was used to explore the local practice in material management. The study
shows that most of contracting companies are considered the main obstacles in using computer in material
management are shortage of user-friendly computer program and no understanding for importance of computer
program. The study clarified that improper cutting of material was one of the most important factors affecting
on material waste. The survey also indicated that the stability of the work and work discipline was one of the
most important factors affecting on increasing productivity. One of the main recommendations of this research
is to encourage local contracting companies to have material management techniques and use it in determining
the required quantities of construction materials in order to get resources in time and required quantities save
time and minimize error.

Introduction equipment, space, time The construction

Effective construction material management
process is a key to success of a construction
project. Nowadays, successful management of
construction materials has to be based on and
updated information and processed utilizing a
well-designed construction materials
management system. The aim of the project is
to explore the local practice in construction
materials management and develop a
construction materials management system to
facilitate the management of construction
materials mainly in the building construction.
A construction project as an entity is an
arrangement of material according to some
preconceived plan. To effect this specific
arrangement, additional material, manpower
and equipment are generally required along
with some element of time as well as an
element of space, a practical sense, each of
these elements share a common resource—
money Resulting, construction resources are of
five categories with an additional basic
resource which are manpower, material,
industry is one of the most complex industries.
The construction process consists of several
phases where many different participants are
involved during each phase. The uniqueness of
this industry is that it is a project based
industry, where each construction project
could be considered as a temporary
organization. However there is a similarity
with other industries as well. The similarity is
that all industries are interested in high
production efficiency while keeping the
overall costs as low as possible. Public
buildings construction is a sector that plays a
vital role in our country‘s development.Hence,
proper and systematic management of
thissector should be applied and implemented
by the parties involved, particularly the
builders or the contractors. Construction
covers both small and big projects. The
application and implementation of modern
project management methods should be
adopted by builders regardless of the size and
level of the businesses. Most construction

148

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
projects are affected by several factors that
have a high impact on the efficiency of the
workforce by reducing their overall
productivity. This affects quality, time and
costs of the project. The reason for that is often
poor management of materials. Proper material
management could increase productivity
significantly.These components should be
accuratelymanaged on site, in order for the
projects to be successful. In spite of the
growing problem and the implications of poor
Construction Material Management, most
construction businesses still manage these
critical resources and all of the data
surrounding them with nothing more than
spread sheets, paper forms and human
memory. As a result, these organizations are
incurring unnecessary costs and taking on risks
that are impeding their ability to grow and
compete in an industry where there is very
little room for error. Over the last two decades,
most construction businesses have invested in
accounting, payroll, estimating and project
management solutions to improve efficiencies
and business performance. While essential for
success, these applications cannot fully
address the complexity of managing a sizable
physical material inventory in today‘s high-
stakes environment. To fully address this
complex challenge, companies have been
turning to Construction Material Management
systems.
AIM OF MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
The main aim of material management is to
get,
1. The Right quality
2. Right quantity of supplies
3. At the Right time
4. At the Right place
5. For the Right cost
PURPOSE OF MATERIAL
MANAGEMENT
1. To gain economy in purchasing
2. To satisfy the demand during period of
replenishment
3. To carry reserve stock to avoid stock out
4. To stabilize fluctuations in consumption
Department of Civil Engineering,
5. To provide reasonable level of client
services
OBJECTIVES OF MATERIAL
MANAGEMENT
The key objectives of materials management
are,
1. To buy at the lowest price, consistent with
desired quality and service
2. To maintain a high inventory turnover, by
reducing excess storage, carrying costs
and inventory losses occurring due to
deteriorations, obsolescence and pilferage.
3. To maintain continuity of supply,
preventing interruption of the flow of
materials and services to users.To
maintain the specified material quality
level and a consistency of quality which
permits efficient and effective
operation.To develop reliable alternate
sources of supply to promote a
competitive atmosphere in performance
and pricing.To minimize the overall cost
of acquisition by improving the efficiency
of operations and procedures.To hire,
develop, motivate and train personnel and
to provide a reservoir of talent.To develop
and maintain good supplier relationships
in order to create a supplier attitude and
desire furnish the organisation with new
ideas, products, and better prices and
service.To achieve a high degree of
cooperation and coordination with user
departments.To maintain good records and
controls that provide an audit trail and
ensure efficiency and honesty.To
participate in Make or Buy decisions.
AUTOMATION IN MATERIAL
MANAGEMENT
Automation is nothing but usage of advanced
technologies in material management
effectively to manage and control material
movement in the construction project. Now a
days in all field, automation becomes an
essential property to save time and increase
accuracy. Usage of robots, special automatic
machineries, equipment which runs
automatically with the help to improve the
149
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

quality of work with less time and also make

ease of review and maintenance. In
construction industry, especially in materials
management this automation will help to
identify and track the materials which makes
record keeping an easy one. It also reduces the
human work which will simultaneously reduce
the human error that occurs in material
management. But implementation of these
techniques need some skill full people and
some advance equipment and software which
will cost higher than the manual method
during implementation stage. Though the cost
is high, the benefits of automation is more
effective than manual method.
ROLE OF MATERIAL MANAGERS
The role that materials managers plays in an DATA PROCESSING
organization is strictly economical since the Data processing is the conversion of data into
materials manager should keep the total cost of usable and desired form. This conversion or
materials as low as possible. The person in ―processing‖ is carried out using a predefined
charge of handling materials should keep in sequence of operations either manually or
mind the goal of the company and insure that automatically. Most of the data processing is
the company is not paying extra money for done by using computers and thus done
materials. The goal of every company is to automatically. The output or ―processed‖ data
provide good quality construction by efficient can be obtained in different forms like image,
management. This is the basis for company‘s graph, table, vector file, audio, charts or any
survival, costs should not exceed income, but other desired format depending on the
keeping in mind customer‘s expectations. software or method of data processing used.
LITERATURE REVIEW Here we are formed into table format.
The main purpose of literature survey is to
give an idea about the work conducted world DATA ANALYSIS
over in the field of the project work. Several
studies have been conducted in the areas of Data analysis, also known
Material management in construction industry. as analysis of data or data analytics, is a
The following are some of the studies which process of inspecting, cleansing, transforming,
describes the proper planning before the and modelling data with the goal of
execution of the project, and proper discovering useful information, suggesting
requirements will be fulfilled in the project. conclusions, and supporting decision-making.
Literature pertaining to occupational diseases Hence this is a quantitative data, the data
and their prevailing conditions has been analysis process are carried out using the
presented here. computer package SPSS (Statistical Package
for Social Studies).

DATA ANALYSIS BY WAM

Analysis for my concept is taken by

METHODOLOGY mathematical format, which means Weighted
Average Method. Weighted average is a mean

150
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

calculated by giving values in a data set more 2. To review current industrial practice
influence according to some attribute of the in materials management and to
data. It is an average in which each quantity to establish key problem areas and
be averaged is assigned a weight, and these elements of good practice;
weightings determine the relative importance 3. To establish the requirements for
of each quantity on the average. Weightings integrating materials management and
are the equivalent of having that many like resource modelling in project
items with the same value involved in the management systems (i.e. real-time
average.It is a mathematical calculation done materials tracking);
by using the formula: 4. To develop and evaluate a prototype
system for integrating materials
MIS = (1n1 + 2n2 + 3n3 +4n4+5n5) / ∑N management and resource modelling;
Where; and
5. To investigate requirements necessary
n1 = Number of respondents for factor number for effective use of the system, such as
1; skills and knowledge requirements.
REFERENCES
n2 = Number of respondents for factor number 1) AbiolaAkanmu, BushraAsfari,
2; OluwoleOlatunji, ―BIM-Based Decision
Support System for Material Selection Based
n3 = Number of respondents for factor number
on Supplier Rating‖, Buildings 2015, 5, 1321-
3;
1345.
n4 = Number of respondents for factor number 2) Aditya Pande, S. Sabihuddin, ―Study of
4; Material Management technique on
construction projects‖, IJIFR/V2/E9 (2015)
n5 = Number of respondents for factor number 3479 – 3486.
5; 3) Ashwini R Patil, Smita V Pataskar,
―Analyzing Material Management techniques
N = Total number of respondents.
on Construction project‖, Vol. 3 (2013) 96 –
CONCLUSION AND 100.
RECOMMENDATIONS 4) Augustin Purnus, Constanta-NicoletaBodea,
―Multi – Criteria cash flow analysis in
The aim of this research project was to construction projects‖, Porcedia Engineering
develop mechanism to improve materials 164 (2016) 98–105.
management on construction projects through 5) AynurKazaz, SerdarUlubeyli, Bayram ER,
the integration of materials tracking and TurgutAcikara ,―Construction materials-based
resource modelling system. The rationale for methodology for time-cost-quality trade-off
conducting the research was the need for a problems‖, Porcedia Engineering 164 (2016)
well-defined real-time materials tracking 35–41.
system to improve on-site materials tracking 6) BiljanaBalzevska-Stoilkovska, Tomas
and inventory management processes. The aim Hanak, Valentina ZileskaPancovaska,
was achieved through several specific ―Material Supply Management in construction
objectives including: projects and satisfaction with the quality of
1. To review existing literature on structures‖, Vol. 03 (2015) 721–727.
materials management processes in 7) G. EmreGurcanli, HarunTurkoglu,
construction projects; SenemBilir, ―Heavy Equipment Scheduling

151

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
for Horizontal Construction Projects‖,
PorcediaEngineering 182 (2016) 265–273.
8) George Stukhart, ―Construction Materials
Quality Management‖, Journal of Performance
of Constructed Facilities, Vol. 03 (1989) 100–
112.
9) Gulghane. A. A, Prof. P. V. Khandve,
―Management for construction material and
control of construction waste in construction
industry: A review‖, IJERA, Vol. 05, (2015)
59 – 64.
10) Heng Wang, Bryan Hubbard, ―A survey
study on industrial construction project supply
chain: on time performance and practices of
structural steel and pipe spools‖, Porcedia
Engineering 196 (2017) 653–659.
11) I.A. Ocheoha, O. Moselhi, ―Impact of
building information modelling on just-in-time
material delivery‖, Vol. 98 (2017) 124–135.
Department of Civil Engineering,
12) Ian Chapman, Paul Olomolaiye, Frank
Harris, ―Automation Problems in Material
Management on large construction projects‖,
(2015) 499–504.
13) JavadMajrouhiSardroud, ―Influence of
RFID technology on automated management
of construction materials and components‖,
ScientiaIranica A (2012) 19 (3), 381–392.
14) Karm P. Balar, Rushabh A. Shah,
Dr.Jayesh A. Shah, ―Material Management: A
sustainable way to reduce the wastage‖,
Journal of Advance Research in Business
Management and Accounting, Vol. 01 (2015)
89–93.
15) N. B. Kasim, C. J. Anumba, A. R. J.
Dainty, ―Improving materials management
Practices on fast-track construction projects‖,
ARCOM Vol. 02 (2005) 793 – 802
152
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

ENERGY GENERATION FROM ALGAL BIOMASS THROUGH COMBINATIVE

PRETREATMENT
V. ANITHA1, J. RAJESH BANU1*
1, 1*
Department of Civil Engineering, Regional campus, Anna university, Tirunelveli, Tamil Nadu, India

ABSTRACT

Algae are a diverse range of aquatic plants, comprising both unicellular and multi-cellular forms, which
generally possess chlorophyll, but are without true stems and roots. The algae can be divided into two groups
based on their size: macroalgae commonly known as seaweed and microalgae. Pretreatments are to disintegrate
the floc structure of algae and extract both intracellular (within the microbial cell) and extracellular (within the
polymeric network) materials before Anaerobic digestion (AD). Anaerobic degradation can be achieved through
several stages: hydrolysis, acidogenesis, acetogenesis and methanogenesis. The efficiency of digestion has often
been limited by hydrolysis, which is widely regarded as the rate limiting step due to the complex structure of algal
seaweed. In the present study, Chemo-mechanical pretreatment with anaerobic digestion of the seaweed in an
efficient way. The main aim of the present study is to increase the organic content (COD) solubilization, protein
and carbohydrate and to maximize the biogas yield from algal biomass. Maximum COD solubilization of about
25.6% was attainted through this combinative pretreatment which is found to be higher than obtained in the
disperser alone (19.8%).

Introduction proteins and carbohydrates and low content of lignin in

Fossil fuels are the main energy sources for many sectors
liketransportation, power production and industries.
However, fossil fuels are limited and many challenges
such as resource depletion and pollution level in the
present global condition leads to find a new alternative
and attractive sources to substitute the fossil fuel.
Alternative energy sources from the renewable materials
are encouraged by many countries to sustain their energy
level to the global demands. Biofuels are the major
alternative energy source available for the fossil fuel
which does not affect the environment. Production of
biogas from algal biomass has large probable energy
output compared to other biofuels (Ramaraj and
Dussadee, 2015). Macroalgae (ulva reticulata) also known
as seaweeds are rich in protein, amino acids and
carbohydrates. Its availability and high productivity gains
more attention towards production of biogas. Advantages
of utilizing seaweeds as substrates for production of
biofuel are (1) higher growth rate and availability,
compared to terrestrial plants (2) no land requirement, as
it grows in salt water (3) low content of lignin ads benefit
to the production of biogas from macroalgae (Suutari et
al., 2015). Anaerobic digestion is the process of
converting the organic compoundsinto biofuel in the
absence of oxygen (Kumar et al., 2017). Anaerobic
digestion is a process of several activities that allows
biogas production, ecological bioenergy bearer, and
decreasing the volume of waste by gas production (Appels
et al., 2011; Uma Rani et al., 2012). The high content of
algal biomass (both micro and macroalgal biomass) made
them a good and suitable substrate for biogas
production.through anaerobic digestion processes (Costa
et al., 2012; Rodriguez et al., 2015; Shobana et al., 2017a,
2017b). Ulva species is proved as more efficient organic
substrates in biogas processes (Saqib et al., 2013).
Hydrolysis is the process of breaking the complex
substances of algal biomass into soluble substrate and it is
identified as the rate limiting step in AD (Appels et al.,
2008). Pretreatment is required before the AD process to
increase the hydrolysis rate, which disrupts the algal cell
wall results in release of intracellular components into the
liquid medium.Pretreatment enables the production of
hydrogen by overwhelming the hydrolysis stage, which
includes the liquefaction and biodegradation of substrates
(Rafique et al., 2010). Various pretreatments such as
mechanical, thermal, chemical and biological
pretreatments are available to break down the cell wall
and to set free the organic components, which is needed
by the microorganisms for biogas production. Among the
pretreatments, mechanical pretreatment efficiently
disrupts the biomass and enhance the release of organic
compounds thereby improving the AD process (Rodriguez
et al., 2015). High energy requirement of mechanical
disintegration may be a greater disadvantage, which can
be overcome when combined with other methods.
Interestingly, this can be done by adding surfactant to
weaken the stiffness of the surface in liquid medium and
enhance the fragmentation of algal biomass. In this study,

153

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
tween 80, non-ionic surfactant was coupled with
mechanical pretreatment (disperser) to enhance the
hydrogen production potential. The main objective of the
present study is (1) to evaluate the disintegration potential
of mechanical pretreatment (MP) (2) to optimize the
optimum biomass concentration for effective mechanical
disintegration and reduced specific energy input (3) to
investigate the impact of combined chemo mechanical
pretreatment on macroalgal biomass disintegration (4) to
assess the impact of combined CMP on hydrolysis and
acidogenesis (5) to evaluate the impact of CMP on bio
methane production.
2. MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.1. Macroalgae collection
The marine macroalgae was collected from Idinthakarai
(8°10′43″N 77°44′37″E) coastal region at the southern
part of Tirunelveli, Tamilnadu, India. The samples were
washed with water to make them sand free. Then the
samples were shade dried for 3 days prior to the
experimental analysis. The characteristics of macroalgal
biomass was analysed as a percentage based on dry
weight.
2.2. Mechanical pretreatment (MP)
Mechanical treatment was carried out using a laboratory
disperser (IKA T25 Ultra Turrax Digital disperser) armed
with a biomass cutting rod (S 25, N 25, G ST). The
macroalgal sample of 5 g was added to 250 mL of water
taken in 2L beaker. The experiments were performed by
varying the disperser rpm from 4,000 to 18,000. At
regular intervals, the samples were collected and analysed.
2.3. Chemo mechanical pretreatment (CMP)
In Chemo mechanical pretreatment (CMP), 5 g of algal
sample/ 250 mL of water were taken in 2L beaker and
added with varying surfactant, at the optimized MP
conditions. At regular intervals, the samples were
collected and analysed.
2.4. Biochemical methane potential (BMP) assay
BMP assay was conducted in 300mL of Bottle sealed with
air tight rubber cork. The bottle was filled with food
(substrate): microorganism (inoculum) in the following
1:3 ratio. An aerobically digested sludge or cow rumen
was used as an inoculum (active methanogenic bacteria)
in the experiment. To maintain alkalinity throughout the
experiment 40mg of Na2HCO3 was added per litre.
Adjusted the pH value in the range of 6.5 to 7.5.
Aluminium foil was wrapped around the bottle in order to
avoid light transmission and to maintain darkness inside
the bottle. To avoid aerobic respiration, oxygen in the
headspace was replaced by purging of nitrogen gas for 3-
Department of Civil Engineering,
5mins. The introduced nitrogen will maintain anaerobic
environment and it will be helpful for survey of
methanogenic bacteria for effective biogas production.
Basically, daily biogas production was measured using
syringe piston displacement methods Bottles were placed
in the incubator at 32 °C with 90-120rpm shaking speed.
Gas Chromatograph is used to estimate the quantity of
methane in the biogas.
2.5. Analytical methods
Total COD, soluble COD and volatile fatty acids
(VFA) were determinedusing standard methods which
described in APHA (2005). Proteins and carbohydrates
were determined through the method described by
Kavitha et al. (2015a, 2015b).
2.6. Specific energy calculation
Specific energy is considered as the essential
parameter for theevaluation of mechanical disintegration
which can be calculated using Eq. (2)
Specific energy (kJ/kg TS) = (Power × Time)
/(volume of sample total solids) (2)
Where Power = angular velocity (ω) ∗torque (τ)
(3)
The angular velocity relates the rpm to specific energy.
On the otherhand, torque experienced by the rotor of
disperser describes the load which was applied for specific
energy (Poornima et al., 2014).
3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
3.1.Effect of homogenizer disintegration on organic
matter release
The extent of liquefaction was predicted by measuring the
SCOD release during the DL process. Fig. 1 illustrates the
influence of rpm (4000–18,000) and treatment time (0–
30min) on organicmatter release. The release of organic
matter during DL was caused by rotor- stator effect.
During the DL process, the algal biomass to be
disintegrated was pulled axially to the dispersion head and
then transferred radially into the slits present in the rotor-
stator. The greater the pace and the less gap there is
between the rotor and the stator, the greater are the
mechanical shear forces, which improves disintegration
(IKA Dispersers, 2015).A similar pattern of SCOD release
was observed by many researchers during disperser-
mediated disintegration and chemo mechanical
pretreatment of waste organics. Given the trend that
organic-matter release increased as disperser treatment
time increased, a greater release was obtained by
increasing pretreatment time to 30 min. Increasing the
pretreatment time beyond 30 min produced only a
negligible increase in organic matter release. The trend
154

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
remains stable beyond 30 min pretreatment time. This fact
implies that most of the organics were released within 30
min. Therefore, a pretreatment time of 30 min was found
to be the optimal treatment time for DL. In addition to
treatment time, disperser rpm plays a major role in
liquefaction. Many researchers have reported that organic
matter release increases with increases in rpm. Therefore,
the disperser rpm ranges from 4000 to 18,000 was not
considered for subsequent studies. When the rpm of the
disperser increased from 10,000 to 12,000, there was a
significant rise in organic matter release (1200 mg/L),
perhaps because of crash and rupture of the cell wallsof
the macroalgal biomass by the strong mechanical shear
force.
3.2 Effect of homogenizer on biopolymer release
Protein and carbohydrates are the major intracellular
biopolymers of macroalgal biomass. Presence of these
biopolymers in the medium increases the efficiency of
methane generation.The release of protein and
carbohydrates in the rapid release phase was attributed to
a synergistic effect of the CDL processthat paves the way
for efficient disintegration of algal cell walls to ease the
release of intracellular organics into the aqueous phase of
the medium, of reducing sugar during mechanical
pretreatment of macroalgal biomass.However, in the
present study the achieved carbohydrates and protein
concentration was relatively low because the release of
proteins and carbohydrates by macroalgal biomass
disintegration always depends on the species type and
chemical composition of the macroalgal biomass, and the
effect of pretreatment varies with the type of macroalgae.
3.3. Energetic consideration and cost assessment
Energy-balance analysis and economic considerations are
the key factors affecting the economic feasibility and
practical implementation of the treatment process. The
energy demand of liquefaction and the energy recovered
in the form of methane were taken into consideration for
the analysis. The energy input includes the energy spent
for liquefaction, the AD process, raising the temperature
of the digester to make up the heat loss, pumping, and
biogas purification and compression. In reality, the energy
spent must be balanced by the methane generated in order
for the treatment method to be feasible. In the present
study, liquefaction of about 20% was used as an index to
compute the energy and cost. The present study has found
that CDL demands much less energy (437 kWh) to obtain
20% liquefaction, whereas DL requires more (2622 kWh).
Almost six times more energy was needed for the CL
process than for the CDL process, a difference consonant
with the results of other studies. Hence a great deal of
energy could be saved by using the CDL process. Another
two parameters relevant to profits that were taken into
account were generation of methane and decrease in algal
biomass to be disposed of. It is obvious that energy output
(methane) for DL and CDL remains the same, since the
Department of Civil Engineering,
liquefaction (15%) remains the same for both processes.
In economic assessment, the cost required for
consumables (mainly the STPP) was taken into account,
as well as that for energy. The additional cost for
chemicals did not decrease the value of the CDL process,
whose net profit remains 4 USD/Ton of algal biomass,
whereas that for DL is a loss of _475 USD/Ton of algal
biomass, a difference that makes .The cost of the
chemicals needed the CDL process a negligible issue. As
a result, the CDL process appears to be energetically as
well as economically more beneficial than the DL process.
Figure: 1 Compression graph of organic solubilize
releases
4. CONCLUSION
The pretreatment of macroalgae using homogenizer
increases the release of SCOD and biopolymers. The
efficiency of SCOD and biopolymer release varied with
the homogenizers used. On comparing normal
homogenizer with the surfactant added homogenizer the
latter gives the better performance with additional 20%
efficiency through surfactant added homogenizer generate
methane more.From the above graph it is evident that
methane generation is highly possible because of COD
solubilization and biopolymer release at an optimum level.
REFERENCES
APHA, AWWA, WEF, 2005. Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater, 21 st ed. American
Public Health Association/American Water Works
Association/Water Environment Federation, Washington,
D.C.
Appels, L., Baeyens, J., Degrève, J., Dewil, R., 2008.
Principles and potential of the anaerobic digestion of
waste-activated sludge. Prog. Energy Combust. Sci. 34,
755–781.
Appels, L., Lauwers, J., Degrève, J., Helsen, L., Lievens,
B., Willems, K., Van Impe, J., Dewil, R., 2011. Anaerobic
digestion in global bioenergy production: potential and
research challenges. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 15,
4295–4301.
Costa, J.C., Gonçalves, P.R., Nobre, A., Alves, M.M.,
2012. Biomethanation potential of macroalgae Ulva spp.
155
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

and Gracilaria spp. and in co-digestion with waste biodegradability of dairy waste activated sludge.
activated sludge. Bioresour. Technol. 114, 320–326. Bioresour. Technol. 126, 107–116.

Kavitha, S., Adish Kumar, S., Kaliappan, S., Yeom, T.,

Rajesh Banu, J., 2015a. Achieving profitable biological .
sludge disintegration through phase separation and
predicting its anaerobic biodegradability by non linear
regression model. Chem. Eng. J. 279, 478–487.

Kavitha, S., Yukesh Kannah, R., Yeom, I.T., Do, K.U.,

Rajesh, Banu J., 2015b. Combined thermo chemo-sonic
disintegration of waste activated sludge for biogas
production. Bioresour. Technol. 197, 383–392.

Kavitha, S., Rajesh Banu, J., Vinoth Kumar, J., Rajkumar,

M., 2016. Improving the biogas production performance
of municipal waste activated sludge via disperser induced
microwave disintegration. Bioresour. Technol. 217, 21–
27.

Kumar, G., Sivagurunathan, P., Zhen, G., Kobayashi, T.,

Kim, S.H., Xu, K., 2017. Combined pretreatment of
electrolysis and ultra-sonication towards enhancing
solubilisation and methane production from mixed
microalgae biomass. Bioresour. Technol. 245, 196–200.

Rafique, R., Poulsen, T.G., Nizami, A., Asam, Zaki-ul-

Zaman, Murphy, D.J., Kiely, G., 2010. Effect of thermal,
chemical and thermo-chemical pre-treatments to enhance
methane production. Energy 35, 4556–4561.

Ramaraj, R.P., Dussadee, N., 2015. Biological

purification processes for biogas using algae cultures: a
review. Int. J. Sustain. Green Energy 4, 20–32.

Rodriguez, C., Alaswad, A., Mooney, J., Prescott, T.,

Olabi, A.G., 2015. Pre-treatment techniques used for
anaerobic digestion of algae. Fuel Process. Technol. 138,
765–779.

Saqib, A., Tabbssum, M.R., Rashid, U., Ibrahim, M., Gill,

S.S., Mehmood, M.A., 2013. Marine macro algae ulva: a
potential feed-stock for bioethanol and biogas production.
Asian J. Agric. Biol. 1 (3), 155–163.

Suutari, M., Leskinen, E., Fagerstedt, K., Kuparinen, J.,

Kuuppo, P., Blomster, J., 2015. Macroalgae in biofuel
production. Phycol. Res. 63, 1–18.

Tamilarasan, K., Kavitha, S., Rajesh Banu, J.,

Arulazhagan, P., Yeom, I.T., 2017. Energyefficient
methane production from macroalgal biomass through
chemo disperser liquefaction. Bioresour. Technol. 228,
156–163.

Uma Rani, R., Kaliappan, S., Adish Kumar, S., Rajesh

Banu, J., 2012. Combined treatment of alkaline and
disperser for improving solubilisation and anaerobic

156
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

FLEXURAL BEHAVIOUR OF STEEL FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAM

USING MARBLE POWDER AS PARTIAL REPLACEMENT FOR CEMENT

S.GANGA1, MR.M.GALESH,M.E2
1
ME(structural engineering Department of civil Engineering St. Xavier‘s catholic college of engineering
Chunkankadai
2
Assistant Professor Department of civil Engineering St. Xavier‘s catholic college of engineering
Chunkankadai

ABSTRACT

The objective of this project is to study the possibility use of marble powder as partial replacement in
cement in flexural behaviour of fibre reinforced concrete beam. It has been estimated that from the
mining process of marble to the finished product, about 50% of the mineral is turned to waste. Marble
dust is a product of the marble processing and is produced as a result of marble sawing and shaping. In
this study marble powder is used as partial replacement for cement in fiber reinforced concrete beam. In
this study physical properties of cement, sand and marble powder like specific gravity, sieve analysis,
bulk density, bulking of sand, water absorption, moisture content test, fineness of cement, cement
consistency, initial and final setting time of cement were tested. Mechanical properties like aggregate
impact value abrasion value of fine aggregate were carried out. Marble powder has different texture, size
and properties than OPC. The marble powder passed through 4.74mm sieve and retained on 150micron
sieve was used for this study. Steel fibers of 1% by volume are added.Six full-scale steel fiber reinforced
concrete (SFRC) beams of size 130mm X 150mm X 1500mm has to be casted and tested..

Themajortest variables are 1%fibercontentsinlongitudinalreinforcement.The mechanical properties

such as compressive strength, split tensile strength, flexural strength of concrete with 10%, 15%, 20%,
marble powder is to be studied.The ultimate load,mid- span deflections, crack width and crack
spacing were investigated. The enhanced ultimate flexural capacity and reduced mid span deflection
due to the addition of steel fiber were observed.

I. INTRODUCTION

1.1 General
cements and fine coarse aggregate and discontinuous
Concrete is a composite material composed mainly of
,unconnected, randomly distributed steel fibers. The
water, aggregates and cement. Often, additives and
present study aims at developing flexural strength of
reinforcements are included in the mixture to achieve
concrete mixture incorporating marble dust as partial
the desired physical properties of the finished material.
replacement of cement as well as steel fiber. The
When these ingredients are mixed together, they form a
addition of steel improves the mechanical properties and
fluid mass that is easily moulded into shape. Over time,
ductility of concrete. Randomly distributed short, steel
the cement forms a hard matrix which binds the rest of
fibers are usually added to improve the tensile
the ingredients together into a durable stone-like
properties of the composite, especially the post –
material withmany uses. The thrust now a day is a
cracking behaviours. This study includes the flexure
produced thinner and green concrete produced better
behaviour of steel fibre reinforced concrete beam. From
quality which can carry the heavy loads. The steel fiber
the literature survey, it was observed that The combined
reinforced concrete is a concrete contain hydraulic

157
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

use of steel fiber and marble sludge powder exhibited 2 Specific gravity 2.76
excellent performance due to efficient in increasing
strength and micro filling ability to reduced deflection, 3 Bulk density compacted 1.463kg/l
bending, cracks, and damages to the beam.therefore,this
4 Bulk density loose 1.225kg/l
study provide a strong recommendation for the use of
steel fiber and marble dust as cement in concrete
5 Moisture content 1.45%
manufacturing.
6 Water absorption 1.17%
2. METHODOLOGY

The ingredients of concrete i.e.cement, fine aggregate,

coarse aggregate and marble powder are tested before 2.1.4 Coarse aggregate
producing concrete. The properties of sand, coarse
aggregate and Marble powder are presented in the The coarse aggregate of 20mm size was used for the
Table. As per Indian standard codes various test are present study and it is having a specific gravity of 2.74.
conducted on ingredients materials of the concrete. The aggregates were tested as per IS: 2386-1963 (I, II,
III) specifications.
2.1MATERIALS
TABLE-2 Properties of Coarse aggregate
Concrete was made of ordinary Portland cement 43
Sl.no Particulars Test result
grade, Fine aggregate (natural river sand), Coarse
aggregate, Water, marble powder, and steel fiber
1 Fineness modulus 3.92
2.1.1 Cement
2 Specific gravity 2.74
Ordinary Portland cement 43 grade, commercially
3 Bulk density 512.7kg/m3
available in the market was used for the present study
compacted
and it is having a specific gravity of 3.15 and normal
consistency 30% conforming tothe requirements of IS: 4 Bulk density loose 452.6kg/m3
12269-1987 specifications
5 Moisture content 15%
 Type of cement - OPC 43 grade
 Fineness - 5% 6 Water absorption 1.63%
 Nominal consistency - 30%
 Initial setting time - 30 minutes 7 Impact test 17.9%
 Specific gravity - 3.15
2.1.2 Fine Aggregate
Aggregate which is passing through 4.75 IS sieve is
termed as fine aggregate. Fine aggregate is added to STEEL FIBER
concrete to assist workability and to bring uniformity in
mixture. Usually the natural river sand is used as fine Mild steel fiber having 30mm thickness and 60mm
aggregate. Laboratory test were conducted on fine length i.e aspect ratio (l/d) 50 which are corrugated and
aggregate to determine the different physical properties obtained through cutting of steel wires have been used.
as IS 383 (Part 3)-1970. The fiber have been cut by fiber cutting machine to an
accurate size.The proportion fibers i.e 1% used
TABLE-1 Properties of fine aggregate
Table-3 PROPERTIES OF STEEL FIBER
Sl.no Particulars Test result
Thickness 30
1 Fineness modulus 3.28

158
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Length 60
Density 7850 Kg/m3
Tensile Strength 8500 Kg/m3
WATER
Shape Hooked End
Water is an important ingredient of concrete as it
actively participates in the chemical reaction with
MARBLE POWDER cement. The quantity and quality of water is required to
be watched into carefully so that it can form the strength
Marble Powder was collected from Royal Mrble at giving cement gel. Portable water is used for making
Nagercoil.It was white in colour and it was air dried and mortar. The pH value of water lies between 6 and 8 that
powder in formmarble powder reduce the weight of the indicate the water is free from organic matters. Water is
concrete. With proper mix design concrete with marble needed to chemically react with the cement (hyration)
powder will increase the strength. The 90% particle size and to provide workability with the concrete
of marble powder range between 150micron to 600
micron 2.2 Experimental Investigation

Table-4 Test result on Marble powder 2.2.1 Mix design

Properties Results The mix design for concrete can be calculated by using
concrete mix design codes. M 25 grade concrete with
Colour White mix ratio 1:2.00:2.75 and w/c ratio 0.5 used in this study
Specific gravity 2.42
2.2.2 Casting
Fineness modulus 1.27 M 25 grade concrete is used. Ordinary port land cement
of 43 grade is used and river sand passing through 4.75
mm sieves. Coarse aggregates of 20mm size was
Table-5Components of cement and WMP used.Marble powder 150micron to 600 micron used.
Portable water was used for both mixing and curing.
Chemical components Water cement ratio 0.5 and Mix ratio is 1:2.00:2.75:0.5.
five combinations of mixes were carried out such as
properties Cement % Marble powder % conventional concrete, concrete with 1% SF, concrete
with 1% SF and 10%MP , concrete with 1% SF and
SiO2 21.92 1.12
15%MP, concrete with 1% SF and 20%MP
Al2O3 3.30 0.73
2.2.3 Details of beams
Fe2O3 1.20 0.05
A total of 6beams were casting in this study, beams
CaO 63 83.22 with 3 no 12mm diameter as tension reinforcement and
2 no 12mm diameter as compression reinforcements
MgO 3.07 0.52 respectively.Each set comprised of two conventional
concrete beam, two steel fiber reinforced concrete
SO3 2.10 0.56 beams, two steel fiber reinforcedt concrete beam with
15% Marble powder . The size of the beam chosen was
K 2O 0.27 0.09 130mm x 150mm x 1500mm.Two legged stirrups with
6mm diameter was used as shear reinforcements.. The
Na2O 0.96 1.12
reinforcement details are shown in Fig.2.
C3A 6.71 -

159
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

20%MP+1%SF 20.3 28.56 31.2

40
Fig. 2 Longitudinal sectional view of reinforcement 30 conventional
details of the beams 20 Con+1% SF
10
2.3 Test methods 0 10%MB+1%SF
15%MP+1%SF
2.3.1 compression and split tensile test
20%MP+1%SF
The strength properties of the concrete are found by the
compressive strength and split tensile strength test five
combinations of mixes were carried out such as FIG 2
conventional concrete, concrete with 1% SF, concrete
with 1% SF and 10%MP , concrete with 1% SF and
In the above Figure shows that when we partially
15% MP, concrete with 1% SF and 20% MP cubes of
replaced MDP at different variations i.e 10%, 15% and
150mmX150mmX150mm are casted for finding the
20% with steel fibers of 1.0% then there is maximum
compressive strength of concrete at 28 days. Concrete
increase of 12.5% in the compressive strength of
cylinders of 300mm height and 150mm diameter are
concrete as compared with control concrete when the
casted for finding split tensile strength of the concrete at
cement has been replaced by 15% of MDP and 1.0% of
28 days.
steel fibers has been added.
3 RESULT AND DISCUSSION

Table-6 compressive strength of the concrete Table-7 Split tensile strength of the concrete
mixtures (MP+SF)

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TENSILE STRENGTH

Cement+MP+SF 7days 14days 28 days Cement+MP+SF 7days 14days 28days

(N/mm (N/mm²) (N/mm²) (N/mm (N/mm²) (N/mm

²) ²) ²)

conventional 18 21 29.5 CON 3.81 2.95 3.92

Con+1% SF 19.81 32 35.99 CON+1%SF 3.09 3.25 3.4

10%MB+1%SF 26.1 33 36.44 10%MP+10%SF 2.94 2.75 4.10

15%MP+1%SF 26.6 35.5 36.89 15%MP+10%SF 3.06 3.52 4.24

160

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
20%MP+10%SF 1.92 2.56 3.12
5
CON
4 localization and reduced ductility in fiber-reinforced
3 CON+1%SF
2 10%MP+10%SF
1 15%MP+10%SF
0
20%MP+10%SF
7days 14days 28days
In the above Figure shows that when we partially
replaced MP at different variations i.e, 10%, 15% and
20% with steel fibers of 1% then there is maximum
increase of 30.7% in the splittensile strength of concrete
as compared with control concrete when the cement has
been replaced by 15% of MDP and 1% of steel fibers
has been added
IV CONCLUSION
The maximum compressive strength of mix had been
obtained by replacing cement with
MP by 10%,15%,20% of its weight and after adding the
fibers shows increase in strength compared with
conventional concrete. the maximum compressive
strength of mix was obtained by replacing cement with
MP by 15% of its weight and 1% of steel fibers by
volume fraction of concrete, hence this mix has been
found out to be the optimum variation. The maximum
Split tensile Strength of mix was obtained by replacing
cement with MP by 10% of its weight and after adding
the fibers the maximum split tensile strength of mix was
obtained by replacing cement with MDP by 15% of its
weight and 1% of steel fibers by volume fraction of
concrete, hence this mix has been found out to be the
optimum variation.The Flexural behaviour of beam is to
be studied with 15% weight of marble powder and 1%
steel fiber.The result of compressive strength & split
tensile strength of replacement is optimum result and
thus is expected to have flexural behaviour for this mix
than the conventional concrete.
REFERENCES
Department of Civil Engineering,
1.Ali A. Aliabdo, Abd Elmoaty, M. Abd Elmoaty ,
Esraa M. Auda ―Re-use of waste marble dust in the
production of cement and concrete ‗Construction and
Building Materials ,50 (2014) 28–41
2 .Avraham N. Dancygier , Erez Berkover Cracking
concrete beams with low reinforcement ratios
Engineering Structures Volume 111, 15 March 2016,
Pages 411-424
3. Alberto Meda , Fausto Minelli , iovanni A. Plizzari
,―Flexural behaviour of RC beams in fibre reinforced
concrete‖,Composites: Part B 43 (2012) 2930–2937
4.Bahar Demirel ―The effect of the using waste marble
dust as fine sand on the mechanical properties of the
concrete‘‘, International Journal of the Physical
Sciences Vol. 5(9), pp. 1372-1380, 18 August, 2010
5. Bensaid Boulekbache , Mostefa Hamrat , Mohamed
Chemrouk , Sofiane Amziane ‗Flexural behaviour of
steel fibre-reinforced concrete under cyclic loading‘
Construction and Building Materials ,126 (2016) 253–
262
6.Doo-Yeol Yoo , Tianfeng Yuan , Jun-Mo Yang ,
Young-Soo Yoon , ‗Feasibility of replacing minimum
shear reinforcement with steel fibers for sustainable
high-strength concrete beams‘ Engineering Structures,
147 (2017) 207–222
7. Ilker Bekir Topcu , Turhan Bilir, Tayfun Uygunog˘lu
―Effect of waste marble dust content as filler on
properties of self-compacting concrete‘‘Construction
and Building Materials 23 (2009) 1947–1953
8.ManpreetSingh,Anshuman Srivastava, Dipendu
Bhunia―An investigation on effect of partial
replacement of cement by waste marble
slurry‘‘Construction and Building Materials 134 (2017)
471–488
9.Rahmat Madandoust , Malek Mohammad Ranjbar,
Reza Ghavidel, S. Fatemeh Shahabi ―Assessment of
factors influencing mechanical properties of steel fiber
reinforced self-compacting concrete‘‘ Materials &
Design 83 (2015) 284–294
161
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

10.Halit Cenan Mertol , Eray Baran , Hussain Jibril

Bello ―Flexural behavior of lightly and heavily
reinforced steel fiber concrete beams‘‘, Construction
and Building Materials 98 (2015) 185–193

11.Valeria Corinaldesi , Giacomo Moriconi , Tarun R.

Naik― Characterization of marble powder for its use in
mortar and concrete‘‘, Construction and Building
Materials 24 (2010) 113–117

162
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON CELLULAR FOAM CONCRETE FOLDED

PANEL
Dr.M. SHAHUL HAMEED, Mr. P. VENKATRAJ
th
4 Semester M.E. Civil engineering , P.S.R ENGINEERING COLLEGE,
(Dean Research & HOD)Civil engineering ,P.S.RENGINEERING COLLEGE
Sivakasi.

ABSTRACT
Concrete is one of the most popular construction materials used since hundred years ago. Because of
its flexibility and its usage many structures around us build by concrete. A green building is an
environmentally conscious building, designed, constructed and operated to minimize the total environmental
impacts. Carbon dioxide (CO2) is the primary greenhouse gas emitted through human activities. It is claimed
that 5% of the world’s carbon dioxide emission is attributed to cement industry, which is the vital constituent
of concrete. Due to CO2 there is significant contribution to the environmental pollution, there is a need for
finding an optimal solution along with satisfying the civil construction needs. Foam concrete is a new
innovative technology for sustainable building and civil construction which fulfills the criteria of being a
Green Material. This research work focus on that Foam Concrete can be an effective sustainable material for
construction and also focuses on the cost effectiveness in using Foam Concrete as a building material.

Keywords: Eco-friendly, cellular foam concrete, green material, folded panel.

INTRODUCTION volume by less amount of concrete. The manufacturing

One of the methods of reducing the density of concrete
relies on the introduction of stable voids within the
hardened cement paste or mortar. The voids can be
produced by gas or by air. Because a foaming agent
introduces the air, the concrete produced is called foam
concrete. Foam concrete is a vast majority of concrete
containing no large aggregates, only fine sand and with
extremely lightweight materials containing cement,
water and foam. It can be considered relatively
homogeneous when compared to normal concrete, as it
does not contain coarse aggregate phase. However, the
properties of foamed concrete depend on the
microstructure and composition, which are influenced
by the type of binder used, methods of pre-foaming and
curing.
FLY ASH
Fly ash is considered as one of the waste industrial
product that cannot be easily disposed. It solves the
problem of disposal of fly ash and at the same time it
reduces the cost of the construction. Therefore, fly ash
based cellular foam concrete is considered as
environment friendly sustainable material produced
with least energy demand. The density is considerably
reduced by using fly ash based cellular lightweight
concrete than normal concrete and at the same time, the
strength is not affected by appropriate design mix.
When we use this type of concrete we achieve large
process of this type of concrete does not involve any
high cost techniques. Manufacturing process of cellular
foam concrete is similar to normal concrete and in this
additionally foam generating machine is used.
FLY ASH BASED CELLULAR
LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE
 It is a version of lightweight concrete that is
produced like normal concrete under ambient
conditions. It is produced by initially making a
slurry of Cement +Sand + Fly Ash
(constituting26% – 34 % content) + water
 A cellular concrete is a lightweight product
consisting of Portland cement, cement-silica,
cement-Pozzolona, lime-pozzolona, lime-silica
pastes or pastes containing blends of these
gradients and having homogeneous void or
cell structure, obtained with gas-forming
chemicals of foaming agents.
 In cellular lightweight concrete, the density
can be controlled by the introduction of gas or
foam by foam generator.
 Cellular foam concrete is an air-cured
lightweight concrete with fly ash as a major
ingredient that can be produced at large project
sites just like traditional concrete, utilizing

163

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
equipment and moulds normally used for
traditional concreting.
 It is especially suitable in India for low-rise
load bearing constructions and for partitioning
work in multi-storey blocks.
 Fly Ash as a new additional constituent in its
manufacture. Fly ash can constitutes more than
25% (ranging between 26% to 33%)of the
solid material constituents of cellular foam
concrete mixes for different density outputs.
MARBLE POWDER
In India the extractive activity of decorative
sedimentary carbonate rocks, commercially indicated as
‗‗Marbles‘‘ and ―Granites‖, is one of the most thriving
industries. Marble Powder is generated as a waste
during the cutting and polishing of the marble. In India
the amount of the Marble Sludge Powder (MSP)
generated is very substantial being in the range of 5-6
million ton per annum. The heaps of this MSP acquire
large land area sand remain scattered all around,
spoiling the aesthetics of the entire region and have
affecting the tourism and industrial potential of the
state. The MSP reacts with free Ca(OH)2 to produce
calcium silicate hydrate. Thus, the amount of binder is
increased, which both increases the strength and
reduces the permeability by densifying the matrix of the
concrete. The addition of MSP as filler is a possibility
to achieve this in the most satisfactory way.
METHODOLOGY
There are no standard methods for proportioning foam
concrete, the general rules regarding w/c ratio, free
water content and maintaining unit volume apply, but it
is a specified plastic intensity that becomes a prime
design criterion. Cellular foam concrete will produced
in the laboratory using a standard inclined rotating
drum mixer by the addition of preformed foam to a
mortar or paste. The specimen will cast in steel moulds
to obtain folded panel of size 1000 mm x 400 mm x 30
mm are tested under point loading. The load is applied
and the readings of deformations versus loads are to
be record simultaneously for each load increment.
LITERATURE REVIEW
GENERAL
Many experimental studies and researches are carried
out on cellular lightweight concrete. Several
experimental investigations concluded the advantages
of CLC instead of using Conventional concrete. The
following is a literature review of relevant articles
Department of Civil Engineering,
discussing the various applications and forms of CLC
compared with conventional concrete.
REVIEW OF LITERATURE
Lakshmayya M.T.S et al., 1conducted the
comparative study of cost comparisons between
building materials and labour required for construction
of a G+4 residential building using Clay bricks, Fly ash
bricks and Cellular Lightweight Concrete Blocks. They
concluded that, CLC blocks are suggested to use due to
its size, shape and weight, work becomes easy and fast
for labour in construction of block work and palstering
work. By using CLC blocks time required for
construction also reduced. Because of having several
advantages like low water absorption, high thermal
insulation, high fire protection, high sound insulation
and eco-friendly to environment, CLC blocks can be
used for block work constructions.
Omkar S. Gangatire et al.,2investigated the
structural behaviour of lightweight concrete with
conventional concrete. In this, lightweight concrete is
produced by mixing air entraining agent Kemilite-pr in
conventional concrete in 0%, 10%, 20% 30% cement
was replaced by fly ash to make it cost effective. The
analysis focuses on tests such as Compressive test,
Flexural test, Split tensile test, Water absorption test,
Density test, Pull out test and Rebound hammer test
(NDT). According to results, They concluded that, can
economize the cost of construction without
compromising with quality of concrete by replacing
20% cement with fly ash and also total cost saving for 1
m3 of lightweight concrete was reduced when compare
with conventional concrete. This should lead to
increased utilization of lightweight concrete for
reduction of dead load, faster building rate in
construction and lessen haulage and handling costs.
They found that lightweight concrete sample of 10%
kemilite – 20% fly ash having density 2302 kg/m3,
which is 258 kg /m3 less than conventional concrete and
it, shows comparatively equal strength to the
conventional concrete.
Bhandari P.S et al3investigated the
performance of cellular lightweight concrete using fly
ash interms of density and compressive strength. From
the result, the compressive strength for CLC was low
for lower density mixture. The increments of voids
throughout the sample caused by the foam in the
mixture lowers the density. As a result, compressive
strength also decreases with the increment of those
voids. As strength increases its density also increases.
The test result shows that the compressive strength of
replacement mixture with 1% of foam is higher than
1.4% foam. The compressive strength of mixture with
1.2% foam is also slightly higher than 1.4% foam. They
found CLC is acceptable for framed strucuture and it
can be suitable for earthquake areas.
164

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Nagesh. Mustapure et al4investigated the
CLC blocks with varying grades of density. In this
experiment, CLC blocks having varying densities of
800 Kg/m3, 900 Kg/m3, 1000 Kg/m3 and 1100 Kg/m3
were casted and these are cured by both steam and
water curing. From the results, the compressive strength
of CLC blocks increases with increase in density and
the water absorption of CLC decreases with increase in
density. The thermal conductivity was decreases with
decrease in density. They concluded that, Fly ash based
CLC was considered as environment friendly
sustainable material produced with least energy
demand. The use of fly ash in foamed concrete can
greatly improve its properties. Therefore CLC blocks
may be used for construction purpose, which is
advantageous in terms of general construction
properties as well as eco-friendliness.
Manish Awana et al5 presented the parametric
experimental study on producing CLWC using fly ash.
The performance of CLC in terms of density and
compressive strength were investigated. The properties
of CLC, its advantages, disadvantages and applications
were studied thoroughly. They concluded that the
lightweight concrete has a desirable strength to be an
alternative construction material for the industrialized
building system. This study has shown that the use of
fly ash in foamed concrete can greatly improve its
properties.
Ashish S. Moon et al6 has carried out the
comparative analysis among nine mixes with various
percentages of cement, sand, quarry dust and fly ash.
The experimental comparative results were evaluated
from average compressive strength, average split tensile
strength, density and water absorption. From the results,
fly ash proportion is directly related to density. They
conclude that, CLC has density range from 1200 Kg/m3
to 1800 Kg/m3 utilized for the construction load
carrying structural elements like walls, slabs, pre-cast
blocks or of any other types of reinforced Pre-cast
elements like cladding units, etc. CLC in dry density
range of 800-1000 Kg/m3 was utilized for non-load
bearing walling masonry for internal as well as external
walls in framed structures. The lower densities of 400-
600 Kg/m3 are ideal for thermal insulation applications.
CLC‘s fire proof, termite resistance, very low water
absorption make it a far superior alternative to the
commonly used synthetic products like Thermo Cole,
glass wool, wood wool etc. or age old practices of using
mud-phaska or lime terracing. Foam concrete is cheaper
substitute for dense concrete as reinforced structural
elements and as a thermal insulating product.
Production process of FC is totally free of any
environmental pollution, but it offers additional
possibility of further reduction in environmental
pollution by enabling Fly ash an industrial waste to be
used as one of the main constituent materials. FC being
the typical concrete, it keeps gaining strength with time,
Department of Civil Engineering,
so long as some moisture is available in the
surroundings. Therefore, FC as weatherproof, termite
resistant, fireproof and durable as any other concrete.
REFERENCES
1. Lakshmayya M.T.S., Chiranjeevi Rahul R.,
―Comparative Study of Load Bearing Block
masonry work in housing‖, International
Journal of Engineering and Technology, Vol.8,
No.5, pp.2137-2148, 2016.
2. Omkar S. Gangatire, Yogesh R. Suryawanshi,
―Structural Behaviour of Lightweight Concrete
with Conventional Concrete‖, International
Journal of Current Engineering and
Technology, Vol.6, No.2, pp.635-638, 2016.
3. Bhandari P.S., Tajne K.M., ―Cellular
Lightweight Concrete using Fly Ash‖,
International Journal of Innovative Research in
Science, Engineering and Technology, Vol.3,
Issue 11, pp.17635-17638, 2014
4. Nagesh. Mustapure, Eramma.H,
―Experimental Investigation on Cellular
Lightweight Concrete Blocks for varying
Grades of Density‖, International Journal of
Advanced Technology in Engineering and
Science, Vol.02, No.08, pp.10-17, 2014
5. Manish Awana, Chandan Kumar, ―Cellular
Lightweight Concrete‖, International
Conference on Emerging Trends in
Engineering, Technology, Science and
Management, pp.241-246, April 2017.
6. Ashish S.Moon, Valsson Varghese, Waghmare
S.S., ―Foam Concrete as a Green Building
Material‖, International Journal for Research
in Emerging Science and Technology, Vol-2,
Issue-9, Sep-2015.
7. Vivek Sood, Suman B.M., Ashok Kumar,
―Effect of admixtures on the physical
properties of non-autoclaved light weight
blocks using pond ash‖, International Journal
of Advancements in Research & Technology,
Vol.3, Issue 8, pp.96-99, August 2014.
8. Binod Tiwari, Beena Ajmera, Ryan Maw,
Ryan Cole, Diego Villegas and Peter
Palmerson, ―Mechanical Properties of
Lightweight Cellular Concrete for
Geotechnical applications‖, Journal of
Materials in Civil Engineering, © ASCE,
ISSN 0899-1561, 2017.
9. Ali J. Hamad, ―Materials, Production,
Properties and Application of Aerated
Lightweight Concrete: Review‖, International
Journal of Materials Science and Engineering,
Vol.2, No.2, pp.152-157, December 2014.
165
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

10. Ameer A. Hilal, Nicholas H. Thom and

Andrew R. Dawson, ―The Use of Additives to
Enhance Properties of Pre-formed Foamed
Concrete‖, IACSIT International Journal of
Engineering and Technology, Vol.7, No.4,
pp.286-293, August 2015.

166
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

STRENGTH AND DURABILITY STUDIES ON SELF COMPACTING

CONCRETE USING MARBLE SLUDGE POWDER AND FLY ASH
G.SARAVANASELVAN1 ,P.KUMAR2
PG student ,Structural Engineerin ,Civil Engineering,PSR Engineering College
Asst Professor,Structural Engineerin ,Civil Engineering,PSR Engineering College
Sivakasi

ABSTRACT

Self compacting concrete is a relatively invention in concrete and the addition of mineral admixture to it
shows improved strength properties. Marble sludge powder and fly ash are waste product from industries it
also spoil the natural fertility of soil.MSP and Flay ash can be used as filler material in concrete and help to
improve the strength of concrete.

This paper present an experimental investigation on the strength and durability studies of self compacting
concrete with replacement of fine aggregate by combination of marble sludge powder and fly ash. The
mixtures of marble sludge powder and fly ash with fifteen different proportions. Fresh properties were
determined through Slump Flow. The study on strength and durability properties such as compressive
strength, and the durability studies acid resistance and alkaline resistance and water absorption are carried
out in this study. Result showed that use of Marble sludge powder and fly ash can be used as alternate for
naturalsand

1.1 INTRODUCTION: mass of marble waste which is 20% of total

Self Compacting concrete a new kind of high
performance concrete with excellent
deformability and segregation resistance, was
first developed in Japan in 1986. It is a special
kind of concrete that can flow through and fill
the gaps of reinforcement and corners of
moulds without any need for vibration and
compaction during the placing process.
Marble sludge powder:
Marble is a metamorphic rock resulting from
the transformation of a pure limestone
composed solely of calcite (100%CaCO3).
Chemically, marbles are crystalline rocks
composed predominantly of calcite, dolomite
or serpentine minerals. The result is that the
marble quarried has reached as high as
millions of tons. Marble powder can be used
as filler in concrete and paving materials and
helps to reduce total void content in concrete.
Fly Ash:
Fly ash is a fine powder which is a byproduct
from burning pulverized coal in electric
generation power plants. Fly ash is a pozzolan,
a substance containing aluminous and
siliceous material. Fly ash works in tandem
with cement in the production of concrete
products.
1.2 SUMMARY OF LITERATURE:
• The addition of MSP decreases the
viscosity. MSP was indeed found to

167
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

enhance the segregation resistance of – River sand, Marble sludge

the concrete when used in a limited powder, Fly ash
manner (15%). • Binding material
• The compressive strength and splitting – PPC
strength of SCC with 15% MSP • Water
addition at the age of 7, 28 and 90 days • Super plasticizer
are slightly higher than Normal – Conplast sp430
Concrete with River Sand and Normal 1.5 MIX DESIGN:
concrete with Crushed Rock Dust The mix design of self compacting concrete is
specimens. MSP was very effective to a trial and error method. Many references
overcome the negative effects of CRD. available for mix proportioning of SCC. Here
• Based on the experimental we use mix proportioning based on previous
investigation it was observed that the investigation strength and using Japanese
self compacting concrete gives a method and also based EFNARC guidelines.
homogeneous and cohesive mix with MIX PROPORTION
marginal decrease in workability. Binding Fine Coarse Water
• The behaviour of concrete with 0% material aggregate aggregate cement
replacement of fine aggregates shows 658.78 793.08 843.54 189.73
1 1.2 1.28 0.3
similar results with MSP and CSD
replacement level at 60% of MSP and
Table 1 Replacement Proportions For Fine
40% CSD where the effect of acids is
Aggregate:
similar with out replacement
• The compressive strength of cubes Marble sludge
MIX Fly ash
powder
immersed in sodium chloride solution
1 0
and magnesium sulphate solution
2 25
decreases as the strength of the 3 0 50
solution increases. 4 75
1.3 OBJECTIVES: 5 100
 To investigate the compression 6 0
strength and durability characteristics 7 15
of self compacting concrete with 8 20 40
replacement of fine aggregate as 9 65
Marble powder and Fly ash. 10 80
11 0
 To set the optimum mix from the
12 5
different mixes. 13 40 30
 To determine the workability 14 55
characteristic 15 60
1.4 MATERIAL:
• Coarse aggregate with size 12 mm
Table 2 Fresh Properties Of Self
• Fine aggregate
Compacting Concrete :

168
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

T50 Slump Ranges of L Ranges of V funnel Ranges60of

flow value value for T50 Box value for at value for V

Compression strength
(sec) Slump flow value L box T5minutes 50
funnel T5minutes
h2/h1 (sec)40
3 0.97 8
3 1.30 9 30
4 0.82 10 20
5 0.84 12
10
5 0.75 12
3 1.0 9 0
5 0.85 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
5 2-5 0.78 0.8-1.0 13 8 to 15 Different mix
5 0.84 13
5 0.95 14
4 0.98 9 1.7 DURABILITY STUDIES:
5 1.05 12 Acid Resistance:
5 0.82 13
5 0.89 14 The cubes of size 150mm*150mm*150mm will
5 0.98 15 casted and gets cured for 28 days. After that the
cubes are immersed in 5% by weight of water of
diluted hydrochloric acid (HCl) with pH value
of 2 for a period of 90 days. The concentration
of this solution should be maintained throughout
The fresh properties of concrete is tested by this period. The compression strength of the
cubes should be calculated. The loss in
slump flow for know the filling ability of
compressive strength and the improvement of
concrete, L box test for know the passing resistance of acid attack of the concrete cubes
ability of concrete, V funnel test for know the should be calculated.
segregation resistance. 60
Compression strength

1.6 TEST ON HARDENED CONCRETE: 50

40
Compression test:
30
Compressive strength test usually gives an 20
overall picture of the quality of concrete,
because strength is directly related to the 10
structure of the hydrated cement paste. The 0
compression test is an important test to 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
determine the strength development of the Different mix
concrete specimens. Compressive strength
tests were performed on the cube specimens of
size 150×150×150 mm at the ages of 7, 28
days. Compression load was applied until Alkaline Resistance:
failure at a rate of loading of 0.3 N/mm2.
The cubes of size 150mm*150mm*150mm
will casted and gets cured for 28 days. After
that the cubes are immersed in 5% by weight

169
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

of water of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) with Ph 8

value 12 for a period of 90 days. The

absorption
6
concentration of this solution should be

Water
maintained throughout this period. The 4
compression strength of the cubes can be 2 Wat
calculated. The loss in compressive strength 0
of the concrete cubes should be calculated. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
60 Different mix

50
Compression strength

28th Day strength in

1.9 CONCLUSION
40 normal curing
 90th
TheDaytest strength
results for
in fresh concrete are
30
withincuring
normal the limits of SCC i.e., flow
20 ability,
56th passing inability, segregation
Day strength
resistance.
alkaline resistance yest
10  90th
TheDaycompression
alkaline strength is increases
with increase
resistance test of marble sludge powder
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 and fly ash by individual.
Different mix  The maximum 28 days Compression
strength was obtained with
combination of 20 % of Fly ash and 15
1.8 PERMEABILITY STUDIES: % of marble sludge powder.
Water Absorption:  The water absorption value is increases
Samples were removed from water and wiped with increase of Marble sludge powder
out any traces of water with damp cloth and
compare to fly ash.
difference in weight was measured.
Specimens were dried in an oven at a  Durability properties of the mixes are
temperature of 100o to 110o C for not less under investigation.
than 24 hours. They were allowed to cool at  The compression strength of the cubes
room temperature and weighed (W1). Then immersed in Acid and alkaline solution
they were immersed in water at 25oC for not decreases with increasing the time.
less than 48 hours. After removing from the
water bath, the cylinders were surface-dried REFERENCE
and weighed (W2). Then the water absorption
of the concrete cylindrical specimens was 1. M.Shahulhameed et al (2012 ),‖Self-
determined according To the formulae (W2- compacting concrete using marble
W1)x 100/W1. sludge powder and crushed rock dust‖
KSCE Journal of Civil Engineering
(2012) 16(6):980-988 DOI
10.1007/s12205-012-1171-y.
2. R.Deepak et al (2016),‖Durability
Studies On High Strength Self
Compacting Concrete (Scc)‖,

170

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
International Journal of Advances in
Engineering Research (IJAER) 2016,
Vol. No. 11, Issue No. IV, April e-
ISSN: 2231-5152, p-ISSN: 2454-1796.
3. Pooja J.Chavhan et al,‖To Study the
Behaviour of Marble Powder as
Supplementry Cementitious Material
in Concrete‖, Pooja J.Chavhan et al
Int. Journal of Engineering Research
and Applications ISSN : 2248-9622,
Vol. 4, Issue 4( Version 1), April 2014,
pp.377-381.
4. M.T.Nageswararao et al(2015),
―Experimental Study on Use of
Crushed Stone Dust and Marble
Sludge Powder as Replacement to
Natural Sand in Self Compaction
Concrete‖ International Journal Of
Engineering Sciences & Research
Technology, Issn: 2277-9655 (I2or),
Publication Impact Factor: 3.785.
5. Deepthy Rajagopal et al
(2014),‖Durability Study of Self-
Department of Civil Engineering,
compacting Concrete Using
Manufactured Sand‖, IMPACT:
International Journal of Research in
Engineering & Technology (IMPACT:
IJRET) ISSN(E): 2321-8843; ISSN(P):
2347-4599 Vol. 2, Issue 9, Sep 2014,
45-50.
6. Nasr-eddine Bouhamou et al
(2013),‖Shrinkage Behavior of a Self-
compacting Concrete‖, UDK
691:620.1 ISSN 1580-2949 Original
scientific article/Izvirni znanstveni
~lanek MTAEC9, 47(6)763(2013).
7. D. Indu et al(2016),‖Optimum Mix
Proportioning of High Strength Self
Compacting Concrete‖, International
Journal of Engineering Trends and
Technology (IJETT) – Volume 37
Number 6 - July 2016.
8. N.Ganesan et al(2012), Strength and
Durability Studies of Self Compacting
Rubberised Concrete‖, SEPTEMBER
2012 The Indian Concrete Journal.
171
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OF CELLULAR LIGHTWEIGHT

CONCRETE
G.SANKARA PITCHAI RAJ1, Dr.M.SHAHUL HAMEED2
1
PG Scholar, Structural Engineering, P.S.R. Engineering College Sivakasi, India
2
HOD & Dean (Research), Department of Civil Engineering P.S.R. Engineering College
Sivakasi, India

ABSTRACT
Cellular Lightweight concrete is a lightweight concrete which is made by adding foam which is generated from
foam agent. CLC is a light weight, water resistant, fire- proof, sound proof and environment friendly. The main feature
of CLC is light in weight. CLC are made of fly ash, cement, and foaming agent. Since fly ash is being accumulated as
waste material in large quantity near thermal power plants it made concrete economical. The behavior of a lightweight
concrete structural member is dependent on mechanical and durability properties of concrete. In this experimental study
the work was focused on improving the lightweight concrete by replacing fly ash by Marble sludge powder and M sand
of various proportions. Physical, mechanical and Durability properties of the developed mixes including compressive
strength, impact resistant, and water absorption have been.
Key words: clc, marble sludge powder, durability, light weight

INTRODUCTION 2. To obtain optimum mix proportion with

greater strength.
CLC is a very fluid, lightweight cellular concrete
3. To study about the flexural strength of CLC by
material, produced by blending a cement paste (the
casting beam element.
slurry or mortar), with a separately manufactured,pre-
4. To study the properties and durability
formed foam. The density of foam concrete is
characteristics of CLC.
determined by the ratio of foam to slurry and densities
5. To study the bond between reinforcement and
range typically between 800 and 1800 kg/m3 as per IS
CLC by using pullout test.
2185 (part 4) : 2008. CLC is created by uniform
2. SUMMARY OF LITERATURE
distribution of air bubbles throughout the mass of
concrete. The foam cells must have walls, which remain From the literature study the conclusions obtained
stable during mixing, transportation, pumping and is,
placing of fresh concrete. The bubbles are discrete and
1. The increase in the foaming agent dosage
range in size between 0.1 and1mm. Foam concrete is a
results in the development of pores and, as a
free flowing and can be placed without compaction.
result, the density of concrete decreases.
1. OBJECTIVE
2. The foam concentration of 1:20 is good for
The present investigation is aimed to study about the
getting structural grade concrete.
following things,
3. The water/binder ratio should be less enough
1. To study the feasibility of using CLC for
for getting higher strength.
structural purpose.

172
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

4. Minimum foam content for CLC is 20%. % %

3. MATRIALS 1 100 100 0
2 100 90 0 10
Materials which are used in making CLC are,
3 100 80 20
1. Cement
4 100 90 0
2. Fly ash
5 100 80 10 10
3. Marble sludge powder
4. M Sand 6 100 70 20

5. Foam agent 7 100 80 0

4. MIX DESIGN 8 100 70 20 10

9 100 60 20
• There is no guidance or standard method for
proportioning foamed concrete. So in this
method which is followed in University of 7. EXPERIMENTAL INVSTIGATION ON
Dundee is followed, HARDENED CONCRETE
• Assuming a target plastic density (D, 7.1. Compression test
3
kg/m ),water/cement ratio(w/c) and cement
The compression test is used to determine
content (C, kg/m3) ,the water(W, kg/m3),fly
the hardness of cubical and cylindrical specimens
ash(F, kg/m3),contents of the base mix are
of concrete. Cube of size 150 x 150 x 150 mm (as
calculated as follows:
per IS: 10086-1982) should be cast. The specimen
D = C+ W+ F
should be given sufficient time for hardening

5. FINAL MIX DESIGN (approx 24 h) and then it should be cured for

 Cement : Fly ash : 1:1 adequate time based on the type of concrete. After

 Density : 1600 kg/m3 curing, it should be loaded in the compression

 Foam : 20% testing machine and tested for maximum load.

Compressive strength should be calculated by
 W/C : 0.35
dividing maximum load by the cross-sectional area.
Table 1 Mix Proportion
The load applied to opposite side of the cubes as
Density Cement (kg/m3) Fly ash (kg/m3) Water (Lit) Foam(Lit)
cast. The maximum load was applied to the
(kg/m3)
specimen until the failure recorded.
Compressive strength = Ultimate
1600 516.12 516.12 361.29 206.45
load / area of the cube

6. REPLACEMENT PROPORTION

Table 2 Replacement Proportion

MIX CEMENT FLY MSP M

% ASH % SAND

173
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

25
8.2. Acid Resistance
20
Acid resistance was tested on 150 mm
15 size concrete cube specimens at the age of 28 days
7 DAY
of curing. The cube specimens were weighed and
10
28 DAY
immersed in water diluted with five percent by
5 weight of Hydrochloric acid for 28, 56 days. Then,
the specimens were taken out from the acid water
0
and the surfaces of the cubes were cleaned. Then,
FC FC 1 FC 2 FC 3 FC 4 FC 5 FC 6 FC 7 FC 8
the weight and the compressive strength of the
specimens were found out and the average
8. EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON percentage of loss of weight and compressive
DURABILITY STUDIES strength were calculated.
8.1. Water absorption test

The 150 mm x 150 mm x 150mm size 30

cube after casting were immersed in water for 28 20
28th DAY
days curing. These specimens were then oven dried 10
WATER
for 24 hours at the temperature85°C until the mass 0
CURING
FC FC FC FC FC
became constant and again weighed. This weight
1 3 5 7 9
was noted as the dry weight (W1) of the cylinder.
After that the specimen was kept in water at 85°c
for 24 hours. Then this weight was noted as the wet
weight (W2) of the cylinder.
8.3. Alkaline resistance
Water absorption (%) = [(W2– W1) / W1] x 100 The alkaline attack testing procedure was
conducted by immersing concrete cube specimens
WATER ABSORPTION (%) of the size 150x150 mm over the specified initial
10 curing at 28 days of curing. Then, they were cured
in 5% of Sodium hydroxide solution for 28, 56
8
days, respectively. This type of testing represents
6 an accelerated testing procedure, which indicates
WATER ABSORPTION
the performance of particular concrete mixes to
4 (%)
alkaline attack on concrete. The degree of alkaline
2 attack was evaluated by measuring the weight
losses of the specimens at 28, 56 days.
0
FC 1 FC 2 FC 3 FC 4 FC 5 FC 6 FC 7 FC 8 FC 9

174
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

4. .Eva Namsone et. Al., ―Durability Properties

25
of High Performance Foamed Concrete‖
20 Modern Building Materials, Structures and
Techniques, MBMST.
15
5. J.H. Tan et. Al., ―FLEXURAL
28th BEHAVIOUR
DAY WATER CURING OF
10 REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT
56 DAY ALKALINE CURING
FOAMED
CONCRETE BEAMS‖ Department of Civil
5 Engineering, Universiti Tunku Abdul Rahman,

0 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

FC 1 FC 2 FC 3 FC 4 FC 5 FC 6 FC 7 FC 8 FC 9

9. CONCLUSION

All mixes were casted and tested for

compressive strength and acid alkaline test for 56
days is completed. From the compressive test result
it is found that mix FC5 as a optimum. FC8 gets
maximum compressive strength result but density
of mix is higher than the IS limits of light weight
concrete FC5 is taken as optimum value.
Test for impact resistance, sorpitivity ,split
tensile, flexural test, pullout test and 90 days
strength for acid alkaline resistance are to be
completed in upcoming days.
10. REFERENCES
1. Hock Yong Tiong et. Al., ―Strength Properties
of Foamed Concrete Containing Crushed Steel
Slag as Partial Replacement of Sand with
Specific Gradation‖ MATEC Web of
Conferences 103, 01012 (2017).
2. Han-Seung Lee et. Al., ―Fundamental Study
on the Development of Structural Lightweight
Concrete by Using Normal Coarse Aggregate
and Foaming Agent‖ Materials 2014, 7, ISSN
1996-1944 , www.mdpi.com/journal/materials.
3. Kongu Ruiwen et Al., ―Properties of High
Strength Foam Concrete‖ National University
of Singapore, Singapore.

175
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OF FOAM CONCRETE WALL

PANEL

KALIRAJ C, Dr.M.SHAHUL HAMEED

PG student, Structural Engineering, P.S.R Engineering college, Sivakasi.
Dean(Research) & HOD, Department of Civil Engineering, P.S.R Engineering college, Sivakasi.

ABSTRACT
The development of construction industries provides countless benefits to the society and the people.
At present scenario, construction field all around the world is facing a serious problem with price
hike of raw materials. So they are very much concern to reduce the consumption of readily available
raw materials. It is also important for engineers to develop Eco -friendly material, as environment is
getting affected day by day by the increasing construction activities. The advancement and
improvement of using wall panel has gone through a lot of achievements through the decades. The
usage of precast foam concrete panel has become the alternative to conventional construction using
brick wall. The usage of this panel system contributes to a sustainable and environmental friendly
construction. The main objective of this work is to study the effect of using with and without wire
meshes on the flexural strength of wall panels and to compare the results. Wall panels of size
(1000*600) with thickness 100 mm are reinforced with and without square mesh. Panels were casted
with mortar of mix proportion (1:1:1) and water cement ratio (0.4) with the 30% of foaming agent.
Panels were tested under two point loading system in loading frame after curing period of 28 days.

Keyword - foam concrete, eco-friendly, wall panel, wire mesh, flexural strength.

1. INTRODUCTION insulation properties, better fire resistance and

Foam concrete can be defined as a type of concrete
which includes an expanding agent in it that
increases the volume of the mixture while reducing
the dead weight. It is lighter than the conventional
concrete with a dry density of 300 kg/m3 to 1840
kg/m3.The main specialties of foam concrete are its
low density and low thermal conductivity. There
are many types of lightweight concrete which can
be produced either by using lightweight aggregate
or by using an air entraining agent. Due to the
practical and economic advantages it possesses, the
demand for lightweight concrete has increasing
over the years and has been partially used as
structures such as panel wall, roof slab and etc.
Using a lower density concrete can therefore,
significantly reduce the self-weight of concrete
structure with a consequence allowing the
reduction of columns and foundation size and other
load bearing elements and a corresponding
reduction in term of cost. Other advantages of
lightweight concrete included it good thermal
more convenience in handling the concrete as the
total mass of materials to be handled is reduced,
which then lower the haulage and handling cost and
increase the productivity.
2. MATERIALS USED
CEMENT
Cement was used as binder in this study. Cement is
most important ingredient of any type of concrete.
It determines the strength and other properties of
both fresh and hardened state of concrete. Ordinary
Portland cement (OPC) commercially known as
RAMCO cement was used in this study. In this
project, for the production of cellular light weight
concrete, Ordinary Portland Cement 53 grade is
used with the specific gravity of 3.17.
FLY ASH
In this project, for the production of Foam concrete,
fly ash is used which is collected from Thermal
Power Station, thoothukudi with specific gravity
2.63 and fineness 3.5%.
MARBLE SLUDGE POWDER

176

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Waste marble powder can be used as an admixture
in concrete, so that the strength can be altered. In
this project, the marble sludge powder collected
from ARASAN MARBLES at sivakasi.
JG
Fig 1. Marble sludge powder
FOAMING AGENT
Foam is a form of stable bubbles, produced by
mixing foaming agent and water in foam generator.
The purpose of the foam is to control the density of
light weight foamed concrete by incorporating dry
preformed stable foam into fresh lightweight
foamed concrete. For this study, the ratio of
foaming agent to water is 1:30 by volume and it is
collected from aastra chemicals at Chennai.
WATER
Water should be avoided if it contains large
quantities of suspended solids, excessive amounts
of dissolved solids, or appreciable amounts of
organic materials. Water which is used in this
project is confirming to the specification of IS 456:
2000.
MESH
Mesh is used in the mixing of concrete. Chicken
mesh is used in this project which is provided in the
two layers of top and bottom of the panel.
3.MIX PROPORTION
Concrete mix design is selected for the suitable
constituents of concrete and determining the
relative amount of the materials with the objective
of producing the most economical concrete while
holding the specified minimum properties such as
strength, consistency and durability. There is no
standard method of for proportioning the foam
concrete like conventional concrete. From the
literature review studied that the following
formulae is taken for mixing the concrete with the
density of 1000Kg/m3.
D= C+W+F
Where, D is the density of concrete,C is the cement
content and F is the fly ash .
CASTING OF MOULDS
Department of Civil Engineering,
The wall panel will casted for the optimum
compressive strength of the foam concrete. The
concrete is prepared for the ratio of 1:1:1 with the
density of 1000kg/m3. For casting the fresh
concrete will placed on the wall panel with the size
of 1000 X 600 X 100mm and it is self levelling and
self compacting. The mesh was placed in top and
bottom of the concrete.
Fig 2. Casting of panel
CURING
Normally curing process will done by various
methods. They are air curing, water curing and
moist curing. In this project curing process is done
in water curing. In water curing the panel was
cured for 28 days. After the curing process the
panel was tested.
4. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST
The specimen is tested in the compressive testing
machine after the 28 days of curing period. The
trial mix readings are tabulated as follows,
Table 1. Compressive strength test result
MIXTURE ULTIMATE COMPRESSIVE
LOAD (KN) STRENGTH
(N/mm2)
FC1 125KN 4.83
Fig 3. Compressive strength test
FLEXURAL STRENGTH TEST
After 28 days of curing period the panel is tested in
loading frame by two point loading system. The
figure is shown below. The ultimate load of the
177
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

foam concrete wall panel (FCWP) is 14.72 KN for 11.66 8.87 First crack
without mesh and 18.56 KN for with mesh. 12.78 9.23
Table 2. flexural strength test for FCP-1 14.56 10.23
LOAD DEFLECTION (mm) REMARK 15.91 10.57
(KN) 16.26 10.91
0 0 17.34 11.18
17.84 11.32
1.56 0.19
18.33 11.67
2.85 0.30 18.56 11.73 Ultimate load
3.66 0.37
5.24 1.46
Graph for Load vs
6.35 1.82 Deflection for FCP-2
8.42 3.12 First crack 14
12

Deflection
9.78 5.14
10

(mm)
10.57 6.78 8
11.35 8.54 6
4
12.64 9.21 2
0
14.72 10.11 Ultimate
load

Load
Graph for load Vs Deflection for
FCP-1 5. CONCLUSION
12 Based on the experimental investigation, the
10 D following conclusion are drawn.
Deflection

8 e  The compressive strength increases while

(mm)

6 fl
4 adding the admixture marble sludge
e powder in the mix.
2
c
0  The ultimate flexure load was recorded at
ti
14.72 KN and 18.56 KN for FCP-1 and
o…
FCP-2.
Load  Most panels finally failed by crushing of
concrete. The first crack occurred at 40%
Table 3.Flexural strength test for FCP-2 to 60% of the ultimate load.
LOAD DEFLECTION REMARK REFERENCES
(KN) (mm)
1) D.A. Bournas, G. Torrisi & F. Crisafulli,
0 0 A.Pavese, University of Pavia, Italy,
1.78 0.24 EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
AND ANALYTICAL MODELLING OF
3.15 0.37
FOAM CONCRETE PANEL‖ journal
3.89 0.58 technology (science & technology) Aug
5.75 1.83 2014.
6.56 2.56 2) Md Azree Othuman Mydin, Universiti
Sains Malaysia, 11800, Penang,
8.55 3.44
Malaysia‖THIN WALLED STEEL
10.41 6.17 LIGHTWEIGHT FOAMCRETE: A

178
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

NOVEL APPROACH FABRICATE CONCRETE ―International Journal for

SANWICH COMPOSITE‖ Australian Scientific Research & Development, July
Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences, 2016
5(12): 1727-1733, 2011.
3) Y.H Mugahed amran,―STRUCTURAL
BEHAVIOUR OF PRECAST FOAM
CONCRETE PANEL SUBJECTED TO
VERTICAL IN-PLANE SHEAR
LOADING‖ International Journal of Civil,
Environmental, Structural, Construction
and Architectural Engineering.
4) Hanizam Awang, ―EFFECT OF
ADDITIVES ON MECHANICAL AND
THERMAL PROPERTIES OF
LIGHTWEIGHT FOAMED
CONCRETE‖Universiti Sains Malaysia.
5) Surya Bose , Meera C.M,
―STRUCTURAL BEHAVIOUR OF
LATERALLY LOADED PLAIN AND
FIBRE REINFORCED PRECAST FOAM
CONCRETE SANDWICH PANEL‖
International Journal of Innovative
Research in Science, Engineering and
Technology, May 2017
6) M.Aravind, p. muthukumar ,s.premanand,
―EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON
CELLULAR LIGHTWEIGHT WALL‖
International Journal on Research,
Engineering &Technology,july 2015
7) Srinath . S. S.V, S. Lavanya Prabha2,
―EVALUATION OF WALL PANEL
USING GEOPOLYMER CONCRETE‖
International Journal on Research,
Engineering &Technology,june 2016.
8) Randhir J. Phalke1, Darshan G.
Gaidhankar, ―FLEXURAL BEHAVIOUR
OF SLAB PANELS USING WELDED
SQUARE MESH BY INCORPORATING
STEEL FIBERS‖ International Journal of
Research in Engineering and Technology,
May-2014

9) K. Sai Lakshmi, INPLANE SHEAR

BEHAVIOUR OF STEEL- FOAM
CONCRETE COMPOSITE WALL
PANEL‖ International Journal of
Engineering Research & Technology,
March-2015
10) Raj Vardhan Singh Chande, STUDY OF
CELLULAR LIGHTWEIGHT

179
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

FLEXURAL BEHAVIOR OF SELF-COMPACTING CONCRETE BY

USING WASTE FOUNDRY SAND
S.U.SRIRAM1, Dr. M. JOHN ROBERT PRINCE2
1
PG scholar, St.Xavier‘s Catholic College of Engineering, Chunkankadai, Nagercoil – 629 003
2
Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, St.Xavier‘s Catholic College of Engineering,
Chunkankadai, Nagercoil – 629 003

Abstract
In this thesis, an experimental investigation on self-compacting concrete by using Waste
Foundry Sand is to be done. The materials to be used for the experiment are collected and
the physical properties tests are done. Self-Compacting Concrete (SCC) is an innovative
concrete that does not require vibration for placing and compaction. It is able to flow under
its own weight, completely filling formwork and achieving full compaction, even in the
presence of congested reinforcement. In this work, an attempt has been made to make a
comparative study on the fresh and hardened state properties of M30 grades of plain
concrete mixes to self compacting concrete with the replacement of River sand by Waste
Foundry Sand. This paper presents an Experimental Investigation on Strength aspects like
Compressive, Flexural and Split Tensile Strength of Self-Compacting Concrete and
Workability tests (slump, L-box, and V-Funnel) are carried out. The methodology adopted is
that Waste Foundry Sand of 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% has been used. Poly-carboxylic
Ether based super plasticizer is measured and used as super plasticizer. Fly ash is used as
mineral admixture. This research outcome is very beneficial and economical to the
Community.

Keywords — Self compacting concrete, Fly Ash, River Sand, Waste Foundry Sand, Cera
Hyperplast XR-W40.

180
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

and its composition must remain uniform

1. Introduction throughout the process of transport and
placing.
Self-Compacting Concrete (SCC) is a
concrete which can be placed and
compacted under its own weight with little 2. Material Properties
vibration. Self-compacting concrete is
cohesive enough to be handled without 2.1 Cement
bleeding and segregation. SCC was first Ordinary Portland cement of grade 43 is
used with Confirmation to IS 8112- 19890.
S.No. Physical Properties Values
Its physical properties are given in Table
1. Specific gravity 3.14
1.
2. Initial setting time 90 min
3. Final setting time 300 min Table 1: Physical properties of cement
developed in Japan in late 1980‘s to be
used mainly in congested reinforced areas. 2.2 Fly ash
The increase of paste volume with Fly ash is obtained from the Fly ash brick
emphasis to low water powder ratio (w/p) manufacturing plant in Kanyakumari. The
in the presence of compatible chemical physical properties are given in table 2.
admixtures further strengthens the fluidity
and helps in attaining homogeneity.
Adequate homogeneity improves viscosity Table 2: Physical Properties of Fly
of the mix, which in turn enhances the Ash
segregation resistance. An optimum
balance between fluidity and viscosity is S.No. Physical Properties Values
the key to achieve efficient self-
1. Color Dark Grey
compacting characteristics of the concrete
mix in fresh state. 2. Specific gravity 2.42

1.1 Properties of Self-compacting 2.3 Chemical admixture

Concrete
Fresh SCC should possess the following
key properties related to workability:
1.1.1. Filling ability: This is the ability of
SCC to flow, spread and fill into spaces
under its own weight. Slump flow test, V-
funnel test are conducted to measure the
filling ability of SCC.
Poly-carboxylic ether based super
plasticizer was used with the brand name
Cera Hyperplast XR 430. Dosage of super
plasticizer ranges from 1.2% to 1.8% of
cementations material for different
proportions. The physical properties are
given in table 3.

1.1.2. Passing ability: This is the ability of Table 3: Physical Properties of Chemical
SCC to flow through close spacing such as admixture
reinforcing bars under its own weight
without blocking. L-box test is conducted S.No. Physical Properties Values
to measure the passing ability.
1. Color Dark brown
1.1.3. Resistance to segregation: The SCC 2. Specific gravity 1.21
must meet the required levels of properties

181
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

2.4 Fine aggregates 2. Fineness modulus 6.14

Natural fine aggregate available from 3. Specific Gravity 2.62
locally available market is used. The
physical properties are tested in 3. Mix Proportion
accordance to IS: 383 and are given in
table 4. Mix design is defined as the process of
selecting suitable ingredients of concrete
and determining the relative proportions
with the objective of producing concrete
Table 4: Physical Properties of Fine of a fixed minimum strength and
aggregates durability as economically as possible.
The mix composition is chosen to satisfy
S.No. Physical Properties Values all performance criteria for the concrete in
1. Fineness modulus 2.72 both fresh and hardened state.
2. Specific gravity 2.58
However, to obtain the required properties
2.5 Foundry sand of fresh concrete in SCC, a higher
Foundry sand obtained from the nearest proportion of ultrafine materials and the
foundry industry is used. The physical incorporation of chemical admixture are
properties are tested and are given in table necessary. The components shall be
5. coordinated one by one so that
segregation, bleeding and sedimentation
Table 5: Physical Properties of are prevented. A rational mix
Foundry sand design process should be used to reduce
the
S.No. Physical Properties Values number or trail tests in laboratory.
1. Color Red.
2. Specific gravity 2.55 The mix design of Control specimen and
the Self Compacting concrete are as
follows.
2.6 Coarse aggregate
The coarse aggregate obtained from the
Table 7: Mix Proportion
locally available crushing plant is used.
The physical properties are tested in
Type of Cement Sand Coarse Water
accordance with IS: 383 and is given in Mix aggregate
table 6.
Control 480 661 1074 192
Table 6: Physical Properties of Coarse Mix (1) (1.38) (2.24) (0.4)
aggregate
SCC 390 985.67 913.296 156
S.No. Physical Properties Values Mix (1) (2.52) (2.34) (0.4)
1. Size 10-12.5 mm

182
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Various mixes of Self compacting elongate. Cubes of size 150mm x 150mm

concrete incorporating Waste foundry have been casted. Compressive strength of
sand, Fly ash and Super plasticizer are as cubes have been determined by using
follows. compression testing machine of 3000 KN.

4. Experimental Investigation and

interpretation of results.

The fresh and hardened state properties of

SCC have been found out. Tests such as
Slump flow, T50, L-Box and V-Funnel
tests have been carried out to find out the
fresh properties and also to check out the
necessary criteria for SCC. The results
have been tabulated and are as follows.

Table 9: Results of Fresh Concrete

Figure 1: Compressive strength
S.No Mix Slump T50 L-box V-
Where, Designation flow Funnel
(h2/h1)
1. SCC1 – Self compacting
concrete with WFS (0 %), Fly ash (20 %)
and super-plasticizer (1.1 %). 1. SCC1 610 6 0.88 9

2. SCC1 – Self compacting 2. SCC2 607 8 0.85 9

concrete with WFS (25%), Fly ash (20 %) 3. SCC3 580 9 0.83 11
and super-plasticizer (1.2 %). 4. SCC4 565 11 0.82 13
3. SCC1 – Self compacting 5. SCC5 507 13 0.78 17
concrete with WFS (50%), Fly ash (25 %)
and super-plasticizer (1.5 %). 4.2 Split Tensile strength
4. SCC1 – Self compacting This test is carried out by placing the
concrete with WFS (75%), Fly ash (30 %) cylinder specimen horizontally between
and super-plasticizer (1.8 %). the loading surface of compression testing
5. SCC1 – Self compacting machine and by applying the load until
concrete with WFS (100 %), Fly ash (30 failure along the vertical diameter.
%) and super-plasticizer (2 %). Cylinders of size 150mm x 300mm have
been casted.
4.1 Compressive Strength
Compressive strength of concrete is
defined as capacity of a material or a
structure to withstand loads tending to
reduce size, as opposed to tensile strength,
which withstands loads tending to
183
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

4.3.1 Details of Beam design

A total of 10 beams were casted. In the

tensile zone, 2 no‘s of 12mm ɸ are placed
and in the compression zone, 2 no‘s of
10mm ɸ are placed with 2 legged stirrups
of 6mm ɸ placed at 90mm c/c spacing.
Loading frame with hydraulic jack with
capacity of 50 ton has been used for
testing. Two point loading arrangement
has to be done.

Figure 2: Split tensile strength
4.3 Flexural Strength
In order to determine the flexural strength,
Beams of size 130mm x 150mm having a
length of 1500mm have been casted and
about to test at 28 days
The test results are as follows and Graphs
are plotted in order to compare the results
of 14 and 28 days of strength
Table 10: Results of Compressive
strength of hardened concrete.
Type of Compressive strength
Mix

7 days 14 28
Figure 3: Graph showing the split-tensile days days
strength of hardened concrete Control
Mix
19.11 23. 30.
55 22
SCC1 21.55 26 32.
67
SCC2 20.89 25. 30.
33 88
SCC3 28.44 32. 39.
22 33
SCC4 18 21. 28.
77 67
SCC5 11.55 14. 2.6
44 7

184
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Table 11: Results of Split-tensile strength of

hardened concrete

Type of Mix Split Tensile Strength

7 days 14 days 28 days

Control Mix 2.54 3.11 3.53

SCC1 2.83 3.25 3.96

SCC2 2.83 3.18 3.6

SCC3 2.97 3.54 4.24

Figure 4: Graph showing the Compressive

SCC4 2.4 2.97 3.18
strength of hardened concrete

5. Conclusion
SCC5 1.69 2.2 2.54
1. The use of foundry sand gives a
considerable result compared to
conventional concrete.
2. From the results, it has been
observed that the mix containing 50%
Foundry sand shows highest strength.
` 3. There has been a 30% increase in
compressive strength when foundry
sand is used up to 50% when compared
to the control mix.
4. There has been a 20% increase in
split tensile strength when foundry
sand is used up to 50% when compared
to the control mix.
5. Foundry sand when used up to 75%
shows a considerable result but the full
replacement of foundry sand shows a
decline in strength.

185

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
References
1. G. Ganesh Prabhu, Jung Hwan Hyun, ―
Effects of foundry sand as fine aggregate
in concrete production- Construction and
Building Materials- 70(2014), pg no: 514-
521
2. P Yazhini, A Vennila, R
Venkatasubramani and V Sreevidhya,
―Experimental investigation on Self
compacted concrete with Foundry sand
and Tile Powder‖ -IJESE, Volume 09,
No.03, Pg no: 579-583
3. Aswathy, Mathews M. Paul, ―Behavior
of Self Compacting Concrete by partial
replacement of Fine aggregate with Coal
Bottom Ash‖ -Volume 2, IJIRAE, ISSN:
2349-2163
4. Ramanathan, Baskar, ―Performance of
Self-Compacting Concrete Containing
Different Mineral Admixtures‖ – IJIRAE,
Pg no: 465-472
5. Jayachandra, Sasha Kumar, ―Strength
Behavior of Foundry Sand on Modified
High Strength Concrete‖- ISSN: 2319-
1163, IJRET
6. Xerses N. Irani, Ramesh Patil,
―Utilization of foundry waste sand in the
preparation of concrete‖- ISSN: 2320-
2334, IOSR-JMCE, Volume 12, Pg no: 30-
36
7. Yogesh Aggarwal, Rafat Siddique,
―Microstructure and properties of concrete
using bottom ash and waste foundry sand
as a partial replacement of fine aggregate-
Department of Civil Engineering,
Construction and building‖- Volume 54,
Pg no: 210-223
8. Umashankar, Shashi Kumar, ―Flexural
Behavior of RC Beams using Foundry
sand as partial replacement of fine
aggregate‖{-IJRET)
9. Rafat Siddique, Gurpreet Singh,
―Comparative investigation on the
influence of waste foundry sand as a
partial replacement of fine aggregates on
the properties of two grades of concrete‖-
Construction and Building Material Pg no:
216-222
10. Pitroda, ―Used Foundry Sand:
Opportunities for development of Eco-
Friendly low cost concrete- International
Journal of Advanced Engineering
Technology (Research Paper)‖
11. Amitkumar D.Raval, Arti Panmani,
Alefiya I.Kachwala, ―Alternative
utilization of Foundry Waste Sand as a
partial replacement of fine aggregate for
Eco-Efficient concretes-IJARESM‖
12. A Vennila, R Venkatasubramani, V
Sre Adethya, ―Study on Mechanical
Properties of Self Compacted Concrete
with Mineral admixture and Glass fiber‖-
Journal of Advances in Civil Engineering,
Volume 2(1)
13. Ventakesh P, Vengadesh Subramanian
S.A, ―Utilization of used foundry sand and
waste tyre rubber in Self compacting
concrete‖- International Journal of
Research in Science & Technology
Volume 1
186
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

STUDY ON FLEXURE BEHAVIOUR OF SELF COMPACTING

CONCRETE BY PARTIALLY REPLACING FINE AGGREGATE WITH
FERROCK
S.SURESH KANNAN1, L.ARUN RAJA2
1
PG scholar, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India
2
Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India

ABSTRACT

Self compacting concrete is a relatively invention in concrete and the addition of mineral admixture to
it shows improved strength properties. Several studies has been done on self compacting concrete. An
experimental investigation was carried out to study the performance of concrete with the inclusion of partially
replacing fine aggregate with Ferrock. Fresh properties were determined through Slump Flow, J-Ring, V-
Funnel and L-Box tests.
The fundamental properties of concrete like compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural
strength are investigated. Waste management is one of the most common and challenging problems in the
world. The steel making industry has generated substantial solid waste. Ferrock is a residue obtained in steel
making operation. This paper deals with the implementation of Ferrock as an effective replacement for sand.
Ferrock, which is considered as the solid waste pollutant, can be used for road construction, clinker raw
materials, filling materials, etc. In this work, Ferrock is used as replacement for sand, which is also a major
component in concrete mixture. In the present investigation the main concentration is focused on strength
behavior of self compacting concrete.

Keywords: Self Compacting Concrete, Ferrock, Flexural behaviour, Self Compacting Concrete Beam

187

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
INTRODUCTION
Self Compacting concrete a new kind of
high performance concrete with excellent
deformability and segregation resistance,
was first developed in Japan in 1986. It is a
special kind of concrete that can flow
through and fill the gaps of reinforcement
and corners of molds without any need for
vibration and compaction during the
placing process.
As per EFNARC Guidelines for
SCC mix design, one of the most important
difference between SCC and Conventional
concrete is the incorporation of a mineral
admixture.
There are many advantages of using
SCC especially when the material cost is
minimized which include,
 Reducing the construction time
and labor cost.
 Eliminating the need of vibration.
 Reducing noise pollutions.
 Improving the filling capacity of
highly congested structural
member.
2. LITERATURE REVIEW
1. M. Lakshmi kumar et al, ―A study on
mechanical properties of concrete
replacing fine aggregate with steel
scrap‖ International Journal for Innovative
Research in Science & Technology,
Volume 2, Issue 07, December 2015.
Department of Civil Engineering,
The experimental results shows that
the steel dross is can be used as an
aggregate for the production of high
density concrete by replacing the fine
aggregate in different proportions. It was
feasible to produce a density up to 2620
kg/m3 by using the steel treatment waste
(steel dross). The compressive strengths
for S0, S10, S20 and S30 were
27.93N/mm2, 25.86 N/mm2, 27.36
N/mm2 and 28.06 N/mm2 respectively.
2. K.P Shivananda et al, ―Effect of
replacement of fine aggregate by steel
slag aggregates in concrete‖.
International Journal of Innovative
Research in Science & Engineering,
Volume 2, Issue 03, March 2016.
The results indicated that the compressive
strength at 7 days was increased by 10% to
15% at 28 days in all the mixes. Optimum
strength was found the replacement level
in-between 30 to 50%. Strength reduction
was observed at 100% replacements of fine
aggregate with granular slag and the
reduction in the strength is by 7% to 10%.
The flexural strength and tensile strength
were found improved by 6 to 8% at 25%
replacement levels but it reduced by 8 to
10% at 100% replacements. The increment
of 15 to 20% was found in flexural
strength of concrete as increase in grade of
concrete.
3. MATERIAL STUDY
3.1 FINE AGGREGATE
188
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

River sand is used as fine 3.1.2Specific Gravity Test

aggregate. Fine aggregate taken for mixing
of geopolymer mortar is sieved in IS sieve Table 3.1.2 Specific Gravity Test on Fine
2.36mm passing and 150 micron retained. Aggregate

3.1.1Sieve Analysis Weigh

S.No. Description t taken
(kg)
Empty weight of 0.612
1
Table WEIGH % OF CUMULATI % OF pycnometer
3.1.1 T WEI VE % OF FIN (W1)
Sieve RET GHT WEIGHT ENE Empty weight of 1.164
Anal AINE RET RETAINE SS 2 pycnometer + sand
ysis D AINE D (W2)
of D Empty weight of 1.845
Fine 3 pycnometer + sand +
Aggr water(W3)
egate Empty weight of 1.502
SIE 4 pycnometer + water
VE (W4)
NO. Specific Gravity = 2.64
4.75 mm0 0 0 100
2.36 mm53.5 5.35 5.35 94.65 3.2 FERROCK
1.18 mm307 30.7 36.05 63.95 Ferrock is actually quite a bit stronger than
600 μ 438 43.8 79.85 20.15 Fine aggregate, by far the leading type in
300 μ 67 6.7 86.55 13.45 use today. It can take more compression
150 μ 134.5 13.45 100 0 before breaking, and several times more
Fineness modulus = 2.821 flexing and bending force; that means it
could be resistant to the shocks of small
As per IS383-1970, Zone Confirmation is
Earthquakes or industrial processes, and
Zone II
perhaps even more resilient to weather.
But best of all? Ferrock‘s hardness comes
from the fact that as it dries, the material
absorbs and irreversibly binds large
amounts of atmospheric CO2.

189
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

3.2.1Specific Gravity Test 5.TESTING OF FRESH CONCRETE

Table 3.2.1 Specific Gravity Test on

Ferrock

Weigh
S.No. Description t taken
(kg)
Empty weight of 0.634
1 pycnometer
(W1) Mixing of concrete
Empty weight of 1.366
2 pycnometer + sand
(W2)
Empty weight of 2.052
3 pycnometer + sand +
water(W3)
Empty weight of 1.538
4 pycnometer + water
(W4)

Specific Gravity = 3.36

4. MIX PROPORTION

Cement( Fine Coarse Water(

Kg) Aggregate Aggregate lit)
(Kg) (Kg)

616.3 793.08 843.54 189.73

T50 Slump flow

190
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

6.TEST RESULT

Table 6 Fresh properties of SCC

Typical Ranges of
Testing
Unit Value Values
Method
s s Minimu Maximu
s
m m
T50
Slumflo 3 2 5
Sec
w
V-
Sec 9 8 12
Funnel
L-Box mm 0.84 0.8 1.0
V Funnel test

7. CONCLUSION

The research in the field of SCC

has an accelerated growth in recent years.
The study on the various stages of SCC are
studied by many researchers, reveal the
facts about SCC, thus making it a
practically wide applicable. Many research
papers were published by various
researchers, which show the emerging the
significance of SCC studied strength and
durability has using steel slag. This study
main investigation of self compacting
concrete with mineral admixtures and has
Slump flow test, J-Ring test, L-Box test,
V-Funnel test. Physical and chemical
L Box test
properties of Ferrock are studied.

8. REFERENCES

1. Janis Kazjonovs1, Diana Bajare2,

Aleksandrs Korjakins ―Designing Of High
Density Concrete By Using Steel
Treatment Waste‖ Riga Technical
University.

191
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

2. High-Density Concrete For Gamma concrete Y.Boopathi1, Dr.K.Nirmal

And Neutron Attenuation By T. E.
Northup Oak Ridge National Laboratory
Oak Ridge, Tennessee.
3. Broader use of Steel slag
aggregates in concrete International
Journal of chemtech Research CODEN
(USA): IJCRGG ISSN: 0974-4290 Vol.7,
No.5, pp 2499-2505,2014-2015
4. 12th global congress on
manufacturing and management, gcmm
2014, Properties of concrete manufactured
using steel slag v. Subathra devia , b. K.
Gnanavelb.
5. International journal of
engineering sciences & research
Technology, An investigation on combined
replacement of cement by ggbs and
Natural sand by slag sand on strength of
concrete. Md Tajamul Khan, Prof.
Mohammed Faisaluddin.
6. International Journal of Innovative
Research in Science, Engineering and
Technology (An ISO 3297: 2007 Certified
Organization) Vol. 3, Issue 4, April 2014
Copyright to IJIRSET www.ijirset.com
11585. Utilization Of Steel Slag In
Concrete As A Partial Replacement
Material for Fin Aggregates P.S.Kothai1
Dr.R.Malathy.
Kumar
8. Srinivas Allena1 And Craig M.
Newtson2, Ultra-High Strength Concrete
Mixtures Using Local Materials, New
Mexico State University.
9. Shielding Properties Of
Heavyweight, High Strength Concrete
ByM. Mahdya, P.R.S.Speareb, A. H.
Abdel-Reheema A, Mansoura University.
10. The Innovative Use Of Modified
High Desity Micro-Concrete For Radiation
Shielding & Attenuation Jeet Digant
Kapadia, Sourabh Surendra Manjrekar.
11. Celik, M., & Sabah, E. (2008).
Geological And Technical
Characterization Of Iscehisar (Afyon-
Turkey) Marble Deposits And The Impact
Of Marble Waste On Environment
Pollution. Journal Of Environmental
Management, 87, 106-116. [On-Line].
Science Direct.

7. International Journal of Science,

Technology & Management , Volume
No.04, Issue No. 02, February 2015 ISSN
(online): 2394-1537.Study on mechanical
properties of ecofriendly Economic

192
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EFFECT OF NANO-SILICA ON PARTIAL REPLACEMENT OF COARSE AGGREGATE BY

CRUSHED TILES AND STUDY THE PROPERTIES OF GEOPOLYMER CONCRETE

J.SAJITH1, M.JOSEPH DAVID SELVAN2

1
PG scholar, St.Xavier‘s Catholic College of Engineering, Chunkankadai, Nagercoil – 629 003
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, St.Xavier‘s Catholic College of Engineering, Chunkankadai,
Nagercoil – 629 003

ABSTRACT
The growing infrastructure development all around the world leads to an increase in the demand of Portland cement. The
huge production of cement releases CO2 which causes global warming issues. Therefore efforts are in progress to reduce the
use of Portland cement in concrete. These include the utilization of supplementary cementing materials such as fly ash, silica
fume, granulated blast furnace slag, rice-husk ash and Meta kaolin etc. In this respect, the geo-polymer technology shows
considerable prospect for application in concrete industry as an alternative binder to the Portland cement. Development of
geopolymer concrete using class F fly ash brings many advantages like; enhancing workability, durability, better strength as
well as lowering the price. In this study an attempt is made to find the effect for addition of nano silica in geo-polymer
concrete. The geo - polymer concrete specimens were prepared using different percentage (0.5%, 0.75%, 1%) of nano silica
respectively. By using replacement of coarse aggregate by tiles with different percentages of 10%, 20%, and 30% of tiles
respectively. After finalizing the mixed design, the compressive strength, split tensile strength is determined.

Index Terms – Geopolymer concrete; Nano silica;

I. INTRODUCTION The ingredients of concrete i.e. cement, fly ash, fine

aggregate, coarse aggregate are tested before producing
Ordinary Portland cement has been used as
concrete. As per Indian standard codes various test are
binding materials for preparation of concrete. 1 tonne of
conducted on ingredients materials of the concrete.
CO2 is to be released to the atmosphere when 1 tonne of
OPC is manufactured. Geopolymer concrete is emerging
as a new environmentally friendly construction material,
using fly ash and alkali in place of OPC as the binding 2.1Materials used
agent. It reduces the affect of CO2 releases from
production of OPC. Recycling of crushed tiles is an 2.1.1Cement
environmentally friendly means of disposing of them.
During their production and transport, some tiles are
broken in the factory and are immediately crushed in the
Ordinary Portland Cement Grade 43 conforming to
factory. One way to reuse crushed tiles is by using them as
recycled aggregate for concrete. Since the application of Indian Standard IS12269:1987 is used as a binder
concrete with crushed tiles is not widespread, it is
important to investigate the possibility of applying it in Table 1.2 Properties of cement
areas where such concrete shows better properties than
concrete with natural aggregate. Sl.no. parameters Test
result

II. METHODOLOGY 1. Fineness 7%

193
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

2. Nominal consistency 23% Sl.no. parameters Test result

1. Fineness 3.28
3. Initial setting time 30 modulus
minutes
2. Specific gravity 2.76
4. Specific gravity 3.15 3. Bulk density 1.463kg/l
(compacted)

4. Bulk density 1.225kg/l

2.1.2 Fly ash (loose)

Fly ash , also known as ―pulverised fuel ash‖, is one 5. Moisture 1.45%
of the coal composed of the fine products, composed of content
the fine particles that are driven out of the boiler with the
6. Water 1.17%
fuel gases. Depending upon the source and makeup of the
absorption
coal being burned, the components of fly ash vary
considerably, but all fly ash includes substantial amounts 2.1.4 Coarse aggregate
of silicon dioxide (SiO2), aluminium oxide (Al2Oз) and
calcium oxide (CaO), the main mineral compounds in coal
The size of aggregate bigger than 4.75 mm is
bearing rock strata.
considered as coarse aggregate crushed stone obtained by
crushing of granite that could pass through 20 mm sieve
and retained on 4.75mm IS sieve and contained only so
Table 1.1 Properties of fly ash much of five materials as is permitted by specification
along were produced. Coarse aggregate is used mainly for
providing bulk to the concrete to the strength of concrete
depends also on the strength of the course aggregate and
Sl.no. Parameters Test result hence selection of suitable aggregate is very essential. It
should be hard, strong, dense, durable, rough and free
1. Bulk density 540kg/m3
from salt and organic matters. Well graded aggregate
2. Specific 2.8 provided denser concrete with less voids.
gravity
Table: 1.4 Properties of coarse aggregate

2.1.3 Fine Aggregate

Sl.no Parameters Test result

1. Fineness modulus 6.14

Aggregate which is passing through 4.75 IS sieve is
2. Specific gravity 2.65
termed as fine aggregate. Natural river sand is used as fine
aggregate. Laboratory test were conducted on fine 3. Bulk density 645kg/m3
aggregate to determine. (compacted)

4. Bulk density (loose) 570kg/m3

Table 1.3 properties of fine aggregate
5. Moisture content 15%

6. Water absorption 0.5%

194
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

7. Impact test 7.67% polymer solid ratio by mass is maintained constant as

0.2559 throughout investigation.

2.1.5 Nano silica

2.1.8 Tiles

Nano silica, are the basis for a great deal of

biomedical research due to their stability, low toxicity and Ceramic tile is made up of sand, natural products,
ability to be functionalized with a range of molecules and and clays and once it has been moulded into shape they
polymers. They are used as a strengthening filler for are then fired in a kiln. When making ceramic tiles they
concrete and other construction composites. Nano-silica can either be glazed or unglazed, but the majority of
(nS) can be produced in high quantities and for low prices homeowners have glazed ceramic tiles in their home.
that allows for a mass application in concrete. It may
replace cement in the mix, which is the most costly and
environmentally unfriendly component in concrete. The
Table 1.5 Properties of tiles
use of nS makes concrete financially more attractive and
reduces the CO2 footprint of the produced concrete
products. The nS will also increase the product properties
of the concrete: the workability and the properties in Sl.no. parameters Test result
hardened state, enabling the development of concretes for
extreme constructions. 1. Specific 2.08
gravity

2. Water 1.5%
2.1.6 Water absorption

3. Impact test 20%

Water is an important ingredient of concrete as it

actively participates in the chemical relation with cement.
The quantity and quality of water is required to be
watched into carefully so that it can form the strength
giving cement gel. The pH value of water lies between 6
and 8 that indicate the water is free from organic matters.
2.2 Experimental Investigation

2.2.1 Mix Proportion for geopolymer concrete

2.1.7Alkaline solution

A mix design procedure is proposed on the basis of

Alkaline activator for the present work is prepared
using commercially available sodium silicate liquid and
sodium hydroxide pallets. Commercially available sodium
silicate liquid contains Na2O = 14.61 %, SiO2 = 25.18%
and water = 59.99 %. The alkaline solution is prepared
with NaOH molar concentration varying from 8 to 16; the
mass ratio of sodium silicate to sodium hydroxide varied
from 1.75 to 3.0; and the mass ratio of alkaline liquid to
fly-ash also varied from 0.25 to 0.40. Water to geo-
quantity and fineness of fly ash, quantity of water,
grading of fine aggregate, and fine to total aggregate
ratio. Sodium silicate solution with Na 2O = 14.61 %,
SiO2 = 25.18 % and H2O = 59.99 % and sodium
hydroxide solution having 12 M concentration were
maintained constant throughout the experiment. Water-
to-geopolymer binder ratio of 0.35, alkaline solution-to-
fly ash ratio of 0.35 and sodium silicate-to-sodium
hydroxide ratio of 2.5 by mass were fixed on the basis of
workability and cube compressive strength.

195
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

40
35
30
25
2.2.2 Casting of cubes and cylinders 20
15 7days
M30 grade concrete is used for conventional concrete. 10 (N/mm2)
Eight combination of mixes were carried out such as 5
0 28days
conventional concrete, concrete with Nano silica (0.5%,
(N/mm2)
0.75%, 1%) and (10%, 20%, 30%) partial replacement of
coarse aggregate by crushed tiles, geopolymer concrete,
geopolymer concrete with Nano silica (0.5%, 0.75%, 1%)
and (10%, 20%, 30%) partial replacement of coarse
aggregate by crushed tiles. 28 day testing of cubes and
cylinders were performed.
(Geo polymer concrete with nano silica and crushed tiles)

III RESULT AND DISCUSSION Specimen 48hrs oven

3.1 Compression strength curing

For test specimen cube size (150x150x150cm) is Geopolymer concrete 34

used. (Concrete with nano silica and crushed tiles)
Table: 1.6 Compression Test
Geopolymer concrete with 0.5% 38
specimen 7days 28days nano silica and 10% crushed tiles
(N/mm2) (N/mm2)
Geopolymer concrete with 0.75% 41.3
Conventional mix 24 28 nano silica and 20% crushed tiles

Concrete with 24.5 29 Geopolymer concrete with 1% nano 36.5

0.5% nano silica silica and 30% nano silica
and 10% crushed
tiles

Concrete with 30.5 34

0.75% nano silica
and 20% crushed
tiles

Concrete with 1% 23 26
nano silica and
30% crushed tiles

196
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

48hrs oven curing

2.5
45
40
35 2
30
25 1.5
20
15
10 1
5 48hrs oven 7days
0 curing (N/mm2)
0.5
28days
(N/mm2)
0

3.2 SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH

For test specimen cylinder size (150x300cm) is used.

(Concrete with Nano silica and crushed tiles) (Geopolymer concrete with Nano silica and crushed tiles)

Table: 1.8 Split tensile strength Specimen 48hrs

oven
curing

Specimen 7days 28days Geopolymer concrete 2.8

(N/mm2) (N/mm2)

Conventional mix 1.45 1.9 Geopolymer concrete with 0.5%

Nano silica and 10% crushed tiles
Concrete with 0.5% 2.11
nano silica and 10%
crushed tiles 1.71 2.11
Geopolymer concrete with 0.75%
Nano silica and 20% crushed tiles
Concrete with 0.75% 2.20
Nano silica and 20%
crushed tiles 1.84 2.15
Geopolymer concrete with 1%
Concrete with 1% Nano silica and 30% crushed tiles
Nano silica and 30% 2.1
crushed tiles 1.53 2

197

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
48hrs oven curing
3 Nanocomposites and Mixing Effect‖ – International
2.5
2
1.5
1
48hrs oven
0.5 curing
0
IV CONCLUSION
The geopolymer concrete with 0.75% Nano silica
with 20% crushed tiles shows higher strength than
conventional concrete with 0.75% Nano silica with 20%
crushed tiles
REFERENCE
1. Ivana Milicˇevic, Dubravka Bjegovic, Rafat Siddique,
―Experimental research of concrete floor blocks with
crushed bricks and tiles aggregate‖ - Construction and
Building Materials 94 (2015) 775–783
2. S. Chithra, S.R.R. Senthil Kumar, K. Chinnaraju, ―The
effect of Colloidal Nano-silica on workability, mechanical
and durability properties of High Performance Concrete
with Copper slag as partial fine aggregate‖- Construction
and Building Materials 113 (2016) 794–804
3. Prerana K.Patil, Prof.V.S.Shingade, ―Effect of Nano-
silica On Mechanical Properties of Recycled Aggregate
Concrete‖ - Vol-2 Issue-4 2016 IJARIIE – ISSN (O)-
2395-4396
Department of Civil Engineering,
4. H. Assaedi, F. U. A. Shaikh, I. M. Low,
―Characteristics of Nanosilica-Geopolymer
Science Index Vol: 9 No: 12
5. D. Adak, M. Sarkar, S. Mandal, ―Effect of nano-silica
on strength and durability of fly ash based geopolymer
mortar‖- Construction and Building Materials 70 (2014)
453–459
6. Yagnesh Patel, Dr. Indrajit N Patel, Mrs. Jagruti Shah,
―Experimental Investigation on Compressive Strength and
Durability Properties of geopolymer Concrete
Incorporating With Nano Silica‖ - ISSN 0976 – 6308
Volume 6, Issue 5, May (2015), pp. 135-143
7. Mostafa Osman, Ata El - kareim Shoeib, ―Effect of
Nanofibers on the Behavior of Cement Mortar and
Concrete‖ - International Journal of Civil, Environmental,
Structural, Construction and Architectural Engineering
Vol: 9 No: 1, 2015
8. Dr. Rahel Kh. Ibrahim, Dr. Faris Rashied Ahmed, ―The
Effect of Nanosilica in Compensating the Strength Loss
Caused by Using high Volume Fly Ash in High Strength
Mortars‖-International Journal of Engineering Science
and Innovative Technology (IJESIT) Volume 4, Issue 2,
March 2015.
9. L.Y. Gomez-Zamorano, E. Vega-Cordero, L. Struble,
―Composite geopolymers of metakaolin and geothermal
nanosilica waste‖- Construction and Building Materials
115 (2016) 269–276
10. H. Assaedi, F.U.A. Shaikh, I.M. Low, ―Influence of
mixing methods of nano silica on the microstructural and
mechanical properties of flax fabric reinforced
geopolymer composites‖- Construction and Building
Materials 123 (2016) 541–552
11. Mahmoud Nili, Ahmad Ehsani, ―Investigating the
effect of the cement paste and transition zone on strength
development of concrete containing nanosilica and silica
198
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

fume‖- Materials and Design 75 (2015) 174–183 characteristics of metakaolin-based geopolymers‖-

12. Paweł Sikora, Paweł Łukowski, Krzysztof Construction and Building Materials 48 (2013) 441–447
Cendrowski, Elżbieta Horszczarukb, Ew Mijowska, ―The
19. Anwar M. Mohamed, ―Influence of nano materials on
effect of nanosilica on the mechanical properties of
flexural behavior and Compressive strength of concrete‖ -
polymercement composites (PCC)‖- Procedia Engineering
HBRC Journal (2016) 12, 212–225
108 (2015) 139 – 145
20. Gokhan Gorhan, Gokhan Kurklu, ―The influence of
13. G. Land • D. Stephan, ―The influence of nano-silica
the NaOH solution on the properties of the fly ash-based
on the hydration of ordinary Portland cement‖-
geopolymer mortar cured at different temperatures‖-
J Mater Sci (2012) 47:1011–1017
Composites: Part B 58 (2014) 371–377
14. H. Assaedia, F.U.A. Shaikh, I.M. Lowa, ―Effect of 21. Min-Hong Zhang, Jahidul Islam, ―Use of nano-silica
nanoclay on durability and mechanical properties of flax to reduce setting time and increase early strength of
fabric reinforced geopolymer composites‖- Journal of concretes with high volumes of fly ash or slag‖-
Asian Ceramic Societies 5 (2017) 62–70 Construction and Building Materials
29 (2012) 573–580
15. L.P. Singh, S.R. Karade, S.K. Bhattacharyya, M.M.
Yousuf, S. Ahalawat ―Beneficial role of nanosilica in 22. Kamal Gad Sharobim, Hassan Ahmed Mohammedin,
cement based materials – A review‖ - Construction and ―The effect of Nano-liquid on the properties of hardened
Building Materials 47 (2013) 1069–1077 concrete‖- HBRC Journal (2013) 9, 210–215

16. B. Vijaya Rangan, BE PhD FIEAust CP Eng (Rtd) 23. Shadi Riahi, Ali Nazari, ―The effects of nanoparticles
FACI Hon FICI, ―Fly Ash-Based Geopolymer Concrete‖- on early age compressive strength of ash-based
Proceedings of the International Workshop on geopolymers‖- Ceramics International 38 (2012) 4467–
Geopolymer Cement and Concrete, Allied Publishers 4476.
Private Limited, Mumbai, India, December 2010, pp 68-
24. Bibhuti Bhusan Mukharjee, Sudhirkumar V. Barai,
106
―Influence of incorporation of nano-silica and recycled
17. Dr. Ahmed M. Tahwia, Dr.Mohamed Y.Elshikh, aggregates on compressive strength and microstructure of
Walid Elmetwaly, ―Properties of Ultra High Strength concrete‖- Construction and Building Materials 71 (2014)
Concrete Incorporating Nano-Silica‖- ISSN: 2277- 570–578
9655[Tahwiaet al., 6(5): May, 2017] Impact Factor: 4.116
25. F.U.A. Shaikh, S.W.M. Supit, P.K. Sarker, ―A study
CODEN: IJESS7
on the effect of nano silica on compressive strength of
18. Kang Gao, Kae-Long Lin b, DeYing Wanga, Chao- high volume fly ash mortars and concretes‖- Materials and
Lung Hwang, Bui Le Anh Tuan d, Hau-Shing Shiu, Ta- Design 60 (2014) 433–442
Wui Cheng, ―Effect of nano-SiO2 on the alkali-activated

199
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

STRENGTH AND DURABILITY STUDIES ON REACTIVE POWDER

CONCRETE
V.KALAISELVAN1, L.ARUN RAJA2
1
PG scholar, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India

ABSTRACT
The development of construction industries provides countless benefits to the society and the people. At
present scenario, construction field all around the world is facing a serious problem with price hike of raw
materials. So they are very much concern to reduce the consumption of readily available raw materials. It is also
important for engineers to Eco-friendly material, as environment is getting affected day by day by the increasing
construction activities. Reactive powder concrete is a developing composite material that will allow the concrete
industry to optimize material usage to generate economic benefits, and build structures that are strong, durable
and sensitive to environment. A comparison of the physical, mechanical and durability properties of RPC shows
that better strength. Durability of concrete also analyzed with Acid Resistance test, and Alkaline Resistance test.

KEY WORDS: Reactive powder concrete, Durability test

1. INTRODUCTION ductility thus in order to increase ductility

Reactive powder concrete (RPC) is ultra high
strength and high ductile composite material with
advanced mechanical properties. Reactive powder is a
without coarse aggregate but contains cement, silica
fume, sand, quartz powder, super plasticizer and steel
fiber(optional) with very low water binder ratio.
Conventional concrete has achieved the maximum
compressive strength in its existing form of
microstructure. However, at such a level of strength,
the coarse aggregate becomes the weakest link in
concrete. In order to increase the compressive
strength of concrete even further, the only way is to
remove the coarse aggregate. Addition of small-sized
steel fibers to improve ductility.
reactive powder concrete is used.
• Elimination of coarse aggregate for
homogeneity.
• The optimal usage of super plasticizer to
reduce w/c and improve workability.
• Enhancement of ductility by addition of
small sized steel fibers.
• Addition of pressure before and during
setting to improve compaction.
• Enhancement of compacted density by
optimization of the granular mixture.

2. OBJECTIVE 4. SUMMARY OF LITERATURE

 To study the strength characteristic of RPC
 To study the strength and durability studies From the literature review it is obtained that,
on Reactive powder concrete.
The addition of fibre is restricted to 2% by
 To determine the workability characteristic
volume of concrete.
on concrete.
 Water to powder ratio is limited to 0.3.
 QUARTZ SAND used instead of ordinary
 Super plasticizer is 1.5% of cement.
aggregate ,therefore increases compressive
 Quartz sand is main reason for increasing
strength.
strength.
3. SCOPE AND NEED
5. MATERIALS
• In high rise structure, structural members get  Cement
easily failure due to lateral loads and lack of  GGBS

200
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

 Silica fume hours at the temperature85°C until the mass became

 Quartz sand constant and again weighed. This weight was noted as
 Sand
the dry weight (W1) of the cylinder. After that the
 Steel fibre
 Super plasticizer specimen was kept in water at 85°c for 24 hours.
6. MIX DESIGN Then this weight was noted as the wet weight (W2) of
the cylinder.
Cement Silica fume or GGBS Quartz sand sand w/p ratio Sp % Steel fibre %
1 0.25 0.4 1.1 0.3 1.5 1
Water absorption (%) = [(W2– W1) / W1] x 100
7. MIX PROPROTION MIX Water absorption in %
RPC 1 5.23
MIX CEMENT SILICA GGBS QUARTZ SAND SP 2
RPC STEEL W/P RATIO
4.89
FUME SAND % FIBRE %
RPC 3 5.49
RPC 1 0
RPC 4 4.63
0.25 0
1
1 0.4 1.1 1.5 0.3
RPC 2
RPC 3 0
RPC 4 0 0.25 9.2 ACID RESISTANCE TEST
1

Acid resistance was tested on 150 mm size

8. EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON concrete cube specimens at the age of 28 days of
HARDENED CONCRETE
8.1. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH curing. The cube specimens were weighed and
immersed in water diluted with five percent by
MIX 7th DAYS 28th DAYS
weight of Hydrochloric acid for 28, 56 days. Then,
N/mm2 N/mm2
RPC 1 41 65 the specimens were taken out from the acid water and
RPC 2 53 75
the surfaces of the cubes were cleaned. Then, the
RPC 3 47 71
RPC 4 59 81 weight and the compressive strength of the specimens
were found out and the average percentage of loss of
8.2 SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH weight and compressive strength were calculated.
MIX Weight loss in Strength loss in
MIX 28th DAYS N/mm2 % in 56th day % in 56th day
RPC 1 6.23 RPC 1 8.69 5.36
RPC 2 7.12 RPC 2 7.85 4.89
RPC 3 6.33 RPC 3 8.36 5.23
RPC 4 7.56 RPC 4 7.35 4.39

9. DURABILITY PROPERTIES

9.1 WATER ABSORPTION TEST 9.3 ALKALINE RESISTANCE TEST

The 150 mm x 150 mm x 150mm size cube
The alkaline attack testing procedure was
after casting were immersed in water for 28 days
conducted by immersing concrete cube specimens of
curing. These specimens were then oven dried for 24
the size 150x150 mm over the specified initial curing

201
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

at 28 days of curing. Then, they were cured in 5% of reinforced concrete for engineering application‖
Sodium hydroxide solution for 28, 56 days, ELSEVIER
respectively. This type of testing represents an
accelerated testing procedure, which indicates the
performance of particular concrete mixes to alkaline
attack on concrete. The degree of alkaline attack was
evaluated by measuring the weight losses of the
specimens at 28, 56 days.
MIX Weight loss in Strength loss in
% in 56th day % in 56th
day
RPC 1 7.58 4.98
RPC 2 6.78 4.56
RPC 3 6.98 4.89
RPC 4 6.39 3.96

10.CONCLUSION:

 Use of GGBS is help in strength of RPC.

 The optimum value are obtained from MIX
RPC 4 as steel fibre for 1 % and GGBS for
25%
 From using of GGBS it can reduced the cost
for RPC.

11.REFERENCE

1. Nuha H.‖Mechanical properties of RPC with Mineral

Admixtures‖university of Mosal
2. L.S.DANHA ―Mechanical properties of RPC with
various steel fiber and silica fume contents‖ ACTA
tehnica
3. MASDAR HELMI ―Effects of High temperature
curing on RPC micro structure formation‖
ELSEVIER.
4. SANJEEV KUMAR ―Strength, abrasion and
permeability studies on cement concrete containing
quartz sand stone coarse aggregate‖ ELSEVIER
5. VALERIA COENIALDESI ― Mechanical and
thermal evaluation of ultra high performance fiber

202
 EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON FLY ASH BRICK BY USING CLAY AND
RED SOIL
S.SHANMUGA SUNDARI1, G.SARANPRIYA2
1,2
PG scholar, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India
ABSTRACT : Fly Ash bricks can be extensively
used in all building constructional activities similar
to that of common burnt clay bricks. The fly ash
bricks are comparatively lighter in weight and
stronger than common clay bricks. Since fly ash is
being accumulated as waste material in large
quantity near thermal power plants and creating
serious environmental pollution problems, its
utilization as main raw material in the manufacture
of bricks will not only create ample opportunities
for its proper and useful disposal but also help in
environmental pollution control to a greater extent
in the surrounding areas of power plants. The
object of this project is to represent the information
regarding Fly Ash bricks and plant, properties and
their uses in a most concise, compact and to the
point manner. And also in this project various
laboratory experiments were carried out on fly ash
bricks samples. Some of them are Compressive
strength study, water absorption study etc.
Keywords : Fly ash brick, Red soil, clay
soil, compressive strength, water
absorption.
I . INTRODUCTION
In this project, river sand is replaced to
effective utilization of clay and red soil. Because,
203
currently river sand is not available or demand in our
country. And river sand cost is very high. So
effective utilization of red soil and clay in fly ash
brick. Red soil and clay are easily available in local
areas. Fly Ash bricks can be extensively used in all
building constructional activities similar to that of
common burnt clay bricks. The fly ash bricks are
comparatively lighter in weight and stronger than
common clay bricks. Since fly ash is being
accumulated as waste material in large quantity near
thermal power plants and creating serious
environmental pollution problems, its utilization as
main raw material in the manufacture of bricks will
not only create ample opportunities for its proper and
useful disposal but also help in environmental
pollution control to a greater extent in the
surrounding areas of power plants. In view of
superior quality and eco-friendly nature, and
government support the demand for Fly Ash Bricks
has picked up.
Fly ash is a fine, glass-like powder
recovered from gases created by coal-fired electric
power generation. Fly ash material is solidified while
suspended in the exhaust gases and is collected by
electrostatic precipitators or filter bags. Since the
particles solidify while suspended in the exhaust
gases, fly ash particles are generally spherical in

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
shape and range in size from 0.5 μm to 100 μm. They
consist mostly of silicon dioxide (SiO2), aluminum
oxide (Al2 O3) and iron oxide (Fe2 O3). Red soil and
clay are not affected the environmental. In this
project fly ash, lime, red soil and clay are utilized to
make the brick.
II . LITERATURE REVIEW
1 LITERATURE REVIEW
C.Freedachristya and Tensing (2013)
stated that the large number of innovative alternative
building material and low cost construction
techniques developed through intensive research
efforts during lost three to four decades satisfied
functional as well as standards specification
requirement of conventional material/techniques and
thus provide an avenue for bringing down the
construction cost. They stated that, an industrial by-
product from thermal power plant with current annual
generation approximately 108 million tones has a
proven suitability for variety of application as
admixture in cement/concrete/mortar,
pozzolanic mixture (bricks/blocks) etc. Thus, fly ash
utilization in the building material have many
advantages like cost effectiveness, environmental
friendliness, strength improved and conservation of
other natural resources and materials.
N.Sivalingam(2011)discussed that
technology Adopted for making fly ash bricks are
eco-friendly .It does not require steaming or
autoclaving as the bricks are cured by water only.
Since, firing process is avoided there is no emission
and no effluent is discharged. The raw material
should be kept under covered by polythene sheet to
avoid air pollution.
Gidigasu S.S.R and Gawu S.K.Ystated that
the black clay soils or tropical black earth or black
Department of Civil Engineering,
cotton soils are known to be potentially expansive
soils. They classify in pedological parlance as
Vertisols and have been subject of considerable
agricultural and engineering research especially in
India and some africancountries.The paper attempts
to review the literature on the state of the art. The
review relates to the raw soils and has not discussed
improvement and stabilization aspects.
Malhotra ant1 Rarnezaniaripour (1994)
have reported that the water required for Workability
of mortar and concretes, depends on the carbon
content of fly ashes; the higher the carbon content,
higher the water needed to produce a paste of normal
consistency and that higher carbon content (2- 10%)
is quite common in low-calcium fly ashes.
Sharma (1990) based on his study of 25
Indian fly ashes, has reported that specific gravity
seems to have no direct influence on reactivity of fly
ash, within the range of specific gravity values of
ashes (2.01-2.44) investigated by him .
lime In general, it appears that specific gravity
seems to have no direct influence on the reactivity of
the ash, but, definitely helps in defining the ash
quality in terms of the presence of carbon and iron
contents, which arc consitict.cd to be deleterious to
concrete.
the Hlehta (1985) has reported that except for
the calcium content, variations in other chemical
constituents of fly ash appeared to have a little effect
on its reactivity.Superior reactivity of high-calcium
fly ashes compared to low-calcium ones was
probably due to both the presence of reactive
crystalline compounds, such as, C3 A and the more
active calcium alumina silicate glass.
Diamond and others (1980) have showed
the occurrence of the so called 'duplexfilms' both on
204
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

fly ash and cement particles in fly ash-cement system  Energy saving and Protection of
which rapidlydevelop in hydrating cement systems environment
around exposed surfaces such as sand, grainsand, The options of ash utilization including the ash based
coarse aggregates. As the hydration proceeds, the products are at development stage and need to be
'duplex films' mayeventually become bounded by made more environments friendly by bringing ash
other hydration products to other particles. revoluti
The'duplex films' are formed after one day at room B. PROPERTIES OF FLY ASH:
temperature. Fly Ash is
 Fine powder in grey color
III MATERIAL AND METHODS  Having no virtual odor
A. FLY ASH  Non - Toxic
Fly ash is the by-product of coal combustion  Non - Flammable
collected by the mechanical or electrostatic  Non - Explosive
precipitator (ESP) before the flue gases reach the Fly ash does not have any adverse health
chimneys of thermal power stations in very large effects, however when the exposure to fly ash is more
volumes. All fly ash contain significant amounts of than the recommended limits, the necessary
silicon dioxide (SiO2), aluminium oxide (Al2 O3), protective equipment for respiratory/eye/hand/skin
iron oxide (Fe2O3), calcium protection to be used.
oxide (CaO), and magnesium oxide (MgO) however, C. LIME
the actual composition varies from plant to plant Commercially available chemically pure
depending on the coal burned and the type of burner lime (CaCO3) obtained from industry.Lime is
employed. Fly ash also contains trace elements such important ingredient for manufacturing of fly ash
as mercury, arsenic, antimony, chromium, selenium, brick. Limeshould be satisfying the following
lead, cadmium, nickel, and zinc. requirement.
environmental hazards. It‗s also contains
 During lime slaking, it should not attain
trace amounts of toxic metals which may have
less than 600os C temperatures and
negative effect on human health and on plants and the
slaking timeshould not be more than 15
land where the fly ash decomposed not gets reused.
min.
The disposal of this waste material is a
 Availability of CaO should be minimum
matter of great concern from the environmental and
of 60%.
ecological point of view. The safest and gainful
 MgO content should be maximum of
utilization of this material has been one of the topics
5%.
of research over the last few decades.
 Should be in fine powdered form
The advantages of fly ash utilization are:
Source of Lime
 Saving of space for disposal and natural
resources
205

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
 It is a produced from industry in the
form of calcium hydroxide sludge.
D. RED SOIL
Red soil is one of the soil type and red color.
Red soil is available in local areas and cost is very
low.These soils are found in large tracts of western
Tamil Nadu.These soils, also known as the omnibus
group, have been developed over Achaean granite,
gneiss and other crystalline rocks, the
sedimentary of the Cuddapah and Vindhayan basins
and mixed Dharwarian group of rocks. Their color is
mainly due to ferric oxides occurring as thin coatings
on the soil particles while the iron oxide occurs as
hematite.
The texture of red soils varies from sand to
clay, the majority being loams. Their other charac-
teristics include porous and friable structure, absence
of lime, kantar and free carbonates, and small
quantity of soluble salts. Their chemical composition
include non-soluble material 90.47%, iron 3.61%,
aluminum 2.92%, organic matter 1.01%, magne-
sium 0.70%, lime 0.56%, carbon-di-oxide 0.30%,
potash 0.24%, soda 0.12%, phosphorus 0.09% and
nitrogen 0.08% .
E. CLAY
Clay is a fine-grained soil that combines one
or more clay minerals with traces of metal oxides and
organic matter. Geologic clay deposits are mostly
composed of phyllosilicate minerals containing
variable amounts of water trapped in the mineral
structure.Clay refers to naturally occurring material
composed primarily of fine-grained minerals, which
IV MIX PROPORTIONS
206
Department of Civil Engineering,
is generally plastic at appropriate water contents and
will harden when fired or dried. The minerals found
in clay are generally silicates less than 2 microns (one
millionth of a meter) in size, about the same size as a
virus. Clays are very abundant at the earth's surface;
they form rocks known as shale‘s and are a major
component in nearly all sedimentary rocks. The small
size of the particles and their unique crystal structures
give clay materials special properties, including cat
ion exchange capabilities, plastic behavior when wet,
catalytic abilities, swelling behavior, and low
permeability‘s.
F. MANUFACTURING PROCESS
Fly ash, lime, red soil and clay are manually
fed into a manually mixing where water is added in
the required proportion for intimate mixing. The
proportion of the raw material is generally in the ratio
65% of fly ash, 5% lime, 30% of red soil and clay
depending upon the quality of raw materials. The
materials are mixed in manually mixing.
After mixing, the mixture is conveyed
through manual to the hydraulic/mechanical presses.
The homogenized mortar taken out of roller mixer is
put into the mould boxes (230mmX110mmX70mm).
Depending on the type of machine, the product is
compacted under vibration/hydraulic compression
etc.
The green bricks are dried up under sun
from 24 to 48 hours, depending whether lime route or
cement route; the dried up bricks are stacked and
burn, for 14 days, depending on ambience. Next the
bricks are tested
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

All this proportions were created by trial and error method.

S.NO FLY ASH LIME CLAY RED SOIL SPECIMEN NO.OF

(kg) CONTENT CONTENT DESIGNATION BRICKS
(kg) (kg) (kg) OF
BRICK
MIX-1 19 1 10 0 F L (C +R ) 9(3+3+3)
65 5 100 0 30

MIX-2 19 1 8 2 F L (C +R ) 9(3+3+3)
65 5 80 20 30

MIX-3 19 1 6 4 F L (C +R ) 9(3+3+3)
65 5 60 40 30

MIX-4 19 1 5 5 F L (C +R ) 9(3+3+3)
65 5 50 50 30

MIX-5 19 1 4 6 F L (C +R ) 9(3+3+3)
65 5 40 60 30

MIX-6 19 1 2 8 F L (C +R ) 9(3+3+3)
65 5 20 80 30
MIX-7 19 1 0 10 F L (C +R ) 9(3+3+3)
65 5 0 100 30

V . RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

A. COMPRESSION TEST
Compression test decides the strength of the brick. This test was carried out by a compression testing
machine. This test was carried out on the 14th day from the date of casting. While testing the fly ash brick great care
must be taken. The load was applied up to full compression. When fly ash brick failed at the higher load, the bricks
were not fully collapsed. Only the outer faces cracked and peeled out.
A brick that is used for construction should have compressive strength more than 3.5 N/mm 2. The tested 3
bricks got compressive strength value more than 3.5 N/mm2, but they are suitable for load bearing walls. Fig4.1
showed compressive strength of the bricks

Table5.1 Compression strength test data

SPECIMEN SAMPLE AVG.AREA OF BED MAX.LOAD COMPRESSIVE
DESIGNATIO SURFACE AT FAILURE STRENGTH
2
N (mm ) (KN) (N/mm2)
A 25300 182 7.19
MIX-1 B 25300 183 7.23
C 25300 180 7.11
AVERAGE 7.17
A 25300 172 6.79
B 25300 176 6.95

207
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

MIX-2 C 25300 171 6.75

AVERAGE 6.83

A 25300 137 5.41

MIX-3 B 25300 138 5.45
C 25300 135 5.33
AVERAGE 5.39
A 25300 163 6.44
MIX-4 B 25300 167 6.60
C 25300 162 6.40
AVERAGE 6.48
A 25300 114 4.50
MIX-5 B 25300 110 4.34
C 25300 122 4.82
AVERAGE 4.55
A 25300 139 5.49
MIX-6 B 25300 143 5.65
C 25300 140 5.53
AVERAGE 5.55
A 25300 160 6.32
MIX-7 B 25300 168 6.64
C 25300 157 6.20
AVERAGE 6.38

208
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH IN N/mm2

12
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH IN N/MM2

10 10.86
8
8.53
6 7.17 6.83 6.48 6.38
4 5.39 5.55
4.55
2
0
Clay Fly Ash Mix-1 Mix-2 Mix-3 Mix-4 Mix-5 Mix-6 Mix-7
brick brick

TYPES OF SPECIMEN

5.1 Compressive strength tes

B. WATER ABSORPTION TEST

Water absorption test is used to find out the water absorption ratio.As per IS standard, the bricks should not
absorb water more than 20% of its weight.
Table5.2 Water absorption test data

SPECIMEN SAMPLE DRY WEIGHT WET WEIGHT- % OF WATER

DESIGNATIO (kg) after 24hr(kg) ABSORPTION
N
A 2.878 3.425 18.93
MIX-1 B 2.948 3.557 20.65
C 3.159 3.648 15.47
AVERAGE 18.35
A 3.056 3.456 13.08
MIX-2 B 2.712 3.323 22.52
C 2.973 3.312 11.40
AVERAGE 15.66
A 2.772 3.224 16.30
MIX-3 B 2.823 3.255 15.30
C 2.873 3.347 16.49
AVERAGE 16.03
A 3.041 3.398 11.73
MIX-4 B 2.950 3.373 14.33
C 2.889 3.212 11.18

209
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

AVERAGE 12.41
A 3.123 3.723 19.21
MIX-5 B 3.117 3.545 13.73
MIX-5 C 3.076 3.552 15.47
AVERAGE 16.13
A 2.699 3.112 15.30
MIX-6 B 2.842 3.456 21.60
C 2.876 3.202 11.33
AVERAGE 16.07
A 2.833 3.426 20.93
MIX-7 B 3.056 3.352 16.23
C 2.921 3.423 17.18
AVERAGE 18.11

From the result average % of water absorption is 16.1 %.

WATER ABSORPTION
20
WATER ABSORPTION IN %

18
16 18.35 18.11
14 16.7 16.03 16.13 16.07
15.66
12 14.2
10 12.41
8
6 Water absorption
4
2
0
Clay Fly Ash Mix-1 Mix-2 Mix-3 Mix-4 Mix-5 Mix-6 Mix-7
brick brick

TYPES OF SPECIMEN

Fig5.3 Water Absorption test

C. EFFLORESENCE TEST

The bricks when tested in accordance with the procedure laid down in IS 3495 (Part3 ), s
Shall have the rating of efflorescence not more than ‗moderate‘ up to Class 12.5 and ‗slight‘ for higher
classes.
In this project, efflorescence result is Nil.
210
D. COST ANALYSIS

The fly ash bricks were subjected to cost

analysis on the basis of 63 bricks production. From
that, cost of one brick was calculated.

VI . MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURING COST FOR 63 BRICKS PRODUCTION

6.1 Table Cost analysis

MATERIALS MIX-1 MIX-2 MIX-3 MIX-4 MIX-5 MIX-6 MIX-7

(Rs) (Rs) (Rs) (Rs) (Rs) (Rs) (Rs)
Fly ash 161.5 161.5 161.5 161.5 161.5 161.5 161.5
Lime 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Clay 15 12 9 7.5 6 3 --
Red soil -- 4.7 9.4 11.75 14.1 18.8 23.5
Manufacturing 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Total cost for 63 bricks 198.5 200.2 201.9 202.75 203.6 205.3 207.00

Cost in Rs
9
8
7 8
COST IN INR

6
5 5.5
4
3
3.15 3.17 3.2 3.21 3.23 3.25 3.28
2 Cost analysis
1
0
Clay Fly Ash Mix-1 Mix-2 Mix-3 Mix-4 Mix-5 Mix-6 Mix-7
brick brick

TYPES OF SPECIMEN

Fig6.2 Cost analysis

showed the cost of the manufactured bricks. Based on the cost analysis, Mix-7 brick cost around Rs.3.28
only. But the rate of conventional clay brick varies from Rs.6 - Rs.8 and the rate of conventional fly ash brick varies
from Rs.5 - Rs.6. So the rate of in this project brick was decreases from 35% to 60% than the conventional brick. So,
the total cost of the building will be reduced.

211
CONCLUSION 5. M.S.Shetty,(1982), A text book of
―Concrete technology‖.
Based on the results obtained, the following
6. R.Srinivasan, K.Sathiya, (2010),
conclusions were made.
―Experimental study on bagasse ash in
 The compressive strength of brick is
concrete‘, International journal for service
related to the conventional clay brick
learning in engineering, Vol.5,No.2,pp.60-
and lesser than the conventional fly ash
66, Fall 2010 ISSN 1555-9033.
brick.
 The water absorption of brick is related 7. Rama Mohan Rao.P, (2010) , ―Effect of
to the conventional clay brick and glass fibre on flyash based concrete‖,
conventional fly ash brick. International journal of civil and structural
 The cost analysis of brick is lesser than engineering volume 1, No 3.
the conventional bricks. 8. Weng C.H., Lin D.F., and Chiang. P.C.

 Fly ash bricks were suitable for load (2003).Utilization of sludge as brick

bearing walls and partition walls. materials.advances in environmental

research. 7(3), 679-685.
9. Lin D.F. and Weng C.H. (2001). Use of
sewage sludge ash as brick material.journal
of environmentalengineering, ASCE,
REFERENCES
127(10), 922-927.
1. Ashish Kumar Parashar, RinkuParashar, 10. Misra A. (1998). Stabilization characteristics
(2012) ―Comparative study of compressive of clays using class c fly ash. Transportation
strength of bricks made with various research record 1611, 46-54.
material to clay bricks‖ International journal 11. http://www.preservearticles.com
of scientific and research publications,
Volume 2, Issue 7, July 2012.
2. C.Feeda Christy, D.tensing (2010), ―Effect
of class-f fly ash as a partial replacement
with cement and fine aggregate in mortar‖‘
Indian journal of engineering & material
science, Vol:17April 10, pp.140-144.
3. IS: 3346-1980, ―Method of determination of
thermal conductivity of thermal insulation
materials‖, Bureau of Indian Standards. New
Delhi.
4. IS: 3495-1992 (part 1 to 4), ―Methods of test
for burnt clay bricks‖, Bureau of Indian
Standards. New Delhi.

212
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

BIAXIAL HOLLOW SLAB WITH INNOVATIVE TYPES OF VOIDS

G.SARAN PRIYA1, S.DHARMAR2

1
PG scholar, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India
2
Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India

ABSTRACT

This paper describes the behavior of Bubble Deck Slab. Dead load and ductility are the major concern in the design of
high rise buildings in which the walls and floors will contribute more to the dead load. To reduce the dead load in the
structures, major steps have been taken already in wall and floor system by using light weight blocks in walls and hollow
core and PT slabs in floors. Bubble Deck slab is the alternate floor system which is in research stage to reduce self weight
as well as to impart ductility in the structure. The Bubble Deck slab is an innovative biaxial concrete floor slab system
used in construction industry. It was invented by Jorgan Breuning of Denmark about 20 years ago. It is now gaining
popularity both in Europe and in Asia. In this approach Bubble Deck Slab is introduced to eliminate superfluous concrete
which is not performing any structural function by means of Polypropylene (PP) or high density polyethylene plastic balls.
Introducing polypropylene or polyethylene plastic balls in concrete slab is innovative study of decreasing dead weight of
structural member and maintaining flexibility over high rise building. In this study describes different approaches for
creating biaxial slabs using bubble deck. This approach avoids the limitations in hollow core slab, lack of structural
integrity, inflexibility and lack of architectural possibilities which produces the ways to reduce the self weight of building.
This article presents the different types of hollow core slabs technology that have appeared over the last 15 years. As a
result of the review the advantages of a new kind of hollow slab over solid slab were summed up.

Keywords : Bubble Deck Slab, Polypropylene or High density polyethylene balls, Sustainable development, hollow core
slab.

I. INTRODUCTION excess concrete. The main obstacle with concrete

construction, in case of horizontal slabs, is the high
For decades, several attempts have been made to create
weights which limits the span. For this reason major
biaxial slabs with hollow cavities in order to reduce the
development of reinforced concrete have focused on
weight. Due to limitations in the hollow core slabs,
enhancing the span reducing the weight or overcoming
primarily lack of structural integrity, inflexibility and
concrete‘s natural weakness in tension. For focusing
reduced architectural possibilities, focus has been on
reduction in self weight of slab by means of recycled
biaxial slabs and way to reduce the weight. The idea was
plastic balls which replace the superfluous concrete. It
to create biaxial slab with same capabilities as a solid slab,
will reduce self weight of building. This article presents
but considerably less weight due to the elimination of

213

the different types of hollow core slabs technology that
have appeared over the last 15 years. As a result of the
review the advantages of a new kind of hollow slab over
solid slab were summed up.
II. INTRODUCTION
For decades, several attempts have been made to create
biaxial slabs with hollow cavities in order to reduce the
weight. Due to limitations in the hollow core slabs,
primarily lack of structural integrity, inflexibility and
reduced architectural possibilities, focus has been
biaxial slabs and way to reduce the weight. The idea was
to create biaxial slab with same capabilities as a solid slab,
but considerably less weight due to the elimination of
excess concrete. The main obstacle with concrete
construction, in case of horizontal slabs, is the high III.
weights which limits the span. For this reason major
development of reinforced concrete have focused on
enhancing the span reducing the weight or overcoming
concrete‘s natural weakness in tension. For focusing
reduction in self weight of slab by means of recycled
plastic balls which replace the superfluous concrete. It
will reduce the self weight of entire structure by means of
minimizing number of beams and columns and which will
introducing flexibility throughout the structure.
Bubble deck slab
The bubble deck system offers wide range of
advantages in building design and during construction.
Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
There are a number of green attributes including reduction
in dead weight, reduction in total construction materials,
use of recycled materials, lower energy consumption and
reduced carbon emission in case of using cement concrete.
Less transportation and crane lifts that makes bubble deck
more environmentally friendly than other concrete
construction technique. One notable difference about
bubble deck technology is that it allows for stronger, and
often thicker, slabs of concrete that span larger areas, as
well as opportunity to architecturally design larger
cantilevers. According to the bubble deck group, the
plastic spheres as the core of this technology allow for an
approximately 35 % reduction of dead weight from the
on building concrete slabs. When those slabs covers the
larger area, there is also no requirement for supporting
column, walls, and down stand beams. These latter
elements can often generates great limitations for an
architect, not allowing them to create wide, open spaces
with minimal supporting features
TYPES OF VOIDED SLAB
There are different types of voided flat slab technology
used in past few decades. there are,
 Airdeck
 Cobiax
 U – Bootbeton
 Bubble deck
A. AIRDECK
The air deck concept was patented in 2003 and
comprise an inverted plastic injection moulded element
which is vibrated into the lower slab during the production
process by a robotic arm. The advantages of this system
is that no retaining mesh is required to hold down the
voiding element during on site pouring of the second
layer. As the boxes can be nested there are transport
advantages versus other voiding systems. The static
calculations are according to standard Eurocode 2 norms.
B. COBIAX
The cobiax system makes use of the same voided
slab principles of creating voids within the concrete slabs
to lighten the building structures. Elliptical and torus
shaped hollow plastic member, termed as void formers,
are held in place by a light metal mesh for easy
installation between the top and bottom reinforcement
layer of a concrete slab.
214

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
C. U – BOOT BETON
In 2001 an italian engineer, Roberto 11 grande,
developed and patented a new system of void formers, in
order to decrease the transportation costs. The product is
U –Boot Beton, and its biggest advantages is that it is
stackable. A truck of U – Beton means approximately
5000 m2 of slab, once void formers are laid down at
building site. The second innovation in the shape: U –
Boot Beton creates a grid of orthogonal ―I‖ beams. So the
calculation of reinforcement can be effected by any static
engineer according to Eurocode, british standars or any
local standards.
U – Boot Beton is a recycled polypropylene
formwork that was designed to create two way voided flat
slab and rafts. The use of U – Boot Beton formwork
makes its possible to create mushroom pillars, with the
possibility to have the mushroom in the thickness of the
slab.
Thanks to the conic elevator foot, immerging the
U- Boot Beton formworks in the concrete casting will
creates a gridwork of mutually perpendicular beams
closed from the bottom and the top by a flat plate that is
created with a single casting the results in considerable
reduction in the use of concrete and steel.
U – Boot Beton is used to create slabs with large
span or that are able to support large loads without beams.
Light and quick and easy to position, thanks to their
modularity the designer can vary the geometric IV.
parameters as needed to adopt to all situations
with great architectural freedom. U – Boot earliest
projects were executed in 2002 and since that time it has
been used all over the world.
D. BUBBLE DECK
In the 1990s, a new system was invented,
eliminating the above problems. So the bubble deck
technology invented by Jorgen breuning, locks ellipsoid
between the top and bottom reinforcement meshes,
thereby creating a natural cell structure, acting like a solid
slab. A voided biaxial slab is created with the same
capabilities as a solid slab, but with considerably less
weight due to the elimination of superfluous concrete.
215
Department of Civil Engineering,
Fig 1.2 section of bubble deck slab
Bubble deck slab is a biaxial hollow core slab
invented in Denmark. It is a method of virtually
eliminating all concrete from the middle of a floor slab not
performing any structural function, thereby dramatically
reducing structural dead weight. Bubble deck slab is based
on a new patented technique which involves direct way of
linking air and steel. Void forms in the middle of a flat
slab by means of plastic spheres eliminate 35 % of slab
weight, removing constraints of high dead loads and short
span. Its flexibility easily adapts to irregular and curved
plan configurations. The system allows for the realization
of longer spans, ore rapid and less expensive erection as
well as the elimination of down -stand beam. Bubble deck
slab is a new innovative and sustainable floor system to be
used as a self supporting concrete floor. The application of
bubble deck floor system in Netherland is manifested as
the world wide first application. The bubble deck floor
system can be used for storey floors and ground floor
slabs.
TYPES OF BUBBLEDECK
TYPE A- FILIGREE ELEMENTS
Bubble Deck Type A is a combination of
constructed and unconstructed elements. A 60 mm thick
concrete layer that acts as both the formwork and part of
the finished depth is precast and brought on site with the
bubbles and steel reinforcement unattached. The bubbles
are then supported by temporary stands on top of the
precast layer and held in place by a honeycomb of
interconnected steel mesh. Additional steel may be
inserted according to the reinforcement requirements of
the design. The full depth of the slab is reached by
common concreting techniques and finished as necessary.
This type of Bubble Deck is optimal for new construction
projects where the designer can determine the bubble
positions and steel mesh layout.
TYPE B- REINFORCEMENT MODULES

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Bubble Deck Type B is a reinforcement module
that consists of a pre-assembled sandwich of steel mesh
and plastic bubbles, or "bubble lattice". These components
are brought to the site, laid on traditional formwork,
connected with any additional reinforcement, and then
concreted in place by traditional methods. This category
of Bubble Deck is optimal for construction areas with
tight spaces since these modules can be stacked on top of
one another for storage until needed
TYPE C- FINISHED PLANKS
Bubble Deck Type C is a shop-fabricated module
that includes the plastic spheres, reinforcement mesh and
concrete in its finished form. The module is manufactured
to the final depth in the form of a plank and is delivered
on site. Unlike Type A and B, it is a one-way spanning
design that requires the use of support beams or load
bearing walls. This class of Bubble Deck is best for
shorter spans and limited construction schedules (Bubble
Deck*-UK).
Fig 1.3 Type A, B & C
BENEFITS
Benefits include:
 Design freedom – flexible layout easily adapts to irregular
& curved plan layouts.
 Reduced dead weight -35% removed allowing smaller
foundation sizes.
 Longer spans between columns – up to 50% further than
traditional structures.
 Downstand beams eliminated – quicker and cheaper
erection of walls and services.
 Load bearing walls eliminated – facilitating MMC with
lightweight building envelopes.
 Reduced concrete usage – 1 kg recycled plastic replaces
100 kg of concrete.
216
Department of Civil Engineering,
 Environmentally green and sustainable – reduced energy
& carbon emissions.
ADVANTAGES OF BUBBLE DECK SLAB :
Light - Thin - Bidirectional Reduction of weight up to
40%. Reduced deformations (maximum loss of stiffness-
15%). Reduction of the foundation load. Reduction of
columns section or their number.
Economic Lower concrete cost with an equal thickness.
Lower steel cost. Savings in useful height on each level as
there are no emerging beams. Possibility to gain floors at
the same building height (towers) and building volume.
Quick and easy to implement. Also indicated for the top-
down technique. Possibility of large span at equal load or
high load bearing capacity at an equal span. Economical
and easy to transport, handle and store, also outdoors. The
soffit has a flat surface that is ready to finish and does not
require a false ceiling for aesthetic purposes. If a false
ceiling, is required it can be created faster.
Flexible Span up to 20 m. No beams between pillars.
Reduction in the number of pillars. Can be used together
with prefabs. Does not require handling and/or hoisting
equipment. Possibility of single direction structures thanks
to the bridge accessory.
Earthquake proof Lower seismic mass. Fewer
dimensional limitations for the elements. Double slab,
upper and lower.
Open space Larger spaces. Greater architectural
freedom. Simplified changes to the purpose of use.
Fire Resistance Considerable fire resistance certified REI
180 with a concrete cover of only 3 cm.
Improved Acoustic Behaviour Thanks to the increased
stiffness of the lower and upper slabs, acoustic
transmittancy is decreased.
Thermal heating/cooling in slabs can substantial reduce
the energy consumption.
LEED Compatible
The Bubble deck system offers a wide range of
advantages in building design and during construction.
There are a number of green attributes including;
reduction in total construction materials, use of recycled
materials, lower energy consumption and reduced CO2
emissions, less transportation and crane lifts that make
Bubble deck more environmentally friendly than other
concrete construction techniques.

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
LIMITATIONS
1. There is an increase in cost of production due to
assembly and manufacturing of
Spheres.
2. Punching shear capacity is low.
3. Difficulty in structural health monitoring.
4. Skilled laboris required
5. Not applicable to slabs having limited Thickness.
APPROVALS
 Dutch Standards: From November 2001, The Bubbledeck
system is incorporated in the Dutch Standards (by CUR –
Civieltechnisch Centrum Uitvoering Research en
Regelgeving).
 UK Standards: The Bubbledeck system can be treated as a
normal flat slab supported on columns (BS 8110)
according to CRIC (Concrete Research & Innovation
Centre under the Imperial College of Science, Technology
& Medicine), 1997.
 Danish Standards: The Bubble Deck system can be
calculated from recognized principles and within existing
standards - Directorate of Building and Housing,
Municipality of Copenhagen, 1996.
 German Standards: The Bubble Deck system can be used
according to existing technical standards according to
Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik, 1994.
LITERATURE REVIEW
1. Neeraj Tiwari et.al ―Structural Behaviour of
Bubble Deck Slab and Its Application‖ International
Journal of Scientific Research and Development Vol.4
Issue 02, 2016.
In this literature studies carried out by varying
slab thickness of 170 mm, 230mm, 280mm, 340mm,
390mm, and 430mm for using HDPE balls of diameter
73mm.Length and width of the slab as 500 * 500 mm for
varying thickness the bubble deck slab is casted. Load Vs
deflection behaviour of bubble deck slab and conventional
slab were studied. It concludes that bubble deck performs
better than normal conventional solid slab. The internal
forces and maximum stresses in the voided deck were up
to 40% lesser than solid slab due to reduced dead weight
by use of HDPE spheres. This results say that this type of
slab will provide better long durable floor slab with better
long term results under a dominant gravity and uniform
loads. The bubble deck technology is more useful and
efficient than a solid conventional slab in office floor
system. The modal of the slab created for the analysis
verifies the prior analysis and experiments.
217
Department of Civil Engineering,
Bubble deck slab technology is an innovative
method of virtually eliminating all concrete from the
middle of a floor slab, thereby reducing dead weight and
increasing the efficiency of the floor by using recycled
hollow plastic balls. This new prefabricated construction
technology using bubble deck slab is recently applied in
many industrial projects in the world. This technology is
widely used for the construction of multi -storeyed
buildings. Bubble deck slab technology reduces the loads
on the columns, walls, foundations and entire part of the
building. Bubble deck uses less concrete than traditional
concrete floor systems. Analysis was performed on the
bubble deck slab with spherical and elliptical balls of
grade M25 and M30.The results have concluded that
Bubble deck slab with elliptical balls have better load
carrying capacity compared to that of bubble deck slab
with spherical balls. Bubble deck slab with spherical and
elliptical balls of M30 grade concrete shows better
performance than bubble deck slab with spherical and
elliptical balls of M25 grade concrete. Bubble deck slab
save weight up to 33.15% around one spherical ball and
34.90% for one elliptical ball.
2. Bhagyashri G. et al ―An Experimental Study On
Two Way Bubble Deck Slab With Spherical Hollow
Balls‖ International Journal of Recent Scientific
Research Vol. 7, Issue, 6 pp 11621- 11626, June 2016.
In this study two types as continuous bubble deck
slab and alternative bubble deck slab were tested. standard
slab size of both conventional and bubble deck slab as
1*1*0.125m.Conventional slab with specification
prepared to analyze with normal grade of concrete M 30 by
adopting conventional method of design according to IS
456 : 2000 and IS 10262 : 2009.For bubble deck slab
concrete grade of M30 with the help of design according to
modified DIN 1045(1988) or DIN 1045 (2001) (german
code)Load Vs deflection characteristics of both
conventional and bubble deck slab were studied. It
concludes that weight reduction 25% as compared to the
solid slab. The bubble deck technology is environmentally
green and sustainable. Avoiding the cement production
allows reducing global CO2 emission. In comparative of
conventional slab the volume of concrete in bubble deck
are less required that is 25% approximately. In bubble
deck slab volume of concrete is reduced, so that the
weight of the slab is decrease, comparative to
conventional slab. cost and time saving by using bubbles
in the slab like weight of slab, concrete volume indirectly
load on the beam and walls also decrease/ less so that
building foundations can be designed for small dead
loads.

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
3. Aratishetkar.et.al ―An Experimental Study On
Bubble Deck Slab System With Eliptical Balls‖
proceeding of NCIERT -2015 and indian J. Sci. Res.
12(1):027, 2015
In this study plastic balls as diameter Caries from
180mm to 450 mm. according to this the thickness of slab
as 230 mm to 600 mm. The distance between the bubbles
must be greater than 1/9 th of the bubble diameter. For
different concrete grade of M25 and M35is used. Length
and width of the slab as 1900 * 800 mm varying thickness
.Experimental work is carried to apply the load at the
centre portion of slab .the applied force increased by step
by step until the cracks are found in the slab.
Load Vs deflection curve plotted for both type A
and type B slab, the results were compared with
conventional slab. Experimental result observed that
maximum deflection at the centre of the slab is increased
when applied loading is increased. It can be concluded
that with the same dimensions and concrete grade, the
bubble deck using elliptical balls has great ultimate
loading compared with using other shapes. The loading
capacity of bubble deck using concrete grade of M35 is
higher from 3% to 8% as compared to that of bubble deck
using concrete grade M25 .
4. M.Surendar.et.al ―Numerical and Experimental
Study On Bubble Deck Slab‖ International Journal of
Engineering Science and Computing, Volume 6 Issue 5
May 2016.
In this study bubble deck slab tested for both
experimental and analytical method. Slab is casted as size
of 1000*1000*150 mm of using recycled plastic balls of
size 100mm, for using concrete grade of M30. Analytical
study FEA software ANSYS is used. The ultimate load,
stress and deformation were measured for using analytical
data and experimental data.
BubbleDeck performs better than normal
conventional solid slabs. The internal forces & maximum
stresses in the voided deck were upto 40% lesser than
solid slab due to reduced dead weight by use of HDPE
spheres. The deflection was little greater by 10% since the
stiffness reduces from presence of bubbles. These results
says that this type of slab will provide better long durable
floor slab with better long term result under a dominant
gravity and uniform load.
It conclude that the experiment was carried out
using loading frame by applying the udl load over the slab
218
Department of Civil Engineering,
to know the ultimate load carrying capacity and
deflection. The numerical and experimental results shows
the bubble deck slab can withstand 75% of load carrying
capacity when compared to coventional slab. Numerical
data 45.238 kg of concrete can be eliminated from
1000mm*1000mm*150mm slab by using 100mm ball
which reduction in weight of slab. From this result bubble
deck slab is better in stress criteria and its weight than that
of coventional slab.
5. Devyanshu Jain et.al ―A Comparative Study On
Bubble Deck Slab And Conventional Slab‖
International Journal of Advanced Technology in
Engineering and Science Vol. No.03, March 2017.
In this study to compare behaviour of both
conventional and bubble deck slab of size as 660 mm *
330 mm * 140 mm. concrete grade of M25 is used. Size of
recycled plastic balls as 65mm. Both experimental and
analytical work will carried. For analytical test ANSYS
2000 is used. Load Vs deflection behaviour of bubble
deck slab and conventional slab were studied. Shear
strength of concrete slab is dependent on the effective
mass of concrete. Due to the inclusion of plastic bubbles,
the shear resistance of bubble deck is greatly reduced
compared to solid slab. From theoretical models, the shear
strength of voided slab was determined to be 60 – 80% of
a solid slab with same depth. Therefore, a reduction factor
of 0.6 to be applied to the shear capacity of all bubble
deck slab.
This analysis proves that Bubble Deck
technology is more useful and efficient than a solid
conventional slab in office floor system. The models of
the slabs created for the analysis verifies the prior analysis
& experiments. however, the performance of bubble slab
is not as successful in pedestrian deck. this does not
reduce the use of bubble deck in bridge deck, but requires
more studies to completely analyse the feasibility of slab
in bridge.
6. J.H Chung et.al ―shear capacity of biaxial hollow
slab with donut type hollow sphere‖ elsevier journal
procedia Engineering 14 (2011) 2219 – 2222.
In this literature studies carried out to shear
capacity of biaxial hollow slab with donut type hollow
sphere were studied. Four number of specimens were
tested. Conventional RC slab specimen and three were
hollow slabs. Test parameters includes as two type of
material and structural forms as donut and non donut type,

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
materials are general plastic and glass fibre plastic. The
hole in the centre of hollow sphere might be performed to
increase the shear strength of hollow slab. Strength of
hollow sphere material might be one of the factor for the
shear strength of hollow slab. It tends to underestimate the
shear strength to measure the shear strength of hollow slab
by using minimum cross sectional area.
In building, the slab is very important structural
member to make a space. And the slab is one of the
largest member which is made by concrete. In a general
way, the slab was designed only to resist vertical load.
However, deflection and vibration of slab are also
considered recently because people are getting more
interest of residential environment. In addition, when span
of the building is increasing, deflection of slab is more
important. Therefore, the slab thickness is on the increase.
The increasing of slab thickness makes slab heavier, and it
leads to increase column and base size. Thus, it makes
building consume more materials such as concrete and
steel. To avoid these disadvantages which were caused by
increasing of self-weight of slabs, the biaxial hollow slab
system, also known as void slab, was suggested. This slab
system could optimize the size of vertical members like
walls and columns by lightening the weight of slabs.
According to previous studies, the hollow slab had low
shear strength, compared with solid slab and the shear
capacities of biaxial hollow slab are influenced by the
shapes and materials of hollow spheres. In addition, the
present code does not provide a clear computation method
for the shear strength of hollow slab. To verify the shear
capacities of this hollow slab, shear tests were performed.
Four test specimens were used for test parameters. shear
capacities of slabs. Especially, shapes of hollow sphere is
very important factor for shear capacity. It can be
increasing the shear strength about 20% rather than
hollow slab which is applied nondonut shape hollow
sphere. There are summaries about this study. The hole in
the center of hollow sphere like figure 1-a) might be
performed to increases the shear strength of hollow slab.
The strength of hollow sphere material might be the one
of the factor for the shear strength of hollow slab. It tends
to underestimate the shear strength to measure the shear
strength of hollow slab by using minimum cross section
area
REFERENCES
1.Neeraj Tiwari et.al ―Structural Behaviour of Bubble
Deck Slab and Its Application‖ International Journal of
Scientific Research and Development Vol.4 Issue 02,
2016.
2. Bhagyashri G. et al ―An Experimental Study On Two
Way Bubble Deck Slab With Spherical Hollow Balls‖
219
Department of Civil Engineering,
International Journal of Recent Scientific Research Vol. 7,
Issue, 6 pp 11621- 11626, June 2016.
3. Aratishetkar .et.al ―An Experimental Study On
Bubble Deck Slab System With Eliptical Balls‖
proceeding of NCIERT -2015 and indian J.Sci.Res.
12(1):027, 2015.
4. M.Surendar.et.al ―Numerical and Experimental
Study On Bubble Deck Slab‖ International Journal of
Engineering Science and Computing, Volume 6 Issue 5
May 2016.
5. Devyanshu Jain et.al ―A Comparative Study On
Bubble Deck Slab And Conventional Slab‖
International Journal of Advanced Technology in
Engineering and Science Vol. No.03, March201J.H
6.Chung et.al ―shear capacity of biaxial hollow slab
with donut type hollow sphere‖ elsevier journal
procedia Engineering 14 (2011) 2219 - 2222 7.
7. Saifee. et al ―Comparative Study of Voided Flat
Plate Slab and Solid Flat Plate Slab‖ International
Journal of Innovative Research and Development Vol. 3,
Issue 3 pp 2278- 0211,March2014.
8. L.V.Hai .et.al ―The Experimental Analysis of Bubble
Deck Slab Using Modified Eliptical Balls‖ proceeding
of NCIERT -2015 and indian J.Sci.Res. 12(1):027, 2015.
9.M.Surendar.et.al ―Analysis of Bubble Deck Slab
Design by Finite Element Method‖ International Journal
of Science technology and Engineering, Volume 2 Issue
11 May 2016.
10. Devyanshu Jain et.al ―Structural Behaviour of
Bubble Deck Slab ‖ International conference on Advance
in Engineering, science and management, March 2012.
11. Rajamane.et al ― Quantities of Sodium Hydroxide
Solids and Water to prepare Sodium Hydroxide
Solution of given molarity for Geopolymer Concrete
mixes‖ ICI journal Vol.16 No 2 sep 2015.
12. .shaimaa tariq sakin.et.al ― punching shear in voided
slab ―, civil and environmental research, vol 6, ISSN
2224 – 5790 No 10 2014.
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EFFICIENT USE OF PLASTIC WASTE IN CONCRETE,

M.Murshitha Parveen1, S.Gowsalya Vinothini2, Dr. M. SHahul Hameed3
1,2
UG Student, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India
3
, Head of the Department, Department of Civil Engineering, P.S.R. Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamilnadu, India

ABSTRACT
In the present scenario the construction cost is increasing day by day. In order to
counteract this problem, plastic waste material is used in the field of construction which is also
economical. Plastic waste such as PET, Polypropylene, Low density polyethylene (LDPE), High
density polyethylene (HDPE) waste is recycled for the production of new material which can be
used as alternative component in concrete and it is eco - friendly. This paper reports on
experimental program to investigate the efficient use of plastic waste materials in concrete and
to find out the strength parameters such as Marshall stability test, compressive strength and
flexural strength of the concrete specimens. Therefore, we have planned to prepare cubes,
marshall mould and prisms using conventional concrete and going to test them for its strength
and going to prepare concrete specimens by using plastic wastes with bitumen in concrete at
various proportions like 0, 25, 50 and 75%. Replacement of bitumen with plastic waste upto 75%
which gives better result compared with conventional concrete. It is one of the best solution for
disposing of plastic waste and it is also used in the field of green engineering.
Keywords: Eco - friendly, Recycling of PET, Polypropylene waste, Low density polyethylene
(LDPE), High density polyethylene (HDPE), Green engineering.

220
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

ACHIEVING PROFITABLE BIOHYDROGEN VIA MIXED BACTERIAL CONSORTIUM

DISINTERGATION ON MICROALGAE BIOMASS

YUKESH KANNAH RA, RAJESH BANU JA*, GUNASEKARAN MB

a,a*
Department of Civil Engineering, Regional Campus of Anna University Tirunelveli, India
b
Department of physics, Regional Campus of Anna University Tirunelveli, India

ABSTRACT

Hydrogen production from microalage biomass through biological routes is promising technology because they
are environmentally friendly. Microalgae biomass is the best feedstock for generation of high calorific energy.
Microalgae biomass has a complex rigid cell structure, it highnegative impact on biodegradability nature of the
substrate. This in turn limits the hydrogen yield. Therefore, in order to enhance the anaerobic fermentation of
microalgae, disintergation processes are essential before anaerobic fermentation toenhance the generation of
hydrogen. Among the pretreatment techniques, biological pretreatment is considered as the best due to mild
reaction conditions, less energy consumption and absence of chemical contamination and inhibitory by products.
Biological pretreatment includes external addition of purified enzymes, single or mixture of enzymes or adding
enzyme secreting bacterial cells. However, commercially available enzymes are very expensive. Therefore,
disintergation of microalgae biomass with mixed bacterial consortium was considered as best to cleavage the
algal cell wall. In the present study, the mixed bacterial consortium disintergation substantially increase the
solubilization percentage, protein and carbohydrate release. Higher hydrogen production of about (90mL/g
COD) was obtained for biologically disintegrated algal biomass when compared to control (15mL/g COD) which
exposes the efficiency of biological disintegration of algae.

Keywords: Microalgae; Chemical oxygen demand; Solubilization; Biohydrogen; Anaerobic digestion.

221
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

FLEXURAL BEHAVIOUR OF RECYCLED BRICK AGGREGATE CONCRETE

BHARATHI S1, M. JOHN ROBERT PRINCE2
1M.E (Structural Engineerin, St. Xavier’s Catholic College of Engineering,Chunkankadai 629 003
2
Associative ProfessorDepartment of Civil Engineering ,St. Xavier’s Catholic College of Engineering,Chunkankadai 629 003

ABSTRACT
Fast development in the recent years indeed has increased the need of coarse aggregate in the alarming rate. Besides that,
the growth of the construction industry has also produced lots of product mainly the waste materials. By using recycled
aggregates, weight of concrete can also be reduced, which can also solve problems related to self-weight of concrete. The
study is conducted to investigate the flexural performance of reinforced concrete beams made with recycled brick aggregate.
Furthermore, to investigate the mechanical and physical properties of brick waste concrete, and to compare the flexural
performance of brick waste as full replacement and partial replacement of coarse aggregate in concrete with the
conventional concrete (control sample). In this study physical properties of cement, sand and Recycled brick aggregate like
specific gravity, sieve analysis, bulk density, bulking of sand, water absorption, moisture content test, finess of cement,
cement consistency, initial and final setting time of cement were tested. Light weight recycled brick aggregate has different
texture, size and properties than normal aggregate. The properties of concrete such as slump, density, compressive strength
are studied by replacing the granite aggregate with recycled brick aggregate. With the advancement of the concrete
technology and to fulfill the durability requirement M30 (28 days characteristic compressive strength 30 MPa when tested on
150 mm cube) and higher grade of concrete is generally used in most of the construction now a days, thus there is a complete
shift of trend to the use of stone aggregate instead of brick aggregate in concrete.

Keywords—Recycled brick aggregate; brick waste; granite aggregate; compressive strength; concrete
Introduction
From the view point of sustainability, reducing the
consumption of non-renewable resources is a key
factor to sustainable natural resources. Concrete is
known for using a lot of non-renewable natural
resources and also has an uprising demand in
construction works all around the world. It had
been reported that concrete industry is the largest
consumer of natural resources with a global
concrete consumption of two and a half tons per
capita per year. The major contributors to concrete
volume are the aggregates and the consumption of
aggregates is estimated at 13.12 billion tons per
year (Tarek Uddin Mohammed 2017). Generally,
aggregates are produced by crushing rocks after
cutting from mountains or quarries and breaking
river gravels or boulders. A significant
amount of natural resource can be saved if
demolished concrete is recycled in new construction
works. Reinforcements are included in the mixture to
achieve the desired physical properties of the finished
material. When these ingredients are mixed together,
they form a fluid mass that is easily molded into shape.
Over time, the cement forms a hard matrix which binds
the rest of the ingredients together into a durable stone-
like material with many uses Recycling of demolished
concrete will also provide other benefits, such as
creation of additional business opportunities, saving
cost of disposal, saving money for local government
and other purchaser, helping local government to meet
the goal of reducing disposal,etc. Also, crushed
natural stone is considered as the coarse aggregate for
the concrete mix proportion method described in ACI-
318. But the unit weight of concrete made with
crushed natural stone ranges from 2242 kg/m3 to 2434
kg/m3 whereas the unit weight of concrete made with
brick coarse aggregate ranges from 1750 kg/m3 to
2082 kg/m3. Also, the surface roughness and texture
of brick coarse aggregate is not similar to crushed
natural stone aggregate. So it becomes uncertain
whether brick aggregate concrete and recycled brick
aggregate concrete will follow the design equations
developed for the crushed natural stone. Therefore, it
is important to find the suitability of the application of
ACI-318 provisions for these aggregates. Although
some studies had been conducted to understand the
suitability of brick as coarse aggregate, few literatures
were found where the suitability of RCA originated
from brick aggregate concrete was discussed. Further
investigations are still necessary to understand if ACI-
318 provisions can be safely used for RC beams made
with recycled brick aggregates.
III.MATERIALS USED IN THE INVESTIGATION

222

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
Cement
First, Ordinary Portland cement confirming to IS
8112-1989 [43grade] is used for experimental work.
Laboratory test were conducted on cement to determine
specific gravity, consistency, initial and final setting time
and fineness.
Recycled Brick aggregate
The demolished brick concrete were collected from the local site and they
aggregates are crushed edges will be rough and spiky that
leads to be bonding.
Sand
Locally available good quality river sand
was used. Laboratory test were conducted on fine
aggregate to determine the different physical
properties as IS 383 (Part 3)-1970.The test values of
specific gravity, water absorption, and fineness
modulus of fine aggregate are presented in Table 1.
Table 1:Properties of fine aggregate
Properties Fine
aggregate
Bulk specific
2.67
gravity(SSD)
Water
1.3
absorption
Fineness
3.25
Modulus
For conventional concrete, a natural stone
(calcareous), with a maximum size of 20 mm, was
employed as coarse aggregate. The volumetric
replacement of stone aggregate with brick aggregate
considered in this study were 0%, 50%, 75%, and
100% while everything else were left unchanged.
A superplasticizing admixture (Naphthalene
based superplasticizer) was added to the mixing
water used, to improve workability of concrete.
223
Department of Civil Engineering,
Physical and Mechanical Properties of Granite
and Recycled Brick Aggregate
 Specific Gravity
The specific gravities of Sand, GA and RBA were
determined in accordance with IS 2386 (Part III)–
1963.The specific gravity of sand and GA are used
in the design calculations of concrete mix. The
specific gravities of both the GA and RBA were
shown.
The specific gravity of sand is 2.67. RBA however,
had a low specific gravity of 2.0 probably due to the
low strength and density of the parent brick from
which it is produced. It also reported low values of
specific gravity for brick aggregate.
 Sieve Analysis of Aggregates
Sieve analysis was carried out on sand, granite and
recycled brick aggregate before using them in
concrete. The set of sieves used for the analysis was
in accordance with IS: 2386 (Part I) – 19637for
grading the aggregate.Figure.1 shows the particle
size distribution of sand and Figure.2 shows the
particle size distribution of GA &RBA together with
the corresponding grading limits set out in IS383-
10
1970 for natural aggregates of same size. The fineness
modulii were found to be 3.25, - and 2.9 for sand,
granite aggregate and recycled brick aggregate
respectively. Figure.1 indicates that the Sand used in
this investigation confirms with the grading limits
of Zone II.Figure.2 indicates that both the
aggregates used have grading values within the
limits for 20-mm single-sized aggregates.
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Gravity modulus (kg/m3) (%)

Granite
2.74 - 2420 0.25

Aggregate

Recycled
2.0 2.9 1760 13.25

Brick
Figure.1. Grading Curve of Fine Aggregate
Aggregate

IV. TEST PROGRAM FOR THE

EXPERIMENT

A.Mix Design

The basic guideline for mix design of concrete

as per the Indian code IS: 10262-2009 was followed.
According to the codal guideline saturated and
surface dry (SSD) aggregates are used and in case of
aggregate either moist or dried adjustment is done
accordingly. Most of the previous researchers who
Figure.2. Grading Curve of Coarse Aggregate did the work on brick aggregate used SSD aggregate,
(Granite and RBA) but in real project work it will be next to impossible
to prepare SSD aggregate. If the adjustment is done
for very dry aggregate adding extra water for
Table.2. Comparison of the Properties of Natural absorption at that case total quantity of water in the
and Recycled Brick Aggregate mix will be higher than the calculated amount
because during the process of setting only 75 to 85%
water will be absorbed by the aggregate and
Bulk Water remaining water in the mix will result increase of
w/c ratio because subsequently most of the pores
Property Specific Fineness Density absorption will be sealed by the matrix and the water will

224

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
remain within the cement grains. In consequence of
this there will be loss of strength. On the other hand
if the water is mixed for absorption only for the
setting period it will produce a concrete of desired
workability in the fresh state and in some cases
decrease of w/c ratio leading to increased strength. A
realistic value of three minute‘s water absorption
was taken as standard in this investigation as it was
seen that the rate of water absorption in first few
minutes is very high and then after the curve
becomes very flat. Rate of water absorption of brick
aggregate is shown in Fig. 3. Coarse aggregate and
fine aggregate used in the mix was partially dried
and therefore in the calculation of mix design
necessary adjustment was made for fine aggregate.
B. Mixing of Concrete and Workability Test
The 24 h water absorption capacity of the brick
aggregate was13.25 %, an in situ test of the water
absorption for three minutes were checked and
which was found to be 6.5% by weight of the
existing condition of the aggregate, therefore
necessary adjustment was made for these quantity of
water. In Fig. 3 rate of water absorption of dry
aggregate has been presented. For preparing the mix
first coarse aggregate and 80% of the total water had
been placed in the mixer and rotated for two minutes
to allow the coarse aggregate to absorb water, then
fine aggregate, cement and remaining quantity of
water mixed with admixture were fed in the mixer
and rotated for two minutes more and the mix
concrete was discharged on a metal tray. Slump test
was conducted for measuring the workability of the
concrete.
C. Test for Strength of Concrete
For each mix 6(six) Nos of 150 mm cube were
prepared (0%, 50%, 75%, and 100%) as per the mix
design following the above mentioned procedure for
compressive strength test,6 Nos of 150mm x300mm
cylindrical were prepared and 3(three) Nos prism of
225
Department of Civil Engineering,
100mm x 100 mm x 500 mm were prepared for
flexure test. All the samples were kept in the molds
for 24 hours and thereafter those samples were
demolded and placed in the curing tank for 28 days
in ambient temperature. All the samples were taken
out of the curing tank before testing and wiping the
surface necessary test for uniaxial compressive
strength was done in a compression testing machine
of 2000 kN capacity. The flexural tests by two points
loading were done in a flexural testing machine of
100 kN capacity.
Figure 3 . Rate of water absorption of brick
aggregate
RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Compressive strength
Compressive strength tests on cubes at 7 days and
14 days showed that the rate of development of
strength of brick aggregate concrete followed a
similar pattern to that for normal concrete. Concrete
with normal construction brick aggregate developed
adequate average compressive strength up to w/c
ratio of 0.40 and characteristic strength of 30
N/mm2. For concrete with recycled brick
aggregates, the average strengths observed were
greater than those for the corresponding normal
concretes. The differences were 0%, 50%, 75% and
100% at w/c ratios of 0.4 respectively. The
variability of compressive strengths for a given mix
ratio .Values of compression strengths are shown in
Table 3.
Splitting tensile strength
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Values of tensile splitting strength are given in 0% 8.05 7.0 8.4

Table 4. Compared with natural gravel aggregate
concrete with similar w/c ratios, splitting tensile 50% 6.3 5.6 5.74
strengths for recycled construction brick aggregate
has been calculated. The failure mechanism 75% 3.5 2.8 3.0
involved tensile failure of the crushed brick
aggregate but bond failure between the mortar and 100% - - -
aggregates for gravel aggregate. These differences
in strength and failure mechanism can be clearly
correlated with the tensile strength of the aggregate
materials were 0%, 50%, 75% and 100% at w/c CONCLUSIONS
ratios of 0.4 respectively.

The similar procedure of mixing GA concrete

can be adopted for the production of RBAC.
Both the aggregates shall be used in the SSD
Flexural strength
condition.
The values for the flexural strength (modulus of The relative density of RBA is less than that of
rupture) are also given in Table 5. GA and hence it can be classified as lightweight
Table 3. Compressive strength of concrete aggregate. The recycled brick aggregate
concrete produced with this RBA can be used
Compressive strength Mpa where concrete of low density is required.
Mix
7days 14days 28days
● 3) Recycled brick aggregates present
0% 35 48 48
relatively lower bulk density and higher water
50% 20 24 29 absorption compared to natural aggregates.
● 75% 17 20 23 5) Densities of crushed bricks concrete were
100% 15 18 22
found to be lower (up to 17%) than those of
natural aggregates concrete.
6) Water reducing and plasticizer admixtures are conse-
quently recommended in order to reduce water content.
Table 4. Split tensile strength of concrete
7) Generally, the process of water absorption of a
recycled concrete is similar to that of natural concrete
and obeys to the same laws. The absorption test results
Splitting tensile strength Mpa clearly confirm that the higher the decrease of recycled
MIX concrete strength, the higher its porosity is significant,
7days 14days 28days especially more its large capillaries are of significant
diameter.
0% 2.36 2.37 3.01
REFERENCES
50% 2.0 2.10 2.37
1.Tarek Uddin Mohammed , Hare Krishna Das ,
75% 1.54 1.56 1.58
Aziz Hasan Mahmood , Md. Nafiur Rahman ,
100% - 1.0 1.20 M.A. Awal, ―Flexural performance of RC
beams made with recycled brick
aggregate‖Construction and Building
Table 5. Flexural strength of concrete Materials Volume - 134 (2017) 67–74

2.M.Adamson, A.Razmjoo, A.Poursaee, ―Durability

of concrete incorporating crushed brick as coarse
Flexural strength Mpa
Mix aggregate‖Construction and Building Materials
7days 14days 28days
Volume-94 (2015)426–432

226

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
3. Antonio Eduardo Bezerra Cabral a, Valdir Schalch b,
Denise CarpenaCoitinho Dal Molin c, José Luis Duarte
Ribeiro c., ―Mechanical properties modelling of recycled
aggregate concrete‖ Construction and Building Materials
Volume-24(2010) 421-430
4. Antonio Eduardo Bezerra Cabral a, Valdir Schalch b,
Denise CarpenaCoitinho Dal Molin c, José Luis Duarte
Ribeiro c., ―Mechanical properties modelling of recycled
aggregate concrete‖ Construction and Building Materials
Volume-24(2010) 421-430
5.Syed Ishtiaq Ahmad, A.M.ASCE and Sushanta
Roy, ―Creep Behavior and Its Prediction for Normal
Strength Concrete Made from Crushed Clay Bricks
as Coarse Aggregate‖, Journal of materials in civil
engineering © ASCE / March 2012 DOI:
10.1061/(ASCE)MT.1943-5533.0000391.
6. TarekUddinMohammed,
AzizHasanMahmood, ―Effects of maximum
aggregate size on UPV of brick aggregate
concrete‖, Ultrasonics69(2016)129–136
7. Md. Kobir Hossain, Mohammad Abdur Rashid, and
Md. Rezaul Karim, ―Effect of Cement Content and Size of
Coarse Aggregate on the Strength of Brick Aggregate
Concrete‖ DUET Journal, Vol. 2, Issue 2, June 2015.
8 .FaridDebieb, Said Kenai, ―The use of coarse
and fine crushed bricks as aggregate in concrete‖
Construction and Building Materials 22
(2008)886–893.
9. Mohamed R. Afify and Noha M. Soliman,
―Improvement Properties of Recycle Concrete using
Clay Brick as a Coarse Aggregate ―,International
Journal of Current Engineering and Technology
Vol.4, No.1 (February 2014).
10. Mohammad Abdur Rashida, TanvirHossaina,
and M. ArifulIslamb, ―Properties of higher strength
concrete made with crushed brick as coarse
aggregate‖, Journal of Civil Engineering (IEB),
37(1) (2009) 43-52
227
Department of Civil Engineering,
11. Mohammed Tarek Uddin, ArifulHasnat,
Mohammad Abdul Awal, and Shamim Z. Bosunia,
―Recycling of Brick Aggregate Concrete as Coarse
Aggregate‖ Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering
January 29, 2014. Doi: 10.1061/ (ASCE) MT.1943-
5533.0001043
12. Ghanim Hussein Qoja and YoukhannaZayia
Dinkha, ―Performance of concrete made with
crushed clay bricks as coarse aggregate‖ Journal of
University of Duhok, Vol. 20,No.1 (Pure and Eng.
Sciences), Pp 561-569, 2017
13. ShohanaIffat, ―The characteristics of brick
aggregate concrete on a basis of dry density and
durability‖ Malaysian Journal of Civil Engineering
28(1):50-58 (2016)
14. Mohd. Sarfaraz Banda, Md. Shamim Hossain, Md.
Ruhul Amin, ―A Study on Cube and Cylinder Strength of
Brick Aggregate Concrete‖, IOSR Journal of Mechanical
and Civil Engineering (IOSR-JMCE) Volume 9, Issue 3
(Sep. - Oct. 2013), PP 65-72
15. SamiaHachemi and AbdelhafidOunis, ―Performance
of concrete containing crushed brick aggregate exposed to
different fire temperatures‖ European Journal of
Environmental and Civil Engineering, 2015 Vol. 19, No.
7, 805–824 .
16. Paulo B. Cachim, ―Mechanical properties of
brick aggregate concrete‖, Construction and
Building Materials 23 (2009) 1292-1297.
17. Fouad M. Khalaf., and Alan S. DeVenny.,
Properties of New and Recycled Clay Brick
Aggregates for Use in Concrete, Journal of Materials
in Civil Engineering, Vol.17, No. 4, August2005,
pp.456–464.
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

COMPARATIVE STUDY ON NONLINEAR

ANALYSIS OF BARE FRAME AND INFILLED
MASONRY FRAME
SALATE MARY M1, S SHIELA BALANTA2
1M.E (Structural Engineerin, St. Xavier’s Catholic College of Engineering,Chunkankadai 629 003
2
Assistant ProfessorDepartment of Civil Engineering ,St. Xavier’s Catholic College of Engineering,Chunkankadai 629 003

The infill wall is a supported wall that closes the

Abstract - In building construction, RC framed
structures are frequently used due to ease of construction and
rapid progress of work, and generally these frames are filled by
masonry infill panels or concrete blocks in many of the
countries situated in seismic regions. Infill panels significantly
enhance both stiffness and strength of frame, it behaves like
compression strut between column and beam and compression
forces transferred from one node to another. Performance of
building in earthquakes ( like Bhuj Earthquake ) clearly
illustrates that the presence of infill walls has significant
structural implications. Although their mechanical
contribution is usually neglected in structural analysis and
design, they significantly affect the seismic response reinforced
concrete frame.In this present study, To get the performance of
the buildings, Non linear Static Analysis (Push over Analysis )
is used for the analysis. Buildings are modelled using SAP
2000 software. After push over analysis , push over curve and
performance point were observed for determining the extend of
damage condition so the adoption of rehabilitation
techniques.This study gives the overview of performance of RC
frame buildings with and without infill walls such as Base
shear, Top displacement and Base moment . Then comparing
the results obtained from the analysis as bare frame and
infilled frame respectively.
Keywords : Non linear static analysis, Pushover analysis,
Infilled masonry, Bare frame, Structural safety.
1. INTRODUCTION
perimeter of building constructed with three -dimensional
frame work structure. Therefore, the structural frame
ensures the bearing function, whereas the infill wall serves
to separate inner and outer frame, filling up the boxes of
the outer frames. The infill wall has the unique static
function to bear its own weight. The infill wall differs
from the partition that to separate two interior spaces, yet
also non load bearing and from load bearing wall. The use
of masonry infill walls offers an economical and durable
solution. They are easy to build, attractive for architecture
and has very efficient cost performance.
Masonry walls are the most durable part of any
building or structure. They provide strength& durability to
the structure and also helps to control indoor and outdoor
temperature. The durability and strength of masonry wall
construction depends on the type and quality of material
used and workmanship.
2. MASONRY INFILL INTERACTION
The interaction between buildings and masonry infills can
be discussed When there is a perimeter contact between
the masonry infill walls and the frame, in ordinary
situations of adherent robust infill walls, the effect of
stiffness increase (and also dissipation) influences the
building response. In the case of infill walls built

228

Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur
disconnected from the structure (not in adherence with the
frame elements), it is likely that infill walls act as an
additional mass applied to the structure only, In general,
in the most frequent case of perimeter contact between the
masonry panels and the beams and columns of the RC
structure, the infill panels interact with the structure,
regardless of the lateral resistance capacity of the
structure, and act like structural elements, overtaking
lateral loads until they are badly damaged or destroyed. In
this case, the most important effects of the structure-infill
interaction are:
Increased lateral rigidity of the structure; in the case
of flexible structures from seismic zones with small values
of the period Tc, the seismic forces increase over the
normal level.Creating some vertical irregularities by
increasing the ductility demand at one storey, or creating
some horizontal irregularities by increasing the ensemble
torsion as a result of modifying the centre of rigidity; for
the design of buildings in seismic zones, these situations
must be always avoided.Creating some solicitations of
short elements type, having a risk of rupture to shear
force, due to the fact that on the deformable zone of the
column the shear force is substantially larger than in the
normal case (also treated as local effect).
3. SEISMIC ANALYSIS
Seismic analysis is a subset of structural analysis and is
the calculation of responseof a building structures to
earthquakes.It is part of process of structural design,
Earthquake Engineering or structural assessment and
retrofit in regions where the earthquakes are prevalent.
The building has the potential to wave back and forth
during an earthquake is called as fundamental mode.
229
Department of Civil Engineering,
3.1 Non linear Analysis:
The non linear behaviour of any structure mainly
depends upon the stiffness of the material which describes
the ability of material to withstand against loading
conditions. Beyond the elastic limit, the stress - strain
curve will be non linear for non linear material. Non linear
analysis is used to analyse the non linear behaviour of
structure.
As the performance objective of the structure
implies greater inelastic demands, the uncertainty with
linear procedures increases to a point that requires a high
level of conservatism in demand assumptions and
acceptability criteria to avoid unintended performance.
Therefore, procedures incorporating inelastic analysis can
reduce the uncertainty and conservatism.
This approach is also known as "pushover"
analysis. A pattern of forces is applied to a structural
model that includes non-linear properties (such as steel
yield), and the total force is plotted against a reference
displacement to define a capacity curve. This can then be
combined with a demand curve (typically in the form of
an acceleration-displacement response spectrum (ADRS)).
This essentially reduces the problem to a single degree of
freedom (SDOF) system.
Nonlinear static procedures use equivalent SDOF
structural models and represent seismic ground motion
with response spectra. Story drifts and component actions
are related subsequently to the global demand parameter
by the pushover or capacity curves that are the basis of the
non-linear static procedures.
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

4. Description of Building:

To analyse the gravity and seismic load performance of
the building , we considered G+4 storey building with and
without infill walls. The general requirements required for
the modelling of buildings has the same parameter are as
follows:
Type of frame -Special RC moment resisting frame
fixed at the base

 Seismic zone - III

 Number of storey -G+4
 Floor height -3m
 Plinth height -1.5m
 Depth of slab -150mm
 Spacing along both directions -3.5m
 X direction -6 bays
 Y direction -6 bays
 Live load on floor level -3 KN/m2
 Live load on Roof level -1.5 KN/m2
 Thickness of infill wall -230mm
 Density of concrete - 25 KN/m2
 Density of brick infill -20KN/m2
 Type of soil -Medium
Fig : 2 Elevation of building
 Beam size -300x300mm
 Column size -400x400mm

Fig: 3 3D view of Bare frame

Fig :1 Plan of a typical building

230
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Fig : 4 3D view of infilled frame

12000
10000
8000
6000
Base shear

4000
2000
0
Bare frame infilled
frame

Fig 5 comparison of Base shear

Fig 6 Pushover curve for infilled frame

5. CONCLUSION

Effect of unreinforced masonry infill on seismic

behaviour of RC framed buildings has been studied by
performing Push over analysis.It is observed that the
masonry infill have significant effect on dynamic
characteristics ,stiffness, strength and seismic
performance of buildings. The plan with infill wall gives
lesser displacement and having higher Base shear when
compared with Bare frame hence also we can increase
strength and stiffness of the structure.

231
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

different infill configurations‖, Engineering Structures 91

(2015) 125-140.
Monica Puglisi, Maylett Uzcategui, Julio Florez-Lopez,
―Modeling of masonry of infilled frames, Part II:
6. REFERENCES
Cracking and damage‖, Engineering Structures 31 (2009)
119-124.
Enzo Martinelli, Carmine Lima, Gaetano De Stefano, ―A Paolo Ricci, Gerardo Mario Verderame, Gaetano
simplified procedure for Nonlinear Static Analysis of Manfredi, ―Analytical investigation of elastic period of
masonry infilled RC frames‖ Engineering structures, 101 infilled RC MRF buildings‖, Engineering Structures 33
(2015) 591-608 (2011) 308-319.
G. Uva, D. Raffaele, F. Porco, A. Fiore, ― On the role of
Danish Khan, Aruna Rawat, ―Nonlinear Seismic Analysis equivalent strut models in the seismic assessment of
of Masonry Infill RC Buildings with Eccentric Bracings at infilled RC buildings‖, Engineering Structures 42 (2012)
Soft Storey Level‖, Procedia Engineering, 161 ( 2016 ) 9 - 83-94.
17. Alessandra Fiore, Adriana Netti, Pietro Monaco, ―The
influence of masonry infill on the seismic behaviour of
Lipika Halder, Santanu Paul, ― Seismic Damage
RC frame buildings‖, Engineering Structures 44 (2012)
Evaluation of Gravity Load Designed Low Rise RC
133-145.
Building Using Non-Linear Static Method‖, Procedia
M. Batikha, F. Alkam, ―The effect of mechanical
Engineering 144 ( 2016 ) 1373 - 1380.
properties of masonry on the behaviour of FRP-
Phaiboon Panyakapo, ― Cyclic Pushover Analysis
strengthened masonry-infilled RC frame under cyclic
procedure to estimate seismic demands for buildings‖ ,
load‖, Composite Structures 134 (2015) 513-522.
Engineering Structures 66 (2014) 10-23.
Morfidis, Konstantinos Kostinakis , ―The role of masonry
G. Uva, F. Porco, A. Fiore, ― Appraisal of masonry infill
infills on the damage response of R/C buildings subjected
walls effect in the seismic response of RC framed
to seismic sequences‖, Engineering Structures 131 (2017)
buildings: A case study‖ Engineering Structures 34 (2012)
459-476.
514-526.
Andre Furtado, Hugo Rodrigues, Antonio Aredea,
Humberto Varum, ―Modal identification of infill masonry
Matjaz Dolsek, Peter Fajfar, ―The effect of masonry infills
walls with different characteristics‖, Engineering
on the seismic response of a four-storey reinforced
Structures 145 (2017) 118-134.
concrete frame-a deterministic assessment‖, Engineering
Liang Su , Jitao Shi, ― Displacement-based earthquake
Structures 30 (2008) 1991-2001.
loss assessment methodology for RC frames infilled with
Y. Belmouden, P. Lestuzzi, ― An equivalent frame model
masonry panels‖, Engineering Structures 48 (2013) 430-
for seismic analysis of masonry and reinforced concrete
441.
buildings‖ , Construction and Building Materials 23
M. Mohammadi, V. Akrami, ―An engineered infilled
(2009) 40-53.
frame: Behavior and calibration‖, Journal of
Crescenzo Petrone, Tiziana Rossetto, Katsuichiro Goda,
Constructional Steel Research 66 (2010) 842-849.
―Fragility assessment of a RC structure under tsunami
Ovidiu Bolea, ―The Seismic behaviour of reinforced
actions via nonlinear static and dynamic analyses‖ ,
concrete frame structures with infill masonry in the
Engineering Structures 136 (2017) 36-53.
Bucharest Area‖, Energy Procedia 85 (2016) 60 - 76.
Fabio Mazza, ―Modelling and nonlinear static analysis of
A. Fiore , F.Porco, D.Raffaele, G.Uva, ― About the
reinforced concrete framed buildings irregular in plan‖,
influence of the infill panels over the collapse mechanisms
Engineering Structures 80 (2014) 98-108.
actived under pushover analyses: Two case studies‖, Soil
Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering 39 (2012) 11-22.
Hong Hao, Guo-Wei Ma, Yong Lu, ― Damage
Minho Kwon, Hyunsu Seo, Jinsup Kim, ―Seismic
assessment of masonry infilled RC frames subjected to
performance of RC-frame structures with GFRP infill
blasting induced ground excitations‖, Engineering
panels‖, Composite Structures 160 (2017) 722–733.
Structures 24 (2002) 799-809.
Andre Belejo, Rita Bento, ―Improved Modal Pushover
Y.P. Yuen, J.S. Kuang, ―Nonlinear seismic responses and
Analysis in seismic assessment of asymmetric plan
lateral force transfer mechanisms of RC frames with
building under the influence of one and two horizontal

232
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

components of ground motions‖, soil and earthquake

engineering 87(2016) 1-1
Daniel Celarec, Paolo Ricci, Matjaz Dolsek, ―The
sensitivity of seismic response parameters to the uncertain
modelling variables of masonry-infilled reinforced
concrete frame‖, Engineering Structures 35 (2012) 165–
177.

233
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

EFFECT SIZE REDUCTION ON PARAMETERS AFFECTING

ANAEROBIC BIODEGRADABILITY IN HIGH ORGANIC BIOMASS
B.Vignesh1, J.Rajesh Banu1*
1, 1*
Department of Civil Engineering, Regional Campus Anna University, Tirunelveli, Tamil Nadu, India.

ABSTRACT
Bio-energy seems to be the most probable solution to the replace conventional energy to
save our natural resources and our environment. In India, many water bodies have been damaged
because of the excessive growth of aquatic weed. Aquatic waste mainly affects the water bodies,
results in discoloration and leads to environmental problem such as eutrophication and creates an
unpleasant odor. The Aquatic plants are considered to be a fast growing aquatic weed. These
aquatic weeds require special adaptation to living habitat either submerged in water (or) at the
water surface. The aim of present study is to size distribution curve graded in the form of the
High organic biomass from unavoidable aquatic weed and this action impacts on disposal issue.
Pretreatment of Aquatic waste is an essential tool to enhance the particle size reduction. At 6000
rpm the obtained values of SCOD, Protein, Carbohydrate released 3100, 0.673, 1.026 at optimal
pretreatment time of 10 min. The effect of particle size reduction pretreatment will be carried
from 6000 to 14000 rpm respectively. Therefore, based on the result, it could be concluded
14000 rpm was considered as optimal for the cumulative percentage finer (10-30%) than the
sieve size (0.425mm).The results suggest that small particle size favours methane yield.
Keywords: Aquatic weed, mechanical pretreatment, particle size reduction, size distribution
curve, finer percentage.

I Hemicellulose is present as the matrix that

n surrounds the cellulose skeleton, while
Biomass resources are readily accessible
around the world as residual wastes and
agricultural
biomass. The most important and abundant
renewable biomass resources include crop
residues, such as corn straw, wheat straw
and rice straw. China has abundant
biomass resources, as it is one of the
largest agriculture-based economies in the
world. China produces approximately 216
million metric tons of corn straw per
annum, and more than half of that remains
unutilized [1]. Corn straw contains non-
edible plant material so called
lignocellulose and is mainly composed of
cellulose, hemicellulose, and lignin [2].
234
lignin is present as an encrusting material
and serves as a protective layer. All three
components have covalent cross-linkages
between the polysaccharides and lignin,
therefore, making biomass a composite
material [3].Various researchers has
investigated the influence of the different
waste particles on anaerobic digestion [4,
5]. It is known that the reduction of
particles size and the resulting increase in
their specific surface lead to increase in
gas production especially in the case of
digesting the substrates having high
contents of slowly biodegradable materials.
The effect of particle size of seven
agricultural and forest residue used as
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

feedstock for biogas generation through an-

aerobic digestion were investigated in batch
digesters at 37 °C. Among the five
particle size (0.088, 0.40, 1.0, 6.0 and
30.0 mm), studied, maximum quantity of
biogas was produced from raw materials of
0.088 and 0.40 mm particles [6].The effects
of particles size of sisal waste and its
degradation and biogas production potential
were investigated in batch anaerobic
digestion with fibre sizes ranging from 2 to
100 mm at an

235
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

ambient temperature of 33 °C. The results world [8]. This tropical plant which belongs
confirmed that methane yield was inversely to the family Pontederiaceae can cause
proportional to particle size. An increase of infestations over large areas of water
23 % was observed when the fibres were resources and consequently lead to series of
cut to 2 mm size and yield 0.22 m3 CH4 /kg problems. These include reduction of
volatile solids, compared to 0.18 m3 CH4
biodiversity, blockage of rivers and
/kg volatile solids for untreated fibres [7].
drainage system, depletion of dissolved
M
a oxygen, alteration on water chemistry, and
t involvement in environmental pollution.
e Several authors have tried to put an
r approximate figure to the economic
i consequences caused due to aquatic waste
a problem specifically on utilization of water
l for irrigation. The annual water loss
s through evapo- transpiration due to water
hyacinth in Sudan would be enough to
a irrigate more than 400 ha of land. Aquatic
n weed proves to be a promising renewable
d source of energy in the form of biogas [9].
In this study, the aquatic weed was
M
collected from river and lakes in nearby
e
areas. The collected sample was sundried
t
outdoor condition. Next, the sample was
h
o manual size reduction and weed sample is
d stored in the refrigerator at 4°C for further
s study.
A P
q r
u e
a t
t r
i e
c a
t
w m
e e
e n
d t
The aquatic weed is a fast growing
perennial aquatic plant widely distributed o
throughout the f
236
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

study, the weed sample was manual size

l reduction and sample was taken into
i pretreatment.
g
S
n
i
o
z
c
e
e
l
d
l
i
u
s
l
t
o
r
s
i
i
b
c
u
t
b
i
i
o
o
n
m
a
o
s
f
s
Various researchers has investigated the
a
milling (cutting the lignocellulosic
q
biomass into
u
smaller pieces) is a mechanical pretreatment a
of the lignocellulosic biomass. The t
objective of a mechanical pretreatment is i
reduction of particle size and crystallinity. c
The reduction in particle size leads to an
increase of available specific surface and a w
e
reduction of the degree of polymerization
e
(DP). The energy requirements for size d
reduction of lignocellulosic materials
depend on the final particle size and b
biomass characteristics. Although i
mechanical pretreatment methods increase o
cellulose reactivity towards enzymatic m
a
hydrolysis, they are unattractive due to their
s
high energy and capital costs [10].In this s
237
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

d
p
a D
r i
t s
i
c
c
l u
e s
Particle shape and particle size distribution s
are both important factors which could i
influence the o
physical properties of biomass materials. n
Due to the high content of cellulose, s
hemicellulose and lignin, biomass material E
f
is anisotropic in spatial structure, which
f
induces the evident difference in e
mechanical property in different directions. c
In this work, we studied the particle size t
distributions of the aquatic weed biomass
by sieve analysis method. The pretreated o
f
samples are dried and shaken through a set
of sieves of descending size. The weight S
retained in each sieve is measured. The o
cumulative percentage quantities finer than l
the sieve size (passing each given sieve u
size) are then determined. The resulting b
l
data is presented as a distribution curve
e
with grain size along x-axis (log scale) and
percentage passing along y-axis (arithmetic C
scale). O
R D
e The extent of pretreatment was
s predicted by measuring the SCOD
release during the
u
mechanical pretreatment process.rpm is
l
the major governing factor for disperser
t
pretreatment.
s

a
n
238
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

The influence of rpm (6000-14000) and e

l
then treatment time (5-30mins) on SCOD
e
release. The release of SCOD during the a
mechanical pretreatment was carried rotor- s
stator effect. During the mechanical e
pretreatment process, the plant biomass
to be will be disintegrated was pulled o
axially to the dispersion head and then f
transferred radially in to the slits present
a
in the rotor- stator .The greater the space q
and the less than gap there is between the u
rotor and the stator, the greater are the a
mechanical shear forces, which improves t
disintegration. i
c

w
e
e
d

b
i
o
m
a
s
s
F
i From the graph (Fig.1) it was found that
g SCOD release increases with increment in
u rpm up to
r 6000. At 6000 rpm, 3100 mg/L of SCOD
e
release was achieved at optimal
1 pretreatment of 10 min. The further
. increasing rpm, no significant increase in
S SCOD release was noted .Therefore based
C on the above discussion, it could be
O concluded that 10 rpm was considered as
D
an optimal for SCOD in disperser
r pretreatment of aquatic weed.
239
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

E t
f e
f i
e n
c
t r
e
o l
f e
a
p s
r e
o
t o
e f
i
n a
q
u
a
t
i
c

w
e
e
d

b
i
o
F m
i a
g s
u s
r
e

2
.

P
r
o
240
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Presence of the biopolymers protein in the

medium increases the efficiency of methane
generation. From the graph (Fig.2) it was
found that protein increases with
increment in rpm upto 6000.From the
Figure 2, at 6000 rpm the obtained values
for protein was observed to be
0.673 at optimal pretreatment time of 10
min, respectively. Therefore based on the
above discussion, it could be concluded that
6000 rpm was considered as optimal for Fig
protein release pretreatment of aquatic ure
weed. 3.
Ca
E rbo
f hy
f dra
e te
c rel
t eas
e
o of
f aq
uat
c ic
a we
r ed
b bio
o ma
h ss
y
d Presence of the biopolymers carbohydrate
r in the medium increases the efficiency of
a methane generation. From the graph
t (Fig.3) it was found that carbohydrate
e increases with increment in rpm upto
6000.From the Figure.3, At 6000 rpm the
obtained values for carbohydrate was
observed to be 1.026 at optimal
pretreatment time of 10 min, respectively.
Therefore based on the above discussion, it
could be concluded that 6000 rpm was
241
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

considered as optimal for carborhydrate

release pretreatment of aquatic weed.

E
f
f
e
c
t

o
f

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
When pretreatment was carried out at
different temperatures and different screw
speeds (6000 to 14000 rpm), maximum
concentrations SCOD, Protein,
Carbohydrate (3100, 0.673 and
1.026).These clearly indicated that
optimization of the pretreatment process
condition and
enzyme concentrations had a synergetic
effect on the overall yields of reducing
sugars. From the graph (Fig.4),therefore
based on the above discussion, it could be
concluded that 6000 rpm was considered as
optimal for temperature was gradually
increase on pretreatment of aquatic
biomass.

242
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

and percentage passing graph plots from

the pretreatment rpm
6000. At 6000 rpm the obtained values for
distribution curve was observed to be
gradually decreased at optimal pretreatment
sieve size of 0.425 mm, respectively.
Therefore based on the above discussion, it
could be concluded that 6000 rpm was
considered as optimal for the cumulative
percentage quantities finer (10-30%) than
the sieve size (0.425mm) are determine.

Figure 4.Temperature
release of aquatic weed
biomass

The effect of particle size reduction of the

aquatic weed biomass in the high organic
medium increases the efficiency of methane
generation. From the graph (Fig.5) it was
found that distribution curve with grain size

243
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

pre-treatment such as reduction of particles

Aquatic weed biomass
size.grad
These results suggest that reduction of
Size/Time 5 10 15 the particles
20 size25 of the30substrate in
D10 1.1 1.3 0.7 conjunction
0.25 with 1.4 1.7 microbial
the optimized
D30 2.6 2.2 2.1 growth could
2.2 improve
3.2 the methane
4.3 yields in
D60 0 3.5 3.9 anaerobic0 digestion0processes.0
Cu 0 2.69 5.57R 0 0 0
Cc 0 1.064 1.615e 0 0 0
The effect particle size distribution curves f
the obtained values of uniformity and e
curvature co- efficient for aquatic weed r
biomass sample. The optimal value of Cu is e
(2.5-6) and optimal value of Cc is (1-2) n
from mechanical pretreatment on uniformly c
well graded biomass. Therefore based on e
the above values, it could be normal well s
1.Zhong W, Zhang Z, Luo Y, Sun S, Qiao
graded biomass and 6000 rpm was W, Xiao M (2011) Effect of biological
considered as optimal pretreatment. pretreatments
in enhancing corn straw biogas production.
C Bioresour Technol 102:11177–11182.
o doi:10.1016/j.biortech.2011.09.077.
n 2.Jørgensen H, Kristensen JB, Felby C
c (2007) Enzymatic conversion of lignocel-
l lulose into fermentable sugars: challenges
u and opportunities. Biofuels Bioprod
s Biorefining 1:119–134. doi:10.1002/bbb.
i 3.Binder JB, Raines RT (2010)
Fermentable sugars by chemical
o
hydrolysis of biomass. PNAS
n
2
The study has shown that large amount
0
of particle size distribution was obtained
1
from the
0
grounded aquatic waste that chopped :
aquatic waste. The study also highlights 1
that aquatic weed is very good biogas –
producer when dried and pulverized 6
(crushed) into very fine particles .
(powder).Degradation of the substrate and
d
biogas production potential of the aquatic
o
weed could be significantly increased by i
244
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

: Renewable energy, 2006. 31(14): p. 2385-

1 2392.
0 8.Anushree, ―Environmental challenge a
. vis opportunity: The case of water
1 hyacinth‖.
0 E
7 n
3 v
/ i
p r
n o
a n
s m
. e
0 n
9 t
1
2 I
0 n
7 t
3 e
1 r
0 n
7 a
. t
4.Katima, J., Production of biogas from i
water hyacinth: effect of subtrate o
concentration, particle size and incubation n
period. Tanzania Journal of Science, 2001. a
27(1): p. 107-119. l
5.Jędrczak, A. and D. Krolik, Influence
of paper particle size on the efficiency of 3
digestion 3
process. :
Environment
Protection 1
Engineering, 2
2007. 33(2): p. 2
147-155. –
6.Sharma, S.K., et al., Effect of particle size 1
on biogas generation from biomass 3
residues. Biomass, 1988. 17(4): p. 251-263. 8
7.Mshandete, A., et al., Effect of particle .
size on biogas yield from sisal fibre waste.
2
245
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

0
0
7
.

246
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

9.Kunatsa T , Madiye L, Chikuku T, Shonhiwa C, Musademba D, ―Feasibility Study of

Biogas
Production from Water Hyacinth‖, International Journal of Engineering and Technology
Volume
3 No. 2,
February, 2013.
10. Ghosh, P. and Ghose, T.K. ―Ethanol in India: recent past and emerging
future‖, Adv.
Biochem. Eng. Biot., Vol. 85, No. 1, pp. 1-
27, 2003.
11.Yasini Nalinga and Isack Legonda. ―The Effect of particles size on biogas
production‖,
International Journal of Innovative Research in Technology & Science, Volume 2 No.2,
March,
20016.ISSE:2321
-1156.
12.Sharma, S.K., et al., Effect of particle size on biogas generation from biomass
residues. Biomass, 1988. 17(4): p. 251-263.
13.Mshandete, A., et al., Effect of particle size on biogas yield from sisal fibre waste.
Renewable energy, 2006. 31(14): p. 2385-2392.
14.Mshandete, A., et al., Anaerobic batch co-digestion of sisal pulp and fish wastes.
Bioresource technology, 2004. 95(1): p. 19-24.
15.Chen, X., R.T. Romano, and R. Zhang, Anaerobic digestion of food wastes for
biogas production. International Journal of Agricultural and Biological Engineering,
2010. 3(4): p. 61-
7
2
.
16.Moorhead, K. and R. Nordstedt, Batch anaerobic digestion of water hyacinth: effects of
particle size, plant nitrogen content, and inoculum volume. Bioresource technology, 1993.
44(1): p. 71-76.
17.Kivaisi, A.K. and S. Eliapenda, Pretreatment of bagasse and coconut fibres for
enhanced anaerobic degradation by rumen microorganisms. Renewable energy, 1994. 5(5):
p. 791-795.
18.Nallathambi, V., Anaerobic digestion of biomass for methane production: a review.
Biomass and bioenergy, 1997. 13(1): p. 83-114.
19.Kunatsa, T. and A. Mufundirwa, Biogas Production from Water Hyacinth Case
of Lake
Chivero Zimbabwe A review. Int J of Recent Tech and Engin, 2013. 2(2): p.
138-142.
20.Patil, J.H., M. AntonyRaj, and C. Gavimath, Study on effect of pretreatment
methods on biomethanation of water hyacinth. International Journal of Adv. Biotech.
and Research, 2011.
2(1): p.
143-147.

247
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

TREATMENT OF SYNTHETIC WASTE WATER USING

HYBRID UPFLOW ANAEROBIC SLUDGE BLANKET (HUASB)
REACTOR

K .Bhavarohini1, J. Rajesh Banu1*

1,1*
Department of Civil Engineering Regional Campus Anna university Tirunelveli
Tamil Nadu India.

ABSTRACT

The present study is an attempt to treat the synthetic wastewater using Hybrid Upflow
Anaerobic Sludge Blanket (HUASB) reactor, which offers the advantages of both fixed film
and up flow anaerobic sludge blanket. The reactor with a working volume of 5.8
L and plastic cut rings as packing media was operated at varying Hydraulic Retention Time
(HRT) for a period of 210 days. After 100 days of start-up, the reactor produced
appreciable decrease in COD and BOD of wastewater efficiently. While the COD removal
varied from 75-95%, the BOD removal was in the range of 70-92%. Methane content in the
biogas was 62±3%. VFA levels fluctuating between 100 and 250 mg/L (as acetate) did not
pose operational problems such as souring of the reactor. HUASB system could be
designed with very short HRT of 3 hours, which will reduce the treatment cost
significantly. The findings of the study open up newer possibilities of design low cost and
compact onsite treatment systems with very short retention periods.

Keywords: Hybrid upflow anaerobic sludge blanket reactor; anaerobic treatment;

synthetic wastewater; Biogas; Sludge

1.1 INTRODUCTION

Wastewater may be categorized as low-strength, medium strength, high strength and very
high strength based upon the concentration of chemical oxygen demand (COD), bio-
chemical oxygen demand (BOD), suspended solids (SS) and nutrients such as nitrogen (N)
and phosphorus (P). Generally the stronger the effluent, the greater the investment in
248
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

infrastructure and energy inputs required to achieve environmentally sound treatment

objective. Several techniques are already available to attain the goals of environmental
protection and resource conservation. Aerobic process, which are widely used for the
treatment of wastewater have two distinct disadvantages like high energy requirement and
excess sludge production, which require handling, treatment

249
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

and disposal. In contrast, anaerobic processes generate energy in the form of biogas, and
produce sludge in significantly lower amounts than those resulting from aerobic systems.
The most common reactor type used for anaerobic digestion of wastewater is the
continuously stirred tank reactors (CSTR). The main problem of this reactor is the removal
of active biomass from the system that leads to long retention time. It has been overcome by
immobilizing the active biomass, referred as high rate systems. A typical such reactor is
upflow anaerobic sludge blanket (UASB) reactor.

.
1.2 HUASB REACTOR
The hybrid Upflow anaerobic sludge blanket (HUASB) reactor is a new concept which is the
hybridized version of an UASB reactor with a random packing medial support media at the
top of the reactor. HUASB reactor has several advantages over UASB reactor such as:

1) Higher efficiency in the treatment of a variety of waste waters including high strength
waste water at high OLR and lesser HRT
2) Increased retention of granular sludge and prevention of washout of microbial population
etc.

1.3 MATERIALS AND METHODS

The laboratory scale Hybrid UASB reactor was fabricated using transparent flexi glass
material with an internal diameter 11cm and overall height of 72cm. Total volume of the
reactor was 7.2 L. (Fig 1.1 shows below).A gas head space was provided at the top of the
reactor and sampling port were located at equal intervals. One fifty plastic cut rings
measuring 1 cm in diameter and 2 cm in height were used as carrier material. The gas outlet
was connected to a wet gas meter[1] The majority of the laboratory and full-scale examples
of hybrid reactors have been realized following a simpler design. The following
Components of the HUASB reactor are;
a) Inlet and outlet distribution system

b) Packing media

c) Gas collection set up

250
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Effluent

Feed tank
Influent

A -Peristaltic pump

Fig 1.1(a) Experimental setup of HUASB reactor

1.3.1 Inoculum Seeding

Digested slurry was collected from an active biogas plant located at Sewage treatment plant
Orthanadu,Thanjavur (Dist).This sludge was used as seed. Initially about 50% reactor
volume was filled up with the anaerobically digested slurry.

1.3.2 Synthetic waste water preparation

The synthetic domestic wastewater was used as the experimental influent. It was basically
composed of a mixed carbon source, macro nutrients (N and P), an alkalinity control
(NaHCO3) and a microelement solution. The composition contained 1000 mg glucose, 500
mg NH4Cl, 500 mg NaHCO3, 22 – 34 mg KH4PO4, microelement solution (0.19 mg MnCl2
.4H2O, 0.0018 mg ZnCl2 . 2H2O, 0.022 mg CuCl2 .2H2O, 5.6 mg MgSO4 . 7H2O, 0.88 mg
FeCl3 . 6H2O, 1.3 mg CaCl2 .2H2O). The synthetic wastewater was prepared three times a
week with concentrations of 210 ± 5 mg/L chemical oxygen demand (COD), 40 ± 1 mg/L
total nitrogen (TN) and 5.5 mg/L total phosphorus (TP).

251
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

Table 1.1 Initial characteristics of synthetic wastewater

Sl.No Parameters Values units

1. pH 7.12 -
2. SCOD 680 mg/L
3. TCOD 1000 mg/L
4. BOD 600 mg/L
5. BOD/COD 0.6 -

1.3.3 Initial Characterisation

The initial characteristic includes pH, Alkalinity, Total COD (TCOD), Soluble COD
(SCOD),BOD, volatile fatty acid(VFA) was determined using standard methods (APHA,
2005).

1.3.4 Start-up phase

During the start up, the reactor operation was initiated using wastewater with a COD of
1000 mg/L.The initial retention time was 58 h. The HRT was gradually decreased to 58 h.,
which is equal to the volume of the reactor. This was achieved by increasing the flow rate
from 100 mL/h to 1000 mL/h over a period of 210 days.[2]

1.3.5 Treatment phase

After the start up, the reactor was operated by varying the influent Chemical Oxygen
Demand (COD) at a constant HRT 58 h. The efficiency of the treatment was evaluated in
terms of removal of Total Solids (TS), Suspended solids, COD and generation of biogas
.[2]

1.3.6 Chemical Analysis

Chemical oxygen demand (COD), volatile fatty acids (VFA), total alkalinity, total solids
(TS), of the raw and treated wastewater were analysed following standard method
(2005).[3]

1.4 RESULT AND DISCUSSION

1.4.1 Effect of pH
The pH of the effluent and influent was measured by using a pH meter. Figure
1.2 represents the variation of pH with different operation days [2]. The pH values were
recorded daily. During first 10-30 days the effluent pH was between 7.4 and 7.6. This was
252
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

expected as the acid fermentation normally prevails over the methanogenesis in the

253
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

beginning. The methane producing bacteria are strict anaerobes which are extremely
sensitive to changes in temperature and pH. However after the initial drop, the pH of the
effluent was consistent between 7.8 and 8.2 indicating a healthy anaerobic
environment in the reactor.

8.4

8.2

7.8

7.6
pH

Influent pH Effluent pH
7.4

7.2

6.8
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
Operation Days

Figure 1.2 Effect on pH on operation days

1.4.2 Effect of COD and removal efficiency

The variation of COD with different operation days during the experiment is shown in
Figure 1.3. The organic contents in the Synthetic wastewater and the effluent samples of
HUASB reactor were quantified by using the Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) method
.During start-up, under low Organic Loading Rate (0.413 kg COD/m3 d), the COD removal
was not uniform. The COD removal rate is mainly dependent on COD removal efficiency,
which in turn depends upon operation days .In the initial stage there was an average 60 %
removal efficiency [1]. Further as the OLR was gradually increased with the formation of
granules the removal efficiency was observed between
84 % and 95%. The maximum COD efficiency was obtained Figure 1.4 shows the
variation of COD removal efficiency with OLR. The increase in COD loading rate
resulted from an increase in organic compounds available for microbial degradation,
leading to increasing COD removal. The efficiency of treatment in all reactors increases as
loading increased, due the formation of more granular sludge.

254
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

1200

COD concentration (mg/L)

1000

800
Influent Effluent
600

400

200

0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
Operation days
Figure 1.3 Effect on COD concentration on operation days

In the early stage of the treatment (start-up of reactor), COD effluent for all reactors
showed fluctuating pattern with large variation due to instability of the system[4] and
excessive Volatile Fatty Acids (VFA) concentration that was discharged
in the effluent.

100
COD Removal (%)

80

60

40

20

0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
Operation days
255
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

1.4.3 Effect of BOD and removal efficiency

It is the most widely used parameter applied to both water and wastewater. This
determination involves the measurement of the dissolved oxygen used by the
microorganisms in the biochemical oxidation of organic matter. The effect of operation days
on BOD removal rate and its removal efficiencies are illustrated in the figure 1.5
and 1.6 respectively.

Effect of BOD (mg/L)

BOD concentration(mg/L)

600

500

400 Influent Effluent

300

200

100

0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Operation days

Figure 1.5 Effect on BOD on operation days

At an initial OLR the BOD removal efficiency is averaged upto 73 % and further the
removal efficiency was gradually increased upto an OLR of 2.482 kg COD/m 3 d. The
BOD removal efficiency was reached into a peak of 95 % at an OLR of 2.068 kg COD/m3
d, 2.482 kg COD/m3d.Although the BOD removal efficiency varied marginally as the
organic loading rate increased,[6] the BOD removal rate continued to increase[5].
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

BOD removal (%)

100
90
BOD removal (%) 80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250

operation days

Figure 1.6 Effect on BOD removal on operation days

1.4.4 GAS PRODUCTION

Figure 1.7 shows that Cumulative Gas production (L/d) with an increase in operation days.
Gas was collected through the gas flow meter through rubber tubing connected with the
opening provided at top of the reactor [7].The gas production
recorded daily.

2500
Cummulative Biogas (mL)

2000

1500

1000
suitable for the treatment of a high strength organic wastewater than many other reactor
500 systems. The hybrid reactor was demonstrated capability to achieve COD removal up
to 95 %. The pH value of influent was maintained at 7.0 and effluent was maintained
0 at 7.7 which indicates a healthy anaerobic environment of a reactor. The BOD effluent
concentration was observed less than 30 mg/L and the removal efficiency was 93 %. In
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
this experiment the optimum VFA concentration was obtained at an OLR of 2.482 kg
Operation days
COD/m3day as 176 mg/L. HUASB reactor contains a high concentration of naturally
immobilized bacteria with excellent settling properties, and could remove the organic
pollutants from wastewater efficiently.
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

The methane content increased slightly with an increasing Organic loading rate and
reached a maximum at an Organic loading rate of 2.068 kg COD/m3d.

Fig 1.1(b) Picture of HUASB reactor

1.5 CONCLUSION
The HUASB design offers the advantages of both Upflow Anaerobic Sludge
Blanket (UASB) and Anaerobic Filter (AF) concepts and can be considered more
suitable for the treatment of a high strength organic wastewater than many other reactor
systems. The hybrid reactor was demonstrated capability to achieve COD removal up
to 95 %. The pH value of influent was maintained at 7.0 and effluent was maintained
at 7.7 which indicates a healthy anaerobic environment of a reactor. The BOD effluent
concentration was observed less than 30 mg/L and the removal efficiency was 93 %. In
this experiment the optimum VFA concentration was obtained at an OLR of 2.482 kg
COD/m3day as 176 mg/L. HUASB reactor contains a high concentration of naturally
immobilized bacteria with excellent settling properties, and could remove the organic
pollutants from wastewater efficiently.
 Department of Civil Engineering,
Dr. Sivanthi Aditanar College of Engineering, Tiruchendur

reactor‖,Engineering science‖ vol.6 ,pp.415-

REFERENCE 421.

1. Kaliappan S., Rajeshbanu.J., Beck D., 5. Rajakumar R.,,Meenambal

(2006) ―Treatment of sago wastewater
using hybrid anaerobic reactor‖
Environmental science &tech vol-3,No-
1,pp
69-77 .
2. Gavala H. N.,Kopsinis H., Skiadas I
.V.,Lyberatos G (1999) ―Treatment of
Dairy Wastewater Using an Upflow
Anaerobic Sludge Blanket Reactor” “Agri
Engineering Res‖ Vol.73, pp.59-63.
3. Banu J R., kaliappan S..,Yeom I T,
(2007), ‗Treatment of domestic wastewater
using upflow anaerobic sludge blanket
reactor.‘, “Environmental science
&tech‖, Vol.4(3), pp.363-370.
4. ‗Treatment of tannery wastewater using
hybrid upflow anaerobic sludge blanket
T.,Rajeshbanu J.,Yeom I T., (2011)
“Treatment Of Poultry Slaughterhouse
Wastewater In Hybrid Upflow Anaerobic
Sludge Blanket Reactor Packed With Pleated
Poly Vinyl Chloride Rings‖. Environmental
science &tech ,vol-8,No-1,pp 149-158
6. Jeyakumar Rajeshbanu., Pugazhendi
arulazhagen., Adish kumar S, Kaliappan S.
(2014) , ―Anaerobic co digestion of
chemical- and ozone pretreated sludge in
hybrid upflow anaerobic sludge blanket
reactor‖, ―Desalination and wastewater‖,
vol.54, pp.3260-3278.
7. ―Performance evaluvation of hybrid
UASB reactor for treatment of pharma
industry waste water‖ ―International
Journal for Scientific Research &
Development” Vol.-3: pp-2321-0613.

suitable for the treatment of a high strength organic wastewater than many other reactor
systems. The hybrid reactor was demonstrated capability to achieve COD removal up
to 95 %. The pH value of influent was maintained at 7.0 and effluent was maintained
at 7.7 which indicates a healthy anaerobic environment of a reactor. The BOD effluent
concentration was observed less than 30 mg/L and the removal efficiency was 93 %. In
this experiment the optimum VFA concentration was obtained at an OLR of 2.482 kg
COD/m3day as 176 mg/L. HUASB reactor contains a high concentration of naturally
immobilized bacteria with excellent settling properties, and could remove the organic
pollutants from wastewater efficiently.